#73
' ¥
.1”
h
:2
'
‘ 25w
. a. av
J} V
4}“;
Q;
11.“
. ‘_
"I.
~..~
\)1--

n? V '
$97k
1km" <
\
;
:zLn ,
Jifiaw‘n. .
. , . a
‘(1 ‘I .
‘w .. “
.
;* Qlwm-‘vw.
Y ‘ i
,mwwuifs.
Tn {v.14
1. 3&2
. in” a‘? m.
3. Elm
. v . . in:
dry \v‘
n.»


















\ . “Q ~ I
_.
, k . . V .* ..
.. . ,7, V. r .. ‘. . ‘V r H v , .. V . ‘ 1 v . , vww§~=.=:_@wi.E.‘ ‘,_,.=§_.E_.._?_r._.§.a_._=E5.Ewiiaiiiafimm.
. . v. ,. v . . . ‘ . . g . . . Jihnmunfwflu A... \rc.!||b|1?u..1.n ‘1|1|JlnnrnwnnnflwluIJJHA.-, W.
. x‘. ... . ._ . p , .. . .. .. ‘ ., EFF: . .7? :Fffi‘iq _= 55:: 5555;.“
., ,. . , . . , ‘. w. , . n ‘ . .> . @ , , Y ‘ . .* J V..v_ .. ‘ . . ‘\ . . . v , , _ . ,. . , V , , , . . . . ‘. . . \. ... f .. v , - .,a v . ‘m’, mm, \
W a, ..m m’ “m
55 . . V. w. mum“, .
, x ,..n. |‘._,_‘_‘==_‘_=5.__=_=_E==_==_w;,,,LE: a.“ a.=E=====E= . .
. ‘ , v ,wigsEnigma“:Haggai.mafia: .. ... “ _.__,_ =7‘... u.._..fi_,._@_w,_m._.._._.__._§_.§d_.._agafifia .



.fiéavqnmsd, ifu Sdmwufimibfifi
~ . mmwmuwi . niqhewmw u: .
2 03.. 1)“ a a x?‘ . Andi». Q
kfiwgwfiwmw 4 .. _ i.

. ,
‘Mint? ‘
a.)
i»




.,.xmwmww$. ‘
. ‘LR M“


w, ‘i? a .31 ,1 av 1
.wiwwmwnvkfi ‘ :11 \_..dhzwu~\.hww...m~ww
‘ 4d~fi$t§ 1 4 .L{%®1\fim1 .‘ J .
.,.. égmwi xmikfik? ,.
.1
v; t; v‘ I‘
. a.
.Yu .. 5% .vfiéw ‘ .. xi a.
fifiawbk ,rkfivvb. U). ‘
\ 2...
Anti.

\

v.‘


“w
J



if; ‘


THE
MAP OF AFRICA BY TREATY.
All R'i his Reserved.
THE [ 9 1
MAP OF AFRICA BY TREATY.
(SECOND AND REVISED EDITION.)
use‘W-PUM
Tupi-“f
VOL. I.
ABYSSINIA
TO
GREAT BRITAIN
(COLONIES).
Nos. 1 TO 102.
, lVz'th amended Maps:


BY
SIR EDWARD IgERTsLET, K013.
Compiler and Editor of the “Map of Europe by Treaty/,9’ “Hertslei’s Comgzercial
Treaties ;” the “ .Bm'tish and Foreign State Papers ,- ” the “Foreign Ofilce List,” 4'0.‘ G
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR HER MAJESTY’S STATIONERY OFFICE,
BY HARRISON AND SONS, ST. MARTIN’S LANE,
PRINTERS IN ORDINARY TO HER MAJESTY.

And to be purchased, either directly or through any Bookseller, from
EYRE & SPOTTISWOODE, EAST HARDING STREET, F LEET STEEET, E.G. ; 0:
JOHN MENZIES & 00., 12, HANOVER STREET, EDINBURGH, and
90, WEsT NILE STEEET, Gmseow; or
HODGES, F IGGIS, & 00., Limited, 104, Gannon STREET, DUELm.
18_9l5.
Price (with Vols. I I and III) Thirty-one Shillings and Sz'wpenee.
(Wt.21059 500 8| 96-H&S 3884)
CONTENTS.
Page
PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vol. I. ix
LIST OF MAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,, xix
TABLE OF CONTENTS—LIST OF COUNTRIES . . . . . . ,, xxiii
VOL. I, Nos. 1 to 102- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-535
VOL. 11, Nos. 103 to 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 536-»966
VOL. III, APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969
ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
CHRONOLOGICAL LIST.
Nata—~11. '1‘. and S. P. The references in the foot-notes to H. T. and S. P.
refer to “ Hertslet’s Treaties ” and “ State Papers ” respectively.
PREFACE.
PREFACE.
THE favourable reception which was accorded to my “ MAP .
OF EUROPE BY TREATY,” on its publication in 1875, has em-
boldened me to undertake, with the sanction of Her Majesty’s
Government, another work of the same description, entitled
“THE MAP OF AFRICA BY TREATY,” with the object of showing
how, by Treaty, Conquest, or Cession, or under the name of
a Protectorate, European Powers have succeeded, at dif-
ferent times, in obtaining a footing in various parts of the
African Continent, and how those Occupations have been
greatly extended during the last few years; in other words,
to enable all those who are interested in the develop-
ment of Africa to examine for themselves the TITLE DEEDS
by which each Foreign Power maintains its right to the
Possessions which it holds, or to Territory which it occupies,
or claims influence over, in that part of the world.
In the preparation of the present work the same arrange-
ment has been followed (as far as it has been found practic-
able to do so) as was adopted in the preparation of the
former work: the Documents being arranged, first in alpha-
betical order of Country, and then in their chronological
order. Each Document has a distinctive number given to
it, by which it is known and referred to in other Documents
throughout the work. All Treaties and other Documents
are given in the English language, and each Article is pre-
ceded by a brief description of its contents.
As a general rule, only such Articles of Treaties are given
in full as relate to Territorial Boundaries, Spheres of lnflu-
ence, and Political Relations. An exception, however, has
been made in favour of the “ Berlin Act ” of 26th February,
1885, and of the “Brussels Act” of 2nd July, 1890, which
X PREFACE.
are given in extenso, as they relate to such important questions,
bearing on the future development of Africa, as the N aviga-
tion of the Rivers Congo and Niger and their affiuents; the
Suppression of the Slave Trade by land and sea; and the
notifications to be given of all future occupations of Territory
by Foreign Powers on the African Coasts.
The clauses of Royal Charters given to certain Com-
panies in Africa are also somewhat fully given.
The work has no pretensions whatever to being considered
a History of Africa; nevertheless, the following facts bearing
on the partition of its Territory may be usefully recorded in
its pages. ‘
The “ scramble for Africa” may be said to have com-
menced in earnest about the year 1882, when a Belgian
Expedition, known as the “ International Association of the
Congo,” started for the Upper Congo and N iadi-Quillou, and
in that and the two following years entered into Treaties
or “ Contracts ” with certain Native Chiefs, by which the
Association obtained important territorial and other rights
over their Territories.
In 1884 a German Colonization Society penetrated into
the Kilimanjaro and other districts of Eastern Africa, beyond
the Territories over which it maintained the Sultan of ZanE
zibar had no Jurisdiction or Rights of Sovereignty, and it also
concluded Treaties with Native Chiefs whereby it obtained
territorial concessions and other rights; while certain other
German subjects, about the same time, visited the South-
West Coast of Africa (Namaqualand and Damaraland) and
the West Coast (the Cameroons District), and concluded
important Treaties with Native Chiefs, by which those
Chiefs placed themselves under German protection. But
British Agents had also concluded Treaties with local Chiefs
in these several Districts, which led to disputes between
Great Britain and Germany, which were, however, eventually
settled by mutual Agreements, to which further reference
will be made later on.
But before proceeding to describe the territorial changes
which have taken place in Africa since 1882, it may be
useful to record the fact that, for many years before that
PnEFAoE. xi _
date, Great Britain, France, Portugal, Spain, and other
countries had occupied, by right of conquest or otherwise,
Territorial Possessions in various parts of the African Con’ -
tinent. , -' ' ' \ 1
Great Britain, for instance, acquired the River Gambia
from France, in 1783, and many important possessions on
the banks of that river have since been acquired.
She also secured possession of the Cape of Good Hope in
1814, which Settlement ‘(now called the Cape Colony) has
been very considerably extended since that date.
She has also, for many years past, occupied important
positions at Sierra Leone, on the Gold Coast, at Lagos, and
on the Niger. These possessions have been greatly extended
in more recent years, and they have now become important
Colonies or Protectorates. _
Denmark formerly held certain Forts and Possessions on
the Gold Coast, but they were ceded to Great Britain in
1850.
The Netherlands also held certain possessions on the same
coast, but these were also sold to Great Britain in 1867.
France has also long held Territorial Possessions in
Africa. Previous to 1882, various disputes had arisen
between the British and French Governments respecting
the occupation of Territories on the West Coast of Africa,
over which they each maintained that they had, by Treaties
with Native Chiefs, acquired sovereign and other important
rights. These disputes lasted for many years; but, eventu-
ally, on tile 28th June, 1882, a Convention was concluded
between the two countries for defining their respective
limits over Territories to the North of Sierra Leone. This
Convention was confirmed bya subsequent Agreement which
Was signed on the 10th August, 1889, for defining the limits
of the British and French Possessions from Senegambia to
the Gold Coast, including the Slave Coast, the Gambia,
Sierra Leone, Assinie, and Porto Novo. /
France had also, before 1882, obtained possession of other
' Territories in Africa. She had acquired, from local chiefs in
the Bay of Tajourra, outside the Straits of Babelmandeb,
certain territorial rights over Check, and similar rights were
xii PREFACE.
subsequently conceded to her over other Territories in the"
same Bay and on the Somali Coast, by Treaties with other‘
local Chiefs: and as Great Britain had acquired, by Treaties
with certain local Chiefs on the Somali Coast, a Protectorate“
over them, an Agreement was entered into between the
British and French Governments, on the %th February, 1888,
for defining the limits of their respective Possessions and
Spheres of Influence in that neighbourhood.
Portugal has also had claims to Territories in Africa for
many years. She disputed the right which Great Britain
claimed to sovereignty over the Island of Bulamct, together
with certain Territories adjacent thereto on the West Coast of
Africa. The dispute was eventually referred to the Arbitra-
tion of the President of the United States, and, on the 21st
April, 1870, he gave his Award in favour of the claim of
Portugal; when the Portuguese proceeded at once to occupy
the island and territory in question, and it has been in their
possession ever since.
Another dispute arose between Great Britain and Por-
tug-a1, respecting the right of sovereignty over Delagoa Bay,
which lasted for many years. It had been recognized by a
Convention, signed between the two countries on the 28th
July, 1817, that the Portuguese Possessions on the East
Coast of Africa extended from Cape Delgado to Delagoa Bay
(or the Bay of Lorenco Marquez); but the British Govern-
ment claimed rights over territories in the neighbourhood of
Delagoa Bay which formerly belonged to the kings of Tembe
and Mapoota, including the Islands of Inyack and Elephant.
The dispute was referred to the Arbitration of the President
of the French Republic, who gave his Award, on the 24th
July, 1873, in favour of the Portuguese claim.
It was also recorded in the Convention of 1817 that
Portugal declared that she had retained her rights over
Molembo and Cabinda on the Western Coast of Africa from
5° 12’ to 8° S. Lat, and on the 26th February, 1884, a Treaty
was concluded between Great Britain and Portugal, by which
the British Government agreed, among other things, formally
to recognize the Portuguese right to the Territory which she
claimed on that part of the Coast of Africa. This Treaty was
PREFACE. xiii
“not ratified; but Portugal subsequently asserted that as she
possessed territories both on the East and the West Coasts
of Africa, she possessed sovereign rights over the Terri~
tories in Central Africa which separated her Possessions
' of Angola on the West Coast from those of Mozambique
on the East Coast, and a Map was laid before the Portu-
guese Cortes showing the extent of that claim. France, by a
Treaty with Portugal of 12th May, 1886, and Germany by a
Treaty with Portugal of 30th December, 1886, were prepared
to recognize that claim, without prejudice to the rights which
other Powers might have acquired over the Territories so
claimed; but the British Government formally protested
(13th August, 1887) against the validity of any such claim,
and eventually, on the 11th June, 1891, a Treaty was signed
between the two countries (and ratified) by which their
respective spheres of influence in East and Central Africa
were defined.
The Islands of S. Thomas and Princess still remain in the
undisputed possession of Portugal.
Spain has, for many years, besides holding possession
of the Canary Islands, in the Atlantic, possessed the Islands
of Fernando Po and Annobon, in the Bight of Biafra; Ceuta
and Melilla 011 the Coast of Morocco; and certain Islands
lying off the Mediterranean Coast of Morocco. She has
also claimed Sovereign Rights over and has occupied certain
Territories in Corisco Bay 011 the West Coast of Africa,
although her claims to such possessions are still disputed by
France.
On the 9th January, 1885 (before the signature of the
“Berlin Act”) she issued a Notification to the Powers to
the effect that the Spanish Possessions over North-West
Africa extended from Cape Blanco to Cape Bojador, and she
has since, it is said, by an Agreement with France (26th
December, 1886), extended her sphere of influence into the
Interior as far as the parallel of 21° 20' north latitude and
of the meridian of 100 of long. W. of Paris. '
The principal European Powers, therefore, which occupied
Territory in Africa in 1882, were Great Britain, France,
Portugal and Spain. At that time neither the King of the
‘xiv PREFACE.
.Belgians' Sovereign of the Congo Free State), nor Ger-
many, nor Italy held any recognised possessions in Africa.
But as the attention‘ of all the principal Powers of
Europe was, then attracted to Africa, a Conference was
-held at Berlin, at ‘the invitation ,of the German Govern-
.ment, to discuss many important matters relating to the
affairs of that vast Continent. At this Conference the
following Powers were represented by Plenipotentiaries 2-—
_ Great Britain, Austria-‘H11ngary, Belgium, Denmark, France,
~Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Russia, Spain,
.Sweden and Norway, Turkey, and the United States. ,
It held its first sitting on the- 15th November, 1884, and
,terminated its labours on the 26th February, 1885, on which
.day'a General Act was signed, known as, the “Berlin Act,"
'in'which the result of its deliberations were fully recorded.
,s'entatives of the. same Powers was held at Brussels.
It dealt with the following questions':—-—
1. Freedom of Trade in the Basin of the Congo.
2. The Slave Trade. . _ . j‘
Neutrality of Territories in the Basin of the Congo.
Navigation of the Congo.
Navigation of the Niger.
6. Rules for future occupations on‘ the Coasts of the
African Continent. ' , -
This General Act was ratified by all the Powers assembled
in Conference, except the United States.
Early in 1890 another Conference between the Ilepre-
' This
Conference dealt mainly with the question of the , African
.Slave Trade by land and sea.‘
Representatives from. the , Congo Free State, Russia,
Turkey, and Zanzibar, also attended this Conference, and on
the 2nd July, 1890, the l’lenipotentiaries signed a General
Act, known as the “ Brussels Act,” in which its ‘deliberations
I)
4
)
In
J
- were also fully recorded;
A Declaration was also signed by the Signatory or adher-
ing Powers who had Possessions or Protectorates in the Con-
.‘ ventional Basin of the Congo, authorizing the imposition of
'4
, .an import duty not exceeding 10 per cent. ad ealorem.
The first country to recognize, the Independent State of
PREFACE. XV
the Congo was the United States (23rd April, 1884). In
_April¥—l\/Iay,1884, France obtained from the King of the
Belgians an Engagement not tocede to any other Power
than France the‘Territories and States established by the
_Belgian International Society in the Congo region, and in
the Valley. of the N iadi- Quillou ;, but the King, by his W’ ill,
dated 2nd August, 1889, declared that after his death his
sovereign rights over the Independent State of the Congo
such as they had been recognised by Treaties, Declarations,
,&c., entered into since 1884 between Foreign Powers on the
one part and the International Association of the Congo and
the Independent State of the Congo on the other part,
were to be transferred to Belgium, together with all proper-
ties, rights, and advantages attaching to that sovereignty.
The recognition of the Flag of the Independent State of the
Congo was recognized by Germany on the 8th November,
1884; by Great Britain on the 16th December, 1884, and
subsequently by all the principal Powers of Europe.
On the 1st August, 1885, a Circular was issued bythe
Independent State of the Congo declaring its neutrality
within the limits of its territory which were then defined.
After this, events began to move rapidly in Africa. It
was declared by- the “Berlin Act” that whenever any
‘Foreign State should, thereafter, acquire fresh Territory on
any part of the African Coasts it should notify the same to
all the Treaty Powers ; but this did not extend to Acquisitions
or Protectorates in the Interior. In accordance with this
understanding, Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy,
and Portugal, have notified to the Powers the various Pro-
,tectorates which they have assumed on the Coasts, all of
which Notifications can readily be traced by reference to the
ALPHABETICAL INDEX under the heading of PnoTEcTonATrs.
But, besides these Notifications, Agreements have also
been entered into between Great Britain and Foreign States,
as well as between Foreign States, for defining their respec-
tive boundaries and spheres of influence in the interior of
the African Continent and over the neighbouring Islands, as
well as on the African Coasts. '
For instance, Agreements have been entered into between
' xvi PREFACE.
‘Great Britain and France, for defining their respective limits
and spheres of interest on the West Coast of Africa from
Senegambia to the Gold Coast, in the Bay of Tajourra, and
on the Somali. Coast.
Similar Agreements have also been entered into between
Great Britain and Germany for defining their respective
limits and spheres of interest in East, South-West, and \Vest
Africa.
In 1880 Italy began to take an interest in Africa, and a
Blue Book was laid before Parliament respecting the pro—
ceedings of the Italians in Assab Bay. (Parl. Paper, Egypt,
No. 15, 1882.)
In February, 1885, she occupied Massowah, and she has
‘since acquired extensive possessions on the Red Sea litoral
'now know as “Eritrea.” In 1889 she acquired from the
Sultan of Oppia a large extent of Territory along the East
‘Coast of Africa, which has since been extended still further
northwards by concessions from other local Chiefs. Protocols
have also been signed between the British and Italian
Governments for defining their respective spheres of interest
in Eastern Africa, in the region of the Blue Nile and Abys
sinia, and on the Somali Coast.
The boundaries between the British and Portuguese
Possessions and Spheres of Action on the East and West
Coasts of Africa have also been defined.
But besides the Agreements entered into between Great
Britain and Foreign Powers, other Boundary Agreements
have been concluded by France, Germany, Portugal, Zanzibar,
and other Powers between themselves, and these various
International Agreements will be found recorded in the fol-
lowing pages under their respective headings.
Maps have been inserted in numerous instances to illus—
trate the text of these Agreements, which have been either
reduced from the originals or specially prepared for this work.
A GENERAL MAP or AFRICA has also been added, upon
which has been marked (approximately) the Boundaries of
each separate State or sphere of influence, and the N 0s. given
of the Boundary Treaties and other Documents contained in
‘the work which apply to that particular locality.
PREFACE. xvii
A SUBJEOT INDEX, as well as a CHRONOLOGICAL LIsT of
Documents, will also be found at the end of the Second
Volume.
There still remain many Territorial and other important
questions to be determined in Africa, negotiations for the
settlement of which are still pending, but it has been
thought- better to publish a WVork containing a collection of
the Documents which already exist and which constitute the
TITLE DEEDS of the various Powers to their present posses-
sions and spheres of influence in Africa, rather than to wait,
for an indefinite period, until the whole African Continent
should be subdivided among the various nations of the world.
With the present Work before them, it is to be hoped that
others may be able, hereafter, to publish a more complete
work upon the subject, and one more worthy of the Title
which I have ventured to give to this incomplete one.
Although the Work has been published with the sanction
of the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, it must be
clearly understood that I am solely responsible for the
selection of the Documents, as well as for the Notes which
appear throughout its pages.
In conclusion, I will only express an earnest hope that
the many difficulties which have naturally attended the
compilation and editing of such a comprehensive work as
this will be fully realized; and that any errors or omissions
which may be discovered may be kindly pointed out to
me, as such communications will always be received with a
cordial welcome.
EDWARD HERTsLET.
FOREIGN CrrIoE, -
December, 1894!.
“THE MAP OF AFRICA BY TREATY.”

PREFACE TO TIIE SECOND AND REVISED
EDITION, 1896.
SOON after the “Map of Africa by Treaty ” was published (in
February, 1895), it was Observed that some of the Maps were
inaccurate. The issue of any further copies of the work
was, in consequence, suspended, in order that all the Maps
in the work might be carefully revised. This has been done.
As since the suspension of the work, in February, 1895
other territorial changes have been made in Africa by
engagements entered into between certain European Powers
or otherwise, it has been deemed advisable to insert the;
Documents in a Third Volume, forming an APPENDIX to the
former Two; and the opportunity has been taken of inserting
therein a few Documents which should have found a place‘
in the earlier volumes. The Treaties entered into by the late
“National Africa Company,” now the “ ‘loyal Niger Com-
pany,” with the Sultans of Sokoto, Gandu, and Borgu are
also given in the Appendix; but besides the Treaties concluded
with these powerful Rulers, some hundred other Treaties and
Engagements have been concluded in the Niger Protectorates,
and in the regions westof the Niger, the insertion of which
would unduly extend the compass of this Work.
All the MAPS inserted in the First Two Volumes pub-
lished have been withdrawn and replaced by others.
The CIInoNoLodIcAL LIST and SUBJECT INDEX have been
transferred from the First and Second Volumes to the
Appendix. _
EDWARD HEBTSLET.
FOREIGN OFFICE,
1 February, 1896.
“THE MAP OF AFRICA BY TREATY.”

CORRECTIONS.
VOL. I.
Page 48. BRUSSELS ACT‘. Add Note, “ Came into force April 2, 1892,”
‘ and alter note in Index accordingly.
Page 326. GERMANY AND PORTUGAL. Lastline but one. Insert *, and add
Footnote—*See also Great_B1-itain and Portugal (N0.150).
11th June, 1891. Art. III. Page 733.

VOL. II.
Page 57].. GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE. Last line. For page 1031 read
1032.
LIST OF
MAPS
TO ILLUSTRATE THE FOLLOWING TREATIES AND
DOCUMENTS CONTAINED IN VOLS. I, II, AND III.





Date of Treaty No. of ‘-
Name of Country or Place. ‘or other Doeu- Faglgg Maps.
Document. ment. P g '
Africa. GENERAL MAP showing Territorial 1895 —- 19 A
Boundaries and Spheres of Influence of
various States.
Arms, 82:0. PROHIBITED zoNE. See Africa.
General mop.
Bechuanaland. See Great Britain and Ger-
many.
Bight of'Biafra. See France and Germany.
British East Africa Company. Possessions. 1888. 1891 26 150 C
Wanga to J uba River.
British South Africa Company. See General
Map, and Tati District. '
Central Africa. Free Trade Zone. Basin of 1885 -— 2416 G
the Congo. Boundaries. Congo State.
Congo Basin. See Central Africa.
Cong'o Free State. Boundaries. . . . . . . . . . . . 1885 --- 24-6 G
,, and France. Manyanga 22 Nov., 1885 '19 214 E
District.
,, and Great Britain . . . . . . 12 May, 1894 App. 16 1008 Z
,, and Portugal. Lower 25 May, 1891 60 238 F
‘COD 0.
Damaraland. See Great Britain and Ger-
man .
East African Coast. See British East Africa
Company. Germany. Great Britain and
Germany and Great Britain and Italy.
Free Trade Zone. See Central Africa.
France and Congo Free State. See Congo Free
State and France. -
,, and Germany. Biglit of Biafra. . . . .. 24 Dec., 1885 7 8 296 .T
,, and Germany. Lake Tchad, 8:0. .. .. 4 Feb, 1894 App. 14 1000 Y
,, andLiberia....................... 8Dec., 1892 164 784 W
,, andObock 11Mar.,1862 68 270 H '
,, and Tajourah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Sept., 1884' 71 274 I
Gambia. See Great Britain and F ranoe.
Germany. Possessions. WangaioRovuma. 1890 129 650 .Q,
,, and F rance. See France and Ger-
many. .
,, and Great Britain. See Great
Britain and Germany.
Gold Coast. See Great Britain and France.
Great Britain and Congo F1 ee Stat-e . . . . . . . . 12 May, 1894 App. 16 1008 Z
,, and France. Gambia . . . . . . . 10 Aug., 1889 110 558 L
XX
Date of Treat No. of - .
Name of Country or Place. or other y Doeu- Facmg Maps.
Document. ment. Page‘
Great Britain and France. Gold Coast . . . . . 12 July, 1893 118 589 M
,, and Germany. N yasa-Tan- 1 July, 1890 129 64.3 N
ganyika Plateau.
,, Ditto. Damaraland, N amaqua- 1 July, 1890 129 64.5 0
land, and Bechuanaland.
,, Ditto. Togoland and. Volta 1 July, 1890 129 64.6 P
Districts.
,, Ditto. Rio del Rey . . . . . . . . . 14 Apr., 1893 131 654 R
,, Ditto. Umba River. Wanga 25 J uly, 1893 132 656 S
to Lake J ipé. Kiliman-
jaro.
,, Ditto. Gulf of Guinea to 15 Nov., 1893 133 660 T
Lake Chad.
,, and Italy. Ras Kasar to Blue 15 Apr., 1891 136 668
Nile.
,, Ditto. Somali Coast . . . . . . . . . 5 May, 1894 136* 670 V
Gulf of Guinea. See Great Britain and
Germany.
Italy. Possessions. Danakil Coast . . . . . . . . 2 May, 1889 13 12 B
,, and Abyssinia 15Apr., 1891 136 668 U
,, and Great Britain. See Great Britain
and Italy.
Liberia. See France and Liberia.
Maritime Zone. See Central Africa.
Nyasa-Tanganyika. Plateau. See Great
Britain and Germany.
Check. See France and Check.
Portugal and Congo. See Congo Free State
and Portugal.
,, and France. See France and Portu-
g .
,, Territories claimed in Central Africa. August, 1887 -—— 326 K
Rio del Rey. See Great Britain and Ger- '
many.
Slave Trade Zone. See Africa. General map.
Somali Coast. Great Britain and Italy . . . . . 5 May, 1894 136* 670 V
South African Republic . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . 27 Feb., 18811 179 848 X
spirituous Liquors Zone. See Africa.
General map.
Tajourah. See France and Tajourah.
Tati District. South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Oct., 1889
May, J une, } 57 177 D
1891






TABLE OF CONTENTS.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.

LIST OF COUNTRIES.
Abyssinia, &c. (Shoa, Ethiopia, Assab, Aussa, Zula, and Danakils)
and Great Britain.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
and Italy. See also Great Britain and
Central.
land.
East. See British East Africa Company, Comoro Islands,
Congo, France, German East Africa Co., Germany, Great
Britain, Italy, Madagascar, Portugal, Somali, and Zanzibar.
(General.).. .. .... .. .. .. .. .... .. .. . . . . .. .. ..
,, “ Berlin Act,” 26th February, 1885 . . . . . . . . . .
,, “Brussels Act,” 2nd July, 1890 . . . . . .. . . . . . .
North. See Egypt, France (Algeria), Morocco, Spain,
and Tunis.
North-west... .... .. ...... .. .. .. .. . .. ......
South. See British South Africa- Company, Great Britain
(Cape Colony), Great Britain and Netherlands, Orange
Free State, and South African Republic (Transvaal).
South-west. See Germany, Great Britain (Cape Colony),
and Portugal.
West. See Dahomey, Denmark, France, Germany, Great
Britain (various Colonies), Liberia, Great Britain and
Netherlands, Portugal, and Spain.
See France (Algeria) and Morocco.
Assab. See Abyssinia, 8m.
Aussa. See Abyssinia, &c.
Austria-Hungary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.
and Congo. See Congo and‘Austria-Hungary.
,, and Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and Austria-Hungary.
Basutoland. See Great Britain (Basutoland).
Beehuanaland. See Great Britain (British Bechuanaland).
Territories north of. See Great Britain (Bechu-
analand).
Belgium and Congo. See Congo and Belgium.
,, and Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and Belgium.
British Central Africa Protectorate. See N yasaland.
British East Africa Co. and British Government .. ..-. . . . . . . . . . . . .
and Italy.. .. .. .... .... ..
,, and Zanzibar.........
British South Africa Co.
Cape of Good Hope.
,, O O O I O O Q Q O O Q '
Q I O i 0 . .
See Congo Free State, Egypt, France, and N yasa-
,’
Africa.
Algeria.
0.00.‘...IOQCOIOOO'O'OOUOQQ'O
9’
,9
I'll
,, ‘USCG-O...
0.00.00.01.00‘...
.ggooaeoaooaooaouocookeoolcueno
See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Page
19
20
48
105
106
107
107
107
17 3
xxiv TABLE OF CQNTENTS.
Page
Comoro Islands. Sec France and Comoro Islands.
Congo 191
,, andAustria-Hungary................................... 194
,, andBelgium 196
,, andDenmark.......................................... 205
,, andFrance............................................ 207
andAppendix
,, andGermany.......................................... 219
,, andGreatBritainu.................................... 221
_ v ‘ _ and Appendix
,, 'andIta1y........,..................._.................. 227
,, andLiberia..................................._.......... 229
,, andNetherlands................. . . . . . . . . . . 230
,, andPortugal...........'.............................. 232
andAppendix
,, andRussia............................................ 239
,, and_Spain..._......1)....“.._.......................... 240
,, andSwedenandNorway................................ 242
,, andUnitedStates...................................... 244
Dahomey..i..................._............................... 24-7
,, andFrance.......................................... 247
andAppendix
,,. andGreatBritain . . . . 24:7
,,, andPortuga1.;...................................... 247
andAppendix
Damaraland. See Germany and Africa (S.W. Coast) and Great
' Britain and Germany.
Danakils. See Abyssinia, &c., and. France, and Africa East Coast.
Denmark............,....................................... 255
,, and Congo. See Congo and Denmark.
,, andGreatBritain....................................
East Africa. 00. See British East Africa C0. and German East Africa
Co.
East Coast of Africa, See Africa, East.
Egypt ,_.....\.~....., . . . . . ,, and Abyssinia. See Abyssinia (Ethiopia), &c.
,, and Great Britain. See Egypt.
Ethiopia. See Abyssinia, 8:0.
France . . . . . . . . 267
,, and Africa (East Ccast),()boc-k, Tajura, Somali, &c. .. .. .. .. 267
,, and Africa (General). See Africa (General). >
,, andAfrica(WcstCoast)................................ 278
,, andComoroIs1ands.................................... 291
,, and Congo. See Congo and France. 7
,, and Dahomey. See Dahomey.
,, andGermany 293
andAppendix
TABLE OF CONTENTS. ' XXV
Page
France and-Great Britain. See Great Britain and France. "
and Liberia. See Liberia and F rance. .
and Madagascar. See Madagascar and France.
and Morocco. See Morocco and France.
and Portugal .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 298
,, and Tunis. See Great Britain and France, and Tunis and
France.
,, and Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and France.
Gambia. See Great Britain (Gambia).
German East Africa. 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 301
- ,, ,, ,, and Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and German
. . East Africa Co.
301
,,. andAfrica (EastCoast) .. 301
,, and Africa (General). See. Africa (General).
,, and Africa (South-west Coast) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
,, and Africa (West Coast).. .. .. ...... .. .... 320
,, and Congo. Sec Congo and Germany.
,, and France. See France and Germany.
,, and Great Britain. See Great Britain and Germany.
,, and Portugal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
. and Appendix
,, and Zanzibar. . See Zanzibar and Germany.
Great Britain and Abyssinia. See Abyssinia, &o., and Great Britain.
,, and Africa (Central). See N yasaland.
,, andAfrica. (EastCoast)... .. .. .. .. 327
,, and Africa (North-west Coast) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 105
,, and Africa. (South Coast). See Cape Colony.
,, and Africa. (South-west Coast). See Great Britain and
Germany.
,, and Africa (West Coast). See Great Britain, Gambia,
Gold Coast, Lagos, Niger, Sierra Leone.
,, (Basutoland).. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 329
,, (Bechuanaland and the Kalahari) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
,, (British Bechuanaland) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 333
,, and Belgium, 8w. See‘ Congo Free State.
,, (British East Africa 00.). See British East Africa. Co.
,, (British South Africa Co.). See British South Africa Co.
,, (Cape Colony) (Cape of Good Hope: Walfisch Bay, .
Griqualand West, Kaffraria, Pondoland, &c.). . . . . . 339
,, and Congo Free State. See Congo Free State.
,, and Denmark. See Denmark.
,, and Egypt. See Egypt.
,, andFrance............... 537
‘ and Appendix
,, (Gambia) . . . . . . . . . . . 363
,, and Germany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 593
,, (Gold. Coast)........ .. .. .. .... .......... .. 385
XXVI TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
Great Britain Griqualand (East). See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
,, (Griqualand West). See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
,, and Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 663
,, (Kafiraria). See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
,, (Lagos) ............._........... .. .. .. 403
,, and Liberia. See Liberia.
,, and Madagascar. See Madagascar.
,, (Matabeleland). See British South Africa Co. and
Great Britain and Portugal.
,, (Natal).... .. .... ......................... .. 433
,, (Niger). Niger Districts and Niger Coast Protectorat 439
,, andNetherlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
,, (Pondoland). See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
,, andPortugal............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 681
,, (SierraLeone).......... . . . . . . . 481
,, and South African Republic. See South African
Republic.
,, (Tongaland or Amatonga).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 529
,, (Walfisch Bay). See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
,, andZanzibar........................ . . . . . . . . . . .. 749
. . . and Appendix
,, (Zululand) . . . . . .. 531
Guinea. Coast. See Great Britain (Gold Coast).
Ibea. See British East Africa Co. a -
Ichaboe Island. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Idutywa Reserve. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Ita1y...... . . . . . . . ... 771
,, and Africa (East Coast) (Oppia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‘. . . . . . . . . 77 6
,, and Assab, Ethiopia, Zula, and Danakils. See Abyssinia, &c.,
and Italy.
,, and British East Africa Co. See British East Africa Co. and
Italy.
,, and Congo. See Congo and Italy.
,, and Great Britain. See Great Britain and Italy.
,, andOppia. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . 772,774
,, and Spain. See Spain and Italy.
,, and. Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and Italy.
Kafiraria. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Kalahar . See Great Britain (Bechuanaland, &0.).
Liberia.................... ........ . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 777
,, and Congo. See Congo and Liberia.
,, andFranoe.............................. . . . . . . 777
andAppendix
,, and GreatBrit-ain.... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 777
Madagascar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 787
,, andFrance.............. . . . . . . . 787
,, OI’QQOQO‘CO no
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xxvii
Pa e
Matabeleland. See British South Africa Co. and Appendix. g
MoroccoandFrance............'............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 801
,, and Spain. See Spain and Morocco.
,, andvariousPowers....................... . . . . . . 808
Mt. Aylifl. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Muscat and Zanzibar. See Zanzibar and Muscat.
Namaqualand. See Germany and Africa (S. W. Coast) and Great
' Britain and Germany.
Natal. See Great Britain (Natal).
Netherlands and Congo. See Congo and Netherlands. (See also
Great Britain and. Netherlands.)
New Republic. See South African Republic.
Niger 00. (Royal Niger Co.) See Great Britain (Niger).
Nomansland. See Germany and Africa (South-west Coast), and
' Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Norway. See Sweden and Norway.
Nubia. See Egypt.
Nyasaland (British Central Africa Protectorate). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
010001;. See France and Africa (East Coast).
Oppia and Italy. See Italy and Oppia.
OrangeFree State .. . . . . . . .. 813
Penguin Islands. See Great Britain (Cape Colony) and. Great
Britain and Germany. '
Persia. Accession to Brussels Act. Note p. 418.
Pondoland. See Great Britain (Cape Colony). '.‘- -.
Portugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821?-
,, and Africa (East Coast). See Great Britain and. Portugal,
France and Portugal, and Germany and Portugal.
,, ‘and Africa (General). See Africa (General).
and. Africa (West Coast). See Great Britain and Portugal,
France and Portugal, and Germany and Portugal.
,, and Congo. See Congo and Portugal.
,, and France. See France and Portugal.
and Germany. See Germany and Portugal.
and Great Britain. ‘ See Great Britain and Portugal.
.,, and South African Republic (Pransvaal) . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . 821
Rivers of the South. See Great and France.
Rode Valley. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Royal Niger Go. See Great Britain (Niger). (See also Great Britain
and France, and Great Britain and Germany).
Russia and Congo. See Congo and Russia.
St. J ohn’sv River territories. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Seneg-ambia; See Great Britain and France.
Shea. See Abyssinia, &c.
Sierra Leone. See Great Britain (Sierra Leone).
Socotra.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
O U O 0 O II;I’IS’CCQ$l‘{#IIOI‘IQQIO:OIQOIII\C"?ESI
Soudan. See Egypt.
Xxviii TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
South Africa 00. See British South Africa Co.
South African Republic (Transvaal). . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . , ..
South-west Coast of Africa. See Africa (South-west).
Spain and Africa (North West Coast).. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 881
,, and Africa (West Coast)... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. 881
,, and Congo. See Congo and. Spain.
,, and Italy.
... 837
,, andMoroceo........................................... 881
Sweden and Norway and Congo. See Congo and. Sweden and.
Norway.
Swaziland 903
'I‘ranskei. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Transvaal. See South African Republic.
Tripoli."...llllOlbllt.0OOOOIOQOOGII‘OOII‘QQOIQ.ll.‘I... one
TunisandFrance 905
(See also Great Britain and France).
Turkey . . . . . . . 917
Uganda. See British East Africa Co, reat Britain, Africa (East
Coast), and Appendix.
United States and Congo. See Congo and United States.
'Walfiseh Bay. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
West Coast of Africa. See Africa (West).
'Witu. See British East Africa Co. and Great Britain, Africa (East
Coast).
Xesibeland. See Great Britain (Cape Colony).
Zanzibar and Africa (General) .. .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. 925
,, andAustria-Hungary................................. 926
,, andBelgium.................. 926
,, and British East Africa Co. See British East Africa Co.
,, andFrance.......................................... 927
,, andGermanEastAfricaCo. 923
,, anclGermany............... 930
,, and Great Britain. See Great Britain and. Zanzibar.
,, andItaly............................................ 924
,, andMuscat.......................................... 961
,, andl’ortuga]........................................ 963
,’ andUnitedStaItGSOIOOOOOIOI..."C'QIIIOUQ'OOO'IOQI'I. Zululand. See Great Britain (Zululand).
ABYSSINIA, 81c.
ABYSSINIA, &o.
LIsT OF TREATIES, &c.
[For convenience of reference, all the Treaties concluded by Great
Britain and Italy with ABYSSINIA, SHOA, ETHIOPIA, AssAB, AUssA,
DANAKILS, and ZULA are inserted under the general heading of
ABYSSINIA, &0.
Italy respecting Abyssinia, Massowah, &c., appear under the heading
of GREAT BRITAIN AND ITALY, p. 663].
The Protocols concluded between Great Britain and
The King of Ethiopia
acceded to the “ Brussels Act” of 2nd July, 1890, on the 16th Sep-
tember, 1890.
No.
1.
00.“???
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
(See note, p. 418.)
ABYSSINIA, 800., AND GREAT BRITAIN.
16 Nov, 1841.
2 Nov., 1849.
3 June, 1884. Treaty . . . . . .
17 A-ug., 1888.
Treaty . . . . . .
Treaty
‘Declaration . .
ABYssINIA, DANAKILS, &o., AND ITALY.
10 Feb., 1859.
15 Man, 1883.
21 May, 1883.
3 Feb., 1885.
7 July, 1887.
10 Aug.,1887.
20 Oct., 1887 .
2 Aug., 1888.
9 Dec., 1888.
2 May, 1889.
1 Oct., 1889.
12 0a., 1889.
Treaty ......
Treaty ..
Treaty . . . .
Proclamation .
Convention ..
Convention ..
Treaty .. .. ..
Notification . .
Treaty .. .. ..
Treaty .. .. ..
Additional
Convention.
Notification . .
6 Dec , 1889.
Notification . .
Shoa and Great Bri- Friendship, &c.
tain.
Abyssinia and Great Friendship, &c.
Britain.
Ethiopia and Great Bogos, 8w. . . . .
Britain and Egypt.
Abolition. British Consular J urisdic-
tion at Massowah. See Great Britain
and Italy, p. 663.
Ethiopia and Sar- Commerce .. ..
dinia.
Assab (Danakils) Cession, Ablis
and Italy. (A ussa), &c.
Shoa and Italy . . . . Boundaries, &c.
Italy . . . . . . .. .. . . Occupation of
Massowah.
Aussa (Danakils) Road. Assab to
and Italy. Mt. 'Musalli.
Aussa (Danakils) Assab - Aussa -
and Italy. Shoa Road.
Shoa and Italy . . . . Alliance . . . . . .
Italy . . .. . . . . . . . . Protectorate
over Zula.
Aussa (Danakils) Italian Protec-
and Italy. torate.
Ethiopia and Italy. . Boundaries.
Foreign Re-
lations.
Ethiopia and Italy. . Boundaries, &c.
Conduct of Ethiopian Foreign Aiiairs
by Italy.
Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . Protectorate
over Alls‘SzL
(Danakils)
Page
_2
Q0
{-4
C960
12
15
1'7
n2
1811—1884L] ABYSSINIA, 820., AND GREAT‘ BRITAIN. [N03, l~3
(Shoa, Ethiopia, Assab, Aussa, Danakils, and Zula.)
Abyssinia, 820., and Great Britain.

NO. 1. --TREA T Y, Great Britain and Show, Efttt, and the
GctZla. 16th November, 1811.
ON the 16th November, 1841, a Treaty of Friendship and
Commerce was concluded between Great Britain and His
Majesty Sehala Selassie, “ King of Shea, Efat, and the Galla,”
and his lineal successors; but no boundaries were defined in
this Treaty, and it is no longer in force.*


N0. 2. TREATY, Great Britain and Abysst'm'a.
2nd November, 1849.
ON the 2nd November, 184s9fl~ a Treaty of Friendship and
Commerce was concluded between Great Britain and the King
of Abyssinia and his successors. The boundaries of Abyssinia
were not defined, and the Treaty was terminated by the war
between this country and Abyssinia in 1868, which resulted in
the death of King Theodore.

N0. 3.— TREA TY, Great Britain, Ethiopia, and Egypt.
Signed at Adowa, 3rd June, 1884.
ON the 3rd June, 1884,I a Treaty was concluded between
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, His Majesty Johannis
* H.T., v01. vii, p. 966. S.P., vol. xxix, p. 156.
‘l’ H.T., vol. ix, 1). ]. S.P., vol. xxxvii, p. 4.
I H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1.
\7
N0, 3] ABYSSINLL, &C., AND GREAT BRITAIN. [3 June, 1884;.
[Bogos, &c.]
Negoosa Negust of Ethiopia and its Dependencies, and His
Highness the Khedive of Egypt, for the settlement of difier-
ences between Egypt and Abyssinia.
The following is an epitome of its provisions :—
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, and His Majesty
J ohannis, made by the Almighty King of Sion, N egoosa Negust
of Ethiopia and its Dependencies, and His Highness Mahomed
Tewfik, Khedive of Egypt, being desirous of settling the dif-
ferences which exist between the said Johannis, Negoosa
N egust of Ethiopia, and Mahomed Tewfik, Khedive of Egypt,
and of establishing an everlasting peace between them, have
agreed to conclude a Treaty for this purpose, which shall be
binding on themselves, their heirs, and successors; and Her
Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland, Empress of India, having appointed as her Repre-
sentative Rear-Admiral Sir William Hewett, Commander-in-
Chief of Her Majesty’s ships of war in the East Indies, and
His Majesty the N egoosa Negust of Ethiopia, acting on his own
behalf, and His Highness the Khedive of Egypt, having ap-
pointed as his Representative his Excellency Mason Bey,
Governor of Massowah, they have agreed upon and concluded
the following Articles :—
ART. I.—F"ree Transit for all Goods through Massowah to and
from Abyssinia.
Restoration of Bogos to Ethiopia.
ART. II.——-On and after the 1st day of September, 1884!,
corresponding to the 8th day of Maskarram, 1877, the country
called Bogos shall be restored to His ‘Majesty the Negoosa
Negust;* and when the troops of His Highness the Khedive
shall have left the garrisons of Kassala, Amedib, and Sanhit,
the buildings in the Bogos country, which now belong to His
Highness the Khedive, together with all the stores and muni-
tions of war which shall then remain in the said buildings, shall
be delivered to and become the property of His Majesty the
N egoosa N egusti
* Bogos was handed over to Abyssinia, 12th September, 1884‘.
3
10 Feb.,1859.] ABYSSINIA (ETHIOPIA) AND ITALY. [No. 4
[Commerca]
ART. III—Withdrawal of Troops of Khedi've from Kassala,
Ameclib, and Sanhit.
ART. IV.——App0intment of Aboonas for Ethiopia by the
Negoosa Negnst.
ART. V.——Ewtraclition of Criminals.
Difi‘erences between the Negoosa N egnst and the Khedioe to be
referred to Her Britannia Majesty.
ART. VI. His Majesty the Negoosa Negust agrees to refer
all differences with His Highness the Khedive which may arise,
after the signing ofathis Treaty to Her Britannic Majesty for
settlement.
ART. VII.—-Ratifications.*
(King’s Seal.)
(L.S.) W. HEWETT.
(L.S.) Mason.
A’cdowa, 3rd June,‘ 1884i.-

Abyssinia, 8zc.-, and Italy.
N 0. 4:.—- TREA TY. Sardinia anol Ethiopia. 10th Febru-
ary, 1859.1‘
On the 10th February, 1859, a Commercial Treaty was con-
cluded between His Majesty the King of Sardinia, &c., and
the Desesmach Negussié, “ King in Ethiopia.” N o boundaries
were defined in this Treaty and it was only to remain in force
for”10 years.
* Ratified by Her Majesty on the 4th July, 1884, and by the Khedive
of Egypt on the 25th September, 1884..
1' Italian Green Book,1890, p. 10.

N0. 5] (ABYSSINIA, 850.) ASSAB AND ITALY. [15 March. 1883.
[Danakils. Cession of Ablis (Aussa), &c.]
N0. 5.—TREA.TY between the Italian Government and the
Sultan of Assab, Illohamed Hanfari, Chief of the Danahils. '
Signed at Kadeli Gubo, 15th March, 1883*
(Approved by the King of Shoa, 22nd May, 1883.)
( Translation.) -———-
ART. I.—Peace and Friendship between the Italian Authori-
ties in Assab and the Sultan Hanfari and his Dependents.
ART. II.— Appointment of Representatives.
ART. III.——Safety guaranteed to Italian Caravans passing
between Assab Aussa; in the Kingdom of Shoa, and the Sea Coast.
ART. IV.—Freedom from Duties and Tributes of all Italian
Caravans coming from or going to Assab.
Cession to Italy of part of Ablis (Aussa).
ART. V. The Sultan Mohamed Hanfari cedes to the
Government of His Majesty the King of Italy the use of the .
territory of Ablis (Aussa) on that part of the territory of Aussa
suited for cultivation, there to establish an Italian commercial
station.
ART. VI.—All Religions to be equally protected.
ART. VII—Freedom to Italians to travel in all the Territories
under the Dependency of the SultanMahomed Hanfari. Protec-
tion of Dependents by the Italian Consular Authorities.
Italian Protection of Safety of the Danahil Coast.
ART. VIII. The men-of-war of His Majesty the King of Italy
will protect on the sea-coast the safety of the Danakil littoral.
ART. IX.——Concention to be submitted for the Approval of
the King of Shoa, and to be ratified at Shoa by an Italian Repre»
sentative.
ART. X.—Con'uention to be signed in three Languages.
(Seal of Sultan Mahomed Hanfari).
Kadeli Guloo, 15th March, 1883.
(Seal of the King of Shoa).
Ankoher, 22nd May, 1883. P. AN'I‘ONELLI.
* Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 127. S.P., vol. lxxiv, p. 695.
5 ,
21 May, 1833.] (ABYSSINIA, &c.) SHOA AND ITALY. [Na 6
[Boundaries, &c.]
N0. 6.—IZ'REATY between Shoa and I talg. .Anhober,
Zlst M'ug, 1883*
(Translation —————-—-
ART. I.——Peuce and Friendship between the King of Italy
and the King of Show
ART. II.—Appointment of Diplomatic and Consular Oflicers.
ART. III—Liberty of Commerce.
ART. IV.——Nutional Treatment in Commerce, Agriculture, and
IlIanufacture. ~
ART. V.—--Religious Worship and Teaching. No other religion
to be taught’ in Shoo. except the Christ-loin professed by the King.
ART. VL—Disposul of Efects of Deceased Subjects of both
Nations dying in the Territory of the other.
ART. VIL—I'hcilities for travelling in Shou.
ART. VIIL—Eazport and Import Duties. Ad Valorem duty of
5 per cent. on Italian Merchandise‘.
Commercial Intercourse between Shoe, and Assab.
ART. IX. The two Contracting Parties shall do all in
their power to establish frequent and safe commercial inter-
course between the States of His Majesty the King of Shea
and the Colony of Assab.
Italy will watch over the security of the sea and the Colony.
vShea, on its side, shall provide by all its means for the safety
of the roads in the interior, and for the transport of the caravans
from and to the sea, and His Majesty the King of Shea will
encourage the dispatch of caravans from Shea to the sea
towards the port of Assab.
ART. X.——Free Transit for Italians from one Country to
another. Protection of Roads against Danahils and Somalis.
Treatment by Italy of Notices of Shoo in Assab. Right to build
- Houses,
ART. XI. His Majesty the King of Italy will freely grant
to the natives of Shoa, who may arrive in Assab, a place where
they may encamp or even build houses or huts, during the
whole time that they may abide there.
is Italian Green Book, 1890, p.128.
6
No, 6] (ABYSSINIA, 8w.) SHOA AND ITALY. [21 May, 1883.
[Boundaries, &c.]
Italian Consular Jurisdiction. Settlement of Disputes between
Italians in Shoa, between Italians and Natives, and between
Italians and Foreigners.
ART. XII. The Government of Shoa shall never interfere
in disputes between Italians, which shall be always and exclus-
ively decided by the Italian Consul or his deputy.
Cn the other hand, the Italian Consular authority shall
never interfere in the disputes between subjects of His Majesty
the King of Shoa, which shall always be settled by the au-
thority of the country.
Suits between Italians and subjects of His Majesty the King
of Shoa shall be decided by the Italian Consul or his deputy,
assisted by a Judge of the country. ‘
Suits between Italians and foreigners shall be decided in
Shoa by the Consul of the party summoned, or, in default of
the Consular authority of the State, by the Italian Consul.
Transmission of Letters, ém, from King of Shoa to European
Governments through Italian Consuls. Italian Protection of
Subjects of Shoa in Foreign Countries.
ART. XIII. It shall be in the power of His Majesty the
King of Shoa to avail himself of the Italian Consular authority
or of the Royal Commissioner in Assab for all letters or com-
munications which he may wish to have forwarded to the
Governments in Europe where such authorities are accredited.
The subjects of His Majesty the King of Shoa may in the same
way claim the protection of these authorities, both on the coast
and in the various countries they may frequent.
ART. XIV.—-Most-Favoured-Nation Treatment to Permanent
Trade Establishments, go.-
ART. XV.—-Diferences between Italian Government and
Government of Shoa to be settled by Arbitration. .
ART. XVI—Italian and Shoan Tents of Treaty to be of equal
Validity.
ART. XVII—Revision of present Treaty after 10 years, by
giving 12 months’ notice.
ART. XVIII—Exchange of Ratifications.
(Seal of King Menelik).
> Ankober, 21st May, 1883. PIETRC ANTCNELLI.
\1
3 F613,, 1885,] (ABYSSINIA, &o.) AUSSA AND ITALY. [N0. 7
[Boundaries, &c.]
NO. 7.—PROO’LA11[ATION. Italian Occupation of llasso-
wah. 3rd February, 1885*
__——|-_—-_—~
(Translation. )
To the Population of Massowah :
THE Italian Government, in accord with the English and
Egyptian, and without doubt also with the Abyssinian, have
ordered me to take possession of the Fort of Massowah this day,
and to hoist the Italian flag by the side of the Egyptian.
By this occupation our troops will protect you; and We are
‘ready to pay for all we want. We shall respect your customs
and religion.
No obstacle shall be put by me to your trade ; on the con-
trary, all my exertions shall aim at facilitating it, and I can
assure you of the friendship of my Government.
We beg then that you will consider us as friends, and carry
on your ordinary business and feel in perfect security.
A. CAIMI, Rear-Admiral.
3rd February, 1885.

N0. 8. CONVENTION between the Sultan of Aassa (Dana-
htls) and Italy. 7th July, 1887.]L

(Translation)
THE‘ 15th day of the month of Shawall of the year 1304, of
the Hegira (that is the 7th of July, 1887), between the Sultan
Mohamed Anf'ari and Count Antonelli, as Envoy of the Royal
Italian Government, the following was agreed upon :—
ART. I.——Abolttion of the Trafiio in Slaves. 1,500 “tallem' ” a
year to be paid by Italy to Sultan Mohamed Anfari.
ART. II.——O'araoan TOttCl to be constmcted from Assab to Mount
lVIasall'l. Well to be sank at Mount lllnsallz'.
(Stamp of the Sultan of Aussa).
(L.S.) PIETRO ANTONELLI,
Envoy of the Royal Italian Government.
4‘ A Proclamation to the same effect was issued by the King of Italy on
the 10th February, 1885.
1' Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 270.
8
N0, 9] (ABYSSINIA, 8w.) AUSSA AND ITALY. [10 Aug,,1887,
[Assab-Aussa-Shoa Road.]
N 0. 9.—-CON VEN TI 0N between the Sultan of Aussa (Dana—
hils) and Italy. 10th August, 1887.*
Convention between Sultan Anfari of Aussa and the Royal Civil
Commissioner of Assab for the opening of the Assab-Aussa-
Shoa Road.
(Translation) Assab, 10th August, 1887.
H.H. Mohamed Anfari, Head of the Danakils, agrees with
the Royal Civil Commissioner of Assab to the following :—
1.-—Assab-Aussa-Shoa Road opened to Trafic.
2.——-18,000 “talleri ” to be paid to Sultan Anfari by Italy in
four years. ~
Administration of Justice by Italy.
3. The Administration of Justice belongs to the Italian
authorities on the territory of Beilul and Gubbi, from Ras
Dermah to Ras Rakma, and from the sea coast to Torni (10
miles from the coast).
4:. The inhabitants remain in possession of their goods.
5.—Liberty to Italians to construct Wells, Roads, and Houses.
(Stamp of the Sultan of Aussa).
(L.S.) L. De SIMONE.

NO. 10.—--TRE'A TY. Shoa and Italy. 20th October, 1887.1‘
ON the 20th October, 1887, a Treaty of Alliance was con-
cluded between H.M. the King of Italy and H.M. Menelik II,
“King of Shoa, Kafia, and the Galla Country.” By this
Treaty, Italy promised not to annex any of King Menelik’s
territory.
* Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 273.
1- Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 270.
9
2 Aug.,1888.] (ABYSSINIA, 82c.) ZULA AND ITALY. [N011
[Italian Protectorate of Zula.]
NO. 11.—-N OTIFI CA TI ON. Italian Protectorate over Zulu.*
2nd August, 1888.
M. Cutalau'i t0 the Marquis of Salisbury—(Received 4th August.)
(Translation.)
London, 2nd August, 1888.
My Lord,
IN consequence of the repeated requests of the people of
Zula, which is situated to the south of Massowah, and which
has remained up to this time under the Egyptian flag, although
occupied by irregular Italian troops, the Italian flag has just
been hoisted in this place by a detachment of Marines, and the
Italian Protectorate has been solemnly established there and
proclaimed in the name of the King’s Government.
In conformity with the instructions which I have received
from H.141. Signor Crispi, according to Art. XXXIV of the
General Act of the Berlin Conference, of the 26th February,
1885 (N0. 17), I have the honour to notify this fact to your
Excellency, and I have recourse to your usual kindness in re-
questing you to be so good as to take note of it.
I have, &c.,
T. CATALANI.

The Marquis of Salisbury to M. C’atalam'.
Foreign Ofiice, 7th August, 1888.
M. le Charge d’Afi‘aires,
I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note
of the 2nd instant, in which you inform me that the Italian flag
has been. hoisted at Zula, and that it has formally been declared
to be under the Protectorate of the Italian Government.
I have, ($20.,
SALISBURY. _,

* S. P., vol. lxxix, p. 749.]
10 '
N0, 12] (ABYSSINIA, Sec.) AUSSA AND ITALY. [9 Deg_,1883,
[Assab-Aussa-Shoa Road; Danakil Coast]
N 0. 12.-—-TREA T Y of Friendship and Commerce between the
Government of His .Majesty the King of Italy and the
Sultan .Mohamed, Son of Anfari, Sultan of Aussa and
Head of all the Dana/sits. Adele’ Gubd, 9th December, 1888.
(Translation)
THE Government of His Majesty the King of Italy and the
Sultan Mohamed, son of the Sultan Anfari, Head of all the
Danakils, being desirous of uniting in one the various Con-
ventions concluded between them on the 15th March, 1883
(NO. 5), the 7th July, 1887 (N0. 8), and the 10th August, 1887
(N0. 9), and with the intention of rendering the Assab-Aussa-
Shoa road perpetually free and open ; and the Government
of His Majesty the King of Italy having named as his Repre-
sentative Count Peter Antonelli, and the Sultan of Aussa acting
in his own name, have agreed to the following Articles :—
ART I.—Peace and Friendship.
Protection of Caravans. Italian Ships of lVar to protect Danal'il
Coast.*
ART. II. The Sultan Mohamed Anf'ari guarantees the
security of the Assab-Aussa-Shoa road to all caravans coming
from or going to Assab.
The ships of War of His Majesty theiKing of Italy will
watch over the safety of the Danakil coast.
Italian Sovereignty over Danakil Coast.
ART. III. The Sultan Mohamed Anfari recognizes the whole
of the Danakil coast from Amfila to Ras Dumeira as an
Italian possessions!"
ART. IV.——Appointment of Diplomatic Representative.
Prevention of any other than Italians from occupying Aussa.
ART. V. In case any other Power should attempt to occupy
Aussa or any part in it, or its Dependencies, the Sultan
5* Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 376.
1' See map, p. 12.
ll
2 May, 1889.] (ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. END. 13
[Boundaries, 850.]
Mohamed Anfari shall oppose it, and shall raise the Italian flag,
declaring that his own States with all their dependencies are
under Italian Protection.
ART. VL—Consti'uction of Camel Road from Assab to Aussa.
ART. VII—Slave Trade.
ART. VIII—Immunity of Caravans from Taxation and
Customs Dues.
ART. IX.—-Pricesfor Camel Hive.
ART. X.——Remuneration of Couriers between Assab and Shea.
ART. XL—Payment of Italian Subsidy to Sultan Anfavi.
Concession 0f Gambo Kona to Italy.
ART. XII. The Sultan Mohamed Anfari gives up to the
Italian Government the use of the territory of Gambo Kona to
establish a commercial station there, and a place for victualling
caravans to or from Assab.
ART. XIII—Annual Remuneration to ‘Sultan fo'r Pv'otection of
Caravans.
ART. XIV.—Eachange of Ratifications.
P-IETRO ANTONELLI.
(Seal of the Sultan of Aussa.)
Adelé Gubo (Aussa), 9th December, 1888.

N0. 13.-—TREATY. Ethiopia and Italy. 2nd May, 1889*
(Translation)
HIS Majesty Humbert I, King of Italy, and His Majesty
Menelek II, King of Kings of Ethiopia, in order to render pro-
fitable and secure the peace between the two Kingdoms of Italy
and Ethiopia, have decided to conclude a Treaty of Friendship
and Commerce :
And His Majesty the King of Italy, having sent as his Re-
presentative and Envoy Extraordinary to His Majesty King
Menelek Count Antonelli, &0., whose powers have been duly
recognized, and His Majesty King Menelek, negotiating in his
* Ratified 29th September, 1889. Italian Green Book, 1890, p. 434.
12
B
To face page 13.
Map Shewing
THE ITALIAN POSSESSIONS ON THE DANAKIL COAST
ACCORDING TO
THE TREATY BETWEEN ITALY AND THE SULTAN OF AUSSA
OF
sit-‘Deer 18 e e.

NO MAP WAS ATTACHED TO‘ THE TREATY OF THE 975'DEC'.',/888.









Q ° 4.3" 43.
i w 1P
A v
I‘Arnfi é)
‘ x as
6
: ‘ y
AbuAill.
1%“ .. . .___m_JE£e£Ze&1£l-’ / I" -_ 1.;
E 61,81 Abayz'l ,
” 47.3mm]
, O
4-)
r6
>—l
6
t‘
Z
13' ——————————— ~ - v- 13"


Italian Possessions._____.____.__._1., ' '>--
QT


Longitude East of Greenwich

—
snrvrokp’s 0500157157; LONDON -
l
scalz- 5,407,590 or! Inch - 38 Stat. Miles
1:. s o lo 20 30 ‘10 so MILES
Map showing
ITALIAN POSSESSIONS ON DANAKIL COAST
to illustrate the Treaty between
Italy and Aussa
of 9th December, 1888.
N0, 13] (ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. [Z 1vf'ay,1889.
[Boundaries, 860.]
own name as King of Kings of Ethiopia, have concluded and do
conclude the following Articles :—
ART. I.—Perpetual Peace and Friendship.
ART. II.—Appointment of Diplomatic and Consular Cfl‘icers.
Boundary between Italy and Ethiopia.
ART. III. In order to remove any doubt as to the limits of
the territory over which the two Contracting Parties exercise
sovereign rights, a Special Commission, composed of two Italian
and two Ethiopian Delegates, shall trace with permanent land-
marks a boundary-line, the leading features of which shall be
as follows :—
(a.) The boundary between Italy and Ethiopia shall follow
the high table-land. -
(b.) Starting from the country .of Afrafali, the villages of
Halai, Soganeiti, and Asmara shall be within the Italian
boundary.
(0.) Adi Nefas and Adidohannes, in the direction of- the
Bogos tribe, shall be within the Italian boundary.
(d.) From Adi Johannes the boundary between Italy and
Ethiopia shall be marked by a straight line running east and
west.
Convent of Debra Bizen.
ART. IV. The Convent of Debra Bizen, with all its property,
shall remain in the possession of the Ethiopian Government,
who shall not, however, be able to make use of it for military
purposes.
ART. V.—-Customs Dues payable by Caravans. 8 per cent.
ad valorem. '
Freedom of Commerce in Arms and Ammunition through Mas-
sowah for King M'eneleh. 4
ART. VI. Commerce in arms and ammunition to and from
Ethiopia shall be free ‘to pass through Massowah only for King
Menelek, who will be bound to make a- regular application to
that effect to the Italian authorities. furnished with the Royal
seal.
13
2 May, 1889,] (ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. [No.13
[Boundaries, &0. Foreign Relations.]
The caravans, arms, and ammunition will travel under the
protection and with the escort of Italian soldiers as far as the
Ethiopian frontier.
ART. VII—Freedom of Travel and Commerce. Armed
Il/l'en prohibited from crossing Frontier to intimidate or molest In-
habitants.
ART. VlIL—Freeclom of Commerce with Natives in Italy
and Ethiopia.
ART. IX.——Religious Liberty guaranteed.
ART. X.—Jurisdietion. Disputes and Lawsuits between Italians
in Ethiopia to be settled by Italian Authorities at Massowah or their
Delegates. Disputes between Italian and Ethiopians to be settled
by Italian Authorities at llIassowah, or by Italian and Ethiopian
Delegates.
ART. XI.-——Disposal of Efi'ects of Italians dying in Ethiopia
and of Ethiopians dying in Italy.
ART. XII.-———.Iuriscliction. Italians accused of a Crime to be
judged by the Italian Authorities at Massowah. Ethiopians
accused of a Crime committed in Italian Territory to be tried by
Ethiopian Authorities. [Altered by Art. IX of Treaty of 1st
October, 1889. N0.14.]
ART. XIII—Extradition of Criminals. .
ART. XIV.—Prevention of Slave Trade. No Caravan of
Slaves to be allowed to pass through King Menelek’s Territories.
ART. XV.-—Validity of Treaty in the whole of the Empire.
ART. XVI—Power of either Party to modify Treaty after
5 years, on giving a year’s notice. Concessions of Territory to be
unalterable.
Negotiations of Ethiopia with Foreign Powers to be mad; through
Italian Government.
ART. XVII. His Majesty the King of Kings of Ethiopia
consents to avail himself of the Italian Government for any
negotiations which he may enter into with the other Powers or
Governments* (per tutte le trattazioni di afiari che avesse con altre
potenze o governi) .
* Notified to British Government, 12th October, 1899, p. 17.
l i
No. 14]
(ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. [1 00th, 1889.
[Boundaries, 820.]
Preferential Treatment to Italians in Ethiopia in regard to the
establishment of Houses of Commerce’ or Manufactures.
ART. XVIII. If at any time His Majesty the ‘King of
Ethiopia should have the intention of granting special privileges
to subjects of a third State in regard to the establishment of
houses of commerce or manufactures in Ethiopia, he shall
always give preference, when all other conditions‘ are equal, to
Italians.
ART. XIX.—-Both Italian and Amharic Texts of Treaty to be
considered Ofiicial, and of the same authority. '
Ratification of Treaty.
ART. XX. The present Treaty shall be ratified.*
In faith of which Count Pietro Antonelli, in the name of
His Majesty the King of Italy, and His Majesty Menelek,
King of Kings of Ethiopia, in his own name, have signed and
sealed the present Treaty in the encampment of Ucci-alli, on the
25th Mazzia, 1881, corresponding to‘ the 2nd ‘May, 1889.
For His Majesty the King of Italy,
.(L.S.) PIETRO ANTomLLI. 4
(Imperial Seal of Ethiopia.)

NO. 14.--ADDI TI ONAL CONVENTION t0 Treaty between
Italy and Ethiopia’[ of 2nd May, 1889. Naples, 1st
October, 1889.1 '
In the name of the Most Holy Trinity.
(Translation)
HIS Majesty the King of Italy and His Majesty the Emperor
‘of Ethiopia, being desirous ofconcluding a Convention in addis
tion to the Treaty of Friendship and Commerce signed at the
‘Camp of Uccialli on the ‘2nd May, 1889 (25 Mazzia, 1881, of
the Ethiopian Calendar) (N 0. 13), have named as their Pleni-
potentiaries ,:
1" Ratified by the King of Italy, September 29, 1889.
1- Ratified by the King of Kings, Menelek, at Makallé, on the 25th
February, 1890.
I Italian Green Book, 1890, 2nd Series, p. 19.
15 c
1 0013,, 1889, (ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. [N0- 14:
[,Boundaries, &c.]
His Majesty the King of Italy, Cavaliere Francesco Crispi,
President of the Council of Ministers, and his Minister Secretary
of State ad interim for Foreign Affairs; and
His Majesty the Emperor of Ethiopia, the Degiasmac Makon-
nen, his Ambassador to His Majesty the King of Italy;
,who, furnished with full powers, have agreed as follows:
Recognition by Italy of King llIeneleh as Emperor of Ethiopia.
ART. I. The King of Italy recognizes King Menelek as ‘
Emperor of Ethiopia.
Recognition by King Menelek of Italian Possessions in the Red Sea.
ART. II. King Menelek recognizes the sovereignty of the
King of Italy in the Colonies which go under the name of
Italian possessions in the Red Sea.
Rectification of respective Possessions.
ART. III. In virtue of the preceding Articles, a rectification
of the territories shall be made, taking as a basis the actual state
of possession, by the means of Delegates who shall be nomi-
nated by the King of Italy and by the Emperor of Ethiopia,
according to the terms of Article III of the Treaty of the 2nd
May, 1889 (25 Mazzia, 1881). (NO. 13.)*
ART. IV.——Coinage to be struck in Italy for currency in
Ethiopia.
ART. V.——Loan of 41,000,000 Lire to be contracted by
Emperor of Ethiopia with an Italian Bank, under guarantee of
Italian Government, on security of receipts of Harrar Custom
Hausa]L
ART. VI.——Right of Italy to take over Administration of the
* A detailed Boundary Agreement was signed on the 6th February’
1891, See Italian Green Book, “ Missione Antonelli in Ethiopia,” 14th
April, 1891, p. 101.
"I- On the 26th October, 1889, a Convention was concluded between the
Italian Government, the Government of the Emperor of Ethiopia, and.
the National Bank of the Kingdom of Italy, respecting the grant of a loan
of 2,000,000 lire (80,000l) by the National Bank of Italy to the Govern.-
ment of the Emperor of Abyssinia ; and on the same day another Convention
was signed between the Italian Government and the National Bank of Italy
for guaranteeing the said loan, subject to the approval of the same by the
Italian Legislature.
16
N015] (ABYSSINIA) ETHIOPIA AND ITALY. [12 Oct.,1889.
[Ethiopian Foreign Affairs.)
Harrar Custom House in event of non-repayment of the Loan
regularly.
ART. VII—Half of Loan to be paid in Silver, and the re-
mainder to be deposited in Italy to meet purchases from Ethiopia Italy.
ART. VIII.—-Application of Custom Duties referred to in
Article V to all Caravans passing over Ethiopian Roads.
Italian Jurisdiction.
ART. IX. The Ethiopians who commit a crime on Italian
territory will always be judged by Italian authoritiesfx‘
ART. X.—Application of Convention to all Territory within
King Meneleh’s dominions.
ART. XI.—Convention to be ratified.
[For Boundary Agreements between Great Britain and Italy
of 24th March and 15th April, 1891, see GREAT BRITAIN
and ITALY. Pages 665, 667.]

N0. 15.—ITALIAN NOTIFICATION. Conduct by Italy
of Ethiopian Foreign A fairs. 12th October, 1889.
-—__

M. Catalani to the Marquis of Salisbury.
(Translation)
My Lord, 20, Grosvenor Square, 12th October, 1889.
UNDER Article XVII of the perpetual Treaty between Italy
and Ethiopia, signed by His Majesty King Menelek on the 2nd
May, 1889 (N0. 13), and ratified by His Majesty the King of Italy
on the 29th September last, it is provided that “ His Majesty the
King of Ethiopia consents to avail himself of the Government
of His Majesty the King of Italy for the conduct of all matters
which he may have with other Powers or Governments.”
In virtue of the instructions which I have received from his
Excellency Signor Crispi, I have the honour to notify the
* See also Art. XII of Treaty of 2nd May, 1889, p. 14.‘.
17 e 2
6 E69,, 1889,] (ABYSSINIA, 8.20.) AUSSA AND ITALY. [N0. 16
[Italian Protectorate of Aussa. Danakils.]
above-mentioned stipulation to your Excellency in pursuance .of
Article 34: of the General Act of the Conference of Berlin of
February, 1885 (N0. 17
Accept, &c.,
T. CATALANI.

N O. 16.-—ITALIAN NOTIFICATION. Italian Protec-
torate over Aussa (Danalcils). 6th December, 1889.
(1.) Count Tornielli to the Marquis of Salisbury.
(Translation)
My Lord, London, 6th December, 1889.
I AM instructed by my Government to make to that of Her
Britannic Majesty the following communication :—-
Article V of the Treaty concluded between Italy and the
Sultan of Aussa, Head of the Danakils (N0. 12), is worded thus :
“In case any other Power were to try to occupy Aussa, or any
point Within its territory or Dependencies, the Sultan shall
oppose it; and is bound to hoist the Italian flag, declaring that
his States and their Dependencies are under Italian protection."
I am informed by my Government that this notification has
been simultaneously made to all the States who have signed the
“ Acte Général ” of the Conference of Berlin (N0. 17).
l 1 have, &c.,
G. TCRNIELLI.
(2.) The llIarquis of Salisbury to Count Tornielli.
M. l’Ambassadeur, Foreign Oflice, 16th December, 1889.
I HAVE the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your
Excellency’s note of the 6th instant, notifying to Her Majesty’s
Government, in accordance with the provisions of Article 34 of
the General Act of the Conference at Berlin of the 26th Febru-
ary, 1885 (NO. 1'7), that an Italian Protectorate has been
established over the Sultanate of Aussa and its Dependencies.
_ I have, &c.,
SALISBURY.
18
AFRICA (GENERAL).


.~ I. I‘ I " 'V'v'n \-
GENERAL MAP OF AFRICA .SHEWING (APPRQXIMAIELYHHE TERRITORIAL‘ BOUNDARIES AND SPHERES OF INFLUENCE
OF THE DIFFERENT EUROPEAN AND OTHER ShATES ON THE AFRICAN CONTINENT. uses.
; T x}';~ q-v—wv “'-§" r-vr ‘~- in.“ v. m—



‘401‘ -L__..._I I. I"
3T0‘) / I " ‘2-. i
.4; . '1' A N T I o -;.1= , - .. " z ‘ . ‘ . ‘Amt-es ‘1 Cgii'nem't '---' .. - - ' I
f l‘, ‘,l -._‘_ 1 i Suwtafb'iéiaifin
’/ I_,.»' I" ‘Wm-lira)!‘ l.’ ) w‘
, _1' I‘ I ' " w . a, i A ~~~
3 . /r0 C E ‘ix/‘,7’ m‘ ‘ _ V .7?" _-' ‘-,_ ~ ‘ .4 ‘,5- ‘ .
I I. l l ' I i. )dvuzh ai'i'it'il‘j-M ‘II.




\\ o rjcnzmm
\
\
“It/R s 1 A.




/
_‘l'i _ - ,.
J / Madeira gas '


' ~ . Mrsulirbmk ~ . , I-





<ll'erusnlem
" l


/ Gui ‘afS'idz'fl are a “v 4
- ‘ x ‘ ‘ I. "'?~t';') .. > ‘ I I.
.. - . 1 .i' ' ‘f‘ - Jsfiuysw-stwz \
j-v') _'~ ."qy .7 0 7 _ (J-_ .K' v a , '-'. ‘ ,_ 7 ' " ‘ ‘ 4- _',7_» I: , _ a . F. __"-.17__ i i ‘g V ‘J A*_______________"
‘ . _ . V - ~ , .-. I‘ .’“.7... I,‘ ,‘ ,I _ ':_ _ _ ‘_ H ,. _ j . I Q 1,‘ I -, i -v ,z ', ‘~— \



, p I’. “,1: V a ,‘ _ . a‘, i "-11- i. I V ‘ l I . s I " .' - . ‘I’ __~ , v “,d. i k ‘I i v ' i, _ l ‘ _ . T ' f i a .
.-.. ...L.. . i , i ‘ 2f, - ~ . ~ ' I‘ “ ‘ "l l‘- ' '. --‘ V ‘ j v ,- , Emm- -- ______ “2922-0-09 _ _ a , a .. 1 ices?- ‘ - _ . . . _ l _ _ ~ _ — - . n ‘I "H





388“ Li i am l_
3 I .j V I .7 is i . v
'2" i . ‘j . “g jflh'uizw’a
A s a w a (1
mwmg 0.4M l
this ,, F R E'N c H j A? a...
' a A 1‘ Leo?
' mm...- toga eff." & ~;
r ha”)!
‘6
.





e
Bamsu YT s ans]; \_


l e; n b ‘a a ' \ . A I’
90.||7_ . 4' same.‘ I by,“
Ian‘ v.11 j. ~ ~ , I, l H A .717
\ "I, in v‘ " -
roman E1! M
“squib-1.x‘. 5. u. I; '
II
:4‘- .H hm- .‘L ‘5-—



JQ.



'3, A.‘
. ' v. '-': A. ~ ‘ V _ - . >- _"7‘ ,. _. A ‘I , l J .
] .I:.vlcl“'fl'- ,\ \, kt L ,_,,_,_.". . , , , , . ‘:- 3’: I I ._ . I , , ' _ \
‘:p L- ’q'igi o ‘v G " 'q' ' ' V' I. ‘j. , a u I ‘ 1 f..-

Laltitudel
._‘_-__---
"-
41,


' .n . o.
" ,f-igéliaslzoo.
lift‘!
iouth


.x _=._‘ , . :.\.v
GENERAL MAP OF AFRICA GENERAL MAP OF AFRlcA
Showing (approximately) the Territorial boundaries. Shewing (approximately) the Territorial boundaries.
1895. 1895.
No.
17.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
26 Feb., 1885.
19 Apr., 1886...
8 Nov., 1886.
2 July, 1890.
2 July, 1890.
3 July, 1890.
16 Sep, 1890.
22 Dec., 1890.
2 July, 1891.
2 J an., 1892.
2 Feb., 1892.
30 Man, 1892.
- 7-25 Aug, 1892.
AF RICA (GENERAL).
“ Berlin Act.” Trade and Civilization. Free
Navigation of Rivers Congo, Niger, &0. Slave
Trade by Sea and Land. Occupation of
Territory on African Coasts, 6T0. . . . . .. . . . .
Ratifications. Do. (except United States) '. . . .
Accession. Zanzibar. Berlin Act. (See Zanzi-
bar, p. 913.)
“ Brussels Act.” African Slave Trade, 850. . . . .
Do. Declaration. Import Duties . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accession. Persia. Brussels Act. . . . . . . . Note.
Accession. Ethiopia. Brussels Act. . . . . . Note.
Tariff. Eastern Zone. Congo Basin. . . . . . . . ..
Protocol. Ratifications. Brussels Act. Various
Protocol. Ratifications. Do. Austria-Hungary.
Russia. Turkey. France. Netherlands . . .
Protocol. Ratifications. Do. United States. .
Protocol. Ratifications. Do. Portugal . . . . . .
Accession. Liberia. Brussels Act. . . . . . . Note.
Page
20
45
48
88
88
90
92
97
102
104!
88
26 Feb, 1885,] AFRICA (GE NERAL). [Na 17
[Berlin Act. Trade and Civilization. Rivers Congo, Niger, &c. Slave
Trade by Sea and Land. Occupation of Territory on Coasts, &c.]
N0. 1'7.——GEIVERAL ACT of the Conference of Berlin,
relative to the Development of Trade and Civilization in
Africa; the free Navigation of the Rivers Congo, Niger
the. ,' the suppression of the Slave Trade by Sea and Land ,-
the occupation‘ of Territory on the African Coasts, (E6.
Signed at Berlin, 26th Fehruarz , 1885*‘
(Translation)
In the Name of Almighty God.
Preamble. . ~
HER Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and-Ireland, Empress of India; His Majesty the German
Emperor, King of Prussia; His Majesty the Emperor of
Austria,. King of Bohemia, &c., and Apostolic King of Hun-
gary ;‘ His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the
King‘ of Denmark; His lVIajesty the King of Spain; the Presi-
dent of_ the United States of America; the President of the
French Republic ; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty
the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg, &c.;
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, dtc. ; His
Majesty the Emperor of All the Russias; His Majesty the
King of Sweden and Norway, &c.; and His Majesty the
Emperor of the Ottomans, wishing, in a spirit of good and
mutual accord, to regulate the conditions most favourable to
the development of trade and civilization in certain regions of
Africa, and to assure to all nations the advantages of free navi-
gation on the two chief rivers of Africa flowing into the
, Atlantic Ocean; being desirous, on the other hand, to obviate
the misunderstanding and disputes which might in future arise
fifom new acts of occupation (“ prises de possession ”) on the
coast of Africa; and concerned, at the same time, as to the means
of furthering the moral and material well-being of the native
populations,‘ have resolved, ‘on the invitation addressed to them
by the Imperial Government of Germany, in agreement with
the Government of the French Republic, to meet for those
=3‘ For Protocols of Conferences, see S. B, vol. lxxv, p. 1178, and vol. lxxvi,
p. 1021. See also Brussels Act of 2nd July, 1890, p. 48, and Declaration
pf same date, respecting Import Duties, p- 88.
20
No. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Trade and Civilization. Rivers Congo, Niger, 8:0. Slave
Trade by Sea and Land. Occupation of Territory on Coasts, &c.]
purposes in Conference at Berlin, and have appointed as their
Plenipotentiaries, to wit :—
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, Sir Edward Baldwin
Malet, her Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at the
Court of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia ;
His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia, Ctho,
Prince V011 Bismarck, his President of the Prussian Council of
Ministers, Chancellor of the Empire; Paul, Count von Hatzfeldt,
his Minister of State and Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs;
Auguste Busch, his Acting Privy Councillor of Legation and
Under-Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs; and Henri von
.Kusserow, Privy Councillor of Legation in t e Department for
Foreign AiIairs ;
His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c.,
and Apostolic King of Hungary, Emeric, Count Széchényi de
Sarvari Felso-Vidék, Chamberlain and Acting Privy Councillor,
his Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at the Court
of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia;
His Majesty the King of the Belgians, Gabriel Auguste
Count van der Straten-Ponthoz, Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Majesty the
German Emperor, King of Prussia ; and Auguste, Baron Lam-
bermont, Minister of State, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary;
His Majesty the King of Denmark, Emile de Vind, Chamber-
lain, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at
the Court of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia;
His Majesty the King of Spain, Don Francisco Merry y
Colom, Count Benomar, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Majesty the German
Emperor, King of Prussia ;
The President of the United States of America, John A.
Kasson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of
the United States of America at the Court of His Majesty the
German Emperor, King of Prussia, and Henry S. Sandford,
(ax-Minister ;
‘2.1
26 Feb,,1885_] AFRICA (GENERAL). [No.17
[Berlin Act. Trade and. Civilization. Rivers Congo, Niger, 8:0. Slave
Trade by Sea and. Land. Occupation of Territory on Coasts, &c.]
The President of the French Republic, Alphonse, Baron de
Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of
France at the Court of His Majesty the German Emperor, King
of Prussia; .
His Majesty the King of Italy, Edward, Count de Launay,
his Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary at the Court
of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia;
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of
Luxemburg, Frederick Philippe, Jonkheer van der Hoeven,
his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at the
Court of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia;
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, 850.,
Da Serra Gomes, Marquis de Penafiel, Peer of the Realm, his
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court
of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia, and
Antoine de Serpa Pimentel, Councillor of State and Peer of
the Realm;
His Majesty the Emperor of All the Russias, Pierre, Count
Kapnist, Privy Councillor, his Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Majesty the King
of the Netherlands ; '
His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, 8pc” Gillis,
Baron Bilt, Lieutenant-General, his Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Majesty the
German Emperor, King of Prussia;
His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans, Méhémed Said
Pasha, Vizir and High Dignitary, his Envoy Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary at the Court of His Majesty the Geiman
Emperor, King of Prussia;
Who, being provided with full powers, which have been
found in good and due form, have successively discussed and
adopted :—--
Freedom of Trade in Basin of the Congo,
1. A Declaration relative to freedom of trade in the basin of
the Congo, its embouchures and circumjacent regions, with
other provisions connected therewith. (See p. 24!.)
22
No. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Trade and Civilization. Rivers Congo, Niger, 8:0. Slave
Trade by Sea and Land. Occupation of Territory on Coasts, 82.0.]
Slave Trade, by Sea or Land.
2. A Declaration relative to the slave trade, and the opera-
tions by sea or land which furnish slaves to that trade. (See p. 29.)
Neutrality of Territories comprised in the Conventional Basin of
the Congo.
3. A Delaration relative to the neutrality of the territories
comprised in the Conventional basin of the Congo. (See p. 29.)
Navigation of the Congo, eye.
4:. An Act of Navigation for the Congo, which, whilehaving
regard to local circumstances, extends to this river, its affiuents,
and the waters in its system (“ eaux qui leur sont assimilées ”),
the general principles enunciated in Articles CVIII and CXVI
of the Final Act of the Congress of Viennafx‘ and intended to
regulate, as between the Signatory Powers of that Act, the free
navigation of the waterways separating or traversing several
States—these said principles having since then been applied by
agreement to certain rivers of Europe and America, but
especially to the Danube, with the modifications stipulated by
the Treaties of Paris (1856),? of Berlin (1878),I and of London
(1871 and 1883).§ (See p. 30.)
Navigation of the Niger.
5. An Act of'lNavigation for the Niger, which, while likewise
having regard to local circumstances, extends to this river and
11h afHuents the same principles as set forth in Articles CVIII and
CXVI of the Final Act of the Congress of Vienna. (See p.39.)
Future Occupations on the Coast of Africa.
6. A Declaration introducing into international relations
certain uniform rules with reference to future occupations on
the coast of the African Continent. (See p. 43.)
* Hertslet’s “Map of Europe by Treaty,” vol. i, p. 75.
+ .. .. .. ,. v01- ii. p- 1275.
I ,. ,, ,, ,, . vol. iv, p. 2729.
(5 H ,7 ,, ,, vol. iii, p. 1919, and vol. iv,
p. 31710.
as Feb.,18,85.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [£10.17
[Berlin Act. Freedom of Trade. Basin of the Congo, &c.]
And deeming it expedient that all these several documents
should be combined in one single instrument, they (the Signatory
Powers) have collected them into one General Act, composed of
the following Articles :—
CHAPTER I.—DEoLARATIoN RELATIVE TO FREEDoM or TRADE IN
THE BAsIN or THE CoNeo, ITs Mourns AND oIRouMJAoEN'r
REGIONS, WITH OTHER PROVISIONS CONNECTED THEREWITH.
Freedom of Trade to all Nations.
ART. I. The trade of all nations shall enjoy complete free-
dom :—
Basin of the Congo Defined.
1. In all the regions forming the basin of the Congo and its
outlets. This basin is bounded by the watersheds (or mountain
ridges) of the adjacent basins, namely, in particular, those of
the Niari, the Ogowé, the Schari, and the Nile, on the north;
by the eastern watershed line of the afliuents of Lake Tan-
ganyika on the east; and by the watersheds of the basins of the
Zambesi and the Logé on the south. It therefore comprises all
the regions Watered by the Congo and its afiiuents, including
Lake Tanganyika, with its eastern tributaries.
Maritime Zone Definedfx‘
2. In the maritime zone extending along the Atlantic Ocean
from the parallel situated in 2° 30’ of South Latitude to the
mouth of the Logé.
Northern Boundary.
The northern boundary will follow the parallel situated in
2° 30’ from the coast to. the point where it meets the geo-
graphical basin of the Congo, avoiding the basin of the Ogowé,
to which the provisions of the present Act do not apply. '
Southern Boundary.
The southern boundary will follow the course of the Logé to
* See also Brussels Act a 2nd July, 1890, Art. XXI, p. 63 (Slave Trade).
No.17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Freedom of Trade. Basin of the Congo, &c.]
its source, and thence pass eastwards till it joins the geo-
graphical basin of the Congo.
Eastern Boundary.
3. In the zone stretching eastwards from the Congo Basin as
above defined, to the Indian Ocean from 5 degrees of North
Latitude to the mouth of the Zambesi in the south, from which
point the line of demarcation will ascend the Zambesi to 5 miles
above its confluence with the Shiré, and then follow the water;
shed between the affluents of Lake Nyassa and those of the
Zambesi, till at last it reaches the watershed between the waters
of the Zambesi and the Congo.
Free Trade Principles applied to Signatory Powers, and to such
Independent States as may approve the same.
It is expressly recognized that in extending the principle of
free trade to this eastern zone, the Conference Powers only
undertake engagements for themselves, and that in the terri-
tories belonging to an independent Sovereign State this principle
shall only be applicable in so far as it is approved by such State
But the Powers agree to use their good offices with the Govern-
ments established on the African shore of the Indian Ocean for
the purpose of obtaining such approval, and in any case of
securing the most favourable conditions to the transit (traflic)
of all nations. (See also Art. XV, p. 33).
Free Access of all Flags to Coast-line.
ART. II. All flags, without distinction of nationality, shall
have free access to the whole of the coast-line of the territories‘
above enumerated.
Navigation of Rivers ,- of Congo and its Afiiuents, and Lakes,
Ports, and Canals.
To the rivers there running into the sea to all the waters of
the Congo and its affluents, including the lakes, and to all the
ports situate on the banks of these waters, as well as to all
canals which may in future be constructed with intent to unite
25-
26 Feb., 1885,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 17
[Berlin Act. Freedom of Trade. Basin of the Congo, &c.]
the watercourses or lakes within the entire area of the territories
described in Article I.
Transport, Coasting Trade, and Boat Trafi‘io.
Those trading under such flags may engage in all sorts of
transport, and carry on the coasting trade by sea and river, as
well as boat traffic, on the same footing as if they were subjects.
N 0 Taxes to be levied on Wares Imported (with slight exceptions).
ART. III. Wares, of whatever origin, imported into these
regions, under whatsoever flag, by sea or river, or overland,
shall be subject to no other taxes than such as may be levied as
fair compensation for expenditure in the interests of trade, and
which for this reason must be equally borne by- the subjects
themselves and by foreigners of all nationalities.
Diferential Duties forbidden.
All differential dues on vessels, as well as on merchandize,
are‘ forbidden.
N 0 Import or Transit Duties to be levied on Merehandize.
ART. IV. Merchandize imported into these regions shall
remain free from import and transit dues.
Question to be reconsidered after 20 years.
The Powers reserve to themselves to determine after’the
lapse of 20 years whether this freedom of import shall be re-
tained or not?‘5
No Monopolies or Favours to be granted.
ART. V. No Power which exercises or shall exercise sove-
reign rights in the above-mentioned regions shall be allowed to
grant therein a monopoly or favour of any kind in matters of
trade. I
* See also Brussels Act of 2nd July, 1890, p. 48, and Agreement between
Great Britain, Germany, and Italy of 22nd December, 1890, p. 90.
26
No.17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Freedom of Trade. Basin of the Congo, &c.]
Protection of Persons and Property, movable and immovable
Possessions ,- Professions.
Foreigners, Without distinction, shall enjoy protection of
their persons and property, as well as the right of acquiring
and transferring movable and immovable possessions; and
national rights and treatment in the exercise of their pro-
fessions.
ART. VL—Provisions relative to Protection of the Natives, of
Missionaries and Travellers, as well as relative to Religious
Liberty.
Preservation and Improvement of Native Tribes; Slavery, and the
Slave Trade.
All the Powers exercising sovereign rights or influence in
the aforesaid territories bind themselves to watch over the
preservation of the native tribes, and to care for the improve-
ment of the conditions of their moral and material well-being,
and to help in suppressing slavery, and especially the slave
trade.
Religions anol other Institutions. Civilization 0f Natives.
They shall, without distinction of creed or nation, protect
and favour all religions, scientific, or charitable institutions,
and undertakings created and organized for the above ends, or
which aim at instructing the natives and bringing home to
them the blessings of civilization.
Protection of Missionaries, Scientists, and Explorers.
Christian missionaries, scientists, and explorers, with their
followers, property, and collections, shall likewise be the objects
of especial protection.
Religions Toleration.
Freedom of conscience and religious ioleration are expressly
guaranteed to the natives, no less than to subjects and to
foreigners.
27
26 Feb.,1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [No.17-
[Berlin Act. Freedom of Trade. Basin of the Congo, &0.1
Public Worship.
The free and public exercise of all forms of Divine
worship, and the right to build edifices for religious purposes,
and to organize religious missions belonging to all creeds, shall
not be limited or fettered in any way whatsoever.
ART. VII.-,—Postal Regime.
Postal Union.
The Convention of the Universal Postal Union, as revised
at Paris the 1st June, 18 78,* shall be applied to the Conventional
basin of the Congo.
The Powers who therein do or shall exercise rights of
sovereignty or Protectorate engage, as soon as circumstances
permit them, to take the measures necessary for the carrying
out of the preceding provision.
ART. VIIL—Rtghtof Surveillance vested in the International
Navigation Coin/mission of the Congo.
Surveillance of International Navigation Commission of the Congo
in territories where no Power shall exercise rights of
Sovereignty or Protectorate.
In all parts of the territory had in view by the present
Declaration, where no Power shall exercise rights of sovereignty
6r Protectorate, the International Navigation Commission of
the Congo, instituted in virtue of Article XVII, shall be charged
with supervising the application of the principles proclaimed
and perpetuated (“ consacrés ”) by this Declaration.
In all cases of difference arising relative to the application
of the principles established by the present Declaration, the
Governments concerned may agree to appeal to the good oflices
of the International Commission, by submitting to it an exam-
ination of the facts which shall have occasioned these
differences.
* S.—P., vol.- lxix, p. 210. H.T., v01. xiv, p.- 1007.-
28
No. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Slave Trade. Neutrality. Basin of the Congo, &c.]
CHAP. IL—DECLARATION RELATIVE To THE SLAVE TRADE.
Suppression of the Slave Trade by Land and Sea; and of Slave
lllarhets.
ART. IX. Seeing that trading in slaves is forbidden in con-
formity with the principles of international law as recognized
by the Signatory Powers, and seeing also that the operations,
which, by sea or land, furnish slaves to trade, ought likewise
to be regarded as forbidden, the Powers which do or shall
exercise sovereign rights or infl uence in the territories forming
the Conventional basin of the Congo declare that these terri-
tories may not serve as a market or means of transit for the
trade in slaves, of whatever race they may be. Each of the
Powers binds itself to employ all the means at its disposal for
putting an end to this trade and for punishing those who
engage in it. '
CRAP. III.—-DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE N EU'I‘R-ALITY or THE
TERRITORIES COMPRISED IN THE CONVENTIONAL BASlN or THE
Coneo.
Neutrality of Territories and Territorial Waters.
ART. X. In order to give a new guarantee of security to
trade and industry, and to encourage, by the maintenance of
peace, the development of civilization in the countries mentioned
in Article I, and placed under the free trade system, the High
Signatory Parties to the present Act, and those who shall here-
after adopt it, bind themselves to respect the neutrality of the
territories, or portions of territories, belonging to ‘the said
countries, comprising therein the territorial waters, so long as
the Powers which exercise or shall exercise the rights of
sovereignty or Protectorate over those territories, using their
option of proclaiming themselves neutral, shall fulfil the duties
which neutrality requires.
Hostilities not to eatend to N eutralized States.
ART. XI. In case a Power exercising rights of sovereignty
or Protectorate in the countries mentioned in Article I, and
29 n
26 F913,, 1885,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. l7
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Conga}
placed under the free trade system, shall be involved in a war,
then the High Signatory Parties to the present Act, and those
who shall hereafter adopt it, bind themselves to lend their
good offices in order that the territories belonging to this Power
and comprised in the Conventional free trade zone shall, by the
common consent of this Power and of the other belligerent or
belligerents, be placed during the war under the rule of neu-
trality, and considered as belonging to a non-belligerent State,
the belligerents thenceforth abstaining from extending hostili-
ties to the territories thus neutralized, and from using them as
a base for warlike operations.
Serious Disagreements between Signatory Powers to be referred to
Mediation.
ART. XII. In case a serious disagreement originating on the
subject of, or in the limits of, the territories mentioned in
Article I, and placed under the free trade system, shall arise
between any Signatory Powers of the present Act, or the
Powers which may become parties to- it, these Powers bind
themselves, before appealing to arms, to have recourse to the
mediation of one or more of the friendly Powers.
Or to Arbitration.
In a similar case the same Powers reserve to themselves the
option of having recourse to arbitration. ‘
CHAP. IV.—AoT or NAVIGATION FOR THE Como.
The Congo and its Branches open to the Merchant Vessels of all
Nations.
XIII. The navigation of the Congo, without excepting any
of its branches or outlets, is, and shall remain, free for the
merchant ships of all nations equally, whether carrying cargo
or ballast, for the transport of goods or passengers. It shall be
regulated by the provisions of this Act of Navigation, and by
the Rules to be made in pursuance thereof.
30
N0, 17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [25 Feb, 1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo]
Congo. Equality of Treatment to all Nations; Coasting Trade ,-
Boat Trafiic.
In the exercise of this navigation the subjects and flags of
all nations shall in all respects be treated on a footing of per-
feet equality, not only for the direct navigation from the open
sea to the inland ports of the Congo and vice versci, but also for
the great and small coasting trade, and for boat trafiic on the
course of the river.
Congo. Privileges : Riverain and non-Riverain States ; Companies,
Corporations, anal Private Persons.
Consequently, on all the course and mouths of the Congo
there will be no distinction made between the subjects of
Biverain States and those of non-Riverain States, and no
exclusive privilege of navigation will be conceded to Com-
panics, Corporations, or private persons whatsoever.
Congo. International Law.
These provisions are recognized by the Signatory Powers as
becoming henceforth a part of international law.
Congo. No Restrictions or Obligations to be imposed.
ART. XIV. The navigation of the Congo shall not'be subject
to any restriction or obligation which is not expressly stipu-
lated by the present Act.
Congo. No Landing or other Dues.
It shall not be exposed to any landing dues, to any station
or depot tax, or to any charge for breaking bulk, or for com-
pulsory entry into port.
Congo. N 0 Transit Dues on Ships or Goods.
In all the extent of the Congo the ships and goods in process
of transit on the the river shall be submitted to no transit dues,
Whatever their starting-place or destination.
31 D 2
2s Feb.,1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo]
Congo. N0 Maritime or River Tolls to be levied (with certain
creep tions) .
There shall be levied no maritime or river toll based on the
mere fact of navigation, nor any tax on goods aboard of ships.
There shall only be levied taxes or duties having the character
of an equivalent for services rendered to navigation itself, to
Wit :—
Congo. Harbour Dues on Wharves, @rc.
l. Harbour dues on certain local establishments, such as
wharves, warehouses, &c., if actually used.
The Tarifi of such dues shall be framed according to the
cost of constructing and maintaining the said local establish-
ments ; and it will be applied without regard to whence vessels
come or what they are loaded with.
Congo. Pilot Dues.
2. Pilot dues for those stretches of the river where it may
be necessary to establish properly-qualified pilots.
The Tariff’ of these dues shall be fixed and calculated in pro-
portion to the service rendered.
Congo. Lighthouse and such like Dues.
3. Charges raised to cover technical and administrative
expenses incurred in the general interest of navigation, in-
cluding lighthouse, beacon, and buoy duties.
The last-mentioned dues shall be based on the tonnage of
vessels as shown by the ship’s papers, and in accordance with
the Rules adopted on the Lower Danube.
No Difierential Duties to be levied.
The Tariffs by which the various dues and taxes enumerated
in the three preceding paragraphs shall be levied, shall not
involve any differential treatment and shall be ofiicially pub-
lished at each port. '
Congo. Power reserved of revising Tarifils after 5 years.
The Powers reserve to themselves to consider, after the lapse
32 i
. N0. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo.]
of 5 years,* whether it may be necesary to revise, by common
accord, the above-mentioned Tarifis.
Congo. Afiluents of the Congo.
ART. XV. The affiuents of the Congo shall in all respects be
subject to the same rules as the river of which they are tribu‘
taries.
Congo. Streams, Lakes, and Canals.
And the same rules shall apply to the streams and rivers as
well as the lakes and canals in the territories defined in para-
graphs 2 and 3 of Article I (pp. 241, 25).
At the same time the powers of the International Commis--
sion of the Congo will not extend to the said rivers, streams,
lakes, and canals, unless with the assent of the States under
whose sovereignty they are placed. It is well understood, also,
that with regard to the territories mentioned in paragraph 3 of
Article I (p. 25), the consent of the Sovereign States owning
these territories is reserved.
Congo. Roads, Railways, or lateral Canals open to all Nations.-
ART. XVI. The roads, railways, or lateral canals which may
be constructed with the special object of obviating the innavi‘
gability or correcting the imperfection of the river route on
certain sections of the course of the Congo, its aifluents, and
other water-ways placed under a similar system, as laid down
in Article XV, shall be considered in their quality of means of
communication as dependencies of this river, and as equally
open to the trafiic of all nations. '
Congo. Tolls.
And, as on the river itself, so there shall be collected on
these roads, railways, and canals only tolls calculated on the
cost of construction, maintenance, and management, andon the
profits due to the promoters. " i
As regards the Tarifi of these tolls, strangers and the
* See Tariff, 22nd December, 1890, p. 90.
33
26 Feb.,1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo.]
natives of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing
of perfect equality.
Congo. International Navigation Commission of the Congo.
ART. XVII. There is instituted an International Commis-
sion, charged with the execution of the provisions of the present
Act of Navigation.
Congo. Each Power to be Represented by One Delegate with One
Vote only.
The Signatory Powers of this Act, as well as those who may
subsequently adhere to it, may always be represented on the
said Commission, each by one Delegate. But no Delegate shall
have more than one vote at his disposal, even in the case of his
representing several Governments.
Congo. Payment of Delegates, Agents, and Employee.
This Delegate will be directly paid by his Government. As
for the various agents and employés of the International Com-
mission, their remuneration shall be charged to the amount of
the dues collected in conformity with paragraphs 2 and 3 of
Article xIv. . '
The particulars of the said remuneration, as well as the
number, grade, and powers of the agents and employee, shall
be entered in the Returns to be sent yearly to the Governments
represented on the International Commission.
Congo. Inviolability of Members and Agents, their Ofi‘ices and
Archives.
ART. XVIII. The members of the international Commission,
as well as its appointed agents, are invested with the privilege
of inviolability in the exercise of their functions. The same
guarantee shall apply to the offices and archives of the Com-
mission.
Congo. Constitution of the Commission.
' 5
ART. XIX. The International Commission for the Naviga-
34.
No.17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb.,1885.
[Berlin Act. V Navigation of the Congo]
tion of the Congo shall be constituted as soon as five of the
Signatory Powers of the present General Act shall have ap‘
pointed their Delegates.
Congo. Nomination of Delegates to be notified) to German
Government.
And pending the constitution of the Commission the nomi‘
nation of these Delegates shall be notified to the Imperial
Government of Germany, which will see to it that the necessary
steps are taken to summon the meeting of the Commission.
Congo. Navigation, River Police, Pilot, and Quarantine Rules‘.
The Commission will at once draw up navigation, river
police, pilot, and quarantine Rules.
These Rules, as well as the Tariffs to be framed by the
Commission, shall, before coming into force, be submitted for
approval to the Powers represented on the Commission. The
Powers interested will have to communicate their views with
as little delay as possible.
Congo. Infringement of Rules.
Any infringements of these Rules will be checked by the
agents of the International Commission wherever it exercises
direct authority, and elsewhere by the Riverain Power.
In the case of an abuse of power, or of an act of injustice,
on the part of any agent or employé of the International Com=
mission, the individual who considers himself to be aggrieved
in his person or rights may apply to the Consular Agent of his
country. The latter will examine his complaint, and if he finds
it primal facie reasonable, he will then be entitled to bring it
before the Commission. At his instance then, the Commission,
represented by at least three of its members, shall, in conjunc-
tion with him, inquire into the conduct of its agent or employé.
Should the Consular Agent look upon the decision of the Com-
mission as raising questions of law (“objections de droit ”), he
will report on the subject to his Government, which may then
have recourse to the Powers represented on the Commission,
and invite them to agree as to the instructions to be given to
the Commission.
35
25 F8b., 1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo.]
ART. XX. The International Commission of the Congo,
charged in terms of Article XVII with the execution of the
present Act of Navigation, shall in particular have power—
C'ongo. Works necessary to assure N avigability of the Congo.
1. To decide what works are necessary to assure the navi-
gability of the Congo in accordance with the needs of inter-
national trade.
On those sections of the river where no Power exercises
sovereign rights, the International Commission will itself take
the necessary measures for assuring the navigability of the
river. '
Cn those sections of the river held by a Sovereign Power the
International Commission will concert its action (“ s’entendra ”)
with the riparian authorities.
Congo. Pilot Tariff and Navigation Dues.
2. To fix the pilot tarifi and that of the general navigation
dues as provided for by paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article XIV.
The Tarifi's mentioned in the first paragraph of Article XIV
shall be framed by the territorial authorities within the limits
prescribed in the said Article.
The levying of the various dues shall be seen to by the
international or territorial authorities on whose behalf they are
established.
Congo. Administration of Revenue.
3. To administer the revenue arising from the application
of the preceding paragraph (2).
Congo. Quarantine Establishment.
4:. To superintend the quarantine establishment created in
virtue of Article XXIV.
Congo. Appointment of Ofllcials and Employ/es.
5. To appoint officials for the general service of navigation,
and also its own proper employés.
f‘.
06
No. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo.]
Congo. Sub-Inspectors.
It will be for the territorial authorities to appoint Sub-
Inspectors on sections of the river occupied by a Power, and
for the International Commission to do so on the other
sections.
The Riverain Power will notify to the International Com-
mission the appointment of Sub~lnspectors, and this Power
will undertake the payment of their salaries.
In the exercise of its functions, as above defined and limited,
the International Commission will be independent of the terri-
torial authorities.
Congo. Employment of War Vessels by Navigation Commission.
ART. XXI. In the accomplishment of its task the Inter-
national Commission may, if need be, have recourse to the
war vessels of the Signatory Powers of this Act, and of those
Who may in future accede to it, under reserve, however, of the
instructions which may be given to the Commanders of these
vessels by their respective Governments.
Congo. IVar Vessels so employed Exempt from Navigation Dues.
ART. XXII. The war vessels of the Signatory Powers of
this Act that may enter the Congo are exempt from payment
of the navigation dues provided for in paragraph 3 of Article
XIV.
Congo. Otherwise liable to Payment of Pilot and ‘Harbour Dues.
But unless their intervention has been called for by the
International Commission or its agents, in terms of the pre~
ceding Article, they shall be liable to the payment of the pilot
or harbour dues which may eventually be established.
Congo. Loans for Technical and Administrative Expenses.
ART. XXIII. With the view of providing for the technical
and administrative expenses which it may incur, the Inter-
national Commission created by Article XVII may, in its own
37
26 Feb.,1885.1 AFRICA (GENERAL). [No.17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Congo]
name, negotiate loans to be exclusively guaranteed by the
revenues raised by the said Commission.
The decisions of the Commission dealing with the conclu-
sion of a loan must be come to by a majority of two-thirds. It
is understood that the Governments represented on the Com-
mission shall not in any case be held as assuming any
guarantee, or as contracting any engagement or joint liability
(“ solidarité ”
special Conventions concluded by them to this effect.
) with respect to the said loans, unless under
The revenue yielded" by the dues specified in paragraph 3 of
Article XIV shall bear, as a first charge, the payment of the
interest and sinking fund of the said loans, according to agree-
ment with the lenders.
Congo. Quarantine Establishment at .Mouth of the Congo.
ART. XXIV. At the mouth of the Congo there shall be
founded, either on the initiative of the Riverain Powers, or by
the intervention of the International Commission, a quarantine
establishment for the control of vessels passing out of as well
as into the river.
Congo. Sanitary Control over Vessels.
Later on the Powers will decide whether and on what
conditions a sanitary control shall be exercised over vessels
engaged in the navigation of the river itself.
Congo. Freedom of Navigation of the Congo and Territorial
Waters during War. .
ART. XXV. The provisions of the present Act of Navigation
shall remain in force in time of war. Consequently all nations,
whether neutral or belligerent, shall be always free, for the
purposes of trade, to navigate the Congo, its branches, afiluents,
and mouths, as well as the territorial waters fronting the
embouchure of the river.
Congo. Roads, Railways, Lakes, and Canals included.
Traffic will similarly remain free, despite a state of war, on
38
No. 17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Niger]
the roads, railways, lakes, and canals mentioned in Articles
XV and XVI.
Congo. Transport of Contraband of War excepted.
There will be no exception to this principle, except in so far
as concerns the transport of articles intended for a belligerent,
and in virtue of the law of nations regarded as contraband of
war.
Congo. Neutrality of Works and Establishments.
All the works and establishments created in pursuance of
the present Act, especially the tax-collecting oflices and their
treasuries, as well as the permanent service staff of these
establishments, shall enjoy the benefits of neutrality (“ places
sous le regime de la neutralité”), and shall, therefore, be
respected and protected by belligerents.
CHAP. V.—-Acr or NAVIGATION FOR THE NIGER.
Niger. The Niger and its Branches open to the Zllerchant Vessels
of all Nations.
ART. XXV I.* The navigation of the Niger, without excepting
any of its branches and outlets, is and shall remain entirely free
for the merchant ship-s of all nations equally, whether with cargo
or in ballast, for the transportation of goods and passengers. It
shall be regulated by the provision of this Act of Navigation, and
by the Rules to be made in pursuance of this Act.
Niger. Equality of Treatment to all Nations ,- Coasting Trade ;
Boat Trofiic.
In the exercise of this navigation the subjects and flags of
all nations shall be treated, in all circumstances, on a footing of
perfect equality, not only for the direct navigation from the
open sea to the inland ports of the Niger, and vice versd, but for
the great and small coasting trade, and for boat trade on the
course of the river.
* See Agreement, Great Britain and Germany, 15th November, 1893,
Art. 6, p. 66] .
39
26 Feb.,1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the N igen]
Niger. Privileges: Riverain and non-Riverain States ; Companies,
Corporations, and Private Persons.
Consequently, on all the course and mouths ot' the Niger
there will be no distinction made between the subjects of the
Riverain States and those of non-Riverain States; ‘and no ex-
clusive privilege of navigation will be conceded to companies,
corporations, or private persons.
Niger. International Law.
These provisions are recognized by the Signatory Powers as
forming henceforth a part of international law.
Niger. No Restrictions or Obligations to be imposed on Navigation.
ART. XXVIIfi“ The navigation of the Niger shall not be sub-
ject to any restriction or obligation based merely on the fact of
navigation.
Niger. No Landing or other Dues to be imposed.
It shall not be exposed to any obligation in regard to
landing-station or depot, or for breaking bulk, or for compulsory
entry into port.
Niger. No Transit Dues on Ships or Goods to be levied.
In all the extent of the Niger the ships and goods in process
of transit on the river shall be submitted to no transit dues,
whatever their starting place or destination.
Niger. No Maritime or River Tolls to be levied (with certain
exceptions).
N o maritime or river toll shall be levied or based on the sole
fact of navigation, nor any tax on goods on board of ships.
There shall only be collected taxes or duties which shall be an
equivalent for services rendered to navigation itself.
Niger. No Difi'erential Duties to be levied.
The Tarifi of these taxes or duties shall not warrant any
differential treatment.
* See Agreement, Great Britain and Germany, 15th November, 1893,
Art. 6, p. 661.
40
No.17] AFRICA (GENERAL) [26 Feb.,1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Niger.]
Niger. Afiluents of the Niger.
ART. XXVIII.* The affluents of the Niger shall be in all
respects subject to the same rules as the river of which they are
tributaries.
Niger. Roads, Railways, or lateral Canals open to all Nations.
ART. XXIX.* The roads, railways, or lateral canals which
may be constructed with the special object of obviating the in-
navigability or correcting the imperfections of the river route on
certain sections of the Niger, its affluents, branches, and outlets,
shall be considered, in their quality of means of communication,
as dependencies of this river, and as equally open to the traffic
of all nations.
Niger. Tolls.
And, as on the river itself, so there shall be collected on
these roads, railways, and canals only tolls calculated on the
cost of construction, maintenance, and management, and on the
profits due to the promoters.
As regards the Tariif of these tolls, strangers and the natives
of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of
perfect equality.
Niger. British Engagements. Waters of the Niger and its
Afi‘luents, §cc., under British Sovereignty or Protection, to be
subject to the principles above described.
ART. XXX.* Great Britain undertakes to apply the principles
of freedom of navigation enunciated in Articles XXVI, XXVII,
XXVIII, and XXIX on so much of the waters of the Niger,
its atIluents, branches, and outlets, as are or may be under her
sovereignty or protection.
Niger. Rules of Navigation to be established.
The rules which she may establish for the safety and control
of navigation shall be drawn up in a way to facilitate, as far as
possible, the circulation of merchant ships.
* See Agreement, Great Britain and Germany, 15th Novembcr,1893,
Art. 6, p. 661.
41
26 Feb., 1885,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 17
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Niger.]
Niger. Great Britain ngtg restricted from making any Rules not
contrary to above Engagements.
It is understood that nothing in these obligations shall be
interpreted as hindering Great Britain from making any Rules
of navigation whatever which shall not be contrary to the spirit
of these engagements.
Niger. Foreign Merchants and all Trading Nationalities to be pro-
tected the same as British Subjects.
Great Britain undertakes to protect foreign merchants and
all the trading nationalities on all those portions of the Niger
which are or may be under her sovereignty or protection as if
they were her own subjects: provided always that such mer-
chants conform to the rules which are or shall be made in virtue
of the foregoing.
Niger. French Engagements, with regard to Waters of the
River, §rc., under her Sovereignty or Protection.
ART. XXXI. France accepts, under the same reservations,and
in identical terms, the obligations undertaken in the preceding
articles in respect of so much of the waters of the Niger, its
afliuents, branches, and outlets, as are or may be under her
sovereignty or protection.
Niger. Engagements of the other Signatory Powers.
ART. XXXII.* Each of the other Signatory Powers binds
itself in the same way in case it should ever exercise in the future
rights of sovereignty or protection over any portion of the waters
of the Niger, branches, or outlets.
Niger. Freedom of Navigation of the Niger and Territorial Waters
during War.
ART. XXXIII.* The arrangements of the present Act of N avi-
gation will remain in force in time of war. Consequently, the
navigation of all neutral or belligerent nations will be in all time
* See Agreement, Great Britain and Germany, 15th November, 1893,
Art. 6, p. 661.
42
1h 17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb.,1885.
[Berlin Act. Navigation of the Niger.]
free for the usages of commerce on the Niger, its branches, its
afHuents, its mouths, and outlets, as Well as on the territorial
waters opposite the mouths and outlets of that river.
Niger. Roads, Railways, and Canals included.
The traffic will remain equally free in spite of a state of war
11 the roads, railways, and canals mentioned in Article XXIX.
Niger. Transport of Contraband of War excepted.
There will be an exception to this principle only in that
which relates to the transport of articles destined for a belli-
gerent, and considered, in virtue of the law of nations, as articles
contraband of war.
CHAP. VI.—DEOLARATION RELATIVE To THE ESSENTIAL OoNnrrioNs
To BE OBSERVED IN oRnER THAT NEW OCCUPATIONS oN THE
CoAsTs or THE AFRICAN OoNTINENT MAY BE HELD To BE
EFFECTIVE.
Notification of Acquisitions and Protectorates on Coasts of African
Continent.

ART. XXXIV.* Any Power which henceforth takes posses-
sion of a tract of land on the coasts of the African Continent out-
side of its present possessions, or which, being hitherto without
such possessions, shall acquire them, as well as the Power which
assumes a Protectorate there, shall accompany the respective
act with a notification thereof, addressed to the other Signatory
Powers of the present Act, in order to enable them, if need be,
to make good any claims of their own.
Establishment of authority in Territories occupied on Coasts.
Protection of existing Rights. Freedom of Trade and Transit.
ART. XXXV. The Signatory Powers of the present Act re-
cognize the obligation to insure the establishment of authority in
regions occupied by them on the coasts of the African Continent
sufficient to protect existing rights, and, as the case may be, free-
dom of trade'and of transit under the conditions agreed upon.
it See Return, p. 47.
4:3.
26 Feb.’ 1885,] AFRICA (GENERAL). (NO. 17
[Berlin Act.]
CnAP. VII—GENERAL DISPOSITIONS.
Reservation as to Modifications.
ART. XXXVI. The Signatory Powers of the present General
Act reserve to themselves to introduce into it subsequently, and
by common accord, such modifications and improvements as
experience may show to be expedient.*
Liberty of other Powers to adhere to Act.
ART. XXXVII. The Powers who have not signed the present
General Act shall be free to adhere to its provisions by a sepa-
rate instrumentt
Adhesions to be notified to all the Powers.
The adhesion of each power shall be notified in diplomatic
form to the Government of the German Empire, and by it in
turn to all the other Signatory or adhering Powers.
Acceptance of all Obligations and Admission to all Advantages.
Such adhesion shall carry with it full acceptance of all the
obligations, as well as admission to all the advantages, stipulated
for by the present General Act.
General Act to be Ratified.
ART. XXXVIII. The present General Act shall be ratified
with as little delay as possible, the same in no case to exceed a
yeanI
It will come into force for each Power from the date of its
ratification by that Power.
Meanwhile, the Signatory Powers of the present General
Act bind themselves not to take any steps contrary to its
provisions.
Each Power will address its ratification to the Government
of the German Empire, by which notice of the fact will be
given to all the other Signatory Powers of the present Act.
* Zanzibar acceded, with a reservation, on the 8th November, 1886.
(See Zanzibar, p. 925; but see circular to Powers of 22nd June, 1892,
APPENDIX.)
1— See Brussels Act of 2nd July, 1890, p. 4.8.
I Ratificat-ions exchanged between all the Signatory Powers (except the
United States) at Berlin, 19th April, 1886. See page 45. -
' 424':
N0, 17] AFRICA (GENERAL). [26 Feb., 1885.
[Berlin Act. Ratifications]
Where Ratiflcations are to be deposited.
The ratifications of all the Powers will be deposited in the
archives of the Government of the German Empire. When all
the ratificatious shall have been sent in, there will be drawn up
a Deposit Act, in the shape of a Protocol, to be signed by the
Representatives of all the Powers which have taken part in the
Conference of Berlin, and of which a certified copy will be
sent to each of those Powers.
In testimony whereof the several Plenipotentiaries have
signed the present General Act and have aflixed thereto their
seals.
Done at Berlin, the 26th day of February, 1885.
[Here follow the signatures]

PROTOCOL. Ratifications of General Act of Berlin Conference
of 26th February, 1885. Berlin, 19th April, 1886.
Ratifications (with the exception of the United States of America)
deposited at the Berlin Foreign Ofi‘ice.
(T ranslation
All the Powers who took part in the Conference of Berlin
having, with the exception of the United States of America,*
ratified the General Act of that Conference, signed at Berlin
on the 26th February, 1885, and having delivered their ratifica-
tions to the Government of the German Empire, which has
deposited them in the Imperial archives, and has so informed
the other Signatory Powers, the Undersigned, authorized to this
effect by their respective Governments, have met together at the
Berlin Foreign Ollice to draw up the Act of Deposit of these
ratifications, in the manner agreed upon by Article XXXVIII
of the said General Act.
* See United States Ratification of the General Act of the Brussels Con-
ference of 2nd July,‘ 1890, p. 102.
4.5 E
26 Feb., 1885.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 17
[Berlin Act. Ratifications.]
Count Bismarck explained in a few words the object of the
meeting to which he had invited the Representatives of the Powers
who had ratified the General Act of the 26th February, 1885.
He read Article XXXVIII of the General Act, and observed
that the delay provided for by the first paragraph of the said
Article had been prolonged, by common consent, at the request
of the Government of Austria-Hungary. '
Count Bismarck having then formally declared that the
General Act had not been ratified by the Government of
the United States of America, recalled to mind that this
eventuality had been foreseen at the time of the deliberations of
the Conference of Berlin, as shown in Annex No. 3 to the Pro-
tocol No. 9, and particularly in the extract of the Protocol of
the sitting of the Conference of the 31st January, 1885, which
forms Annex No. 6 to the said Annex No. 3. He consequently
expressed the opinion that the United States of America enter
into the category of Powers who may adhere later to the stipu-
lations of the General Act, in the manner and to the effect
determined by Article XXXVII of that Act; all the stipula-
tions contained in the General Act would, however, remain in
[full force and vigour among all the other Signatory Powers of
the said Act, and would bind them reciprocally by virtue of
their respective. ratifications.
The Representatives of Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Denmark,
Spain, France, Great Britain, Italy, Holland, Portugal, Russia,
Sweden and Norway, and Turkey having declared that they
concurred in this view, and that they were authorized to com-
plete, under the conditions explained by Count Bismarck, the
formality provided for in Article XXXVIII of the General Act.
the ratifications were produced, and after being examined and
found in good and due form, Count Bismarck declared that the
documents would, in conformity with the conditions of Article
XXXVIII, remain deposited in the archives of the Government
of the German Empire.
The other members of the meeting took formal note of this
deposit.
In witness whereof the present Protocol has been drawn up,
a certified copy of which shall be communicated by the Govern~
46
No. 17]
[26 Feb.,1885.
AFRICA (eENER in). '
[Berlin Act. Ratificationa]
ment of the German Empire to each of the other Powers who
have ratified the ‘General Act of the 26th February, 1885.
Done at Berlin, read, and approved on the 19th April, 1836.
[Here follow the signatures]

RETURN to an Address of the Honourable the House of Commons,
dated 11th June, 1888,* for :—
“ Return showing what Notifications have been addressed to the Signatory
Powers of the General Act of the Berlin Conference, as provided by
Article XXXIV, since the signing of the Act in February, 1885 ; what are the
Territories to which those Notifications relate ; and in how many instances
possession has been taken, or a Protectorate assumed, without objection being
made by any of the Signatory Powers.” ' '







f B h P Date of taking If any
- Date 0 y w at ower possession or of objec-
Na'me of Territory’ Notification. notified. establishing tion
Protectorate. ofi‘ered.
Niger Districts and Oil Rivers 11 June, 1885 Great Britain .... .. 5 June, 1885, No.
(Notification in
“London
Gazette")
ouatchis (between Grand 20 Aug,’ 1335 France 10 June, 1885 No.
Pope and Dahomey) (Treaty)
Dahomey (sea-coast)i............ 21 Jan., 1886 Portugal 5 Aug., 1885 N0.
(Treaty)
Zululand. (bounded. on the. .8 July, 1887_ Great Britain_...,.. 14 May, 1887 No.
south and southwest by " " ' ' ' ‘
the Colony of Natal, on the
. west and north-west by the
New Republic, on the
north by Amatongaland,
and on the east by the
Indian Ocean)
Somali (‘nest 20 July, 1887 Great Britain At various dates No.
between J uly
1884 and Jan-
uary, 1886
* See also Appendix.
1- Portugal withdrew her Protectorate over the sea-coast of Dahomey on the 22nd Decem-
ber, 1887.
47
2 July,1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). {Na 18
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade.]
N0.'18.—-GENERAL ACT of the Brussels Conference rela- ,
tive to the African Slave Trade, Signed at Brussels,
2ndJulg,1890.* were we‘; have WW‘ 9*) ‘55%
[See also General Act, signed at Berlin, 26th February, 1885,
(No. 17)].
(Translation .)
General Act of the Brussels Conference. 2nd July, 1890.
In the name of God Almighty.
HER Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of’ Great '
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India ;
His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia, in the
name of the German Empire ;
His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c., ,_
and Apostolic King of Hungary;
His Majesty the King of the Belgians ;
His Majesty the King of Denmark ;
His Majesty the King. of Spain, and in His name Her Majesty
the Queen Regent of the Kingdom;
His Majesty the King-Sovereign of the Independent State
of the Congo ; '
The President of the United States of America;
The President of the French Republic:
His Majesty the King of Italy ;
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of.
Luxemburg, &c. ;
His Majesty the Shah of Persia ;1'
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, &c. ;
His Majesty the Emperor of All the Russias;
His Majesty the King of. Sweden and Norway, &c.;
His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans; and
His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar;
* Signed in the French Language. For Protocols of Conferences, see Par.
Pap., “ Africa, No. 8 (1830).”
1' Persia acceded, 3rd July, 1890. Ethiopia acceded, 16th September,‘ -,
1890. Liberia acceded, 7th—25th August, 1892 ; and the Orange Free
State acceded, 10th February, 1896.
48
N0, 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
Equally animated by the firm intention of putting an end
to the crimes and devastations engendered by the tratfic in
African slaves, of effectively protecting the aboriginal popula-
tions of Africa, and of assuring to that vast continent the
benefits of peace and civilization ;
Wishing to give a fresh sanction to the decisions already
taken in the same sense and at different periods by the Powers ;
to complete the results obtained by them; and to draw up a
collection of measures guaranteeing the accomplishment of the
work which is the object of their common solicitude;
Have resolved, on the invitation addressed to them by the
Government of His Majesty the King of the Belgians, in agree-
ment with the Government of Her Majesty the Queen of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of
India, to assemble with this object a Conference at Brussels,
and have named as their Plenipotentiaries, that is to say:
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, Lord Vivian, Peer of
the United Kingdom, her Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the King of the Belgians ; and
Sir John Kirk;
His Majesty the German Emperor, King of Prussia, in the
name of the German Empire, M. Frederic-Jean, Comte d’Alvens-
leben, his Chamberlain and Privy Councillor, his Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the
King of the Belgians; and M. Guillaume Gohring, his Privy
Councillor of Legation, Consul-General of the Empire of
Germany at Amsterdam ;
His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, and
Apostolic King of Hungary, Rodolphe, Count Khevenhiiller-
Metsch, his Chamberlain, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the King of the Belgians;
His Majesty the King of the Belgians, Auguste, Baron
Lambermont, his Minister of State, his Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary; and M. Emile Banning, Director-
General of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Belgium;
His Majesty the King of Denmark, M. Frederic-George
Schack de Brockdorif, Consul-General of Denmark at Antwerp ;
49 -
2 July, 1890,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N o. 18
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
His Majesty the King of Spain, and in his name Her
Majesty the Queen-Regent of the Kingdom, Don José Gutierrez
de Aguéra, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo-
tentiary to His Majesty the King of the Belgians ;
His Majesty the Sovereign-King of the Congo Free State,
M. Edmond van Eetvelde, Administrator-General of the
Department of Foreign Aliairs of the Congo Free State ; and
M. Auguste van Maldeghem, Councillor of the Court of Cassa-
tion of Belgium;
The President of the United States of America, Mr. Edwin
H. Terrell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
of the United States of America to His Majesty the King of
the Belgians; and Mr. Henry Shelton Sanford;
The President of the French Republic, M. Albert Bonrée,
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the
French Republic to His Majesty the King of the Belgians; and
M. George Cogordan, h/Iinister Plenipotentiary, Chief of the
Cabinet of the Ministry of Foreign AEairs of France ;
His Majesty the King of Italy, M. Franeois de Renzis,
Baron de Montanaro, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the King of the Belgians; and
M. Thomas Catalani, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary ;
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of
Luxembnrg, Louis, Baron Gericke de Herwynen, his Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the
King of the Belgians;
His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia, General N azare
Aga, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to
His Majesty the King of the Belgians ;
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves,
M. Henrique de Manedo Pereira Coutinho, Member of his
Council, Peer of the Realm, Minister and Honorary Secretary
of State, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
to His Majesty the King of the Belgians;
His Majesty the Emperor of All the Russias, Léon, Prince
Ouroussofli, Master of his Court, his Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the King of the
' 50
N0. 18] AFRICA (GENE RAM- [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, 850.]
Belgians ; and M. Frédéric de Martens, his Councillor of State,
Permanent Member of the Council of the Ministry of Foreign
Affairs of Russia;
His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, M. Charles
de Burenstam, his Chamberlain, his Minister Plenipotentiary
to His Majesty the King of the Belgians, and to His Majesty
the King of the Netherlands ;
His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans, Etienne Cara»
théodory Efendi, High Dignitary of his Empire, his Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the
King of the Belgians. .
His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar, Sir John Kirk; and
M. Guillaume Crohring,
Who, furnished with full powers which have been found in
good and due form, have adopted the following provisions :—
CHAP. I.—SLAVE TRADE COUNTRIES. MEASURES ‘IO BE TAKEN IN
PLACES or ORIGIN.
_ ART. I. The Powers declare that the most efiective means
for counteracting the Slave Trade in the interior of Africa are
the following :—
Organization of Administrative, Ju-clicia l, Religious, and Military
Services.
1. Progressive organization of the administrative, judicial,
religious, and military services in the African territories placed
under the sovereignty or protectorate of civilized nations.
Fortified Stations in the Interior. Alan-hunts.
2. The gradual establishment in the interior, by the re-
sponsible Power in each territory, of strongly occupied stations,
in such a way as to make their protective or repressive action
effectively felt in the territories devastated by man-hunts.
Roads and Railways.
3. The construction of roads, and in particular of railways,
connecting the advanced stations with the coast, and permitting
51
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). (NO. 18 '
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
easy access to the inland waters, and to the upper reaches of
streams and rivers which are broken by rapids and cataracts,
so as to substitute economical and speedy means of transport
for the present means of portage by men.
Steam-boats on inland Waters and on Lakes. Fortified Posts on
Banks.
4‘. Establishment of steam-boats on the inland navigable
waters and on the lakes, supported by fortified posts established
on the banks.
Telegraph Lines.
5. Establishment of telegraphic lines assuring the commu-
nication of the posts and stations with the coast and with the
administrative centres.
Expeditions and Flying Columns.
6. Organization of expeditions and flying columns to keep
up the communication of the stations with each other and with
the coast, to support repressive action, and to assure the
security of roadways.
Fire Arms and Ammunition.
7. Restriction of the importation of fire-arms, at least of
modern pattern, and of ammunition, throughout the entire
extent of the territories infected by the slave trade.
Posts, Stations, and O'rnizers, in Inland Waters.
AR'I‘. II. The stations, the cruizers organized by each
Power in its inland waters, and the posts Which serve as ports
for them shall, independently of their principal task, which is
to prevent the capture of slaves and intercept the routes of
the Slave Trade, have the following subsidiary duties :—
Proieotion to N atioes.
1. To serve as a base and, if necessary, as a place of refuge
‘for the native populations placed under the sovereignty or the
protectorate of the State to which the station belongs, for the
52
N0, 18] AFRICA (GEN ERAL). [2 July, 1890,
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
independent populations, and temporarily for all others in case
of imminent danger; to place the populations of the first of
these categories in a position to co-operate for _, their own
defence;
Arbitration in Intestine Wars.
To diminish intestine wars between tribes by means of arbi-
tration;
Agricultural Works and Industrial Arts.
To initiate them in agricultural works and in the industrial
arts so as to increase their welfare ;
Barbarous Customs. Cannibalism. Human Sacrifices.
To raise them to civilization and bring about the extinction
of barbarous customs, such as cannibalism and human sacri-
fices.
Commercial Undertakings.
2. To give aid and protection to commercial undertakings;
Contracts of Service with Natives.
To watch over their legality, especially by controlling contracts
of service with natives ;
Permanent Centres. Commercial Establishments, §rc.
And to lead up to the foundation of permanent centres of culti-
vation and of commercial establishments.
Protection of Mission.
3. To protect, without distinction of creed, the missions
which are already or may hereafter be established.
Sanitary Service. Assistance, &c., to Explorers.
4:‘. To provide for the sanitary service, and to grant hospi-
tality and help to explorers and to all who take part in Africa
in the work of repressing the Slave Trade.
'
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). _ [Na 18
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.}
Repression of the Slave Trade. Engagement of each Power.
ART. H1. The Powers exercising sovereignty or protectorate
in Africa, in order to confirm and give greater precision to
their former declarations, undertake to proceed gradually, as
circumstances permit, either by the means above indicated, or
by any other means which they may consider suitable, with the
repression of the Slave Trade; each State in its respective
Possessions and under its own direction. Whenever they con-
sider it possible they will lend their good offices to the Powers
which, with a purely humanitarian object, may be engaged in
Africa upon a similar mission.
Engagements of Powers may be delegated to Chartered Companies,
bat Powers remain responsible.
ART. IV. The Powers exercising sovereignty or protectorate
in Africa may, however, delegate to Chartered Companies all or
a portion of the engagements which they assume in virtue of
Article III. They remain, nevertheless, directly responsible
for the engagements which they contract by the present
General Act, and guarantee the execution thereof.
National Associations and Private Enterprises.
The Powers promise to receive, aid, and protect national
associations and enterprises due to private initiative, which
may wish to co-operate in their Possessions in the repression of
the Slave Trade, subject to their receiving previous authoriza-
tion, which is revocable at any time; subject also to their being
directed and controlled, and to the exclusion of any exercise of
rights of sovereignty.
Penal Laws to be enacted :-—~against Ofl'ences against the Person,
Man-hunts, Mutilation of Adults and Male Infants, Capture
of Slaves by Violence.
ART. V. The Contracting Powers undertake, unless this has
already been provided for by laws in accordance with the spirit of
the present Article, to enact or propose to their respective Legis~
tures, in the course of one year at latest from the date of the
signature of the present General Act, a Law applying, on the
54,
No. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL) [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
one hand, the provisions of their penal laws concerning grave
offences against the person, to the organizers and abettors of
man-hunts, to perpetrators of the mutilation of adults and male
infants, and to all persons who may take part in the capture of
slaves by violence;
' Also against Ofi’ences against Individual Liberty, to Carriers,
Transporters, and Dealers in Slaves.
And, on the other hand, the provisions relating to oifences against
individual liberty, to carriers, transporters, and dealers in slaves.
Accomplices and Accessories.
Accomplices and accessories of the different categories of
slave captors and dealers above specified shall be punished with
penalties proportionate to those incurred by the principals.
Arrest and Trial of Guilty Persons.
Guilty persons who may have escaped from the jurisdiction
of ‘the authorities of the country where the crimes or offences
have been committed, shall be arrested either on communica-
tion of the incriminatory evidence by the authorities who have
ascertained the violation of the law, or on production of any
other proof of guilt by the Power on whose territory they may
have been discovered, and shall, without other formality, be
held at the disposal of the tribunals competent to try them.
Laws, §rc., of each Country to be communicated to the Powers.
The Powers will communicate to each other with the least
possible delay the Laws or Decrees already in existence or
promulgated in execution of the present Article. (See also
Article XIX, p. 62'.)
Liberated Slaves.
ART. VI. Slaves liberated in consequence of the stoppage
or dispersal of a convoy in the interior of the continent, shall
be sent back, if circumstances permit, to their country of
origin ; if not, the local authorities shall help them as much as
possible to obtain means of subsistence, and, if they desire it,
to settle on the spot.
55
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL) [N0. 18
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
Fugitive Slaves. Reception in Oflicial Camps and Stations, or on
Government Vessels on Lakes and Rivers.
ART. VII. Any fugitive slave claiming on the continent
the protection of the Signatory Powers shall obtain it, and
shall be received in the camps and stations ofiicially established
by them, or on board Government vessels plying on the lakes
and rivers.
Private Stations or Vessels not to grant Asylum without permission.
Private stations and vessels are only permitted to exercise
the right of asylum subject to the previous sanction of the
State.
Importation of Fire-arms‘ and Ammunition prohibited within de-
fined Zone, except in certain Cases, and under certain Conditions.
ART. VIII. The experience of all nations who have inter-
course with Africa having shown the pernicious and pre-
ponderating part played by fire-arms in Slave Trade operations,
as well as in intestine wars between native tribes; and this
same experience having clearly proved that the preservation of
the African populations, whose existence it is the express wish
of the Powers to safeguard, is a radical impossibility if restric-
tive measures against the trade in fire-arms and ammunition
are. not established; the Powers decide, in so far as the present
state of their frontiers permits, that the importation of fire-
arms, and especially of rifles and improved weapons, as well as
of powder, balls, and cartridges, is, except in the cases and
under the conditions provided for in the following Article,
prohibited in the territories comprised between the 20th
parallel of north latitude and the 22nd parallel of south lati
tude, and extending westward to the Atlantic Ocean, and east-
ward to the Indian Ocean and its dependencies, comprising the
islands adjacent to the coast as far as 100 nautical miles from
the shore.* (See also Article XO, p. 84 (Spirituous Liquors).)
* See Maps facing pp. 104 and 246.
56
N0. 18] AFRIL’FA (GENERAL) ‘[2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. African Slave 'Irade, &c.]
Fire-arms and Ammunition. Exceptional Cases in which they may
be imported, and under what Conditions.
ART. IX. The introduction of fire-arms and ammunition,
when there shall be occasion to authorize it in the Possessions
of the Signatory Powers which exercise rights of sovereignty
or of protectorate in Africa, shall be regulated in the following
manner in the zone laid down in Article VIII, unless identical
or more rigorous regulations have been already applied :—
Deposit of Arms (and Gunpowder, see next page) in Warehouses.
All imported fire-arms shall be deposited, at the cost, risk,
and peril of the importers, in a public warehouse placed under
the control of the Administration of the State.
As to their Withdrawal.
No withdrawal of fire-arms or imported ammunition shall
take place from such warehouses without the previous authori-
zation of the Administration. This authorization shall, except
in cases hereinafter specified, be refused for the withdrawal of
all arms of precision, such as rifles, magazine-guns, or breech-
loaders, whether whole or in detached pieces, their cartridges,
caps, or other ammunition intended for them.
Private Warehouses under needful Guarantees.
At the seaports the respective Governments may permit
the establishment of private warehouses, under conditions
affording the needful guarantees; but only for ordinary powder
and flint-lock guns, and to the exclusion of improved arms and
their ammunition.
Individual Exceptions. Weapons carried by Travellers for
Personal Defence.
Besides the measures directly taken by Governments for
the arming of the public force and the organization of their
defence, individual exceptions shall be admitted for persons
affording sufiicient guarantees that the arm and ammunition
delivered to them will not be given, assigned, or sold to third
57
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 18
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, 860-]
persons, and for travellers provided with a declaration of their
Government stating that the weapon and ammunition are
destined exclusively for their personal defence.
Licences to bear Arms.
In the cases provided for in the preceding paragraph, all
arms shall be registered and marked by the authorities ap-
pointed for the control, who shall deliver to the persons in
question licences to bear arms, indicatingjthe name of the
bearer and ‘showing the stamp with which the arm is marked.
These licences are revocable in case of proved abuse, and will .
be issued for five years only, but may be renewed.
Gunpowder.
The rule above set forth as to warehousing shall also apply
to gunpowder.
Withdrawal of Flint-lock Unrifled Guns and Trade Powder.
Only flint-lock unrifled guns and common gunpowder,
called trade powder (“poudres de traite”), can be withdrawn
Jfrom the warehouses for purposes of sale. At each withdrawal
of arms and ammunition of‘ this kind for sale, the local authori-
ties shall determine the regions in which these arms and
ammunition may be sold.
Slave Trade Regions excepted.
D‘ The regions infected by the Slave Trade shall always be
excluded.
Lists to be kept of Arms and Ammunition withdrawn, and how
disposed of.
Persons authorized to take arms or powder out of the ware-
houses shall present to the Administration every six months
detailed lists indicating the destinations of the said fire-arms
and powder sold, as Well as the quantities still remaining in
store.
58
No.18] AFRICA (GENERAL)- [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
‘Importation, Sale, and Transport of Fire-arms and Ammunition
required by Authorities of an Inland State.
ART. X. The Governments shall take all measures they may
deem necessary to ensure as complete a fulfilment as possible of
the provisions respecting the importation, sale, and transport of
fire-arms and ammunition, as well as to prevent either the
entry or exit thereof by their inland frontiers, or the convey-
ance thereof to regions where the Slave Trade exists.
The authorization of transit within the limits of the zone
specified by Article VIII cannot be withheld when the arms
and ammunition are to pass across the territory of a Signatory
or adherent Power in the occupation of the coast, towards
inland territories placed under the sovereignty or protectorate
of another Signatory or adherent Power, unless this latter
Power have direct access to the sea through its own territory.
Nor, if this access be completely interrupted, can the authori-
zation of transit be withheld.
Declaration to be made.
Any demand for transit must be accompanied by a declara-
tion emanating from the Government of the Power having the
inland Possessions, and certifying that the said arms and
ammunition are not destined for sale, but are for the use of the
authorities of such Power, or of the military forces necessary
for the protection of the missionary or commercial stations, or
of persons mentioned by name in the declaration.
Rights reserved of Territorial Power on the Coast.
Nevertheless, the territorial Power of the coast retains the
right to stop, exceptionally and provisionally, the transit of
arms of precision and ammunition across its territory, if, in
consequence of inland disturbances or other serious danger,
there is ground for fearing that the dispatch of arms and am-
munition might compromise its own safety.
Information as to Trafiic in Fire-arms and Ammunition to be com-
municated by the Powers to each other.
ART. XI. The Powers shall communicate to each other in-
formation relating to the traffic in fire-arms and ammunition,
59
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. l8
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
the licences granted, and the measures of repression in force in
their respective territories.
Arms and Ammunition. Penal Laws to be passed on the Subject.
ART. XII. The Powers undertake to adopt or to propose to
their respective Legislatures the measures necessary to insure
that those who infringe the prohibitions laid down in Articles
VIII and IX, and their accomplices, shall, besides the seizure
and confiscation of the prohibited arms and ammunition, be
punished either by fine or by imprisonment, or by both penal-
ties together, in proportion to the importance of the offence,
and in accordance with the gravity of each case.
Fire-arms and Ammunition to be prevented from crossing Inland
Frontiers of European Possessions into Regions of the Zone.*
ART. XIII. The Signatory Powers who have Possessions in
Africa in contact with the zone specified in Article VIII, bind
themselves to take the necessary measures for preventing the
introduction of fire-arms and ammunition across their inland
frontiers into the regions of the said zone, at least that of im-
proved arms and cartridges.
Duration of System for 12 years, and afterwards from two
years to two years, unless revised.
ART. XIV. The system established under Articles VIII to
XIII inclusive shall remain in force for twelve yearsi" In case
none of the Contracting Parties shall have notified, twelve
months before the expiration of this period, their intention of
putting an end to it, nor shall have demanded its revision, it
shall continue to remain obligatory for two more years, and
shall thus continue in force from two years to two years.
CHAP. IL-CAR-AVAN Rou'rns AND LAND TRA'. SPORT or SLAVES.
Watching Routes of Slave-dealers ; Stopping and Pursuit of
Uonvoys on the M arch.
ART. XV. Independently of the repressive or protective
1* See Maps facing pp. 104 and 246.
1' 2nd July, 1902.
60
Na 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890,
[Brussels Act. African Slave Trade, &c.]
action which they exercise in the centres of the Slave Trade,
the stations, cruizers, and posts, the establishment .of which is
provided for in Article II, and all other stations establishedor
recognized according to the terms of Article IV by each
Government in its possessions, will furthermore have the
mission of watching, so far as circumstances permit, and in
proportion to the progress of their administrative organization,
the routes on their territory followed by the slave-dealers, of
stopping the convoys on the march, and of pursuing them
wherever they can legally take action.
Establishment of Posts near Passage or Terminal Points on the
Coast, and at Points of Intersection of Principal Caravan
Routes crossing Zone.
ART. XVI. In the regions of the coast known to serve
habitually as places of passage or terminal points for Slave
Trafiic coming from the interior, as well as at the points of
intersection of the principal caravan routes crossing the zone
contiguous to the coast already subject to the influence of the
Sovereign or vProtecting Powers, posts shall be established,
under the conditions and with the reservations mentioned. in
Article III, by the authorities responsible for such territories,
with the purpose of intercepting the convoys and liberating the
slaves.
Prevention of Sale or Shipment of Slaves, and Stoppage of Man-
hunters and Slave-dealers.
ART. XVII. A strict supervision shall be organized by the
local authorities at the ports and in the countries adjacent to
the coast, with the view of preventing the sale and shipment of
slaves brought front the interior, as well as the formation and
departure for the interior of bands of man-hunters and slave-
dealers.
Inspection of Caravans. I
Caravans arriving at the coast or its vicinity, as well as
those arriving in the interior at a locality occupied by the
.61 F
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). END. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.)
authorities of the territorial Power, shall, on arrival, be sub-
mitted to a minute inspection as to the persons composing
them.
Individuals may be liberated on certain Conditions.
Any individual ascertained to have been captured or carried
off by force or mutilated, either in his native country or on the
way, shall be liberated.
Liberated Slaves.
ART. XVIII. In the Possessionsof each of the Contracting
Powers the Administration shall have the duty of protecting
liberated slaves, of repatriating them if possible, of procuring
for them means of subsistence, and of particular in providing
for the education and support of abandoned children.
Application of Penal Arrangements.
ART. XIX. The penal arrangements provided for in Article V
(p. 55) shall be made applicable to all crimes or ofi'ences com-
mitted in the course of operations for the transport of and traffic
in slaves on land, whenever proved.
Any person having incurred a penalty in consequence of an
offence provided for by the present General, Act, shall be under
the obligation of providing security before he is allowed to
undertake any commercial operation in countries where the
Slave Trade is carried on.
CHAP. lIL—RePRnssIoN or THE SLAVE TRADE BY SEA.
§ 1. General Provisions.
Repression of the Slave Trade in the llIariiime Zone.
ART. XX. The Signatory Powers acknowledge the oppor-
tuneness of taking steps in common for the more effective
repression of the Slave Trade in the maritime zone in which it
still exists.
62
N 0. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea_.]
Definition of Maritime Zonefii‘
ART. XXLj" This zone extends, on the one hand, between the
coasts of the Indian Ocean (those of the Persian Gulf and of
the Red Sea included) from Boloochistan to'Point Tangalane
(Quilimane), and, on the other hand, a conventional line which
first follows the meridian of Tangalane till it meets the 26th
degree of south latitude; is then merged in this parallel, then
passes round the Island of Madagascar by the east, keeping
20 miles oif the east and north shore, till it crosses the meridian
of Cape Amber. From this point the limit of the zone is
determined by an oblique line which extends to the coast of
Beloochistan, passing 20 miles off Cape Ras-el-Had.
Right of Search, Visit, and Detention of Vessels at Sea.
ART. XXIIfll' The Signatory Powers of the present General
Act, between whom there are special Conventions for the sup..-
pression of the Slave Trade, have agreed to restrict to the
above-mentioned zone the clauses of these Conventions concern-
ing the reciprocal right of visit, search, and detention (“droit
de visite, de recherche, et de saisie ” of vessels at sea. (See
also Article XXIII.)
Right Limited to Vessels of less than 500 tons burthen.
ART. XXIIIxI' The same Powers have also agreed to limit-
the above-mentioned right to vessels of less than 500 tons
burthen.
Stipulation may be Revised),
This stipulation shall be revised as soon as experience shall
have shown the necessity of such revision.
Confirmation of Slave Trade Treaties between Contracting Powers
to General Act.
ART. XXIV. All other provisions of the Conventions con-
cluded between the aforesaid Powers, for the suppression of
' See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, Art. I, p. 24 (Congo Basin).
1' See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891,, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 1041. French
Reservations, p. 98.
1 See Maps faring pp. 104, 246.
r 2
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Slave Trade, remain in force in so far as they are not modified
by the present General Act. (See also Article XOVI, p. 86.)
Fraudulent Use of Flag. Stoppage by Powers of Transport of
Slaves on Vessels authorized to use their Flag.
ART. XXV. The Signatory Powers undertake to adopt
effective measures for preventing the usurpation of their flag,
and putting a stop to the transport of slaves on vessels autho-
fired to fly their colours.
Rapid Exchange of Information respecting Slave Trade
Operations.
ART. XXVI. The Signatory Powers undertake to adopt all
measures necessary for facilitating the rapid exchange of
information calculated to bring about the discovery of persons
taking part in Slave Trade operations. (See also Article
LXXIII, p. 79.)
International Bureau to be established at Zanzibar.
ART. XXVII. At least one International Bureau shall be
created; it shall be established at Zanzibar. The High Oon-
tracting Parties undertake to forward to it all the documents
specified in Article XLI (p. 69), as well as information of all
kinds likely to assist in the suppression of the Slave Trade.
Freedom of Fugitive Slaves on board Ships of War.
ART. XXVllI. Any slave who may have taken refuge on
board a ship of war flying the flag of one of the Signatory
Powers, shall be immediately and definitively freed; such
freedom, however, shall not withdraw him from the com-
petent jurisdictimnif he has committed a crime or offence at
common law.
Right of Slaves detained against their will on board a Native
Vessel to claim their Liberty.
ART. XXIX. Every slave detained against his wish on
loard a native vessel shall have the right to claim his liberty.
6i
N0, 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890,
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
His freedom may be declared by any Agent of one of the
Signatory Powers on whom the General Act confers the
right of ascertaining the status of persons on board such
vessels; such freedom, however, shall not withdraw him from
the competent jurisdiction if he has committed a crime or
offence at common law.
§ II. Regulation concerning the Use of the Flag and Supervision
by Cruizers.
1. Rules respecting the Grant of the Flag to Native Vessels; and
respecting Crew Lists and Manifests of Black Passengers.

Supervision over Native Vessels.
ART. XXX.* The Signatory Powers undertake to exercise
a strict supervision over the native vessels authorized to fly
their flag in the zone indicated in Article XXI, and over the
commercial operations carried on by such vessels.
Meaning of term “Native Vessel.”
ART. XXXI. The term “native vessel ” applies to vessels
fulfilling one of the two following conditions :—
I. It must present the outward appearance of native build
or rig.
2. It must be manned by a crew of whom the captain and
the majority of the seamen belong by origin to a country
having a sea-coast on the Indian Ocean, the Red Sea, or the
Persian Gulf.
Conditions on which any of the Treaty Powers shall authorize
Native Vessels to fly their Flag.
ART. XXXII. Authority to fly the flag of one of the said
Powers shall in future only be granted to such native vessels as
shall satisfy all the three following conditions :—
1. Their fitters-out or owners must be either subjects
of or persons protected by the Power whose flag they claim to
fly.
2. They must furnish proof that they possess real estate
* See also Article XLI, p. 69.
65
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [No.18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
situated in the district of the authority to whom their applica-
tion is addressed, or to supply a solvent security as a guarantee
for any fines to which they may eventually become liable.
3. Such fitters-out or owners, as well as the captain of the
vessel, must furnish proof that they enjoy a good reputation.
and especially that they have never been condemned for acts of
Slave Trade.
Authority to be renewed yearly, and may be suspended or
withdrawn.
ART. XXXIII. The authorization, when granted, shall be
renewed every year. It can at any time be suspended or with-
drawn by the authorities of the Power whose colours the vessel
flies.
Other Precautions to be taken.
ART. XXXIV. The deed of authorization shall bear the indi-
cations necessary to establish the identity of the vessel. The
captain shall have the custody of it. The name of the native
vessel and the indication of its tonnage shall be inlaid and
painted in Latin characters on the stern; and the initial or
initials of the name of the port of registry, as well as the regis-
tration number in the series of numbers of that port, shall be
printed in black on the sails.
Crew List. Provisions.
ART. XXXV. A crew list shall be issued to the captain of
the vessel at the port of departure by the authorities of the
Power whose colours it flies. It shall be renewed each time
the vessel is fitted out, or, at latest, at the end of a year, and in
conformity with the following provisions ;—
l. The list shall be vise’ at the moment of departure by the
authority who has issued it.
2. No negro can be engaged as a seaman on a vessel with-
out having been previously questioned by the authority of
the Power whose colours it flies, or, failing such authority,
by the territorial authority, with a view to establish that he has
contracted a free engagement.
(36
N0, 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
3. Such authority shall see that the proportion of seamen‘
and boys is not out of proportion to the tonnage or rig of the
vessels.
4:. The authority who shall have interrogated the men
before their departure shall inscribe them on the crew list, in
which they shall be mentioned with a short description of each
of them against his name.
5. In order the more effectively to prevent any substitution,
the seamen may, moreover, be provided with a distinctive mark.
(See also Article XXXIX, p. 68.)
Enibarhation of Negro Passengers.
ART. XXXVI. If the captain of a vessel should desire to
embark negro passengers, he shall make declaration thereof to
the authority of the Power whose colours he flies, or, failing
such authority, to the territorial authority. The passengers
shall be interrogated, and after it has been ascertained that
they embark of their own free will, they shall be inscribed in a
special manifest, bearing the description of each of them
against the name, and indicating especially sex and height.
Negro children shall not be admitted as passengers unless they
are accompanied by their relations, or by persons whose
respectability is well known. On departure the passenger
manifest shall be vise’ by the aforesaid authority after it has
been called over. If there are no passengers on board, this
shall be specially mentioned on the crew list. (See also
Article XXXIX, p. 68.)
Negro Passengers. Forms to be observed by the Captain of a
Vessel on arrival at any Port of Call or Destination.
ART. XXXVII. On arrival at any port of call or of destina-
tion, the captain of the vessel shall show to the authority of
the Power whose flag he flies, or, failing such authority, to the
territorial authority, the crew list, and, if need be, the pas-
senger manifests previously delivered. Such authority shall
check the passengers arrived at their destination or stopping at
a port of call, and shall mention their landing in the manifest.
(i7
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). ' END. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
On departure the said authority shall aflix a fresh visa to the
list and to the manifest, and shall call over the passengers.
(See also Article XXXIX.)
Landing of Negro Passengers.
ART. XXXVIII. On the African coast and on the adjacent
islands no negro passenger shall be shipped on board a native
vessel, except in localities where there is a resident authority
belonging to one of the Signatory Power's.
Throughout the zone mentioned in Article XXI no negro
passenger shall he landed from a native vessel, except at a
place in which there is a resident authority belonging to one of
the High Contracting Powers, and unless such authority is
present at the landing.
Cases of force majeure which may have caused an infraction
of these provisions shall be examined by the authority of the
Power whose colours the vessel flies, or, failing such authority,
by the territorial authority of the port at which the inculpated
vessel puts in. (See also Article XXXIX.)
Exceptions to the above :—
Partially decked Vessels with not more than 10 Men.
ART. XXXIX. The provisions of Articles XXXV, XXXVI,
XXXVII, and XXXVIII are not applicable to vessels only
partially decked, having a maximum crew of 10 men, and
satisfying one of the two following conditions 5—
Fishing Vessels. Territorial Waters.
1. That it is exclusively employed in fishing within terri-
torial waters.
Small Coasting Traders.
2. That it is occupied in the small coasting trade between
different ports of the same territorial Powers and never goes
further than 5 miles from the coast.
Special Licences to be granted.
These different boats shall receive according to circum-
9 b
68
No. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL)- [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.)
stances, from the territorial or Consular authority, a special
licence, renewable every year, and revocable under the condi-
tions provided for in Article XL, and the uniform model of
which, annexed to the present General Act, shall be communi-
cated to the International Information Ctfice.
Licences to be withdrawn in certain Cases.ale
ART. XL. All acts or attempted acts of slave trade legally
brought home to the captain, fitter-out, or owner of a vessel
authorized to fly the flag of one of the Signatory Powers, or
holding the licence provided for in Article XXXIX, shall en-
tail the immediate withdrawal of the said authorization or
licence. -
Penalties for Ofi'ences.
All offences against the provisions of Section 2 of Chapter III
shall in addition be punished by the penalties enacted by
special Laws and Ordinances of each of the Contracting
Powers. I
Forms of Documents to be deposited at International Information
Oflice.
ART. XLI. The Signatory Powers undertake to deposit at
the International Information Cfiice specimen forms of the
following documents :—
1. Licences to fly the flag;
2. Crew list;
3. Manifest of negro passengers.
These documents, the tenour of which may vary according
_ to the different Regulations of each country, shall compulsorily
contain the following particulars, drawn up in a European
language :—
Authorization to the Flag.
[: I. As regards the authorization to fly the flag:
(a.) The name, tonnage, rig, and principal dimensions of the
vessel;
* See p. 87.
G‘.)
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
(b.) The register number and the signal letter of the port
of registry ;
(0.) The date of obtaining the licence, and the office held
by the person who has issued it.
The Crew List.
2. As regards the crew list:
(a.)-The name of the vessel, of the captain, and of the
fittenout or owner;
(b) The tonnage of the vessel ;
(0.) The register number and the port of registry of the
vessel, its destination, and .the particulars specified in Article
XXV.
.Manifest of Negro Passengers.
3. As regards the manifest of negro passengers :
The name of the vessel which conveys them, and the
particulars indicated in Article XXXVI for the proper identifi-
cation of the passengers.
The Signatory Powers shall take the necessary measures in
order that the territorial authorities or their Consuls may send
to the said oflice certified copies of all authorizations to fly their
flag, as soon as such authorizations shall have been granted, as
well as notice of the withdrawal of any such authorization.
The provisions of the present Article only concern the
papers intended for native vessels.
2. Detention of Suspected Vessels.
Verification of Ship’s Papers of Suspected Vessels.
ART. XLII.* When the otficers in command of vessels of war
of any of the Signatory Powers have reason to believe that a
vessel of less than 500 tons burthen, found in the above-men-
tioned zone, is engaged in the Slave Trade, or is guilty of the
fraudulent use of a flag, they may proceed to the verification of
the ship’s papers.
it See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th ItIarc-h, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, p. 98.
F l U
_
N0, 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Jurisdiction in Territorial Waters.
The present Article does not imply any change in the
present state of things as regards jurisdiction in territorial
waters.
Conduct of Naval Ofiicer on board Suspected Vessel.
ART. XLIII.* With this object, a boat, commanded by a
naval oflicer in uniform, may be sent on board the suspected
vessel after it has been hailed to give notice of such intention.
The officer sent on board the vessel detained shall act with
all possible consideration and moderation.
Verification of Ship’s Papers. Examination of Documents.
ART. XLIV.* The verification of the ship’s papers shall con-
sist in the examination of the following documents :—
1. As regards native vessels, the papers mentioned in
Article XLI.
2. As regards other vessels, the documents required by the
difierent Treaties or Conventions remaining in force.
The verification of the ship’s papers only authorizes the
muster of the crew and passengers in the cases and under the
conditions provided for in the following Article.
Investigation of the Cargo or Search.
ART. XLV.* Investigation of the cargo or search can only
take place with respect to a vessel navigating under the
flag of one of the Powers which have concluded, or may
conclude, special Conventions as mentioned in Article XXII,
and in accordance with the provisions of such Conven‘
tions.
Detained Vessels. Forms to be observed.
ART. XLVI.* Before quitting the detained vessel, the officer
shall draw up a Minute according to the forms and in the
language of the country to which he belongs.
This Minute shall be dated and signed by the officer, and
shall relate the facts.
* See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. Fre' ’
Reservations, p. 98.
71
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). END. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
The captain of the detained vessel, as well as the witnesses,
shall have the right to cause to be added to the Minute any
explanations they may think expedient.
Detained Vessels. Report to be made to Government.
ART. XLVII.* The Commander of a man-of-war who may
have detained a vessel under a foreign flag shall in all cases
make a Report thereon to his own Government, and state the
grounds upon which he acted.
Detained Vessels. Copy of Report to be sent to International
Information Ofiice.
ART. XLVIII.* A summary of this Report, as well as a copy
of the Minute drawn up by the officer sent on board the de-
tained vessel, shall be sent as soon‘ as possible to the Inter-
national Information Office, which shall communicate the same
to the nearest Consular or territorial authority of the Power
whose flag was used by the vessel in question. Duplicates
of these documents shall be kept in the archives of the office.
Vessels detained on Suspicion. Where to be taken to.
ART. XLIX.* If, in carrying out the supervision provided
for in the preceding Articles, the officer in command of the
cruizer is convinced that an act of Slave Trade has been com-
mitted on board during the passage, or that irrefutable proofs
exist against the captain, or fitter-out, to justify a charge of
fraudulent use of the flag, of fraud, or of participation in the
Slave Trade, he shall take the detained vessel to the nearest
port of the zone where there is a competent authority of the
Power whose flag has been used.
Appointment in Zone of territorial or Consular Authorities or
Delegates.
Each Signatory Power undertakes to appoint in the zone
territorial or Consular authorities, or Special Delegates com-
petent to act in the above-mentioned cases; and to notify such
appointments to the International Information Olifice.
* See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, p. 98.
72
No.18] AFRICA (GENERAL) [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Suspected Vessels to be handed over to Craizer of their own Nation.
The suspected vessel can also be handed over to a cruizer
of its own nation, if the latter consents to take charge of it.
3. Examination and Trial of Vessels seized.
Investigation by Competent Authority.
ART. LF" The authority referred to in the preceding Article,
to whom the detained vessel has been handed over, shall pro-
ceed to make a full investigation, according to the laws and
rules of his country, in the presence of an officer belonging to
the foreign cruizer.
Fraudulent Use of Flag.
ART. LI.* Ifit is proved by the inquiry that the flag has been
fraudulently used, the detained vessel shall remain at the dis-
posal of its captor.
Slaves on board for Sale or other Slave Trade Ofl'ence.
AR'1‘.LII.* If the examination shows an act of Slave Trade,
made clear by the presence on board of’ slaves destined for sale,
or by any other Slave Trade offence provided for by special
Convention, the vessel and cargo shall remain sequestrated in
charge of the authority Who has directed the inquiry.
Disposal of Captain, Crew, and Slaves.
The captain and crew shall be handed over to the Tribunals
fixed by Articles LIV and LVI. The slaves shall be set at
liberty as soon as judgment has been delivered.
Liberated Slaves.
In the cases provided for by this Article, liberated slaves
shall be disposed of in accordance with the special Conventions
concluded, or which may be concluded, between the Signatory
Powers. In default of such Conventions, the said slaves may
be handed over to the local authority, to be sent back, if
possible, to their country of origin ; if not, such authority shall
* See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, p. 98.
73
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
help them so far as possible to obtain means of subsistence, and,
if they desire it, to settle on the spot.
Vessel illegally detained.
ART. LIII.* If it should be proved by the inquiry that the
vessel has been illegally detained, a right will accrue to an
indemnity in proportion to the damages suffered by the vessel
being taken out of its course. The amount of this indemnity
shall be fixed by the authority which has directed the in-
quiry.
Appeal to Tribunals.
ART. LIV.* In case the oflicer of the capturing vessel should
not accept the conclusions of the inquiry carried on in his
presence, the matter shall, as a matter of course, be handed over
to the Tribunal of the nation under whose flag the captured
vessel sailed. '
No exception shall be made to this rule, unless the disagree-
ment arises in respect of the amount of the indemnity provided
for in Article LIII, when it shall be fixed by arbitration, as
specified in the following Article.
Appointment of Arbitrators and Umpire.
ART. LV.* The capturing oflicer, and the authority which
has directed the inquiry, shall each appoint an Arbitrator
within 418 hours ; and the two Arbitrators shall have 24 hours
to choose an Umpire. The Arbitrators shall, as far as possible,
be chosen from among the Diplomatic, Consular, or Judicial
oflicers of the Signatory Powers. Natives in the pay of the
Contracting Governments are formally excluded. The decision
shall be taken by majority of votes, and shall be considered
final. If the Court of Arbitration is not constituted within the
time indicated, the procedure in respect of indemnity and
damages shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article
LVIII, paragraph 2.
Tribunal to be referred to of Nation whose Colours have been used.
ART. LVI.it Cases shall be referred with the least possible
3'' See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th him-ch, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, p. 98.
'74
N018] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
delay to the Tribunal of the nation whose colours‘ have been
used by the accused. Nevertheless, Consuls or any other au-
thority of the same nation as the accused, specially com-
missioned to that effect, may be authorized by their Govern-
ment to deliver judgment instead and in the place of the
Tribunals.
Procedure and Judgment.
ART. LVII.* The procedure and udgment in regard to
offences against the provisions of Chapter III shall always
take place in as summary a manner as is permitted by the Laws
and Regulations in force in the territories subject to the autho-
rity of the Signatory Powers.
Execution o Judgments.
ART. LVIII.* Any judgment of the national Tribunal, or of
the authorities referred to in Article LVI, declaring that the
detained vessel did not carry on Slave Trade, shall be imme-
diately executed, and the vessel shall be entirely free to continue
its course.
In such cases the captain or fitter-out of a vessel detained
without legitimate ground of suspicion, or which has been sub-
jected to annoyance, shall have the right of claiming damages,
the amount of which shall be fixed by agreement between the
Governments directly interested, or by arbitration, and shall be
paid within a period of six months from the date of the judg-
ment acquitting the captured vessel.
Condemnation of Vessel. Lawful Prize.
ART. LIXfX‘ In case of condemnation, the sequestered vessel
shall be declared a lawful prize for the benefit of the captor.
Punishment of Captain, Crew, and others.
The captain, crew, and all other persons found guilty shall
be punished according to the gravity of the crimes or offences
committed by them, and in accordance with Article V.
* See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, 1). 98.
-
5
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). END. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Special and other Tribunals.
ART. LX.* The provisions of Articles L to LIX do not affect
in any way the jurisdiction or procedure of existing special Tri-
bunals, or of those which may hereafter be formed to take cog-
nizance of Slave Trade oifences.
Instructions to Naval Commanders.
ART. LXI.* The High Contracting Parties undertake to make
known to each other reciprocally the instructions which they
may give to the commanders of their men-of-war navigating the
seas of the zone referred to, for carrying out the provisions of
Chapter III.
CHAP. IV.—CoUNTRIEs TO WHICH SLAVES ARE SENT, THE INSTI-
TUTIONS or WHICH RECOGNIZE THE EXISTENCE or DOMESTIC
SLAVERY.
Importation, Transit, and Emit, and Traflic in Slaves to be
prohibited,
ART. LXII. The Contracting Powers whose institutions re-
cognize the existence of domestic slavery, and whose Posses-
sions, whether in or out of Africa, consequently serve, in spite
of the vigilance of the authorities, as places of destination for
African slaves, engage to prohibit the importation, transit, and
exit, as well as traffic in slaves. They shall organize the most
active and the strictest supervision at all places where the
arrival, transit, or exit of African slaves takes place.
Liberated Slaves.
‘ART. LXIII. Slaves liberated under the provisions of the
preceding Article shall, if circumstances permit, be sent back
to the country from whence they came. In all cases they shall
receive letters of freedom from the competent authorities, and
shall be entitled to their protection and assistance for the pur-
pose of obtaining means of subsistence.
Fugitive Slaves.
ART. LXIV. Every fugitive slave arriving at the frontier of
* See Protocols. Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891, 2nd January, 1892,
2nd February, 1892, and 30th March, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104:. French Re-
servations, p. 98.
76
No. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.)
any of the Powers mentioned in Article LXlI shall be con-
sidered free, and shall have the right to claim letters of freedom
from the competent authorities.
Sales, $0., null and void.
Am‘. LXV. Any sale or transaction to which the slaves
referred to in Articles LXIII and LXIV may have been suh~
jected through circumstances of any kind whatsoever shall he
considered as null and void. '
Slaves on board Native Vessels.
ART. LXVI. Native vessels flying the flag of one of the
countries mentioned in Article LXII, if there is any indication
that they are employed in Slave Trade operations, shall be sub-
jected by the local authorities in the ports they frequent to a
strict verification of their crew and passengers, both on ,arrival
and departure. Should African slaves be on board, judicial
proceedings shall be taken against the vessel and against all
persons who may be implicated. ‘Slaves found on board shall
receive letters of freedom through the authorities who effected
the seizure of the vessels.
Penal Provisions.
ART. LXVII. Penal provisions in harmony with those pro-
vided for by Article V shall be issued against persons importing,
transporting, and trading in African slaves, against the mutila_~
tors of children or of male adults, and those who traffic in them,
as Well as against their associates and accomplices.
Ottoman Law against Negro Slave Trade.
ART. LXVIII. The Signatory Powers recognize the great
importance of the Law respecting the prohibition of the Negro
Slave Trade sanctioned by His Majesty the Emperor of the
Ottomans on the 4th (16th) December, 1889 (22 Rebi~nl~
Akhir, 1307))“ and they are assured that an active supervision
will be organized by the Ottoman authorities, especially on the
west coast of Arabia and on the routes which place this coast
* S'ce Turkey, p. 919.
77 G
2 July, 1890,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [NO. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
in communication with the other possessions of His Imperial
Majesty in Asia.
Persian Supervision in its Territorial Waters, Inland Routes, §('c.
ART. LXIX. His Majesty the Shah of Persia consents to
organize an active supervision in the territorial waters, and on
those portions of the coast of the Persian Gulf and Gulf of
Oman which are under his sovereignty, and over the inland _
routes which serve for the transport of slaves. The Magi-
strates and other authorities shall receive the necessary powers
for this purpose.
Steps to be taken by Sultan of Zanzibar.
ART. LXX. His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar consents
to give his most efiective support for the repression of crimes
and offences committed by traders in African slaves on land as
Well as at sea. The Tribunals created for this purpose in the
Sultanate .of Zanzibar shall strictly apply to the penal provi-
sions mentioned in Article V.
Establishment of a Liberation Op‘lce in Zanzibar]
In order the better to ensure the freedom of liberated slaves,
both in virtue of the provisions of the present General Act and
of the Decrees issued in this matter by His Highness and his
predecessors, a Liberation Cfiice shall be established at Zan-
zibar.
Diplomatic, Consular, and Naval Assistance to Local Authorities.
ART. LXXI. Diplomatic and Consular Agents and naval
oflicers of the Contracting Powers shall, within the limits of
existing Conventions, give their assistance to the local authori-
ties in order to assist in repressing the Slave Trade where it
still exists.
Presence at Slave-trading Trials.
They shall be entitled to be present at trials for slave trading
brought about at their instance, without, however, being en-
titled to take part in theideliberations.
J78
N 0. l8] AFRICA (GENERAL) [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Liberation Cf/ices.
ART. LXXII. Liberation offices, or ‘institutions in lieu
thereof. shall be organized by the Administrations of the‘
countries to which African slaves are sent, for the purposes
specified in Article XVIII.
Periodical Exchange of Statistical Data.
ART. LXXIII. The Signatory Powers having undertaken to
communicate to each other all information useful for the repres..-'
sion of the Slave Trade,* the Governments whom the present
Chapter concerns shall periodically exchange with the other
Governments statistical data relating to slaves detained and
li‘berated, as well as the legislative andadministrative measures
taken for suppressing the Slave Trade.
CRAP. V,.—-INS;I1‘ITUTIONS INTENDED To msUR-R grnr: .Exseurriou or
THE GENERAL Ao'r.
§ I‘. The International lVIaritirne Cfiice.
Institution at Zanzibar. Rep-resentatiies.
ART. LXXIV. In accordance with the provisions ,of Article
XXVIil, an international Oflice is instituted at Zanzibar, in
which each of the Signatory Powers may be represented ‘by
a Delegate. I i i
Constitution. Regulations.
ART. LXXV. The Otfice shall be constituted as soon ,as
three Powers have appointed their Representatives’.
It shall draw up Regulations fixing the mode of exercising
its functions. These Regulations shall immediately be sub-
mitted for the approval of those Signatory Powers who shall
have notified their intention of being represented in the Office,
and who shall come to a decision with regard to them with the
least possible delay.
* See Article XX\ 1, p. 64,
79 G. 2
2 July,189£),] AFRICA (GENERAM. (No. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Expenses.
ART. LXXVI. The expenses of this institution shall be
divided in equal parts among the Signatory Powers mentioned
in the preceding Article.
Object. Centralizatioa of Documents and Information. Represe
sion of the Slave Trade in the IVIariti-me Zone.
ART. LXXVII. The object of the Office at Zanzibar shall
be to centralize all documents and information of a nature to
facilitate the repression of the Slave Trade in the maritime
zone. For this purpose the Signatory Powers undertake to
forward to it Within the shortest possible time :—
I. The documents specified in Article XLI.
2. Summaries of the Reports and copies of the Minutes
referred to in Article XLVIII. ‘
3. The list of territorial or Consular authorities andv Special
Delegates competent to take action as regards - detained vessels,
according ,to the terms of Article XLIX.
4». Copies of udgments and Decrees of Condemnation def
livered in accordance with Article LVIII.
5. All information likely to lead to the discovery of persons
engaged in the Slave Trade in the above-.mentioned zone.
Archives accessible to Naval Oflioers and others.
ART. LXXVIII. The archives of the Office shall always be
open to naval oflicers of the Signatory Powers authorized to act
within the limits of the zone defined in Article XXI as Well as
to the territorial or judicial authorities, and to Consuls specially
appointed by their Governments.
Translations of Doomnents.
The Office shall supply to foreign oflicers and agents autho-
rized to consult its archives translations in a European language
of documents written in an Oriental language. It shall make
the communications provided for in Article XLVIII.
No.18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
Auxiliary Oflices.
ART. LXXIX. Auxiliary Ofiices in communication with the
Cffice at Zanzibar may be established in certain parts of the
zone, on agreement beforehand between the interested Powers.
They shall be composed of Delegates of such Powers, and
established in conformity with Articles LXXV, LXXVI, and
LXXVIII.
Documents and Information, where to be forwarded.
The documents and information specified in Article LXXVII,
so far as they relate to the part of the zone specially concerned,
shall be sent to them direct by the territorial and Consular
authorities of the region in question, without prejudice to the
communication to the Zanzibar Ofiee provided for by the same
Article.
Annual Reports to be prepared.
ART. LXXX. The Office at Zanzibar shall draw up within
the two first months of every year, a Report upon its ‘own
operations, and those of the auxiliary Offices, during the past
year.
§ II. Exchange between the respective Governments of Documents
i and Information relating to the Slave Trade.*‘
International Communications. .
ART. LXXXI. The Powers shall communicate to each other
to the fullest extent, and with the least delay which they shall
consider possible——
Laws and Regulations.
1. The text of the Laws and administrative Regulations,
whether already existing, or enacted in application of the
clauses of the present General Act.
Statistical Information.
2. Statistical information concerning the Slave Trade, slaves
* See “Documents relatifs a la repression de la Traite des Esclaves,
publiés en exécution des Article LXXXI, et suivans dc l’Acte Général
de Bruxelles, 1892,” issued by the Brussels Otfice, respecting the Slave Trade
at Zanzibar. A copy of the volume containing these documents has been
placed in the Library of each House of Parliament.
81.
2, July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [N0. 18
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
detained and liberated, and the traffic in arms, ammunition,
and spirituous liquors.
Central Ofiice at Brussels.
ART} LXXXII. The exchange of these documents and infor-
m'otion shall be centralized in a special oflice attached to the
Foreign Ofiice in Brussels.
Informattbn to be suppliel by Ofiiue at Zanzibar.
ART‘. LXXIXIII. The office at Zanzibar shall forward to it
every year the report mentioned in Article LXXX upon
its operations during the past year, and upon those of the
auxiliary offices which may have been established in accordance
with Article LXXTX.
Information to be published and communicated to the Powers.
ART. LXXXIV. The documents and information shall be
collected and published, periodically, and addressed to all the
Signatory Powers. This publication‘ shall be accompanied every
year by an’ analytical table of the legislative, administrative,
and statistical documents mentioned in Articles LXXXI and
LXXXIIL
Expenses 250 be shared by Signatory Powers.
AR'T. LXXXV. The oflice expenses and the expenditure in-
curred for correspondence; translation, and printing shall be
shared by all the Signatory Powers, and shall be recovered
through the Foreign Olfioe at Brussels.
§ Ill; Protection of Liberated Slaves.
Establishment of Ofices or Institutions.
AM‘. LXXXVI. The Signatory Powers, having recognized
the duty of protecting liberated slaves in their respective pos-
sessions, undertake to establish, if they should not already
exist, in the ports of the zone determined by Article XXI
and in such parts of their said Possessions as may be places
82
N0. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Slave Trade by Sea.]
' for the capture, passage, and arrival of African slaves, as
many Ofiices or institutions as they may deem suflicient, the
business of which will specially consist in freeing and protecting
the slaves in accordance with the provisions of Articles ‘VI,
XVIII, LII, LXIII, and LXVI.
Letters of Freedom. Registers.
ART. LXXXVII. Such Cfiices, or the authorities charged
with this service, shall deliver, letters of freedom, and keep a
register thereof.
Liberation of Slaves and Punishment of Cfl'enders.
On receiving notice of an act of Slave Trade or of illegal
detention, or at the instance of the slaves themselves, the said
Oflices or authorities shall exercise all necessary diligence to
insure the liberation of the slaves and the punishment of the
ofipenders.
Legal Procedure against Slaves accused of Crime.
The delivery of letters of freedom should in no case be
delayed if the slave be accused of a crime or offence against
common law. But after the delivery of the said letters, the
ordinary legal procedure shall take its course.
Refuges for Women. Education of Children.
ART. LXXXVIII. The Signatory Power shall encourage
the foundation in their Possessions of establishments of refuge
for women and of education for liberated children.
Access of Free Slaves to Ofiices. "
ART. LXXXIX. Freed slaves shall always be able to resort
to the Ofiices to be protected ‘in the enjoyment of their liberty.
' Punishment for depriving Liberated Slaves of their Letters of
Freedom or of their Libertu.
Whoever shall have used fraud or violence to deprive a
83
2 July, 1890.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 18
[Brussels Act. Traflic in spirituous Liquors]
liberated slave of his letters of freedom or of his liberty shall
be considered as a slave-dealer.
CHAP. VI.—-REs'rRICT1vE MEASURES CONCERNING THE TRAFFIC IN
SPIRITuous LIQUORS.
Zone within which Articles of Act respecting Spirituous Liquors
shall apply.
ART. XC. Justly anxious respecting the moral and material
consequences which the abuse of spirituous liquors entails on
the native populations, the Signatory Powers have agreed to
apply the provisions of Articles XCI, XCII, and XCIII within
a zone extending from the 20th degree north latitude to the
22nd degree south latitude, and bounded by the Atlantic Ocean
on the west, and on the east‘ by the Indian Ocean and its
dependencies, comprising the islands adjacent to the shore up
to 100 marine miles from the coast.* (See also Art. VIII.)
Importation of Distilled Liquors prohibited;
ART. XCI.‘l" In the regions of this zone where it shall be a‘s'cer~
tained that, either on account of religious belief or from other
motives, the use of distilled liquors does not exist or has not
been developed, the Powers shall prohibit their importation.
llIanafac'ture of Distilled Liquors to be also prohibited.
The manufacture therein of distilled liquors shall equally be
prohibited.
Limits of Zones to be notified to the Powers.
Each Power shall determine the limits of the zone of pro-
hibition of alcoholic liquors in its Possessions or Protectorates,
and shall be bound to notify the limits thereof to the other
Powers within the space of six months.
Cases in which Prohibition can be suspended.
The above prohibition can only be suspended in the case of
limited quantities destined for the Consumption of the non--
* See Map facing p. 104.
1‘ See Notification of 18th June, 1892, respecting Witu, &c., Nyassaland,
and Niger Protectorate, p. 328.
8A
No. 18] AFRICA (GENERAL)- C2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act. Traffic in spirituous Liquors]
native population, and imported under the system and conditions
determined by each Government.
Import Duties on Spirituous Liquors to be Levied by neighbouring
States.
ART. XCII. The Powers having Possessions or exercising
Protectorates in the regions of the zone which are not placed
under the system of prohibition, and into which spirituous
liquors are at present either freely imported or pay an import
duty of less than 15 fr. per hectolitre up to 50 degrees centi-
grade, undertake to levy on those spirituous liquors an import
duty of 15 fr. per hectolitre up to 50 degrees Centigrade for the
three years next after the present General Act comes into force.
At the expiration of this period the duty may be increased to
25 fr. for a fresh period of three years. At the end of the sixth
year it shall be submitted to revision, taking as a basis the
average results produced by these Tariffs, for the purpose of
then fixing, if possible, a minimum duty throughout the whole
extent of the zone where the system of prohibition referred to
in Article XCI should not be in force.
The Powers retain the right of maintaining and increasing
the duties beyond the minimum fixed by the present article in
those regions where they already possess that right.
ART. XCIII. Distilled liquors manufactured in the regions
referred to in Article XCll, and intended for inland consump-
tion, shall be subject to an excise duty.
This excise duty, the collection of which the Powers under-
take to insure as far as possible, shall not be lower than the
minimum import duty fixed by Art. XCII.
ART. XCIV. The Signatory Powers which have possessions
in Africa contiguous to the zone specified in Article XC under-
take to adopt the necessary measures for preventing the intro-
duction of spirituous liquors into the territories of the said zone
across their inland frontiers.
ART. XCV. The Powers shall communicate to each other,
through the Office at Brussels, and according to the terms of
Chap. V, information relating to the traffic in spirituous liquors
within their respective territories.
2 July, 1830,] AFRICA (GENERAL). END. 18
[Brussels Act]
Cnar. VlI.——FINAL PROVISIONS.
Repeal of all Stipulations of Cloncentions opposed to this Act.*
ART. XCVI. The present General Act repeals all contrary
stipulations of Conventions previously concluded between the
Signatory Powers. (See also Art. 24, p. 63.)
liforl/fications or Improvement of Act.
ART. XGVII. The Signatory Powers, Without prejudice to
he stipulations contained in Articles XIV, XXIII, and XGlI,
reserve the right of introducing into the present General Act
later on, and by common agreement, such modifications or
improvements as experience may prove to be useful.
Permission to other Powers to accede, subject to Conditions.
ART. XCVIII. Powers who have not signed the present
General Act shall be allowed to adhere to it.
The Signatory Power's reserve the right to impose the con-
ditions which they may deem necessary on such adhesion.
If no conditions should be stipulated, adhesion implies full
acceptance of all the obligations and full admission to all the
advantages stipulated by the present General Act.
The Powers shall concert among themselves as to the steps
to be taken to procure the adhesion of States Whose co-operation
may be necessary or useful in order to insure the complete
execution of the General Act.
Adhesion shall be effected by a separate Act. It shall be
notified through. the Diplomatic channel to the Government ‘of
His Majesty the King of the Belgians, and by that Government
to all the Signatory and adherent States.
Ratificationsj
ART. XCIX. The present General Act shall be ratified Within
a period Which shall be as short as possible, and which shall not
in any case exceed one year.
* Liberia acceded, 23rd December, 1892.
1' See Protocols, Ratifications, 2nd July, 1891; 2nd January, 1892; 2nd
February, 1892, and 30th lVIarch, 1892, pp. 92, 97, 102, 104. French
Reservations, p. 98.
86
No.18] AFRICA (GENERAL) [2 July, 1890.
[Brussels Act.]
Each Power shall address its ratification to the Government
of His Majesty the King of the Belgians, which shall give notice
thereof to all the other Signatory Powers of the present General
Act. .
The ratifications of all the Powers shall remain deposited in
the archives of the Kingdom of Belgium.
' As soon as all the ratifications have been produced, or at
latest one year after the signature of the present General Act,
their deposit shall be recorded in a Protocol which shall be
signed by the representatives of all the Powers which have
ratified.
A certified copy of this Protocol shall be forwarded to all the
Powers interested.
Commencement of Act;
ART. C. The present General Act shall come into force in all
the Possessions of the Contracting Powers on the 60th day after
the date of the Protocol of Deposit provided for in the preceding
article. ~
In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have
signed the present General Act, and have thereto affixed their
seals.
Done at Brussels the 2nd day of the month of July, 1890.
[Here follow the Signatures]

Coasting Trade.
Annex to Article XXXIX.
Form of Licence to ply the Coasting Trade on the East
Coast of Africa, in conformity with Article XXXIX, p. 68.

87
July, 1890.] AB RICA (GENERAL). . [Na 18
[Brussels Act. Import Duties]
DECLARATION respecting Import Duties. 2nd July, 1890.
The Powers assembled in Conference at Brussels, who have
ratified the General Act of Berlin of the 26th February, 1885
(N0. 17), or who have acceded thereto,
After having drawn up and signed in concert, in the General
Act of this day, a collection of measures intended to put an end
to the Negro Slave Trade by land as well as by sea, and to im-
prove the moral and material conditions of existence of the
native races,
Taking into consideration that the execution of the provisions
which they have adopted with this object imposes on some of
them who have Possessions or Protectorates in the conventional
basin of the Congo obligations which absolutely demand new
resources to meet them,
Have agreed to make the following Declaration :—
Duties on Imports not to exceed 10 per cent. ad valorem.*
The Signatory or adhering Powers who have Possessions or
Protectorates in the said conventional basin of the Congo
are authorized, so far as they require any authority for the
purpose, to establish therein duties upon imported goods, the
scale of which shall not exceed a rate equivalent to 10 per cent.
ad valorem at the port of entry.
spirituous Liquors excepted;
Always excepting spirituous liquors, which are regulated by
the provisions of Chapter VI of the General Act of this day
(Articles XC—XCV, pp. 84, 85).
After the signature of the said General Act, negotiations
shall be opened between the Powers who have ratified the
General Act of Berlin or who have adhered to it, in order to
draw up, within the maximum limit of 10 per cent. ad valorem,
the conditions of the Customs system to be established in the
conventional basin of the Congo.
Nevertheless, it is understood :—
* See Agreement, 22nd December, 1890, p. 90; and British Notification
to Treaty Powers, respecting Zanzibar, 22nd June, 1892- (APPENDIX).
88
N0, 18] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 July 1890.
[Brussels Act. Import Duties]
No Differential Treatment or Transit Duties to be established.
1. That no differential treatment or transit'duty shall be
established ;
Customs Formalities.
2. That in applying the Customs system which may be
agreed, each Power will undertake to simplify formalities as
much as possible, and to facilitate trade operations;
Duration of Arrangement for 15 Years.
3. That the arrangement resulting from the proposed nego- '
tiations shall remain in force for 15 years from the signature of
the present Declaration?t
Position of Affairs at Expiration of that Period.
At the expiration of this period, and failing a fresh Agree-
ment, the Contracting Powers shall return to the conditions
provided for by Article IV of the General Act of Berlint
(N0. 17), retaining the power of imposing duties up to a‘
maximum of 10 per cent. upon goods imported into the con-
ventional basin of the Congo.
Itat-i/ications.
The ratifications of the present Declaration shall be eX~
changed at the same time as those of the General Act of this
day. I
In witness whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries have
drawn up the present Declaration, and have affixed thereto
their seals.
Done at Brussels, the 2nd day of the month of July, 1890.
[Here follow the Signatures]
Till 2nd July, 1905.
‘l’ Page 26.
89'
22 Dec.,1890,] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 19
[Tarifil Eastern Zone. Congo Basin.]
NO. 19.--A GBEEMENT between the Delegates of Great
Britain, Germany, and Italy, respecting the Tar/if of the
Eastern Zone of the Conoentional Basin of the Congo.
Signed at Brussels, 22nd December, 1890.
( Translation.)
THE Undersigned, Sir John Kirk and Mr. M. Gosselin,
Delegates of Great Britain; M. le Comte d’Alvensleben and
M. W. Gohring, Delegates of Germany; M. le Baron de Renzis
and M. A. Bardi, Delegates of Italy, duly authorized to that
effect by their respective Governments, in accordance with the
provisions of the Declaration signed at Brussels the 2nd J nly,
1890 (p. 88), as Well as of the General Act of the Conference of
the same date (N0. 18), have agreed to modify in the follow-
ing manner, within the limits of the eastern zone of the con-
ventional basin of the Congo, Article IV of the General Act
of the Berlin Conference of 1885 (N0. 17), in accordance with
the conditions specified in the said Declaration :—
1. Great Britain, Germany, and Italy, in the territories
under their influence situated in the eastern zone of the con-
ventional basin of the Congo, and which are subject to Article IV
of the General Act of Berlin (NO. 17, p. 26), shall have the
right to levy duties on goods imported into such territories
either by land or by water, in accordance with the Customs
Regulations actually in force under the Treaties With Zanzibar,
which provide for an import duty of 5 per cent. ad calorem.*
Arms and Ammunition.
2. Arms and ammunition introduced in accordance with the
special provisions of the General Act of Brussels (N0. 18) may,
however, be charged with the import duty, not exceeding the rate
of 10 per cent. ad calorein, provided that the Treaties containing
contrary stipulations are modified, and that circumstances per-
mit of it.
it See also British Notification to Treaty Powers respecting Zanzibar of
22nd June, 1892 (APPENDIX).
so
N0, 19] AFRICA (GENERAL). [22 Dec., 1890.
[Tariii Eastern Zone. Congo Basin.]
Import Duty on Alcohols.
3. The import duty to be levied on alcohols shall be regu-
lated in accordance with the provisions of Chapter VI of the
General Act of Brussels.
Certain Goods to be Admitted Free of Duty.
4. The following goods shall be admitted free of duty, viz. :
agricultural machines and instruments, as well as all materials
intended for the construction and maintenance of roads, tram-
ways, and railways, and, generally speaking, all means of trans-
port.
Duration of Agreement.
5. The present Agreement shall come into force at the same
time as the Acts signed at Brussels the 2nd July, 1890, p. 87. It
shall remain in force for a period of five years, and continue in
operation for five more years, and so on for periods of five
years, unless one or other of the three Powers demands its
revision six months before the expiration of the quinquennial
period.
In witness whereof the Undersigned Delegates have drawn
up the present Act.
Done at Brussels, the 22nd day of the month of December,
1890.
JOHN KIRK.
MARTIN GOSSELIN.
ALVENSLEBEN.
GCHRING.
F. DE RENZIS.
A. BARDI.
9l
2 July, 1891.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 20
[Brussels Act. Ratifications]
N O. 20.—- PROTOCOL of a .Meeting held at the Foreign
Ojice at Brussels, respecting the Ratiyieations of the General
Act of the Brussels Conference. 2nd July, 1891.
( Translation.)
Present :
[Here appear the names of the Representatives]
Ratifications.
THE Undersigned met at the Foreign Cfi'ice at Brussels, in
order to proceed to the execution of Article XCIX of the
General Act of the Brussels Conference (N0. 18).
Production, Examination, and Deposit of Ratifications of certain
Powers. (Germany, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, Congo, Great
Britain, Italy, Netherlands, Persia, Sweden and Norway, and
Zanzibar.)
Baron Lambermont, one of the Representatives of Belgium,
read the said Article and the penultimate paragraph of the
Declaration. He announced to the meeting that the Govern-
ment of His Majesty the King of the Belgians had received
the ratifications of His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King
of Prussia; of His Majesty the King of the Belgians; of His
Majesty the King of Denmark; of His Majesty the King of
Spain, and in his name of Her Majesty the Queen-Regent; of
His Majesty the Sovereign of the Independent State of the
Congo; of Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India; of His Majesty
the King of Italy; of Her Majesty the Queen of the Nether-
lands, and in her name Her Majesty the Queen-Regent; of His
Majesty the Shah of Persia; of His Majesty the King of
Sweden and Norway; and of His Highness the Sultan of Zan-
zibar.
The said ratifications were produced, examined, and found '
in good and due form. These documents, in conformity with
(u)
N0. 20] AFRICA (GENERAL) [2 July, 1891.
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. Austria-Hungary, Turkey, Russia,
United States]
the provisions of Article XCIX, will remain deposited in the
archives of the Belgian Government.
The Representatives of the above-mentioned Powers acknow-
ledged to the Representatives of Belgium the fact of deposit.
Austria-Hzmgm'y.*
His Excellency Count Khevenhiiller-Metsch declared that
His Majesty the Emperor of Austria-Hungary, his august
Sovereign, had signed the ratification of the General Act
(No. 18) and of the Declaration of the 2nd July, 1890 (p. 88),
that they have been dispatched, and will be, on their arrival in
a day or two, deposited at the Belgian Foreign Office.
Ill/V'7'0/1I *
LU! ILL/L u
\
His Excellency Carathéodory Efiendi declared that His
Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans, his august Sovereign,
had also signed his ratifications, and that it has been dispatched.
His Excellency recalled attention to the reserve which his
Government had made on the subject of the use of Turkish
characters in the case provided for‘it in Article XXXIV of the
General Act, a reserve which had been brought to the notice
of all the Signatory Governments, and had encountered no
objection.
The Representatives of the Powers took note of their
Excellencies’ declarations.
Russia *2
His Excellency Prince Ouroussoft declared that His Majesty
the Emperor of all the Russias, his august Sovereign, had
signed the ratification, but his Excellency considered that it
was proper to defer its deposit until the moment when the
execution of the General Act should be definitely assured.
Um'tecl Statesnj"
His Excellency Mr. Terrell declared that he was not otticially
See also Protocol, 2nd January, 1892, p. 97.
1' See Protocol, 2nd February, 1892, p. 102.
93 H
2 July, 1891.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 20
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. United States, France]
authorized to speak at this meeting, being without instructions
on the subject from his Government. He was present merely
in response to the courteous invitation he had received.
Nevertheless, he thought he might say that the question of
the ratification of the Brussels General Act was still before the
Senate of the United States, which was not then in Session,
but which would meet towards the beginning of the month of
December next.
His Excellency added unofficially, and merely" for the infers
mation of the Representatives of the Powers, that the Govern-
ment of the United States wishing to shew the profound interest
taken by them in the success of this great Work, had concluded
an arrangement with the Congo State with the express object
of rendering possible the ratification of the Brussels General
Act (N6. 18) by the other Signatory Powers,
Franced‘
The following letter was then read, addressed by his Excel»
l'ency the Minister of the French Republic at Brussels to the
Belgian Minister fer Foreign Affairs :— '
-“ Prince, “ Brussels, 1st July, l89l.
“ have the henonr to cenfirm ts your Excellency the infor-
mation which I gave 'U'l’UCL i'oce yesterday to Baron Lambermont;
after a prolonged discussion occupying the sittings of the 24th
and 25th of last month, the French Chamber of Deputies
decided to suspend the autl'iorization to ratify the General Act
and the Declaration of Brussels of the 2nd July, as Well as of
the Protocol of the 9th February last‘. His Majesty’s Govern~
ment must be aware of the part which the Cabinet had taken
in this grave debate, and it has certainly been from no- Want of
effort on their part that the conclusion was not entirely dif-
ferent. Your Excellency is further aware that the considera-
tions which weighed with the Chamber were derived from the
nature of the measures to be taken for the repression of the
traffic at sea.
“ It is unnecessary to state that in view of this decision we
9 See also Protocol, 2nd January, 1892, p.
ea.
N0, 20] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 31113,, 1891,
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. France, PortugaL]
find ourselves with much regret to be unable to ratify the
arrangements prepared by the Conference within the prescribed
period, that is to say, by the 2nd instant.
“Under these circumstances my Government does not con-
sider that my presence will be necessary at the meeting to
which your Excellency did me the honour to invite me, and in
which all of my colleagues who will attend have either already
received their ratifications, or are able to announce that they
will shortly receive them. i
F‘ I avail, dzc,
“A.BoUREEr
Port?igalfit
Baron Lambermont stated that the Charge d’A-‘fiiaires .of
Portugal at Brussels had announced to the Belgian Government
that the Parliamentary Commission, in view of the Resolution
of the French Chamber, had decided, on its part, tosuspend
the vote upon the law approving the ,General Act of Brussels.
The Portugese Government had thought itself obliged to
conform to the opinionof the Parliamentary Commission; and,
whilst afidrming their humanitarian sentiments and good-will,
had decided that ‘under present circumstances ,they had no
occasion to be represented at the meeting of the 2nd July.
In view of ‘the situation created by the documents and
declaratiousabove set forth, and animated by a sincere desire
that an unanimous understanding amongst the Powers should
be reached, the meeting decided that the delay fixed by
Article XCIX of the General Act ,for the depositLofpiratifications
should be prolonged to adate to be fixed by'lcommon agreement,
as soon as the Powers whose Representatives are not present,
or have not the necessary authority, shall have made known
their adhesion to this prolongation.
The present Protocol to be open to them for this purpose for
a period of 10 days.
The meeting before separating expressed the desirethat the
Government of His Majesty the King of the Belgians would
a‘ See Protocol, 30th March, 1892, p. 104.
95 n
K)
2 July, ‘18913 AFRICA (GENERAL). [ N o. 20
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. PortugaL]
ask for and receive the adhesions mentioned in the preceding
paragraph, and when they should have been received, to act as
intermediary to bring about an understanding between the
Powers as to the duration of the period of prolongation.
The Belgian Representatives promised to refer this wish to
their Government, and. did not doubt that it would be favour-
ably received.
In witness whereof the present Protocol was drawn up, of
which a certified copy will be sent by the Government of His
Majesty the King of the Belgians to each of the other Powers
who have ratified. the General Act (NO. 18) and the Declara-
tion of the 2nd July, 1890 (p. 88).
[Here follow the Signatures]
1C1
CB
‘N0, 21] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 Tan, 1892.
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. Austria-Hungary, Russia, Turkey]
N0. 21.-——]’]ZOTOCOL n )[eeting hehl at Brussels, in the
Foreign Ofiiee, respecting the Erehange 0f Rcttzfiea-ttons 0f
the General Act of the Brussels Conference. 2nd Jae/wary,
1892.
(_ Translation.)
Present :
[Here appear the names of the Representatives]
Ra-tifieations.
THE Under-signed met together at the Foreign Ollice at
Brussels, in conformity with Article XCIX of the General Act
of the 2nd July, 1890 (NO. 18), and in execution of the Pro-
tocol of the 2nd July, 1891 (N0. 20), in order to draw up the
record of the deposit of the ratifications of those of the Signatory
Powers who did not accomplish that formality at the meeting
of the 2nd July, 1891.
Austria-Hungary His Excellency Count Khevenhiiller-Metsch informed the
_meeting that the ratification by His Imperial and Royal
Apostolic Majesty of the General Act (NO. 18) and of the De-
claration of the 2nd July, 1890 (p.88), was deposited at the
Belgian Foreign Ofiice on the 3rd July, 1891.
Retssz'afi'i
His Excellency Prince Ouronssol‘f deposited the ratification
by His Majesty the Emperor of All the Russias oi' the General
Act (NO. 18) and of the Declaration of the 2nd July, 1899
(p. 88) .
Tue/‘hey. *“
His Excellency Carathéodory El’fendi deposited the ratifica-
tion by His Majesty the Emperor of the Ottomans of the
General Act (NO. 18) and of the Declaration of the ‘2nd July,
1890 (p. 88).
His Excellency declared, in accordance with a communica-
* See also p. 109.
97
2 Jan, 1832.] AFRICA (GENERAL). ' [NO. 21
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. France]
tion which has been made known to the Signatory Powers
without encountering object-ion on their part, that the Imperial
Ottoman Government interprets Article XXXIV of the General
Act (NO. 18) in the sense that the inscriptions prescribed by that
Article shall be made,in the case of Ottoman vessels, in Turkish
characters and figures. Nevertheless the Sublime Porte does
not object to a translation in Latin characters being added to
inscriptions in Turkish characters.
Note is taken of the declaration of the Minister of Turkey.
Note is also taken of the deposit of the ratifications of their
respective Sovereigns by the Ministers of Austria-Hungary,
of Russia, and of Turkey.*
Frances?
His Excellency M. B-ourée deposited the ratification by the
President of the French Republic of the General Act (NO. 18)
and of the Declaration of the 2nd July, 1890 '(p. 88).
His Excellency declared that the President of the Republic,
in his ratification of the General Act of Brussels, has provi-
sionally reserved, for an ulterior understanding, Articles XXI,
XXII, and XXIII (p. 63), and Articles XLII to LXI (pp. 70—
76).
The Representatives of the Powers take note of the deposit
by the Minister of France of the ratification by the President of
the French Republic, and of the exception concerning Articles
XXI, XXII, and XXIII, and Articles XLII to LXI.
Bind/ing nature of General Act, wholly orpartt'ally, as ratified
by difierent Powers.
It is understood that the Powers who have ratified the
General Act (NO. 18) in its entirety recognize that they are
reciprocally bound to each other in regard to all of its Articles.
It is likewise understood that such Powers are only bound
to the Power who has ratified partially, in the measure of the
obligations undertaken by the latter Power.
‘1* See also p. 100.
1" See also p. 9t.
98
N0_ 211 AFRICA (GENERAL). £2 Jan., 1592.
[Brussels Act. Ratifieations. France]
Finally, it is well understood that, in regard to the Power
who has ratified partially the matters to which Articles XLII
to LXI relate shall continue, until an ulterior understanding
‘be arrived at, to be governed by the stipulations and arrange-
ments now in force.
Application of General Act to certain French Possessions.
Baron Lambermont, one of the Belgian Representatives,
then communicated to the Assembly the following letter, which
had been addressed to the Belgian Minister for Foreign Affairs
by his Excellency the Minister of France :—
“ French Legaz‘z'on in Belgium,
“Brussels, 315i December, 1891.
“ Prince,
“ In a Note Verbale dated the 18th instant, handed that day
by Baron Beyens to the Minister for Foreign Alfairs of France,
the Belgian Government called the attention of the Government
of the Republic to the conditions under which Articles XXX to
XLI of the General Act of the Conference of Brussels (N0. 18)
might be applied in certain French Possessions. These articles
relate to the grant of the flag to native vessels, to the crew list,
and to the manifest of negro passengers. WVhilst recognizing
the importance of these articles, and recalling that they were
due to the initiative of France, the Government of King
Leopold had called attention to the fact that they were only
applicable in the ports of the zone established by Article XXI
which is reserved by Frnnce He therefore 1equested that the
Representative of the Republic at Brussels might be authorized
to make known the intentions of the Cabinet of Paris on this
point.
Obock. .Mu/Zagascao'. C'omeros.
“By Order of my Government, and in accordance with the
desire expressed in the above-mention ed note, I have the honour
to inform your Excellency that the dispositions contained in
Articles XXX to XLI of the General Act of Brussels (N0. 18)
will be spontaneously applied by the Government of the Be~
99
2 Jan., 1892.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 21
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. Netherlands, Austria-Hungary,
France, Russia, and Turkey.]
public in the territory of Obock, and, according to necessity in
the Island of Madagascar and the Comoros.
“Accept, &c.,
“A. BOUREE.
“ l-[is Excellency the Prince de Ohimay,
“ lll'inistenfor Foreign Afl'airs, 4Y0.”
Netherlancls.*
His Excellency Baron Gericke de Herwynen declared in the
name of his Government that, in signing the Protocol of this
day, he must observe that the Constitutional arrangements of
the Netherlands require that the Protocol should receive the
approbation of the States-General. It not having been possible
to obtain such approbation before the 2nd January, the Govern-
ment of the Queen-Regent proposes to take the necessary steps
on the meeting of the Chambers.
Note is taken of the Netherlands Minister’s Declaration.
Austria-Hungary, France, Russia, and Turkey.
The ratifications of His Majesty the Emperor of Austria-
Hungary, of the President of the French Republic, of His
Majesty the Emperor of all the Russias, and of His Majesty the
Emperor of the Ottomans, were examined, and found in good
and due form. These documents, in accordance with the pro-
visions of Article XCIX, will remain deposited, together with
the ratifications deposited on the 2nd July, 1891, in the archives
of the Belgian Government.
The Representatives of the Powers acknowledged to the
Belgian Representatives the fact of this deposit.
Portugal.
His Excellency M. d’Antas declared that circumstances not
having permitted the Portuguese Chambers to pronounce upon
the General Act (No.18) and the Declaration of the 2nd July,
1890 (p. 88), he is instructed by his Government to request
5* Approved 1st April, 1892.
100
N0, 21] AFRICA (GENERAL). [2 Jan, 1892.
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. Netherlands, Austria-Hungary,
France, Russia, and Turkey.]
that the Protocol remain open for the deposit of the ratifications
of His Most Faithful Majesty until the 22nd February, 1892.
The Assembly assented to the period of prorogation re-
quested by the Minister of Portugal?‘
In witness whereof the present Protocol has been drawn up,
a certified-copy whereof will be transmitted by the Government
of His Majesty the King of the Belgians to each of the other
Signatory Powers of the General Act (N0. 18) and the Declara-
tion of the 2nd July, 1890 (page 88).
Done at Brussels, the 2nd January, 1892.
IIIHere follow the Signatures]
* See Protocol, 30th March, 1892, p. 1041.
101
2 Feb., 1892.]; AFRICA (GENERAL). END. 22
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. United States.]
NO. 22.—-—PRO T OCOL recording the Ratification by the
United States of America of the General Act of Brussels of
2nd July, 1890. Signed at Brussels, 2nd February, 1892.
(Translation)
Itatifieaticns. United States.
On the 2nd February, I892, in conformity with Article
XOIX of the General Act of' the 2nd July, 1890 (N0. 18), and
with the unanimous decision of the Signatory Powers prolonging
till the 2nd February, 1892, in favour of the United States, the
period fixed by the said Article. XOIX,__the Undersigned, Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States
of America, deposited in the hands of the Belgian Minister for
Foreign Affairs the Ratification by the President of the United
States of the said General Act.
At his Excellency’s request the following Resolution, where-
by the Senate of the United States consented to the Ratification
of the President, was inserted in the present Protocol :—
“Resolved (two-thirds of the Senators present concurring
therein),
“ That the Senate advise and consent to the ratification of‘
the General Act signed at Brussels on the 2nd July, 1890
(No. 18), by the Plenipotentiaries of the United States and
other Powers, for the suppression of the African Slave Trade,
and for other purposes.
“,Resolved further: That the Senate advise and consent to
the acceptance of the partial ratification of the said General
Act on the part of the French Republic, and to the stipulations
relative thereto, as set forth in the Protocol signed at Brussels
on the 2nd January, 1892 (NO. 21). .'
“ Resolved further, as a part of this act of ratification: That
the United States of America, having neither Possessions nor
Protectorates in Africa, hereby disclaims any intention in rati-
fying this Treaty, to indicate any interest whatsoever in the
Possessions or Protectorates established or claimed on that
102
N0, ZZj AFRICA (GENERAL). L2 Feb,’ 1892,
[Brussels Act. Ratifieations. United States]
Continent by the other Powers, or any approval of the wisdom,
expediency, or lawfulness thereof, and does not join in any
expressions in the said General Act which might be construed
as such a declaration or acknowledgment; and, for this reason,
that it is desirable that a copy of this Resolution be inserted in
the Protocol to be drawn up at the time of the exchange of the
ratifications of this Treaty on the part of the United States.”
The above Resolution of the Senate of the United States
having been textually communicated in advance by the Govern-
ment of Belgium to all the Signatory Powers of the General
Act, the latter have assented to its insertion in the present
Protocol, which shall remain annexed to the Protocol of the
2nd January, 1892.
An official notification to this effect was made to the United
States h’linister'.
The Ratification of the President of the United States
having been found in good and due form, notification of its
deposit was made to his Excellency Mr.- Edwin H. Terrell. It
will be retained in the archives of the Belgian Foreign Office.
G On proceeding to the signature of the present Protocol, the
Minister for Foreign Affairs of His Majesty the King of the
Belgians announced that the Representative of Russia, in his
note expressing the assent of his Government, expressed the
opinion that it was desirable that, in the Protocol, a French
translation should accompany the English text of the Resolu-
tion of the Senate of the United States of America,- and that, in
any case, the absence of such translation should not form a pre-
cedent.
A certified copy of the present Protocol will he sent by the
Belgian Government to the Signatory Powers of the General
Act.
Done at Brussels, the 2nd February, 1892.
PRINCE DE CH I M AY, the Minister
for Foreign Aflairs.
EDWIN H. TERRELIJ, the Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary
0f the United States of America.
103
80 March, 1892.] AFRICA (GENERAL). [Na 23
[Brussels Act. Ratifications. PortugaL]
N0. 23.—-PROTOOOL recording the Ratification by Portugal
of the General Act of Brussels of 2nd July, 1890, and of
the Declaration of the same date. ISI/lig’Il/CCZ at Brussels, 30th
lllarch, 1892.
(Translation)
llatifications. Portugal.
On the 30th March, 1892, in conformity with Article XCIX
of the General Act of the 2nd July, 1890 (NO. 18), and with
the unanimous decision of the Powers, prolonging till the 2nd
April, 1892, in favour of Portugal, the period fixed by the
same Article XCIX, the Undersigned, Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Portugal
and the Algarves, deposited in the hands of the Belgian Minister
of Finance, Minister for Foreign Affairs ad interim, the ratifica-
tion by his Sovereign of the said General Act (NO. 18) and of
the Declaration of the same date annexed thereto page 88).
The ratification having been found in good and due form,
notification of its deposit was made to his Excellency M. d’Antas.
It will be retained in the archives of the Belgian Foreign
Cfiice, in conformity with Article XCIX of the General Act.
A certified copy of the present Protocol will be sent by the
Belgian Government to the Signatory Powers of the General
Act.
Done at Brussels, the 30th March, 1892.
A. BEERNAERT, the Belgian llIinister of Finance,
lllinister for Foreign Afi’airs ad interim.
M. D’ANTAS, the Envoy Extraordinary and .Minister
Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Portugal
and the A lgarves.
l Uel
AFRICA WEST, 8w.
AFRICA, CENTRAL.
See British Central Africa Protectorate, p. 810, Congo Free
State, p. 191, and Appendix; Egypt, p. 259, Nyasaland,
p. 810, and Great Britain and France, p. 537.
AFRICA, EAST.
See British East Africa Company, p. 107, Congo, p. 191, and
Appendix ; France (Comoro Islands), p. 291, German East
Africa Company, p. 301, Germany, p. 301, Great Britain,
p. 327, Italy, p. 771, Madagascar, p. 787, Portugal, p. 821,
Somali, p. 831, and Zanzibar, p. 923.
AFRICA, NORTH.
See Egypt, p. 259, France (Algeria), p. 287, Morocco, p. 801,
Spain, p. 881, and Tunis, p. 905.
AFRICA, NORTH-WEST.
In June, 1879, Mr. Donald Mackenzie communicated to the
Foreign Office a copy of a Treaty which he had concluded at
Tarfah on the 19th April, 1879, with the Sheikh Mohammed
Bairook of Aghameen, by which that Sheikh ceded to him
that portion of Tarfah extending from Cape Juby (on the
north-West coast of Africa, in about latitude 28° north) to the
next promontory southward (to be hereafter called Stafford
Point), together with the reef or reefs situated between the
said Cape J uby and Staiford Point Which forms the port to be
hereafter known as Port Victoria, with the territory extending
from the sea-shore inland to the distance of 2 English miles, as
indicated on a plan which was annexed; but see Agreement, .
British and Morocco Governments, 13th March, 1895, Appendix,
p. 1064‘. I See also Morocco, p. 801, and Spain, p. 881.
AFRICA, SOUTH. ,
See British South Africa Company, p. 173, Great Britain (Cape
Colony), p. 339, Orange Free State, p. 813, and South
African Republic (Transvaal), p. 837.
- AFRICA, SOUTH-WEST.
See Germany, p. 301, Great Britain (Cape Colony), p. 339, and
Portugal, p. 821.
AFRICA, WEST.
See Dahomey, p. 247, Denmark, p. 255, France, p. 267, Germany,
p. 301, Great Britain (various Colonies), pp. 329—535,
Liberia, p. 777, Portugal, p. 821, and Spain, p. 881.
105
ALGERIA, BE LGIUM, &c.
ALGERIA.
See France, p. 287, and Morocco, p. 801.
ASSAB.
See Abyssinia, &0., p. I.
AUSSA.
See Abyssinia, &c., p. I.
AUSTRIA-HUN GARY.
The Emperor of Austria-Hungary has no Possessions or Protec-
torates in Africa, but His Majesty was a Signatory Party
to the Berlin Act of 26th February, 1885 (No.17), and
to the Brussels Act of 2nd July, 1890 (N0. 18). Austria-
Hungary has also entered into Treaties with the Congo
Free State, p. 194, and with Zanzibar, p. 926.
BASUTOLAND.
See Great Britain (Basutoland), p. 329.
BEG HUANALAND.
See Great Britain (British Bechuanaland), p. 333. See also
Appendix.
BEOHUANALAND, TERRITORY NORTH OF.
See Great Britain (Bechuanaland), p. 333. See also Appendix.
BELGIUM.
On the 16th December, 1884.‘, a Convention was concluded
between Her Britannia hiajesty and the King of the Belgians,
acting as founder of, and in the name of, the International
Association of the Congo, by which the British Government
recognized the flag of’ the International Association of the
Congo, and of the Free States under its administration, as the
flag of a friendly Government. See Congo Free State, p. 191.
His Majesty ‘the King of the Belgians was one of the
Signatory Powers to the Berlin Act of 26th February, 1885
(N0. 17), and, as King of the Belgians, and, as King Sovereign
of the Independent State of the Congo, His Majesty signed the
Brussels Act of 2nd July, 1890 (N0. 18). See also Appendix.
106
BRITISH CENTRAL AFRICA
PROTECTORATE.
(SEE NYASSALAND.)
LY)
PF;
25.
26.
27.
BRITISH EAST AFRICA CCHPANY.
26 Feb.,1885.
29 Oct.,
to 11886.
1 Nov. J
3, 4 Dec., 1886.
June, 1887.
3 Sep., 1888.
9 Oct., 1888.
3 Aug, 1889.
17 Aug, 1889.
31 Aug, 1889.
1.181? or TREATIES, at.
“ Berlin Act”
Agreement. .
A greeme‘nt . .
(‘1 . . . n A a -1“...
vuuuccmiuu. . .
List of Trea-
tics
Roy al Charter
Concession . .
A greement . .
AVYZII‘C]. a o" 0 0 >
See Africa (General).
Great Britain and Germany. Spheres
of Influence. (See Great Britain and
Germany.)
Great Britain and Zanzibar. Limits of
Sultan’s Dominions. (See Great
Britain and Zanzibar.)
Sultan of Zanzibar to British East Africa
Association. Mrima. \Vanga to
Kipini. (See also Concession, 9th
October,1888.) . . . . .
‘ British East Africa and Native Chiefs
referred to in Charter . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Imperial British East Africa Company.
Zanzibar dominions. Mrima. Wanga
to Kipini, and Territories of Native
Ohicfs............. ..
Sultan of Zanzibar to British East Africa
Company. Extension of Privileges.
M rima. \Vanga to Kipini and Islands.
(See also Concession, 4th March,
British East Africa Company and Italy.
of Kismayu, Bravo,
Meurka, Magadisho, and Warsheikh
to be made by Company to Italy when
conceded by Zanzibar to Company. ..
Belgium. Dispute. British East Africa
Company and German VVitu Company.
Farming of Customs and Administra-
(See Great
‘.O'IOI.
Concession
tion of Island of Lamu.
Britain and Germany.)
Concession . I; Zanzibar Islands to British East Africa
222 Oct., 1889. Notification . .
Company. (See Great Britain and
Zanzibar.)
German Protectorate over Coast between
\Vitu and Kismayu. (See Germany.)
1 a -.
Page
110
164
118
137
IV! I
BRITISH EAST AFRICA COMPANY.
No,
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
38.
18 Nov, 1889.
21 Dec.,1889.
4 Main, 1890.
5 Lian, 1890.
8 Apr., 1890.
1 July, 1890.
2 July, 1890.
19 Nov.,1890.
25 Jan.,1891.
5 Mar.,1891.
5 Mar.,1891.
[List of Treaties, &c.]
Deed... .. .. Transfer by British East Africa Com-
pany to Italy of Company’s rights
over Brave, l‘vIeurka, Magadisho, and
VVarsheikh. Joint occupation of
Kismayu .. .. .. .. ..
British East Africa Company and Zan-
zibar. Customs Revenues.
to Kipini... .. .. ..
Agreement . . ,
\Vanga
Concession . . (\"Sultan of Zanzibar to British East Africa
Company. Kipini to Mruti. Lamu.
Manda. Pat-ta. Kwyho. Benadir
Ports :—Kismayu, Brava, Meurka,
Magadisho, and \Varshcikh. (Amend-
ed by Agreement of 5th March, 1891.)
Consent of Sultan of Zanzibar to
arrangements between Company and
Italy. Benadir Ports . . . . .. . . . . ..
Concession granted by Sultan of Zanzi—
bar to British East Africa Company
transferred to Italy. (See Zanzibar
and Italy.)
Great Britain and Germany. Spheres
of Influence. East Africa, Ate. (See
Great Britain and Germany.)
See Africa (General).
Lotte-r .. . . . .
Notification. .
Agreement . .
“Brussels
Act”
Notification" British Protectorate over \Vitu, Patta,
Manda, &c., and over
Kipini to Kismayu.
Coast from
(See Great
Britain. Africa, East Coast.)
Terms of Great Britain and \Vitu. Submission
Peace. of ‘Film to Great Britain. . . . . . . . .
Modification by Sultan of Zanzibar of
Concession to British East Africa
Company of 4th March, 1890. VVanga
to Kipini ; Lamu, Manda, Patta, and
Kismayu conceded to Company “in
perpetuity.” Bcnadir Ports z—Brava,
Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, and
Mruti undisturbed .. . . . . .. . . .. .
Suppl. A gree—
ment.
Agreement... British Government and British East
Africa Company. Administration by
Company of Territory of Witu. . . . . .
British Vice-Consul at Zanzibar, the
British East Africa Company, and the
People of “Tit-r. . . . . . . . . .. . .
18 Man, 1891.
Agreement . .
19"‘.
Page
146
148
14-9
‘108
BRH‘ISH EAST AFRICA COMPANY.
No.
34. 20 Man, 1891.
—- 24 Man, 1891.
—- 15 Apr.,'1891.
35. 1887*1891.
36. 1887—1891.
- so ll/Iar.,1892.
—— 12 Aug, 1892.
— 15 May, 1893.
—— 29 May, 1893.
5
[List of Treaties, 850.]
Notification. .
Protocol . . . .
Protocol . . . .
List of
Treaties.
Notes . . . . . .
Treaty . . . . ..
Concession . . .
Agreement . .
Provisional
Agreement.
British East Africa Company. Ad-
ministration of VVitu and of Coast
from Kipini to Kismayu . . . . . .. .. . .
Great Britain and Italy. Spheres of
Influence, East Africa. (See Great
Britain and Italy.)
Great Britain and Italy. Spheres of
Influence. (See Great Britain and
Italy.)
British East Africa Company and Native
Chiefs............... . . . . . . ..
On Boundaries of the British Sphere of
Influence on East Coast of Africa . .
British East Africa Company (Cape
Lugard) and Mwanga, King of
Uganda. Suzerainty of Company.
Protection of Uganda, ( Not ratified) .
Sultan of Zanzibar to the Italian Go-
vernment. Benadir Ports placed
under the Administration of Italy.
(See Zanzibar and Italy.)
Provisional Administration of Benadir
Ports by Italian Government for three
years. (See Zanzibar and Italy.)
British Commissioner (Sir G. Portal)
and Mwanga, King of Uganda.
British Protectorate, Non-Conclusion
of Treaties with Foreign Powers, (to.
Page
172
172
‘ 109 l '-
iv
24 May,1837,j Bari‘. EAs'r AFRICA 00. & ZANZIBAR. 1N0. 2i
[Concession; Mrima. Wang'a to Kipini.]
N0. 24.——GOIVGEL'SION granted by the Sultan of Za‘ zibar
to the British East African Association. 24th Zllay, 1887f‘
Preamble. Concessions to Association for 50 Yearsj"
HIS Highness the Sayyid Barghashwbin-Saidj Sultan of Zan-
zibar and its East African Dependencies, hereby grants the fol—
lowing concessions for a term of 50 yearsj" to the Corporation
or Association under the presidency of Mr. ‘William Mackinnon,
hereinafter to be called the British East African Association, or
the Association, who, on their part, agree to accept the accom-
panying obligations.
Administration by Association of Sultan’s Territories on Mainland
from W'anga to Ifigoini, in S'zlltan’s Name.
ART. I. His Highness the Sultan makes over to the British
East African Association all the power which he possesses on the
mainland in the Mrima,§ and in all the territories and Depend-
encies from 'Wanga to Kipini inclusive, the whole administra-
tion of which he concedes to and places in their hands to be
carried out in His Highness’ name, and under his flag, and
subject to His Highness’ sovereign rights;
Non-payment by Sultan of Blood Zlfoney or other Claims.
'But it is understood that the Association is to be responsible
for all the affairs and administrations of that part of His High-
ness’ dominions included in this Concession, and that His High-
ness the Sultan shall not be liable for any expenses connected
with the same, nor for any war or “ diya ” (blood money), or for
"t See also Concession of 9th October, 1888, p. 125.
"t Altered to “in perpetuity” by Agreement with Sultan of 5th March
1891, p. 150. '
I Sultan Sayyid Barghash died 26th March, 1888, and was succeeded by
Sultan Sayyid Khilifa, who died 13th February, 1890, and was succeeded by
Sultan Sayyid Ali-bin-Said, who died 5th lNIarch, 1893, and was succeeded
by Sultan Hame'd-ben-Thwain (present Sultan, July, 1894!)-
§ “ Mrima” signifies “ mainland.” Part of the Mrima Coast was in-
cluded in the German sphere of influence by the Anglo-German Agreement
of October—November, 1886, p. 615.
110
N0, 24] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CC. (S: ZANZIBAR. [24 May, 1887-
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
any claims arising therefrom, none of which His Highness
shall be called upon to settle.
Purchase of Public Lands.
No other but themselves shall have the right of purchasing
public land on the mainland, or anywhere in His Highness’
territories, Possessions, or Dependencies within the limits above
named except through them, as is the case now wit-h His High-
ness.
Lec/ying of Taxes.
He also grants to the Association, or to their Representatives,
the faculty of levying taxes upon the people of the mainland
within the limits above named.
Support to be given by Sutton to Acts of the Association.
His Highness further agrees to do all acts and deeds that
may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Con-
cession, to aid and support the Association, or their Repre-
sentatives, with all his authority and force, so as to secure to
them the rights and powers hereby granted.
Treaties bcticeen Zanzibar and Foreign Powers to be respected.*-
It is further agreed upon by the Contracting Parties that
nothing contained in the following Articles of Concession shall
in any way infringe on or lessen the rights recorded by His
Highness to the subjects or citizens of Great Britain, the United
States of America, France, Germany, or any other foreign
Powers having Treaty relations with His Highnessft or the
obligations which are or may be imposed upon him by his adhe-
sion ‘to the Berlin General Act (No. 17).:
Power to Association to appoint Commissioners to administer
Districts.
ART. 11. His Highness authorizes the Association, or their
Representatives, to appoint in his name and on his behalf Com-
missioners to administer over any districts in His Highness’
it See also Art 1V, p. 114:.
‘1' See Zanzibar, ].-. 923.
I February 26, 1885. See p. 20.
111
24 May, 1887,] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. 8; ZANZIBAR. [NO. 24:
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
possessions included in the limit of territories above named,
except as hereinafter provided ;
Sit borzlina te Officers .
To appoint such subordinate ofiicers as may be required;
Laws for Goi'ewz'ment of Districts,
To pass laws for the government of districts;
Courts of Justice.
To establish Courts of Justice; and generally to adopt such
measures as may be necessary ‘for the protection of the districts
and interests under their rule.
Treaties with Nat/ire Chiefs.
His Highness further authorizes the Association, or their
Representatives, to make Treaties with subordinate and other
native Chiefs, such Treaties and engagements to be ratified and
confirmed by him in such cases as they are made in the name
of His Highness.
Cession to Association of Rights over Lands (except “ Shambas”).
His Highness also agrees to cede to the Association, or to
their Representatives, all the rights Which he himself possesses
over the lands in the Whole of his territory on the mainland of
Africa Within the limits of this Concession, only excepting the
private lands or “ shambas,”
Forts and Buildings.
And gives the Association all forts and unoccupied public
buildings, excepting such buildings as His Highness may Wish
to retain for his own private use, a schedule of such buildings,
plantations, or properties to be drawn up and agreed to be-
tween His Highness and the Association.
Lands not yet occupied.
Further, he authorizes them to acquire and regulate the
occupation of all lands not yet occupied;
ll‘Z
No. 24] BRIT. EAST AFRICA co. & ZANZIBAR. [24 May, 1887.
[Concession; Mrima. ‘Wanga to Kipini.]
Taares, Dnes, and Tolls.
To levy and collect local or other taxes, dues, and tells;
Local Government, Justice, Roads, Debts, rye.
To do all these and such other acts as may be necessary for the
maintenance and support of such local Governments, forces,
administration of justice, the making and improving of roads
or water communications, or other public works, defensive or
otherwise, and for the liquidation of debts and payment of
interest upon capital expended.
Appointment of Judges.
The Judges shall beappointed by the Association, or their
Representatives, subject to the Sultan’s approval, but all
“ Kathie” shall be nominated y His Highness.
i
Administration of Laws.
In aboriginal tracts the law shall be administered by the
Association or their officials.
stipends of Ojicials.
The stipends of the Governors, and all other officials in the
territories occupied and controlled by the Association, or their
Representatives, shall be paid by them.
Right to trade, to hold Property, to acquire Lands, to erect
Buildings, g'c.
ART. III. His Highness grants to the Association, or to
their Representatives, the right to trade, to hold property, to
erect buildings, and to acquire lands or buildings by purchase
or negotiation anywhere within His Highness’ territories in-
cluded in the limits of this Concession, with the consent of the
proprietors of any such lands and houses.
Trade, Commerce, Navigation, Fisheries, Roads, Rail/ways,
Telcgraphs, the.
ART. IV. His Highness grants to the Association, or to their
Representatives, special and exclusive privileges and powers, to
113
24. May, 1887.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA co. & ZANZIBAR. [Na 24
[Concessiong Mrima. Wang‘a to Kipini.]
regulate trade and commerce; also the navigation of rivers and
lakes, and control of fisheries, the making of roads, tramways,
railways, canals and telegraphs, and to levy tolls and dues on
the same ;
Importation of Arms, Ammunition, Intor'icattng Liquors, Also the power to control or prevent the importation of any
inerchandize, arms, ammunition of all sorts, intoxicating liquors,
or any other goods which, in the opinion of the Association, or
their Representatives, are detrimental to law, order, and
morality, and in whatsoever His Highness is not bound towards
other Governments,
Treaties between Zanzibar and Foreign Powers to be respected.
But it is clearly understood that all exercise of these privi-
leges and powers shall be in conformity with existing Treaties
between His Highness and foreign States.*
Ports at ilfoutbs of Rivers. Custom Houses. Duties, 15%)., on
Vessels and Goods. Smuggling.
ART. V. His Highness authorizes the Association, or their
Representatives, to occupy in his name all ports at the mouth or
months of any river or’ rivers, or elsewhere in his dominions
included in the limits of this Concession, with the right to
establish Custom Houses and to levy and collect dues on any
vessels, goods, &0., arriving at, or departing from, such port or
ports, and to take all necessary measures for the prevention of
smuggling, subject in all cases to the Treaties above named.
lVorlct-ng of llflues.
ART. VI. His Highness grants to the Association, or to their
Representatives, the exclusive privilege to search for and work,
or to regulate, lease, or assign, in any part of His Highness’
territories within the limits of this Concession, any mines or
deposits of lead, coal, iron, tin, copper, gold, silver, precious
stones, or any metal or mineral, or mineral oils, whatsoever;
also the exclusive right to trade in the same, free from all taxes
9* See also Art. 1, page 111, and Zanzibar, p. 923.
114
N0, 24] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [24; May, 1887.
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
and dues, excepting such moderate royalty on minerals only,
not exceeding 5 per cent. on the first value of the articles, less
working expenses, as may be hereinafter agreed by the Asso-
ciation and their representatives to be paid to His Highness.
ForestlTa'ees and other Woods.
Also the right to use all forest trees and other woods and
materials of any kind whatsoever for the purpose of the works
aforesaid, and also for trade. But the Wood used for building
and for burning, commonly known as “ borti,” may be cut on
the mainland by others, as now, by payment of such dues to the
Association, or to their Representatives, as they may agree upon;
but no such dues shall be required for wood cut for His High-
ness’ use.
Establish-ment of Banks.
ART. VII. His Highness grants the Association, or their
Representatives, the right to establish a bank or banks anywhere
in His Highness’ territories above mentioned with the exclusive
privilege of issuing notes.
Duration of Powers and Privileges for 50 years.
ART. VIII. All the aforesaid powers and privileges to extend
over and be available for the purposes and objects of the Asso-
ciation, or their representatives, during the whole of the term of
50 years* next, and dating from the time of this Concession
being signed.
At the conclusion of the said term all the public Works,
buildings, 850., shall revert to the Sultan, his heirs, and suc-
cessors, if desired, at a valuation, to be fixed by Arbitrators
chosen by both parties.
Rég‘ie or Lease of Customs to Association.
ART. IX. His Highness grants to the Association, or to their
representatives, the “ Régie ” or lease of. the Customs of all the
ports throughout that part of His Highness’ territories above
* Altered to “in perpetuity ” by Agreement of 5th March, 1891, p. 150,
115
24 May, 1887,] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CC. & ZANZIBAR. END. 24
[Concession; Mrima. Wang‘a to Kipini.]
defined, for an equal period of time to the other Concessions,
upon the following terms, namely :—-
Guarautee to Sultan of Customs Duties now received.
The Association hereby guarantee to pay to His Highness the
Sultan the whole amount of the Customs duties which he now
receives both from the import and export trade of that part of
His Highness’ dominions included in this Concessionfx‘
Customs Duties not to be paid twice over.
But it is understood that His Highness shall not claim the
duty on any part of this trade twice over, and that the Associa-
tion shall therefore be entitled to claim a drawback for the
amount of any duties which may hereafter be paid direct to His
Highness on any imports to, or exports from, the ports included
in this Concession.
Fifty per cent. of Additional Customs Revenues to be paid to
Sultan.
And the Association further guarantees to pay to His High-
ness 50 per cent. of the additional net revenue which shall come
to them from the Customs duties of the ports included in this
Concession.’
Rights of Association over Territorial Waters. Transit and
Shipment of Merchaudize, §"c.
And His Highness grants to the Association all rights over
the territorial waters in or appertaining to his dominions
within the limits of these Concessions, particularly the right to
supervise and control the conveyance, transit, landing, and
shipment of merchandize and produce within the said waters
by means of a coast-guard service both on land and water.
One Founder’s Share allotted to Sultaut
ART. X. In consideration of the foregoing Concessions,
powers, and privileges being granted by His Highness, the
Association, or their representatives, allot to His Highness, free
* See Agreement, 2151: December, 1889, p. 146.
1' See also Concession, 9th October, 1888, p. 125
116
N0, 24] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [24 May, 1887-
[Ooncession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
of cost, one founder’s share, which will entitle him to such pro-
portion of the net profits, as shown by the books of the Com-
pany, after interest at the rate of 8 per cent. shall have been
paid upon the shareholders’ paid-up capital, as shall attach to‘
the said one founder’s share.
Exclusion from Concession of Islands of Zanzibar and Pemba, and
certain other of the Sultan’s Territories.
An'r. XI. These Concessions do not relate to His Highness’
Possessions in the Islands of Zanzibar and Pemba, nor to his
territories south of vWanga or north of Kipini.
Powers of Association to be exercised in name of the Sultan.
And it is understood that all public, judicial, or Government
powers and functions herein conceded to the Association, or to
their Representatives, shall be exercised by them only in the
name and under the authority of the Sultan of Zanzibar.
Duration of Concession.
ART. XII. It is hereby agreed by both Parties that these
Concessions and corresponding obligations, as set forth, shall be
binding upon both Parties, their heirs, successors, and assigns,
during the term of 50 yearsit for which they have been agreed
upon.
Zanzibar, 24th May, 1887.
E. N. MACKENZIE.
(For the British East African Association).
I witness the above signature of Mr. E. N. Mackenzie.
Fannc. HoLMwoon.
Registered No. 14:64: A.
Fnnnc. HOLMWOOD.
British Consulate-General, Zanzibar,
25th May, 1887.
* Altered to “ in perpetuity” by Agreement of 5th March, 1891, p. 150
ll?
3 Sept, 1888,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. KNO. 25
[Charter; Mrima. Wanga. to Kipini.]
N0. 25.—R0 YAL CHARTER granted to the Imperial
British East Africa Company. 3rd September, 1888*
VICTORIA by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith.
To all whom these presents shall come, Greeting:
“Whereas a humble Petition has been presented to us in our
Council, by
[Here follow the names]
And whereas the said Petition states amongst other things :
That the Petitioners and others are associated for the
purpose of forming a Company or Association, to be in-
corporated, if to us should seem fit, for the objects in the said
Petition set forth under the corporate name of the Imperial
British East Africa Company.
Concession from Sultan of Zanzibar of 24th llfay, 1887.
That His Highness the Sayyid Barghash Bin-Said, Sultan of
Zanzibar and its East African Dependencies, by his grants or
concessions dated the 24th May, 1887 (NO. 24:), granted and
conceded to the Petitioners, or some of them, under the name
or description of the British East African Association, all his
powers, and the rights and duties of administration ,1"
Territory on Mainland.
And other privileges specially named on the mainland of
East Africa, in the Territory of the Mrima; and also on the
Islands embraced in such territory;
1V unga to Kipini, on the Coast.
And in all his territories and Dependencies on the Coast of
East Africa, from VVanga to Kipini, both inclusive, such powers,
* S. P. Vol. 79, p (31.1.
"{- An Abstract of Treaties was communicated to the Foreign Oflice, 5th
March, 1891. See p. 164.
I “ Mrima” signifies “ mainland.” Part of the Mrima Coast was in-
cluded in the German sphere of influence by the Anglo-German Agreement
of October—~November, 1886, p. 615.
118
110,25] BRHTESH Eiisr AFRICA co. [3 Sept, 1888.
[Charter; Mrima. ‘Nanga to Kipini (Mombasa).]
rights, and duties to be exercised and performed in his name
and under his flag, and subject to the provisions of the said
Grants and Concessions.
Agree-ments with Native Chiefs.
That divers preliminary Agreements have been made on
behalf of the Petitioners with Chiefs and tribes in regions
which adjoin or are situate to the landward of the territories
included in the said Grants or Concessions, and which are in-
cluded in the sphere of British influence, agreed on behalf of
ourselves and the Government of His Majesty the Emperor of
Germany, in 1886, (N0. 123), by which powers of government
and administration in such regions are granted or conceded to
or for the benefit of the Petitioners. '
Promotion of Trade, Commerce, and Good G'o'vermneat.
That the Petitioners desire to carry into effect the said
Grants, Concessions, and Agreements, and such other Grants,
Concessions, Agreements, and Treaties as they may hereafter
obtain within the districts already referred to as being within the
sphere reserved for British influence, and elsewhere, as we may
be pleased to allow, with the view of promoting trade, com-
merce, and good government in the territories and regions
which are or may be comprised in such Grants, Concessions,
Agreements, or Treaties, as aforesaid, and the Petitioners believe
that, if the said Grants, Concessions, Agreements, or Treaties
can be carried into effect, the condition of the natives inhabit-
ting the aforesaid territories and regions would be materially
improved, and their civilization advanced, and an organization
established which would tend to the suppression of the Slave
Trade in such territories, and the said territories and regions
would be opened to the lawful trade and commerce of our sub-
jects and of other nations.
Zllombassa.
That the possession by a British Company of the coast-line,
as above defined, and which includes the Port of Momhassa,
would be advantageous to the commercial and other interests
‘119
Q”
3 Sept“, 1888,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CC. [NO. 25
[Charter; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.)
of our subjects in the Indian Ocean, who may otherwise become
compelled to reside and trade under the government or pro-
tection of alien powers.
Royal Charter prayed for.
That the success of the enterprise in which the Petitioners
are engaged would be greatly advanced if it should seem fit to
us to grant them our Royal Charter of Incorporation as a
British Company under the said name or title, or such other
name or title, and with such powers as to us may seem fit for
the purpose of more eifectually carrying out the objects afore-
said.
Sums of ilfouey subscribed for.
That the Petitioners have already subscribed large sums of
money for the purposes of the intended Company, and are pre-
pared to subscribe or to procure such further amount as may
hereafter be found requisite for the development of the said
enterprise in the event of our being pleased to grant to them
our Royal Charter of Incorporation as aforesaid.
Royal Charter J'rauted.
Now, therefore, we having taken the said Petition into our
Royal consideration in our Council, and being satisfied that the
intentions of the Petitioners are praiseworthy and deserve en-
couragement, and that the enterprise in the Petition described
may be productive of the benefits set forth in the said Petition
by our prerogative Royal, and of our especial grace, certain
knowledge, and mere motion have constituted, erected, and in-
corporated, and by this ourCharter for us and our heirs and
Royal successors do constitute, erect, and incorporate into one
body politic and corporate by the name of the Imperial British
East Africa Company the said William Mackinnon, the Right
Honourable Lord Brassey, K.C.B., General Sir Donald Stewart,
Bart, G.C.B., G.C.S.I., C.I.E.; Sir John Kirk, CnC.M.Cr.;
lVilliam Burdett-Coutts, M.P. ; Robert Palmer Harding;
George Sutherland Mackenzie; and such other persons and
120
N0, 25] BRITISH msr AFRICA oo. [3 Sept.,1888.
[Charter; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
such bodies as from time to time become and are members
of that body, with perpetual succession and a common Seal,
with power to break, alter, or renew the same at discretion,
and with the further authorities, powers, and privileges
conferred, and subject to the conditions imposed by this our
Charter;
Imperial British East Africa Company.
And we do hereby accordingly will, ordain, grant, and declare
as follows (that is to say) :—
1. The said Imperial British East Africa Company (in this
our Charter referred to as “the Company”) is hereby au-
thorized and empowered to hold and retain the full benefit of
the several Grants, Concessions, Agreements, and Treaties
aforesaid, or any of them, and all rights, interests, authorities,
and powers necessary for the purposes of government, preserva-
tion of public order in, or protection of the said territories, or
otherwise of what nature or kind soever, under or by virtue
thereof, or resulting therefrom, and ceded to or vested in the
Company, in, over, or affecting the territories, lands, and
property comprised in those several Grants, Concessions, Agree-
ments, or Treaties, or in, over, or affecting any territories,
lands, or property in the neighbourhood of the same, and to
hold, use, and exercise the same lands, property, rights, in-
terests, authorities, and powers respectively for the purposes of
the Company, and on the terms of this our Charter.
Power of Company to acquire and possess Lands, §"c., in Africa,
by Treaties or Concessions. _
2. The Company is hereby further authorized and em-
powered, subject to the approval of one of our principal
Secretaries of State (herein referred to as our Secretary of
State) to acquire and take by any Grant, Concession, Agree-
ment, or Treaty, other rights, interests, authorities, or powers
of any kind or nature whatever in, over, or affecting the terri-
tories, lands, or property comprised in the several Grants, Con-
cessions, Agreements, or Treaties, as aforesaid, or any rights,
interests, authorities, or-powers of any kind or nature what-
121 '
3 Sept, 1888.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [NLL 25
[Charter; Mrima. Wang'a. to Kipini.]
ever in, over, or afiecting other territories, lands, or property in
Africa, and to hold, use, enjoy, and exercise the same for the
purposes of the Company and on the terms of this our Charter?“
3. Provided that none of the powers of this our Charter
shall be exercised under or in relation to any Grant, Conces-
sion, Agreement, or Treaty as ‘aforesaid, until a copy of such
Grant, Concession, Agreement, or Treaty in such form and with
such maps or particulars as our Secretary of State approves and
‘verified as he requires, has been transmitted to him, and he
has signified his approval thereof, either absolutely or subject
to any conditions or reservations.
4. The Company shall be bound by and shall fulfil all and
singular the stipulations on their part contained in any such
Grant, Concession, Agreement, or Treaty, as aforesaid, subject
to any subsequent Agreement affecting those stipulations ap-
proved by our Secretary of State.
Company to be British in Character and Domicile. ()fi‘icers and
Directors.
5. The'Company shall always be and remain British in
character and domicile, and shall have its principal oflice in
Great Britain, and the Company’s principal Representative in
East Africa, and all the Directors shall always be natural born
British subjects or persons who have been naturalized as British
subjects by or under an Act of Parliament of our United
Kingdom.
Company precluded from transferring Concessions.
6. The Company shall not have power to transfer wholly or
in part the benefit of the Grants, Concessions, Agreements, or
Treaties aforesaid, or any of them, except with the consent of
our Secretary of State.
D/fi'erences between Sultan of Zanzibar and Native Chiefs to be
submitted to Secretary of State.
7. In case at any time any difference arises between the
Sultan of Zanzibar,- or the Chiefs or tribes which are included
* See List of‘ Treaties, p. 164.
1:22
.N0_ 25] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [3 Sept, 1888.
[Charter; Mrima. Wanga. to Kipini.)
in the sphere of British influence, as hereinbelfore recited, and
the Company, that difference shall on the part of the Company
be submitted to the decision of our Secretary of State, if he is
Willing to undertake the decision thereof.
Dealings of Company with Foreign Powers.
8. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks ‘fit to dissent
from or object to any of the dealings of the Company with any
foreign power and to make known to the Company any sugges-
tion founded on that dissent or objection, the Company shall
act in accordance therewith.
Any Objections on part of Secretary of State to be deferred to by
Company. ‘
9. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks fit to object
to the exercise by the Company of any authority or power
within any part of the territories comprised in the several
Grants, Concessions, Agreements, or Treaties aforesaid, or
otherwise acquired by the Company, on the ground of there
being an adverse claim to that part, the Company shall defer
to that objection until such time as any such claim has been
withdrawn or finally dealt with or settled by our Secretary of
of State.
lO.-—-Abolition of Slave Trade and Slavery.
ll.—Freedom of Religions Worship, §'o.
12.—Jastice. Local Laws and Customs.
13.—Right of Secretary of State to object to Proceedings or
System of the Company. 7
Mar—Facilities for British Ships in Company’s Harbours.
Places where Company’s Flag may be hoisted.
15. Except in the Dominions of His Highness the Sultan of
Zanzibar (within which it is required to use His Highness’
flag), the Company may hoist and use on its buildings and
elsewhere in its territories, and on its vessels, such distinctive
flag indicating the British character of the Company as our
Secretary of State and the Lords Commissioners of the Ad-
miralty shall from time to time approve.
123 x
3 Sept, 1888,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. END. 25
[Charter; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini.]
16.—-Monop0lies forbidden.
17.——No difl‘erential treatment of Subjects of any Power as to‘
Trade or Settlement.
18. Import and Export Duties, and Tastes. Company to con-
form to Treaty Stipulations between Zanzibar and other Powers.*6
19. Taxes on Foreigners. Company to conform to Treaty
Stipulations between Zanzibar and other Powers.
20. Suppression of the Slave Trade. Tav on Caravans and
Porters passing through Company’s Territory.
21. Licences to take and hill Elephants. Export Duty on
Elephants’ Tasks or Ivory.
Company to be bound by Treaties between the British Government
and Foreign Powers.
22. The Company shall be subject to and shall perform and
undertake all the obligations contained in or undertaken by
ourselves under any Treaty, Agreement, or Arrangement be-
tween ourselves and any other State or Power, whether already
made or hereafter to be made.
Jurisdiction : Company to conform to Directions given by the
Secretary of State.
In all matters relating to the observance of this Article, or
to the exercise within the Company’s territories for the time
being, of any jurisdiction exercisable by us under the Foreign
Jurisdiction Acts, the Company shall conform to and observe
and carry out all such directions as may from time to time be
given in that behalf by our Secretary of State, and the Com=
pany shall appoint all necessary officers to perform such duties
and shall provide such Courts and other requisites as may from
time to time be necessary for the administration of justice.
Powers of the Company.
23. The Company is hereby further specially authorized and
empowered for the purposes of this our Charter——
[Here follows a description of the Powers of the Company]
3‘ See Zanzibar, p. 923.
124
N0_ 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [9 Oct,’ 1888,
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini and. Islands.]
N 0. 26.—C’ONO.ESSION given by His Highness the Sayyid
Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar, t0 the Imperial British East
Africa Company. 9th October, 1888*
Preamble.
WHEREAS His Highness Sayyid Barghash-bin-Sa'id, the late
Sultan of Zanzibarfi granted certain Concessions by a deed,
document, or agreement, dated the 241th day of May, 1887
(N0. 24), to an Association or Company, under the presi-
dency of William Mackinnon, and which Association or Com-
pany, now known as the Imperial British East Africa Company,
hereinafter referred to as the said Company, has been duly in-
corporated by a Charter granted by Her Majesty Victoria of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland Queen,
Empress of India, 3rd September, 1888 (NO. 25).
One Foander’s Share allotted to Sultan.
And whereas the said Company, in consideration of the
rights, powers, and privileges and authorities made over by
such Concession, entered into certain obligations towaids His
Highness, his heirs, successors, and assigns, has formally ap-
portioned or allotted to His Highness one founder’s share in the
said Company, whereby His Highness, his heirs, successors, and
assigns, has become entitled to one-tenth of the net profit made
by the Company, as shown by the books of the Company, after
payment, or making provision for all the interests, working and
other expenses, and depreciations, of and incidental to the
carrying out of the objects of the Company, and after allowing
interest at the rate of 8 per cent. per annum on the capital
called and paid up from time to time by the shareholders in the
Company. And the right and title to such founder’s share is
evidenced by the certificates which have been issued by the
Company to His Highness the Sultan Sayyid Khalifa as the
successor of His Highness the Sultan Sayyid Barghash-bin-Sa'id.
’* S. B, Vol. lxxix, p 373.
1' Sultan Sayyid Khalifa died 13th February, 1890, and was succeeded
by Sultan Sayyid Ali-bin-Said, who died 5th March, 1893, and was succeeded
by Sultan Hamed-ben-Twain (Present Sultan, July, 1894).
125 K 2
9 0013., 1888,] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [N0. 26
[Concession; Mrima. ‘Wanga to Kipini, and. Islands]
Extension of Rights, Powers, and Privileges to Company.
And whereas the said Company has applied to His High-
ness to grant further facilities to the said Company for the
more beneficial and effectual exercise of the rights, powers,
privileges, and authorities already granted by the Concession
before mentioned, in order that the objects for which the Com-
pany has been established may he fully carried out, and that
certain provisions in the said Concession may be more clearly
defined, so that no dispute or discussion may at any time arise
as to the true meaning thereof.
Now, it is hereby witnessed, that in consideration of the
premises, His Highness Sayyid Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar and
its East African Dependencies, hereby declares and agrees that
these presents and the following Articles shall be read with the
Concession to the Company of the 24th May, 1887 (NO. 24),
as if the same were a part thereof :—
Administration by Company of Zanzibar Territory on the Mainland
in the Mrima,* and from Wanga to Kipini, including the
Islands'l'
ART. 1. His Highness the Sultan makes over to the Imperial
British East Africa Company all the powers and authority to
which he is entitled on the mainland in the Mrima* and all his
territories and Dependencies from Wanga to Kipini inclusive,
also the islands embraced in such territory,j‘_ the whole adminis-
tration of which he concedes to, and places in their hands, to
be carried out in His Highness’ name and under his flag and
subject to His Highness’ sovereign rights.
N on-payment by Sultan of Blood-llloney or other Claims.
But it is understood that the Company will conduct all the
affairs and administration of that part of His Highness’
dominions included in this Concession, and that His Highness
* Part of the Mrima Coast was included in the German Sphere of Influ-
ence by the Anglo-German Agreement of October—November, 1886, p. 615.
See also Agreement, Great Britain and Germany, 1st July, 1890, p. 642.
"I" See Map facing p. 150.
I Mombasa, 800. See also Concession, 4th March, 1890, p. 148.
126
N0, 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [9 Oct,’ 1888,
[Concesslon; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and Islands.]
the Sultan shall not be liable for any expenses connected with
the same, nor for any war or “ diya” (blood-money), or for any
claim arising therefrom, none of which His Highness shall be
called upon to settle.
Purchase of P nblio Lands.
No other but themselves shall have the right of purchasing
or dealing with public lands on the mainland or anywhere in His
Highness’ territories, Possessions, or Dependencies within the
limits above named, except through them, as is the case now
with His Highness. ‘
Le vying of Taxes.
He also grants to the Company, or to their Representatives,
the sole right and power of levying taxes upon the people of the
mainland within the limits above named. '
Support to be given by Sultan to Acts of the Company.
His Highness further agrees to do all acts and deeds that
may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Conces~~
sion, to aid and support the Company, or their Representatives
with all his authority and force, so as to secure to them the-
rights and powers hereby granted.
Treaties between Zanzibar anrl Foreign Powers to be respected.
It is further agreed upon by the Contracting Parties that
nothing contained in the following Articles of Concession shall
in any way infringe on or lessen the rights accorded by His
Highness to the subjects or citizens of Great Britain, the
United States of America, France, Germany, or any other
foreign Powers having Treaty relations with His Highnessfi"
or the obligations which are or may be imposed upon him by
his adhesion to the Berlin General Act, 26th February, 1885
(NO. 17).
=1‘ See Zanzibar, p. 923.
127
9 Oct,,1888_] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. END. 26
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga. to Kipini, and Islands.]
Power of Company to appoint Commissioners to administer
Districts.
ART. II. His Highness authorizes the Company, or their Re-
presentatives, to appoint in his name and on his behalf Commis-
sioners to administer any district in His Highness’ Possessions
included in the limit of territories named above, except as
hereinafter provided ;
Subordinate Cfiicers.
'To appoint such subordinate ofiicers as may be required;
Laws for Government of Districts.
To pass laws for the government of districts ;
Courts of Justice.
‘To establish Courts of Justice, and generally to adopt such
measures as may be necessary for the protection and govern-
ment of the districts and interests under their rule.
Treaties with N atz'i'e Chiefs.
His Highness further authorizes the Company, or their
Representatives, to make Treaties with subordinate and other
native Chief's, such Treaties and engagements to be ratified and
confirmed by him in any cases in which they are made in the
name of His Highness;
Cession to Company of Sultan’s Rights over Lands, (except
“ Shambas ”).
His Highness also agrees to cede to the Company, or their
Representatives, all the rights Which he himself possesses over
the lands in the whole of his territory on the mainland of
Africa Within the limits of this Concession, only excepting the
private lands or “ shambas.”
Forts and Buildings.
And gives the Company all forts and public buildings, except-
ing such buildings as His Highness may wish to retain for his
own private use, a schedule of such buildings, plantations, or
128
N0, 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [9 0613,, 1888,
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and. Islands.]
properties to be drawn up and agreed toabetween His Highness
and the Company.
Lands not yet occupied.
Further, he authorizes and empowers them to acquire, and
regulate, and dispose of the occupation of all lands not yet
occupied;
Taxes, Dues, Tolls.
To levy and collect local or other taxes, dues, and tolls ;
Local Governments, Justice, Roads, Debts, g'c.
And to do all these and such other acts as may be necessary for
the maintenance and support of such local governments, forces,
administration of justice, the making and improving of roads
or water communication, or other public works, defensive or
otherwise, and for the liquidation of debts and payment of
interest upon capital expended.
Appointment of Judges.
The Judges shall be appointed by the Company or their
Representatives, and the Sultan shall confirm all such appoint-
ments, but all “ Kathis ” shall be nominated by His Highness.
Administration of Laws.
In aboriginal tracts the law shall be administered by the
Company or their olficials.
Stipends of Ofiicials.
The stipends of the Governors and all other officials in the
territories occupied and controlled by the Company, or their
Representatives, shall be paid by them.
Right to trade, to hold Property, to erect Buildings, to acquire
Lands, &‘0.
ACT. III. His Highness grants to the Company, or to their
Representatives, the right to trade, to hold property, to erect
buildings, and to acquire lands or buildings by purchase or
129 ~
9 Oct.,1888.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA 00. a ZANZIBAR. [No.26
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and. Islands]
negotiations anywhere within His Highness’ territories in-
cluded in the limits of this Concession, with the consent of the
proprietors of any such lands and houses.
Commerce, Navigation, Fisheries, Roads, Railways, Telegraphs, g0.
AR'i. IV. His Highness grants to the Company, or to their
Representatives, special and exclusive privileges and powers to
regulate trade and commerce, also the navigation of rivers and
lakes and control of fisheries, the making of roads, tramways,
railways, canals. and telegraphs, and to levy tolls and dues on
the same;
Importation of Arms, Ammunition, Intoscicating Liquors, go.
Also the power to control or prevent the importation of any
merchandize, arms, ammunition of all sorts, intoxicating liquors,
or any other goods which, in the opinion of the Company, or
their Representatives, are detrimental to law, order, and
morality, and in whatsoever His Highness is not bound towards
other Governments.
Treaties between Zanzibar and Foreign Powers to be respected.
But it is clearly understood that all exercise of these privi-
leges and powers shall be in conformity with existing Treaties
between His Highness and foreign States?!‘
Ports and Forts at lllouths of Rivers. Custom Houses. Duties,
§*c., on Vessels and Goods. Smuggling.
ART. V. His Highness authorizes the Company, or their
Representatives, to occupy, in his name, all ports and forts at
the mouth or months of any river or rivers, or elsewhere in his
dominions included in the limits of this Concession, with the
right to establish Custom Houses and to levy and collect dues
on any vessels, goods, &c., arriving at, or departing from, such
port or ports, and to take all necessary measures for the pre-
vention of smuggling, subject in all cases to the Treaties above
named.
1’ See Zanzibar, p. 923.
130
N0, 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CC. & ZANZIBAR. [9 Oct,,1888,
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and Islands]
W'orlring, $0., of Mines.
ART. VI. His Highness grants to the Company, or to their
Representatives, the exclusive privilege to search for, and
work, or to regulate, lease, or assign, in any part of His
Highness’ territories within the limits of this Concession, any
mines or deposits of lead, coal, iron, copper, tin, gold, silver,
precious stones, or any metal or mineral, or mineral oils what-
soever; also the exclusive right to trade in the same, free
from all taxes and dues, excepting such moderate royalty on
minerals only, not exceeding 5 per cent. on the first value of
the article, less the working expenses, as may be hereinafter
agreed by the Company and their Representatives to be paid to
His Highness ;
Forest Trees and other W oods.
Also the right to use all forest trees and other woods, and
materials of any kind whatsoever for the purpose of the works
aforesaid, and also for trade. But the wood used for building
and for burning, commonly known as “borti,” may be cut on
the mainland by others, as now, by payment of such dues to
the Company, or to their Representatives, as they may agree
upon, but no such dues shall be required for weed out for His
Highness’ use.
Establishment of Ban lts.
ART. VII. His Highness grants to the Company, or to their
Representatives, the right to establish a bank or banks any-
where in His Highness’ territories above mentioned, with the
exclusive privilege of issuing notes.
Duration of Powers and Privileges limited to 50 Years.
ART. VIII. All the aforesaid powers and privileges to ex-
tend over, and be available for the purposes and objects of the
Company, or their Representatives, during the whole of the
term of 50 years next,’‘": and dating from the time of this
Concession being signed.
* Altered to “ in perpetuity ” by Supplementary Agreement, 5th March,
1891, p. 150.
131
9 00t.,1888] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. END. 26
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and Islands.]
At the conclusion of the said term all the public Works and
buildings may revert to the Sultan, his direct heirs, and suc-
cessors nominated by him, if desired, at a valuation, to be fixed
by arbitration chosen by both parties, subject to conditions of
Article XIV.
Re'gie or Lease of Customs granted to Company.
ART. IX.* His Highness grants to the Company, or to their
Representatives, the “ régie,” or lease of the Customs of all the
ports throughout that part of His Highness’ territories above
defined, for an equal period of time to the other Concessions,
upon the following terms, namely :—
Guarantee to Sultan of Customs Duties now received.
The Company hereby guarantees to His Highness the whole
amount of the Customs duties which he now receives, both from
the import and export trade of that part of His Highness’
dominions included in this Concession. The definitive amount
of the annual average shall be fixed after one year’s experience.
Arrangement with regard to Customs Duties.
During the first year the Imperial British East Africa
Company shall have the right to claim all and every pecuniary
or other advantages connected with the administration of the
Coast and Customs, which is guaranteed, under similar circum-
stances, to the German Company in their Concessions?
For the first year also the Company guarantees to His
Highness the amount of the Customs which he now receives,
as shown by the books, to be paid by monthly instalments, post
numerando, accordin g to the Arab reckoning of the year.
After the first year’s experience the annual average of the
sum to be paid to His Highness by the Company shall be fixed.
The Company, however, shall have the right at the end of
every third year, according to the results of the previous three
years, as shown by their books, to enter into fresh negotiations
with His Highness in order to fix a revised average.
it See Agreement, 21st December, 1889, p. 146.
1' An Undertaking was given to the Sultan, on the 3rd October, 1888, that
it was not intended that the Company should charge His Highness 170,000 Rs.
for administering the coast, or that he should be responsible for this payment.
See “McDermott on British East Africa,” p. 275. See also Concession to
German East Africa Company, 17th February, 1 885. GERMANY, p. 303.
132
N0, 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [9 Oct,’ 1888,
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga. to Kipini, and Islands.]
Duties not to be paid Twice over. Drawbacks.
Further, it is understood that His Highness shall not claim
the duty on any part of this trade twice over, and that the
Company shall therefore be entitled to claim a drawback for
the amount of any duties which may hereafter be paid direct to
His Highness on any imports to, or exports from, the ports
included in this Concession;
Fifty per Cent. of Additional Customs Revenue to be paid to
Sultan.
And the Company further guarantees to pay to His Highness
50 per cent. of the additional net revenue which shall come to
them from the Customs duties of the ports included in this
Concession after payment of all expenses ;
Company’s Rights over Territorial Waters. Transit and Shipment
of llferchandize, Sec.
And His Highness grants to the Company all rights over the
territorial waters in or appertaining to his dominions within
the limits of these Concessions, particularly the right to super-
vise and control the conveyance, transit, landing, and shipment
of merchandize, and produce within the said waters by means
of a coastguard service both on land and water.
Privileges, LS"C., granted to German East Africa Company extended
to British East Africa Company.
Finally, in addition to all that is stated in the foregoing
Article, the Imperial British East Africa Company shall have
the right to claim and exercise every right, privilege, or
power granted by His Highness the Sultan to the German
East African Association* in Article IX, or in any other Article
of their Concession.
Allotment to Sultan of Capital of Company equal to one Founder’s
Share, or one-tenth of Net Profits, less certain Deductions.
ART. X. In consideration of the foregoing Concessions,
powers, and privileges being granted by His Highness, the
* See Concession, 17th February, 1885. GERMANY, p. 303.
133
9 Oct, 1888,] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [N0. 26.
[Concession ; Mrima. ‘Wanga to Kipini, and Islands.]
Company, or their Representatives, allot to His Highness the
dividend on the value or that part of the Company’s capital
which is corresponding to one founder’s share of the Imperial
British East Africa Company free of cost, which shall entitle
him to one-tenth of the net profits, as shown by the books of
the Company, after payment of all expenses, interests, and de-
preeiations, and after interest at the rate of 8 per cent. shall
have been paid upon the shareholders’ paid-up capital.
Privileges, So, granted to any other Company to be extended
to British East Africa Company.
ART. XI. The Imperial British East Africa Company shall
enjoy all the rights, privileges, immunities, and advantages
which are, or hereafter may be, enjoyed by, or accorded to,
any other Company or particular person to whom His Highness
may have given, or may give, Concessions in any other part of
his dominions, similar to those granted by this Concession to
the Imperial British East Africa Company, or of’ a difierent
character.
Exclusion from Concession of Islands of Zanzibar and Pemba, and
certain other of the Sultan’s Possessions South of W anga and
North of Kipini.
ART. XII. These Concessions do not. relate to His Highness’
Possessions in the islands of Zanzibar or Pemba, nor to his ter-
ritories south of Wanga or north of Kipini.
Powers of the Company to be exercised in name of the Sultan.
And it is understood that all public, judicial, or Govern-
ment powers and functions herein conceded to the Company,
or to their Representatives, shall be exercised by them only in
the name, and under the authority, of the Sultan of Zanzibar.
Obligations of Concessions to be binding on both Parties for
50 Years.
ART. XIII. It is hereby agreed by both Parties that these
Concessions, and the corresponding obligations set forth, shall
134
N0, 26] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. 8: ZANZIBAR. [9 Oct_,1888_
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and Islands.]
be binding upon both Parties, their heirs, successors, and
assigns, during the term of 50 years* for which they have been
agreed upon.
Railways, Canals, Telegraphs, and other Public Works.
ART. XIV. All railways, tramways, caravanserais (rest-
houses), roads, canals, telegraphs, waterworks, gasworks, and
other works of public utility; also mines constructed by the
Company, or by parties authorized by them, with all their
lands, buildings, and appurtenances, shall be the property of
the contracting Company in perpetuity, or of any Company
which may be formed by the said Company to make them, and
they shall be free for ‘ever from taxation of any kind, except-
ing only the royalties on minerals previously provided for in
Article VI.
Temporary Occupation and Administration of Territories and
Revenues by Sultan’s Ofiicials.
ART. XV. Pending such reasonable period after the date of
the final ratification of this Agreement as may be required by
the Imperial British East Africa Company to make their ar-
rangements for administering the territories and revenues con-
ceded to them herein, the oflicials and troops of His Highness
the Sultan of Zanzibar shall continue in possession of such
territories until the aforesaid Company intimate their readi-
ness to take over the whole administration, including the
collection of revenues.
Responsibility of Company to Sultan from date of their
Administration.
The Company shall be responsible to the Sultan for the
payment of the amount to which he may be entitled under the
provision in Article IX of this Agreement only from the date
on which they may take over charge of the administration as
above specified.
* Altered to “ in perpetuity” by Supplementary Agreement, 5th March,
1891, p. 150.
135
9 061;, 1838.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA co. & ZANZIBAR. [Na 26
[Concession; Mrima. Wanga to Kipini, and Islands.]
Transfer of Customs, &o., to be made before Ist July, 1889.
It is further understand that the time of transfer of the
Customs, lands, and buildings aforesaid shall be fixed by special
Agreement; but it is understood that such transfer shall be
made before the 1st January, 1889, at latest.
English Teset of Agreement to decide any point in Dispute.
ART. XVI. The present Agreement has been made out in
four copies, two of which are written in the Arabic language.
All these copies have the same issue and meaning Should
differences, however, hereafter arise as to the proper inter-
pretation of the English and Arabic texts of one or other of
the stipulations of this Concession, the English copy and
meaning shall be considered decisive.
In faith whereof His Highness the Seyyed Khalifa-bin-Sa'id,
and George Sutherland Mackenzie, Director on behalf of the
Imperial British East Africa Company, have signed this Con-
cession and affixed their seals.
Done at Zanzibar, this 9th day of October, 1888.
(LS) Signature of SULTAN OF ZANZIBAR.
(L.S.) GEORGE SUTHERLAND MACKENZIE,
Director, Imperial British East Africa
Company.
Witness to the above :
LLOYD \VILLIAM MATHEWS,
‘In command of Zanzibar Troops.
I certify the above seals and signatures of His Highness the
Sultan of Zanzibar and Mr. George Sutherland Mackenzie,
a Director of the Imperial British East Africa Company.
C. B. Emu-SMITH, Colonel,
Her Britannic Majesty’s Agent and Consul- General.
Zanzibar, 9th October, 1888.
N0. 27] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. & ITALY. L3 Aug_,1889_
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and ‘WarsheikhJ
N0. 2'7.——AGBEEMEN T between the British East Africa
Company and the Italian Government, respecting the pro-
posed Concession by the Sultan of Zanzibar to the Company
of ‘Territories, etc, on the East African Coast, including
Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and Warsheihh, and
the Transfer of those Territories to Italy. London, 3rd
August, 1889.
(Translation)
AGREEMENT entered into this 3rd day of August, 1889,
between the Imperial British East African Company, herein-
after called “The British Company,” of the one part, and
M. Catalani, Charge d’Affaires for His Majesty the King of
Italy in London, for and on behalf of the Royal Italian
Government, of the other part, whereby it is agreed as
follows :—
Whereas, negotiations have been carried on for some time
past, and are still pending, between the British Company and
His Highness Seyyid Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar, for the
cession by the said Sultan to the British Company of certain
lands, territories, and countries which lie on the coast from and
including Kismayu and north of the mouth of the River Juba,
including the ports of Brava, Meurka, and Magadisho, with
radii landwards of 10 sea miles, and of Warsheikh, with a
radius of 5 sea miles :
And whereas, His Highness the said Seyyid Khalifa, Sultan
of Zanzibar, by a letter dated the 15th January, 1889, addressed
to His Majesty the King of Italy, through Her Britannic
Majesty’s Agent and Consul-General at Zanzibar, authorized
His Majesty the King of Italy’s Government to arrange with
the British Company for the joint occupation of Kismayu :
And whereas, the Royal Italian Government are desirous of
acquiring territories and ports in the East Coast of Africa, and
the British Company are anxious to assist the Royal Italian
Government in attaining such object:
137
3 Aug., 1889.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. & ITALY. END. 27
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and Warsheikh.]
Territory, when Oonceded by the Sultan of Zanzibar to the
Company, to be transferred by the Company .to the Italian
Government.
Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and Warsheihh.
1. Now, it is hereby mutually agreed between the parties
hereto, that when His Highness Seyyid Khalifa, Sultan of
Zanzibar, concedes to and hands over according to his promises
and declarations to the British Company the said lands, terri-
tories, and countries lying on such coast from'and including
Kismayu and north of the mouth of the River J uba, including
the ports of Brava, Meurka, and Magadisho, with radii land-
wards of 10 sea miles, and of Warsheikh, with a radius of 5 sea
milesfi‘ the British Company shall, with the consent and ap-
proval of the Sultan, but at the expense of the Italian Govern-
ment, transfer, or cause to be transferred, to the duly authorized
Agents of the Italian Government, the aforesaid lands, terri-
tories, and countries, and the above ports of Brava, Meurka,
Magadisho, and Warsheikh, to be held by the Italian Govern-
ment on the same terms and conditions as those which may be
contained in the Concession to be granted for the aforesaid
ports and territories to the British Company, or on the best
terms obtainable from the Sultan.
Joint Occupation of Kismaya.
Except as to Kismayu and its adjoining territory, which is
to be jointly occupied by the parties hereto, as hereinafter
provided.
Company to be Indemnified.
2. The Italian Government hereby agrees to indemnify the
British Company from all expenses, reasonable demands, and
claims, it any, that may arise by reason of the provisions of
this Agreement, or in the carrying out of the same.
Joint Occupation by the Company and the Italian Government of
Kismayn.
3. The British Company agree with the Italian Government
* See Deed of Transfer, 18th November, 1889, p. 142, and Concession,
Zanzibar to British East Africa. Company, 4th March, 1890, p. 1418.
138
N0, 27] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. 8:. ITALY. E8 Aug., 1889.
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and Warsheikh.]
upon an equal joint occupation of Kismayu and its adjoining
territory as conceded by the Sultan, which will be jointly and
equally held and administered by the two Contracting Parties.
Both the British Company and the Italian Government shall
possess at Kismayu and its adjoining territory perfect equality
of rights and privileges, but subject always to terms, if any, of
the Concession to be granted as aforesaid. The Italian Go-
vernment and the British Company shall bear and pay an equal
share of the cost of administration, and shall divide equally
the net returns from Kismayu and its adjoining territory. The
detailed provisions for arriving at a modns oii'endi, and carrying
out in the most friendly Way the provisions of this clause, are
to be agreed upon and settled at Kismayu by the Agents of the
Italian Government and the Agents of the British Company
duly authorized as soon as possible after Kismayu has been
handed over by the Sultan of Zanzibar to the British Company,
and by the British Company to the Italian Government.
Limitation of Italian Sphere of Influence.
4:. The Italian Government bind themselves to limit the
Italian sphere of influence and operations on the East African
continent by refraining from exercising any political or other
influences, accepting Protectorates, making acquisitions of
lands, or interfering with the extension of British influence on
the territories or over the tribes lying to the West or south of
a line drawn from the north bank of the mouth of the Juba
River, and intended to keep always on the north and east sides
of the River Juba to the point Where the 8th degree of north
latitude intersects the 40th degree of east longitude, and a line
drawn direct from the above-named point and running over
the parallel intersecting the 35th degree of’ east longitude of
the meridian of Greenwich.
Limitation of Company’s Sphere of Influence.
On their part the British Company agree and bind them-
selves to limit the said British Company’s sphere of influence
and operations on the East African continent by refraining
from exercising any political or other influence, accepting Pro-
139 L
3 Aug, 1889] mn'nsn: EAST .nunca co. & ITALY. [No. 27
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, and. Warsheikh.]
tectorates, making acquisitions of lands, interfering with the
extension of Italian influence on the territories or over the
tribes lying to the east and north-east of the lines above speci—
fied, provided, nevertheless, that if the course of the Juba
River should, on survey, be ascertained to flow at any points to
the north or east of the above-mentioned lines, then the
northern or eastern bank of the said river, as the case may he,
shall at such points he accepted as the line of demarcation
between the said parties. This proviso, however, shall only
extend to deviations of the said river up to the point where the
8th degree of north latitude intersects the 40th degree of east
longitude. The above-mentioned lines are distinctly marked in
red on the Map annexed hereto,* and which Map, for the pur~
poses of identification, has been signed by the parties hereto.
Navigation of the River Juba.
5. It is hereby further agreed that the Italian Government
shall have joint and equal rights with the British Company of
navigation on the River Juba and its tributaries so far as it
may be requisite to give the Italian Government free access to
the territories reserved to its sphere of influence as above
mentioned.
Disputes respecting Interpretation or Execution of Agreement to be
submitted to Arbitration.
6. The two Contracting Parties agree that any controversies
which may arise respecting the interpretation or the execution
of- the present Agreement, or the consequences of any violation
thereof, shall be submitted, when the means of settling them
by means of an amicable arrangement are exhausted, to the
decision of the Commissions of Arbitration, and that the result
of such arbitration shall be binding upon both Contracting
Parties. The members of such Commissions shall be elected
by the two Contracting Parties by common consent, failing
which, each of the parties shall nominate an Arbitrator, or an
equal number of Arbitrators, and the Arbitrators thus appointed
shall select an Umpire.
* Not published with Agreement.
140
N0, 27] BRITISH EAST AFRICA co. & ITALY. [3 Aug.,1889_.
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadislgo, and. Warsheikhfl
Right of Italian Government to Delegate its Privileges, 59/10., to the
Royal Italian East African Company.
'7. The Royal Italian Government reserve to themselves
full power to delegate all their rights, powers, and privileges
belonging to them, or acquired through the present Agreement,
to an Italian Company, in course of formation, to be called
“The Royal Italian East Africa Company,” or some such
similar name, binding themselves, however, that the said
Italian Company shall comply with all obligations undertaken
' herein by the Italian Government, who will themselves remain
responsible for the strict compliance with the obligations herein
contained.* This Agreement to be construed according to
English law.
Done and signed at London, in duplicate, in the English
and Italian languages, with the understanding that the English
text shall be binding, this 3rd day .of August, in the year
1889.
. MAC KINNON.
T, v.CAYI‘ALANI.
Signed by the said Sir ‘W. Mackinnon and Signor Catalani
in the presence of—
GEORGE S. MACKENZlE.
3rd August, 1889.
Reservation of Right of Company to modify Boundaries.
Not withstanding the boundaries herein specified, the Imperial
British East Africa Company shall have the right to require
that the boundary shall be modified by drawing a line in a
north-Westerly direction, from about the 37th degree of east
_ longitude, on the 8th degree of north latitude, to a point on
the Blue Nile, or Abawi River, Westward of the 37th degree of
east longitude; which river shall be the boundary to the 35th
degree of east longitude; thereafter the boundary westwards
and northwards shall be as marked on the mapi"
*2 See Deed of Transfer, 18th November, 1889, p. 142, and Concession,
Zanzibar to British East Africa Company, 4th March, 1890, p. 148.
“l” See map facing p. 666. ‘
141 L 2
18 NOV.,1889.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CL). a’; ITALY. {110. 28
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, & Mruti.1
N0. 28.—-DEED OF TRANSFER erecated between the
British East Africa Company and the Italian Government,
for the Concession to Italy of the Company’s Rights and
Privileges in the Ports of Brava, rllear/ua, M'agadisho, and
Mrati, subject to the approval of the Sultan of“ Zanzibar?
18th Ivoeember, 1889.
THIS lndenture was made this 18th day of November, l889,
between the Imperial British East Africa Company, of No. ‘2,
Pall ‘Mall East, London (hereinafter called the Company), of
the one part, and Thomas Catalani, Chargé d’Aifaires for His
Majesty the King of Italy in London, for and on behalf of the
Royal Italian Government, of the other part:
Brava, Meurka, illagadisho, and Warsheihh.
\Vhereas by an Agreement made the 3rd day of August,
1889 (NO. 27), between the Parties hereto, after reciting that
negotiations had been carried on for some time past, and were
still pending, between the Company and His Highness Sayyid
Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar, for the cession by the said Sultan
to the Company of certain lands, territories, and countries
which lie on the coast, from and including Kismayu, and north
of the mouth of the River Juba, including the ports of Brava,
Meurka, and Magadisho, with radii landwards of 10 sea miles,
and of WVarsheikh, with a radius of 5 sea miles; and that His
Highness the said Sayyid Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar, by a
letter dated the 15th January, 1889, addressed to His Majesty
the King of Italy through Her Britannia Majesty’s Agent and
Consul-General at Zanzibar, authorized His Majesty the King
of Italy’s Government to arrange with the Government for the
joint occupation of Kismayu; and that the Royal Italian
Government were desirous of acquiring territories and ports on
the East Coast of Africa, and the Company were anxious to
assist the Royal Italian Government in attaining such object:
Sec Concession, Zanzibar to British East Africa Company, 4th March,
1390,p.148.
14:2
N0 _ 28] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. 8: ITALY. [18 NOV.,1889.
{Kismaym Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, 8: Mruti.)
It was mutually agreed between the parties thereto (inter alia)
that when His Highness Sayyid Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar,
conceded to and handed over, according to his promises and
declarations to the Company, the said lands, territories, and
countries lying on such coast, from and including Kismayu,
and north of the month of the River Juba, including the ports
of Brava, Meurka, and Magadisho, with radii landwards of
‘IO sea miles, and of Warsheikh, with a radius of 5 sea miles,
the Company should, with the consent and approval of the
Sultan, but at the expense of the Italian Government, transfer
or cause to be transferred to the duly authorized Agents of
the Italian Government the aforesaid lands, territories, and
countries, and the above ports of Brava, Meurka, Magadisho,
and \Varsheikh, to be held by the Italian Government on the
same terms and conditions as those which might be contained
in the Concession to be granted for the aforesaid ports and
territories to the Company, or on the best terms obtainable
from the Sultan,
Kismayu. Joint Occupation.
Except as to Kismayu and its adjoining territory, which
was to be jointly occupied by the parties thereto as therein
provided. And the Italian Government thereby agreed to
indemnify the Company from all expenses, reasonable demands,
and claims, if any, that might arise by reason of the pro-
visions of the reciting Agreement or in the carrying out of
the same. And whereas by Concession, dated the 31st day of
August, 1889, the Sultan of Zanzibar, with (as therein stated)
the concurrence of the British Government, thereby granted
a lease of his possessions to the Company on the following
conditions, namely :—
[Here follow the words of the Agreement between -Great
Britain and Zanzibar of 31st August, 1889 (NO. 154).]
And whereas the Royal Italian Government are desirous
that the Company should, by virtue of the provisions of the
above-recited Agreement of the 3rd day of August, 1889
- (No. 27), execute such transfer as is hereinafter contained;
1413
18 Nov,’ 1889,] BRITlSH EAST AFRICA CO. & ITALY. [N0. 28
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, & Mruti.]
and Whereas the Company have not yet had the time or been
able to apply for and obtain the consent and approval of the
Sultan of Zziinzibar to the said intended transfer, but steps are
now being taken to apply for such consent and approval :-———
Trausfer by Company to Italian Government of Coast from (but
not inclialing) Kismagu to North of the M'outh of the Jul/a
Rirer, including Bra-ca, llIeurho, llfagadisho, Warsheihh, and
ilIruti, subject to approval of Sultan of Zaneibanii‘
Now, this Indenture witnesseth that in pursuance of the
i hereinbefore-recited Agreement of the 3rd day of August, 1889
(N0. 27),- the Company do hereby (subject to the consent and
approval of the Sultan of Zanzibar being obtained to this
present transfer) transfer to the Royal Italian Government and
their assigns all the towns, lands, and possessions on the coast
from (but not including) Kismayu, and north of the mouth of
the River Juba, including the ports of Brava, Meurka, and
Magadisho, and Warsheikh and hIruti, to hold unto the Royal
Italian Government and their assigns for all such estate and
interest as the Company have therein under or by virtue of the
hereinbefore=recited Concession of the 3lst day of August, 1889
(NO. 154), but subject to the terms and provisions of the said
Concession of the 31st day of August, 1889, and the said
Agreement of the 3rd day of August, 1889 (ND. 27),
respectively; provided always, and it is hereby expressly agreed
and declared, that if the consent and approval of the Sultan of
Zanzibar to this present transfer be not obtained,*‘ then, and in
such case, these presents shall be null and void, anything here»
inbefore contained to the contrary notwithstanding.
In witness whereof the Imperial British East Africa Com-
pany have caused their common seal to be hereunto afiixed, and
the said Thomas Catalani hath hereunto set his hand and seal,
the day and year first above written.
“7. MACKINNON, Director.
“7'. P. ALEXANDER, Hon. Secretary.
. it See Concession from Sultan of Zanzibar to British East Africa Com-
pany of 4th March, 1890, p. 148; and Sultan’s Letter, 5th March, 1890,
- p. 149.
iii
N0. 28] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. & ITALY. [18 NOV.,1889.
[Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, 8: Mruti.]
Sealed with the common seal of the Imperial British East
Africa Company, in the presence of—
H. GoonwYN STEPHENSON, Solicitor,
31, Lombard Street, London.
(For and on behalf of the Royal Italian Government)
T. CATALANI.
Signed, sealed, and delivered by the above-named Thomas
Catalani, in the presence of—
H. GoonwYN STEPHENSON, Solicitor,
31, Lombard Street, London.
145
21 Dec,’ 1833;] BRIT‘. EASE AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [No.29
[Customs Revenues. Wang'a to Kipini.]
N0. 29.—-A GREEMENT between the Sultan of Zanzibar
and the Imperial British East Africa Company, respecting
the Customs Dues levied in .1888, and the Ports lying
between l/Vanga and Ifipini. 21st December, 1889.
(Translation)
Customs Duties levied in 1888.
IT has this day been agreed between His Highness Sayyid
Khalifa, Sultan of Zanzibar, and George S. Mackenzie, the
duly authorized representative of the Imperial British East
Africa Company, that the Customs duties collected last year,
and payable to His Highness for the revenues of the territory
lying between the ports of Wanga and Kipini)‘ as verified by
the accounts of the first 12 months, amounts to 56,000 dollars,
Zanzibar currency, as arranged for in the Concession granted
by His Highness to the Imperial British East Africa Company,
dated the 9th October, 1888 (NO. 26).
The above sum to be paid in advance, in four quarterly
sums of 14,000 dollars each, and in addition to this sum His
Highness shall be paid half of the net increase that may here-
after be collected on the above-named revenues, but His High-
ness shall not be responsible for any expenses connected with
the collection of the revenues.
It is also understood that the Company shall not (ride
Article IX)+ levy duty on merchandize, &e., which has pre-
viously paid duty in Zanzibar or other coast ports belonging to
His Highness, and the Sultan on his part undertakes not to
charge duty on merchandize, ($50., which has previously paid
duty at any ports under the jurisdiction of the Company. His
Highness retains to himself the right of having a representa-
tive, to be paid by himself, at each and all the Custom Houses,
who will keep a copy of the Custom House books on behalf of
* See Map facing p. 150.
1' Page 132.
14-6
N0, 29] ‘BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [21 Dec,’ 1839,
[Customs Revenues. Wanga to Kipini.]
His Highness, who shall, in conjunction with the Company,
agree their respective accounts at the close of each year.
Signature and Seal of Sultan of Zanzibar.
GEORGE S. MACKENZIE, Director.
Imperial British East Africa Company.
Zanzibar, 21st December, 1889.
Certified that the above translation has been made by us,
and is the true and correct purport of the document in Arabic
on the other side.
L'LoYD WM. MATHEWS, Brigadier-General.
ESAU-BlN-IVIAHDL
I hereby certify that the foregoing is a duplicate of the
Agreement between His Highness Sayyid Khalifa-bin-Saeed,
Sultan of Zanzibar, and Mr. George S. Mackenzie, Director of
the Imperial East India Company, registered at‘ the office of
Her Majesty’s Agency and Consulate-General, Zanzibar, under
Nos. 1218 and 1219 of 1890.
C. B. EUAN-SMITH, Her Britannia Majesty's
Agent and Consul-General.
British Agency and Consulate-General, Zanzibar,
23rd December, 1889.
1.47
4March,18€0.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. END. 30
[Concession Kipini to Mruti, Lamu, Manda, Patta, Kwyho. Kismayu.
Benadir Coast:—Kismayu, Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, War-
sheikh, &c.]
NO. 30.-— COA/TCESSICN by the Sultan of Zanzibar to
British East Africa Co. of certain Islands, and of certain
places on the Benadir Coast. 4th Zllarch, 1890*
(Translation)
Coast betu‘een Kipini and ZlIruti. Islands of Lam/u, Manda, Pat/a.
IC/wyho, and Places on Benadir Coast—Kismayu, BTtlt‘tl,
ZlIercice [M'eurha], llfagadisho, Warsheihh, IlIruti, L506-
1. HIS Highness Seyyid Ali, Sultan of Zanzibar and its
East African Dependencies, hereby declares and agrees to
concede to the Imperial East Africa Company all the powers
and authority to which he is entitled on the mainland lying
between Kipini and Mrnti, also the islands embraced in such
territory, including Lamu, Manda, Patta, Kwyho, and all the
other towns and places on the Benadir coast, viz., Kismayu,
Brava, Mervice [Meurka], Magadisho, Warsheikh, Mruti, and
the islands in their vicinity belonging to His Highness. The
same to be administered and held for the same period, and on
the same terms and conditions, as the Imperial British East
Africa Company’s Concession, dated the 9th October, 1888,
for (N0. 26) the territories lying between Wanga and Kipinij‘
Payment to be made by Company to Zanzibar Customs Revenue.
2. The Imperial British East Africa Company undertake to
pay His Highness, as in the case of their Mombasa Concessioni
above named, the gross revenue of the Customs as collected by
them: the amount to be paid by His Highness shall be fixed
by the experience of the sum collected the first year, but in the
event of any abnormal loss arising in the first year’s collection
* Modified by Supplementary Agreement of 5th INIurch, 1891, p. 150.
"l" The period fixed by the Concession of 9th October, 1888, was for 50
years, but by a Supplementary Agreement, dated 5th March, 1891, it was
modified, and the privileges granted in perpetuity, with the exception of
Brava, Meurka, l\'Iagadisho, Warsheikh, and Mruti, which, it was declared,
should remain undisturbed. (See p. 150.) But by a Concession, dated 12th
August, 1892, the Benadir Ports were placed under the administration of the
Italian Government. (See p. 950.)
I 24th May, 1887, Article IX, 1). 116.
14s
N0, 30] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [4 March, 1890
[Concession. Lamu, Manda, Patta, Kwyho, Kismayu, Brava,
Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh, 620.]
through disturbances on the coast, or from any cause whatever,
His Highness shall not suffer loss thereby.
Gross Rerenne of Customs.
3. Be it known that the revenue which His Highness now
receives from the Benadir ports is 90,000 dollars, and the
revenue of Lamu is 13,000 dollars yearly. Therefore, the
Imperial British East Africa Company agrees, should the
collection for the first year be less than the above-named sum,
to make good the difference to His Highness.
50 per cent. of Additional Net ‘Revenue to be paid to the Sultan.
4A. The Imperial British East Africa Company further
guarantees to pay to His Highness 50 per cent. of the addi-
tional net revenue which may come to them from the customs
duties of the ports above named after deduction of the entire
charges of the administration, and the fixed revenue as in the
case of their Mombasa Concession.
GEO. S. MACKENZIE,
Director and Administrator-in-Chief,
Witness: Imperial British East Africa Cmnpany.
E. J. L. BERKELEY,
Iler ltfay'esty’s Vice-Consul.

The Sultan of Zanzibar to Colonel Eiian-Smi/h.
Benadir Ports.
(Translation) (After compliments.)
13th Rajah, 1307 (5th Alarch, 1890).
WE have the honour to inform you that we have looked in
the letter which our brother the late Seyyid Khalifa wrote on
the 11th Jamad-el-Aowal, 1307, to the Italian King regarding
the matter of Kismayu. And now you know what has happened
between us and our friends, the English Company, That we
have given to them the concession of all Benadir ports, &c.,
and now we agree if the Italian Company will arrange with our
friend Mr. Mackinnon we have no objection; our desire is to
increase the friendship.
WVritten by his order, his slave, Abdul Aziz.
149
5 March,1891.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. END. 31
[Wanga to Kipini. Lamu, Manda, Patta, Kismayu. Benadir Ports :
-—Bra.va, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh; and Mruti.]
N 0. 31.—-»S’UPPLEMENTARY AGREEIVIENT concluded
between His Highness Siyyid Ali, GCSI, Sultan of Zan-
zibar, and lllr. George llIacl-eenzie, Director and Acting
Administrator-in-Chief of the Imperial British East Africa
Company. 5th March, 1891.
llIodification of Concession of 41th llIarch, 1890. Lam-u, Manda,
Patta, Kismayu, di'c.
THE Concession, dated the 4th March, 1890 (No. 30), re-
garding the Benadir poi-ts granted by His Highness Seyyid Ali
to the Imperial British East Africa Company, is hereby modi-
fied by mutual consent, in so far as that Concession relates to
the Islands of Lamu, Manda, Patta, &c., as well as to the port
and territory belonging to Kismayu.
Benadir Ports :——Brara, IlIeurk-a, Magadisho and Warsheikh, and
llIrut-i, undisturbed.
That portion of the Concession which relates to the ports
belonging to His Highness lying on that coast to the north-
ward of the River Juba, viz., Brava, Meurka, Magadisho and
\Varsheikh, and Mruti, shall remain undisturbed.
Coast Line from l'Va-nga to Kipini, including Lama, ll'landa
Patta, and Kismayu conceded to Company in perpe/ui/y.
His Highness the Sultan Seyyid Ali hereby grants to the
Imperial British East Africa Company the concession of his
entire coast line from )Vanga to Kipini, and, further, the
Islands of Ilamu, Manda, Patta, and his territory at Kismayu,
in perpetuity, instead of for 50 years, from the date of and as
stated in, first, the Concession signed by the late Seyyid
Khalifa, and dated the 9th day of October, 1888 (N0. 26);
and. secondly, the Concession signed by His Highness Seyyid
Ali, and dated 4th March, 1890 (N0. 30).
150
C
To ‘Face page 150.

2»__
0 North Lat.
Mapsllewmg
COAST mm: or THE lMPERlAL BRlTlSH
EAST AFRlCA cont TERRlTORlES
Between the Vanga andJubaRivers.
I888 - l89l.
Scale; sun—511706?) or I lnch =80 Stat. Miles
2.0 I? O 20 40 89 100 MILES



We;














’\/







Br/'rish( East Africa Company )___ _ _ _ S
German - _ - i _ _ _ A _ _ _ i i , _ i , _ . ,
Italian ______________ __ , _____ i, :3
l l a
38° Lwngitudg Ea st cf Gre errmch &0°
42°
3 Murfllm's @505 .~ [A u 8,‘. LwwO/v

Map showing Coast line of
THE IMPERIAL BRITISH EAST AFRICA (309$
TERRITORIES
between the Wanga and Juba Rivers
1886-4891.
N0, 31] BRIT. EAST AFRICA CO. & ZANZIBAR. [5 March, 1891_
[Benadir Ports; Brave, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh,
and. Mruti.]
Conditions.
The following are the conditions of this present modified
Agreement :—
80,000 Dollars to be paid by the Company to the Sultan of
Zanzibar, by quarterly payments in advance.
The Imperial British East Africa Company to pay as rental
to His Highness the Sultan for the above coast-line and all the
islands embraced therein, extending from the port of Wanga to
that of Kismayu, both inclusive, under the conditions detailed
in the Concession of the 9th October, 1888 (N0. 26), the sum
of 80,000 dollars annually, by quarterly payments, in advance,
of 20,000 dollars each, the same to come into operation on and
after the 1st June, 1891, this sum to cover absolutely and
entirely all and every payment now or hereafter to be made by
the Company to His Highness the Sultan on any account what-
ever, save only such payments as may become due to His High-
ness onthe founder’s share held by His Highness.
Territory still to be administered under Flag and in the Name of
the Sultan of Zanzibar.
Nothing in this Agreement, excepting only in so far as
relates to rents, revenues, and length of lease, is to be considered
as running counter to the general provisions and principles of
the Concession of the 9th October, 1888 (N0. 26), under
which the territory belonging to His Highness will continueto
be administered under His Highness’ flag and in His Highness’
name. '
Drawbachs and Customs Duties.
The provisions of Article IX* regarding drawbacks to remain
in full force, and ‘His Highness the Sultan shall only be called
upon to refund to the Company the actual Customs duties which
he has collected on their behalf for goods passing through and
between His Highness’ Custom House and the Company's
ports.
* Concession of 9th October, 1888, p. 125.
151
5 March, 1891.] BRIT. EAST AFRICA oo. & ZANZIBAR. [No.31
[Benadir Ports ; Brava, Meurka, Magadisho, Warsheikh,
and Mruti.]
His Highness is not to be responsible for more than he has
received as Customs duties levied in accordance with the terms
of the Customs Tariff on behalf of the Company.
Company not to put’ forward or to press, during lifetime of present
Sultan, any claim to commute Annual Payment for a Lump
Sum.
In consideration of the afore-mentioned modification of the
Concession referred to, the Company bind themselves, during
the lifetime of the present Sultan, His Highness Seyyid Ali-
bin-Sa'l'd, not to put forward or to press any claim to commute
their annual payment for a lump sum paid down, save on the
request or initiative of His Highness the Sultan, or with the
consent and approval of Her Majesty’s Government.
ALI BIN-SAID.
Witness to His Highness the Sultan’s signature :
C. B. EUAN-SMITH, Colonel,
Her Majesty’s Agent and Consul-General.
Zanzibar, 5th March, 1891.
GEORGE S. MACKENZIE, Director,
Imperial British East Africa Company.
Witness to Mr. George S. Mackenzie’s signature :
EENEs'r J. L. BERKELEY,
Her Mojesty’s Vice- Consul.
5th March, 1891 .
N0, 32] BR. EAST AFRICA CO. & BRIT. GOVT. [5 MarQ11’1891,v
[Witu.]
NO. 32.—y-AGREE]l[ENT between the British Government
and the British East Africa Company, respecting the Ad-
ministration ly the Company of the Territory of Witn.
Zanzibar, 5th March, 1891.eie
_ Preamble.
It is hereby mutually agreed between Colonel Sir Charles
B. Euan-Smith, K.C.B., C.S.I., Her Majesty’s Agent and
Consul-General at Zanzibar, acting on behalf of Her Majesty’s
Government, on the one part; and between Mr. George Suther-
land Mackenzie, Acting Administrator-in-Chief of the Imperial
British East Africa Company, on the other part; both having
been duly empowered to make and sign this Agreement, that
the Imperial British East Africa Company shall take over an
assume the charge and administration of the State and terri-
tory of Witu, under the following conditions :—
Aclministration of Witn by the Company.
ART. I. The Imperial British East Africa Company, with
the consent of Her Majesty’s Government, will assume direct~
charge of the administration of the territory of Witu under the
terms of their Chartert [3rd September, 1888. N0. 25] from
the earliest possible date, not later than the 31st March, 1891.
Responsibility of the Company for proper Government of the
Province.
The sole responsibility regarding the administration and
future proper government of the province will rest with the
Imperial British East Africa Company.
Taxes and Customs Dnties.
The Imperial British East Africa Company shall have
power to raise revenue by the imposition of taxes and Cus-
5“ This Agreement was terminated, Slst August, 1893, when the flag of
the British Protectorate (the red Arab flag with a small Union Jack in the
centre) was hoisted in \Vitu. See P.P. “Africa No. 9 (1893).”
“l” See Agreement, 18th March, 1891, p. 157 5 and Notice, 20th March,
1891, p. 160.
1.53
5 March, 1891.] BR. EAST AFRICA CO. 8; BRIT. GOVT. END. 32
[Witu.]
toms duties, such revenue to be for the Imperial British
East Africa Company’s sole use and disposal, but the said
taxes and Customs duties to be subject, if necessary, to re-
visal by Her Majesty’s Government.
Judicial Administration.
The judicial administration of the territory shall be in
accordance with the procedure and provisions of the Indian
Civil and Criminal Codes.
Administration of Territory under European Control.
ART. II. The Imperial British East Africa Company bind
themselves to institute an efiicient administration in the terri-
tory of Witu under European control with the least possible
delay,at and to maintain the same.
Agreement between Sir O’. Enan-S'mith and the I'Vitn Leaders.
ART. III. The Imperial British East Africa Company bind
themselves loyally to fulfil each and all of the conditions of
pacification recently concluded by Sir Charles B. Euan-Smith
with the Witu leaders, of which a copy is attachedfi
Entrance of Europeans into IVita.
ART. IV. The prohibition regarding the entry of Europeans
into Witu territory to be withdrawn simultaneously with the
assumption of administration by the Imperial British East
Africa Company, who will exercise sole control in this respect.
llfartial Law to be abolished.
ART. V. Martial law, which was proclaimed and is now in
force throughout Witu territory, to be abolished at the same
' +
time.+
Relations between Zanzibar and IVita.
ART. VI.§ Her B'Iajesty’s Government reserve to themselves
’* See Agreement, 18th hIarch, 1891, p. 157.
'1' See p. 155.
I Proclamation withdrawn by Ofiicial Notice, 11th March, 1891.
§ See proviso, p. 155.
154
N0. 32] BR. EAST AFRICA CO. & BRIT. GOVT. [5 March, 189],
[WituJ
the right of deciding at any future time as to what extent,
if any, the Sultan of Zanzibar shall be connected with Witu
and the adjoining territory)’
Ultimate Sovereignty over Witu.
The question of the ultimate sovereignty over Witu is also
reserved for their decision.
Flag.
ART. VII. The Imperial British East Africa Company's
flag may be flown throughout Witu territory as soon as they
are in a position to protect the same.
C. B. EUAN-SMITH, Colonel, Her Majesty's
Agent and Consul- General.
GEORGE S. MACKENZIE, Administrator-
in-Chief, Imperial British East Africa Com-
pany.
Zanzibar, 5th March, 1891.
(Subject to proviso attached, relating to Article VI, and
Memorandum attached to the Terms of Peace.)
G. S. M.

Proviso relating to Art. VI.
Relations between Zanzibar and Witu.
Should Her Majesty’s Government at any time exercise
the powers reserved to them under Article VI to the detri-
ment of the Company, the latter are to be recouped for all
outlay connected with their administration.
G. S. M.
4" See Notice of 20th March, 1891, p. 160.
155 M
5 March,]_891_] BR. EAST AFRlCA CO. & BRIT. GOVT. END. 32
[Witu.]
Terms of Peace signed, 25th January, 1891.
Submission of ll’l'itu People to British Government.
[Referred to in Art. III of the preceding Agreement]
Be it known that the people of VVitu have sued for peace
and pardon from the great English Government for all the
evil that they have done. And the people of Witu promise
to obey any future orders Whatever that the great English
Government may issue With regard to the territory and State
of VVitu ; and they Will not oppose any measures Whatever that
the great English Government may consider it advisable to
adopt in this matter. And it is understood that honourable
treatment and subsistence Will be accorded to Fumo Amari
and his relatives. And when this paper has been signed by
Fumo Amari and the people, all War and fighting shall cease;
and the people of Witu have permission to go Where they
please and attend to their business. And every person in \Vitu
who stole or seized the property of Europeans shall return it
forthwith. But certain people Who have done very bad things,
and Whose names are given to the Envoys, will not be pardoned,
and are not included in this general pardon.

Subsistence Allowance to Fumo Oma-m'.
It is agreed that the amount of subsistence allowance to be
accorded to Fume Amari shall be fixed by the Imperial British
East Africa Company, and shall not exceed a maximum pay-
ment of 4,200 rupees annually, such payment to be made con-
ditional on his good behaviour and for nominal services to be
rendered by him to the Company. The subsistence allowance
to be limited to the life of Fumo Amari himself.
G. S. M.

[Hostilities ensued between the British Government and
Fume Omari on the 31st July, 1893, when Pumwani, his
stronghold, was stormed by the British Naval Brigade, and he
retreated into the forest. On the 13th August, 1893, Jongeni
was also destroyed. See PP. “Africa, No. 9 (1893),” and
"Africa, No. 1 (1894).”]
1513
N0. 33] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. 8: \VITU. [18 Mar,’ 1891,
[Witu.]
NO. 33.—AGREEMEN T between Imperial British East
Africa Company and Wita. 18th Zlfareh, 1891."e
AGREEMENT entered into between M'r. Ernest J. L. Berkeley, Her
Britannia Majesty’s Vice-Consul at Zanzibar; Mr. George S.
Mackenzie, Director, Imperial British East Africa Company ;
and the undersigned Representatives of the People of Witn, at
Jongeni, in the Territory of Witn, on the 18th March, 1891.
(Swahili translation.)
ART. I. Sheikh Fumo Amari, Bwana Avatulla, and the
Notables of Witu, having duly received and read the‘letter
addressed to them by Sir Charles Euan-Smith, Her Majesty’s
Agent and Consul-General at Zanzibar, dated the 41th March,
1891, and having discussed all the matters therein referred to
with Mr. Berkeley and Mr. Mackenzie aforesaid, do hereby, on
behalf of themselves and the people of Witu, fully, freely, and
loyally accept and recognize that the territory of Witu is hem e-
forth under the, control and administration of the Imperial
British East Africa Company, and they further pledge them-
selves faithfully and loyally to serve, and support, and obey
the said Company’s administration.
Flay.
ART. II. The flag of the Imperial British East Africa
Company, and no other, shall be recognized throughout the
territory of Witu.
Observance of Conditions of Peace with W itn People.
ART. III. The Imperial British East Africa Company
pledge themselves faithfully to observe each and all of the con-
ditions of the peace concluded between the people of Witu and
Sir Charles Euan-Smith, Her Majesty’s Agent and Consul-
General, on the 23rd and 24th January, 1891.
Proclamation of llfartia-l Law withdrawn.
ART. IV. The martial law which, on the 21st October, 1890
* See RB, “Africa, l (1894).”
157 M 2
18 M312, 1891.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. & WITU. [NO- 33
[Witu.]
was proclaimed throughout the territory of Witu by Admiral
Fremantle, is withdrawn in accordance with the official notice
to that effect signed on the 14th March, 1891, by Captain
Hill, R.N., Senior Naval Officer on the East Coast of Africa.
Administration of Witn handed over to British East Africa
Company.
ART. V. Vice-Consul Berkeley, on behalf of Her Majesty’s
Government, hereby declares the Province of Witu to be
duly and formally handed over to the Administration of the
Imperial British East Africa Company aforesaid, under the
terms of the Agreement entered into on the 5th March, 1891
(NO. 31), between Sir Charles Euan-Smith, Her Majesty’s
Agent and Consul-General at Zanzibar, and Mr. G. S. Mac-
kenzie, Director, Imperial British East Africa Company?‘
Suppression of the Slave Trade and Slavery.
ARI. VI. The Notables and people of Witu, being aware of
and desirous to support the efforts that have continuously been
made by Her Majesty’s Government and by the British
Company to suppress the Slave Trade and slavery in East
Africa, do hereby freely and solemnly pledge themselves hence-
forth to have no dealings of any kind or description with the
Slave Trade, and to use their best endeavours to suppress and
obstruct it. They further engage and declare that from this
day forth all the inhabitants of Witu are free, and that, in the
Province of Witu, the status of slavery is abolished, and shall
no longer be recognized, but all the aforesaid inhabitants of
Witu are now British-protected persons, and shall enjoy all the
rights and privileges appertaining to such persons. And the
Imperial British East Africa Company will use their best
endeavours to ensure that while this provision regarding the
freedom of all WVitu subjects is put into full and legitimate
execution, it shall not in any Way injuriously affect the lawful
" This Agreement was terminated 31st July, 1893, when the flag of
the British Protectorate was hoisted in VVitu. See PP. “Africa, No. 9
(1693))’
158
No.33] BRITISH EAST AFRICA co. & WITU. [18 Mar.,1891.
[Witu.]
rights of the subjects of His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar
resident in Lamu and the territories adjoining the Province of
Witu.
Emancipation of Slaves.
But regarding the general emancipation of slaves above
referred to, it is agreed, with a view to prevent an immediate
and heavy loss to the owners of plantations, shambas, &e., at
present worked solely by slave labour, to defer the actual pro-
cess of liberating bondfide slaves thus employed for a period of
five years : the slaves, nevertheless, retaining the usual right to
purchase their freedom by mutual consent at any time. The
total abolition of slavery throughout the Province of Witu is
fixed to take place finally and absolutely on the 24th May,
1896. ’
Importation of Coolie Labour into Witu.
ART. VII. In consideration of the provisions of Article VI,
the Imperial British East Africa Company pledge themselves to
use their best endeavours, should it be requisite, to obtain and
encourage the importation into Witu territory of coolie labour
for agricultural and other legitimate purposes.
Done in triplicate, in English and Swahili, at Jongeni, on
the 18th day of March, 1891.
ERNEST J. L.BERKELEY, Her Britannia
Majesty’s Vice- Consul.
GEORGE S. MACKENZIE, Director, Imd
perial British East Africa Company.
Witness to the Signatures :
F. J. JACKSON.
What is written above is true :
FUMO AMARI-BIN-SULTAN ACHMED (with
his own hand).
What is written above is true :
AVATULLA-BIN-HERO SOMALI (with his
own hand).
Witness to above signatures :
SAlD-BIN-HAMADI HIADI (with his own hand).
20 March, 189l.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [Na 34
[Witu. Kipini to Kismaym]
NO. 34.—-NOTICE of British East Africa Company, respect-
ing the Aclniinistration of Witu, and the Coast from
Kipini to K'ismayzc. Lamu, 20th flfarch, 1891.
Administration by Company of lVitu and Coast from Kipini
to Kismayu.
NOTICE is hereby given, that under Arrangement dated
[5th] March, 1891 (NO. 32), entered into between Sir Charles
Euan-Smith, Her Britannic Majesty’s Agent and‘ Consul-
General at Zanzibar, acting on behalf of Her Britannic Maj esty’s
Government, and Mr. George S. Mackenzie, Director of the
Imperial British East Africa Company, the said Company
and their otlicers have, from the date hereof, assumed the
government and control of the territory hitherto known as the
Sultanate of VVitu, as also the continuous coast-line from Kipini
to Kismayufit over which a British Protectorate was declared, as
published in the “London Gazette” of Tuesday, the 25th
November, 1890.1‘
Application to lVitu of all Regulations in force in Cornpany’s
Territories.
All the Regulations which are now in force in the Imperial
British East Africa Company’s other towns and territories
(lying within the British sphere of influence) shall be re-
cognized and made equally applicable to all people resident
within the above-mentioned territory now acquired by the said
Company.
Dis iutes 0 Euro Jeans and Forei ners with Natives. Claims.
9
To prevent disputes arising between Europeans and foreig-
ners, of any nationality, and the natives, such as led to the
late lamentable destruction of life and property, all parties are
requested to lodge particulars of outstanding claims, with proofs
‘' See hlup, facing p. 327.
1' See Notification of 19th November, 1890, p. 327. (Great Britain,
Africa, East Coast.)
160
N0, 34] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [20 March,1891,
[Witu. Kipini to Kismayu.]
in support of same, in order that the same may be investigated
on the earliest possible date. But claims arising out of the
destruction of life and property during the late troubles must
be presented direct to the representatives at Zanzibar of the
several Governments interested.
The Company will take no cognizance of any claims fol
compensation or other than ordinary mercantile debts which
may have been incurred prior to the date hereof.
Claims to Lands, Houses, or Shambas.
Further, all foreigners claiming lands, houses, or shambas
are required, within the space of six months from the date
hereof, to notify same to the representatives of the Imperial
‘British East Africa Company’s resident in Lamu, and to
accompany such notification with full and true copies of the
title-deeds appertaining to same, in order that they may be
examined and registered in the books of the Company.
Complaints of Europeans to be addressed to Company.
In order to remove all feelings of animosity which may
exist in the minds of disaffected natives against Europeans in
consequence of the late lamentable disturbances and the sub-
sequent British punitive expedition, all Europeans, of any
nationality whatever, are hereby specially cautioned against
attempting, in cases of dispute, to take the law into their own
hands, and so possibly bring about a breach of the peace. All
complaints should be lodged at the nearest Agency of the
Imperial British East Africa Company, whose representative
will promptly institute a full and impartial inquiry into the case.
Pass to be granted by Company to Europeans and Foreigners
proceeding Inland.
The said Company require that all Europeans and foreigners,
when leaving the coast to proceed inland, should notify the
same to the Company’s principal representative in Lamu, who
will furnish them with a pass commending them to the care
and protection of the local Governor or Chief. Any complaints
161
2O Mareh,1891,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [N0. 34;
[Witu. Kipini to Kismayu.)
arising out of the neglect of this rule may, at the option of the
Company’s representative, prevent complaints being recognized
or investigated.
Title-deeds to Land.
Hereafter lands for which proper title-deeds have not been
registered (other than shambas and land under actual cultiva-
tion) cannot be bought, sold, or transferred by a native to a
foreigner until the same has been duly notified to the repre-
sentative of the Company, and the requisite sanction in writing
be obtained from the principal European ‘district- officer.
Sale of Shambas and Lands.
There will be no hindrance whatever to the sale of shambas
and lands actually under cultivation; the proprietors of them
may deal with them as they please.
Abolition of double Duties on Imports and Exports.
The Company will, in the exercise of their sovereign rights
over the entire coast-line, abolish the collection of double duties
on produce or imports and exports of any kind passing to and
from the port of Lamu and the mainland.
Custom Houses.
No one other than the Company is entitled to establish a
custom house, or collect duties or taxes of any kind, within the
territory or coast-line specified in this notification.
Kidnapping. Tribute.
Kidnapping of any people or forcing them to work gratuit-
ously is also forbidden. No tribute of any kind in produce or
otherwise is to be collected from any of the people resident
within the sphere of the Company’s influence.
Catching and Selling States.
The catching and selling of slaves is also illegal, and persons
caught doing such will be severely punished.
162
No, 34:] BRITISH EAST AFRICA CO. [20 March, 1891.
['Witu. Kipini to Kismaym]
British Protection over Province of Witu.
All the inhabitants of the Province of Witu are now under
the rule and protection of the British Government.
Runaway Slaves.
And all the runaway slaves from other parts of the coast will,
on the date of the Company assuming charge, found in Witu,
be reckoned free people.
Domestic Slaves.
But domestic slaves, the lawful property of subjects of His
Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar, flying to Witu after the date,
will not be harboured there.
Judicial Administration of Territory.
The judicial administration of the territory shall be in
accordance with the procedure and provisions of the Indian
Civil and Criminal Codes, which shall be applicable to' all
parties holding lands and properties within the territory herein
referred to.
GEORGE S. MACKENZIE, Director,
Imperial British East Africa Company.
Lamu, 20th March, 1891.

I63
1887—1891,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA 8: NATIVE CHIEFS. [N0. 35
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
N 0. 35.—-LIST OF TREA TIES concluded by the British
East Africa Association with lVatii'e Chicy’s, 1887—1891.*9
(1.) LIST or TREATIES (Nos. 1—21) concluded in June, 1887,
according to the following Form (a), and referred to in
their Charter:-—’*
Form a.
[Name of Chief] declares that he has placed all his country
and peoples under the British East African Association.
“The whole country is voluntarily placed under the rule
and government of the said Association, and I will hoist the
flag of His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar, as has been
agreed by deed between His Highness and the Association.
[Signature of Chief]
“ERNEST BERKELEY.
“ Her llfajesty’s Vice- Consul.”
Witnesses.
“ Let it be known to all whom it may concern that [Name of
Chief] has placed himself, country, and peoples under the pro-
tection of the British East African Association, and that the
Undersigned is authorized in their name to give him and them
protection.
“E. N. MACKENZIE, as Agent.”

No. Date of Treaty. Names of Chiefs. Tribes or Districts.

1 June 9, 1887 Mbaruk-bin~Baschid- Duruma (Gunjoie country).
bin-Salem—bin-Hamed
2 ,, 20, 1887 Mearoni
'I‘omwatu
Lodali . . . . . . tllvatavcta.
' l

Mali Vishne
! Salook .. .. .. J
3 ,, 20, 1887 ' MbOgOli . . ..
l liauiba . ]
M‘Tavcta .
,, 20, 1887 1 Nwilu \Vagundu
Dungu \Vagungaa
5 ,, 20, 1887 Mdega Maazow
lietonga .
Vvaleita.
' ' )W'akamba.

"- \}Ditto.
* 13.1’. “Africa No. 4‘ (1892).” “Papeis relating to the hlombasa
Railway Survey and Uganda.” See also I’.I’., Africa, No. 2 (1894-).
16-1
110.
[1887.
35]
BRITISH EAST AFRICA & NATIVE CHIEFS.
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]

N0.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2O
21
Date of Treaty.
N ames of Chiefs.
Tribes or Districts.

”
H
2!
June 20, 1887
20,1887
20, 1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
20,1887
Kirunu. . .
G‘rona . . . . . .
Mboja . .
Mcbunja.
Matamn .
Mbogo Mpugulu
Mwezuiani . .
Muyka Wangomba
Demndego Mevero
Bonfo-bin-Kifui . .
Kubu . . . . . .
Mzee Kilanda (Kaya
Bsma)
Mzee Muazi (Fimboei)
,, Kallanko (Rabai
M pia)
Mzee D5 mija (Kyeni-
blue)
Kirari . . . . .
Makcndi-bin-Fethair . .
Cbiro Kiromunga
Koolay . . .
Moti-bin-Omaro . .
Abigela-bin-Heribai . .
Ghavra, Babara . .
Godana Ghara (son 0
above Chief)
Madgowa .
Momchera . . . .
Mombazi . . . .
Mwenzayna. . .
Magalonja
Makij umbe
Majego
M ajunda
Marmzi
Wazaba.
Dani
Magundu
Shanga
Kuse . . . .
Ndowongere . .
Msami . . . . . .
Calgallo-bin-Abarofat
Ohda-bin-Odalala, . .

Myogwe . . . . 1

' }VV'agiria-ma.
}Wa;durma.
' }Ditto.
-- pitta.
Ditto.
Wadigo.
1
7 Warabai.
Waribe.
Wakambi.
Wachoni.
Wagibana.
Wasania.
}> Wagalla.
> Washimba. Wadigo.

Kauma.
} Wagalla.

165
18894891.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA & NATIVE CHIEFS. [Na 35
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
(2.) LIST OF TREATIES (Nos. 22—62) concluded by the British
East Africa Company with Native Chiefs, between March,
1888, and May, 1890 (after the Charter), according to the
following Form (b), which were submitted to the British
Government for approval, 5th March, 1891, and were
approved, 30th June, 1891 :—
Form
[Name of Chief] hereby declares that he has placed him-
self and all his territories, countries, peoples, and subjects
under the protection, rule, and government of the Imperial
British East Africa Company, and has ceded to the said Com-
pany all its sovereign rights and rights of government
over all his territories, countries, peoples, and subjects, in con-
sideration of the said Company granting the protection of the
said Company to him, his territories, countries, peoples, and
subjects, and extending to them the benefit of the rule and
government of the said Company. And he undertakes to hoist
and recognize the flag of the said Company.


As wit-ness his hand, at this day of ,
18
[Signature or Mark of Chief.]
Witnesses
N 0. Date of Treaty. Names of Chiefs. - Tribes or Districts.
22 Mar. 18, 1889 Kyoi .. .. .. Wapokomo (Mass).
23 ,, 20, 1889 Mbaraka . . . . ,, (N tuna), north
bank of Tana.
24 ,, 21, 1889 Bagilla . . . . Wapokomo (Kidori orKula),
. Tana.
25 ,, 23, 1889 Golgalo . . . . Vvasania (Manyole).
26 ,, 241, 1889 D010 . . . . . . ,, (Kikate).
2'7 ,, 27, 1889 Iioricha
Bolotho . . . . G r-
(Joint Chiefs of Kur- 9“ 18*"
umse in Garisa.)
28 April 1, 1889 Molongu Boro . . \Vapokomo (Korokoro).
(W‘araopa in Cto Bacirova).
29 ,, 1, 1899 Sethe .. . . . . Wagalas (Korokoro).
29A ,, 1, 1889 ,, .. .. .. Deed of sale, land (Koro-
koro).
30 ,, 17, 1839 Eribyindima . . . . baza, on Tana.
31 1 July 18, 1889 Avatula-bin-Khairo . . \Vaboni.

160'
N0. 85] BRITISH EAST AFRICA 8: NATIVE CHIEFS. [1,887-1891,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.)

N 0. Date of Treaty. Names of Chiefs. Tribes or Districts.

82 July 17, 1889 Nife .. .. .. Wapokomo (Nderani).
33 ,, 18, 1889 Makorani . . . . ,, (Guano).
34 ,, 19, 1889 Gulo . . .. . . ,, (Kinekomba).
35 ,, 20, 1889 Otha . . . . . . ,, (Ndura).
36 ,, 22, 1889 Otha Wa Bobu . . ,, (Malalulu).
37 ,, 30, 1889 Dada Komono . . ,, (Mwina).
38 ,, 21, 1889 Aba Shora . . Wasania (Karacha).
‘J9 ,, 21, 1889 Kayuwayu of Subaki.. Wapokomo (Subaki).
‘10 Aug. 17, 1389 Daadi Aba Daada .. King of) the Gallas (G01-
banti .
41 ,, 25, 1889 Gura Wagadana .. Chief of town and district
of Kinakombe, on south
. bank of River Tana.
42 Sept. 25, 1889 Kasa Mudoni .. .- Chief of town and district
of Konne, on south bank
of River Tana.
43 , , Ali Nahar . . . . Murj erten.
44 . . Goolhed Mahomed‘ . . Kismayu.
45 In the month of Sherwa Ismael . . Murjerten (Kismayu).
J umad Akhr
28,1307
46 . . Ismail Othman — bin- Kismayu.
Sowakhron
, 47 Othman Kilidudoil . . Ditto.
48 Mar. 29, 1889 Mze Saef . . . . Chief of Wabagoni.
49 May 13, 1890 Omer Mahomed . . Murjerten Somalis (Kis-
Ismail Mahomed . . mayu).
50 ,, 18, 1890 Shurua-bin-Ismail Du}
. Othman-bin-Jamia . l 1 O’
51 April 24, 1890 Sumunta Abda-lla ..
Hadji-bin-Ohamid . . lWarsengli Somalis.
Ali-bin-Shnrwar .
52 May 9, 1890 Ubdi Arrala . . . .
Abdulla Jama. . ‘ . .
Husson-bin-Adoni . .
Omer Ubdi . . ..
53 April 22, 1890 Ahamed-bin-Mahomed
Abdulla Isa .
Abdur-ah-mon-Ubseye
54 May 15, 1890 Mahomed-bin-Maho-
med
Hadji Ali . . . .
Hussonabin-Ahamid . .
Ali Brala . . . .
Doolbahanti Somalis.
Orguden Somalis.
Juba River.

\___Y____JH_-JL_W__I g__v_____Jn_w__J\___v_vJ
55 April 25, 1890 Umbari .. . Musugooro.
56 May , 1888 Mazamboni . . ..
Katto . . . . . . Undussuma.
Kalenge . . . .
r . '
0-7 i’ v 1888 5:132:81’ f0’ fi‘ntm’lx Wanyankori and Mpororo.
58 ,, , 1888 Mbiassi, of Kavalli ..
I‘ I: " Between Iturik River and
Rugu'ju. . Nyan 28"
Musiri . .
167
1887-1891] BRITISH EAST AFRICA & NATIVE CHIEFS. [No.35
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]

N 0. Date of Treaty. Names of Chiefs. Tribes or Districts.
May , 1888 Komubi . . . .
Katonza . . . Between Iturik River and
Mpigwa . . N yanza.
Mpinga . . . .
59 ,, , 1888 Bulemo Rnigi. . .. Unyampaka and Kitag-
wenda.
"0 ii » 1888 Bev‘m " " " Ukonju and Semliki Valley.
Ulegga . . . . . .
61 ,, , 1888 Bevwa . . . . . . Baqon Ora
Kakuri . . i g '
62 Concession, Lamu . . . . . .
March 4.‘, 1890 pglanda . . . . . . From Sultan of Zanzibar‘
atta . . . . . .
Kismayu, &c. . . . .



LIST OF TREATIES (Nos. 63—73) concluded by the British
East Africa Company with Native Chiefs between August,
1889, and July, 1890, according to the above Form (1))
(p. 166), which were submitted to the British Government
for approval, 28th May, 1891, and were approved, 30th
June, 1891 :——=*
No. 63. With M’Boli, of Iwati, Ukambani ..
,, 64.
,, 65.
,, 66.
,, 67.
,, 68.
,, 69.
,, 70.
,, 71.
,, 72.
,, 73.
,, Kamiri, of Kikyuyu. . . . . .
,, Menya Kisharia, of Lumbwa
,, Kitoto Jama, of Lower Kavirondo
,, Kisero Punda Mero, of Kisumo . .
,, Kiniaugichi, Elgon . . . .
,, Sakwa, of Kisongo . . . . . .
,, VVekoli, of Akola . . . . - .
,, Majanja, of Kitosh . . . . . .
,, hiumiya, of Upper Kavirondo . .
,, Losora Lonon, Njemps . . . .

August 4, 1889.
J’ 1 1’ ”
October 13, ,,
23, ,,
H
August 28, ,,
February 2, 1890.
March 6, ,,
J’ 9,
June 21, ,,
23, ,,
July 14, ,,
The following Treaties were approved on the 29th April,
1892:——
No. 74. Agreement with the Representatives of
the People of Witu (N0, 33). .
llIarch 18, 1891.
*" See P.I)., “Africa, No. 4 (1892),” pp. 14. and 19.
168
N0.35] BRITISH EAST AFRICA & NATIVE CHIEFS. [1887-1891,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
No. 75. Treaty with King (Mwanga) and Chiefs
of Uganda (per Captain Lugard, p. 16) December 26, 1890.
,, 76. Treaty with Mbekirwas, of Busoga .. ,, 10, ,,
a
,, 77
or }Declaration with Ooguden Somalis . . August 13, 1891.
78

LIST or TREATIES (Nos. 79—84) concluded by the British East
Africa Company with Native Chiefs in September and Octo-
ber, 1891, according to the above Form (p. 166), which
were submitted to the British Government for approval
11th January, 1892, and were approved, 23rd January,
1892.1”
No. 79. With Watoro (El Gosha) Tribes of River
Juba (Mirgow, 8w.) . . . . September 10, 1891.
,, 80. ,, Ditto (Macowah) . . . . . . ,, l9, ,,
n 81.. ,’ 8Z0.) 0 o 00 7) 19) H
,, 82. ,, Ditto (Moosagoor) . . . . , 19, ,,
,, 83. ,, Ooguden Somalis (between Tana
and Juba Rivers) .. .. October 13, ,,
,, 84. ,, Beer Hursi Tribe of Somalis
(River Juba) .. .. .. ,, 15, ,,
* No. 77 was a Treaty with Kimangelia, of 19th May, 1891, but it was
not submitted for approval, as it dealt with territory now in the German
Kilimanjaro sphere of influence.
1' In approving these six Treaties, the Company were informed that the
Agreement annexed to Treaty N0. 79, sent by them, did not accompany
that sent home by Mr. (afterwards Sir Gerald) Portal, and, being outside the
Treaty, was not included in the approval. They were also informed that
Nos. 83 and 841 had been received through Her Majesty’s Agent and Consul-
General at Zanzibar.
I69
1887-1891.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [N0. 36
[Boundaries British Sphere of Influence.]
N 0. 36.—-1VOTES on the Boundaries of the British Sphere of
Influence on the East Coast of Africa, 1887-1891.
The following reference to the boundaries of the British
sphere of influence on the East Coast of Africa was made
in a Despatch addressed by the Marquis of Salisbury to Mr.
(afterwards Sir Gerald) Portal, Her Majesty’s Commissioner
and Consul-General, on the 22nd March, 1892, which was laid
before Parliament with the “Papers relating to the Mombasa
Railway Survey and Uganda” (Africa No. 4 (1892)).
“ The boundaries of the British sphere north of the German
sphere on the East Coast of Africa are defined in the 1st Article
of the Anglo-German Agreement of the 1st July, 1890
(N0. 129), and in the Anglo-Italian Agreement of the
24th March, 1891 (N0. 135).
“ There are three distinct divisions of the territory comprised
in the British sphere of influence on the East Coast of Africa.
“ 1. The dominions of the Sultan of Zanzibar leased to the
British East Africa Company, extending from Wanga to
Kipini, with an inland frontier 10, miles from the coast, and
including the islands of Lamu, Patta, and Manda. (See Con-
cessions, 24th May, 1887 (N0. 24) ; 9th October, 1888
(N0. 26) ; 41th March, 1890 (N 0. 30) ; and 5th March,
1891 (N0. 31).
“2. The territory administered by the Company under its
Charter (3rd September, 1888 (N0. 25)).
“ 3. The territory not at present administered by the Com~
pany)’
Territory leased by the Sultan of Zanzibar to the British East
Africa Company.
“ 1. The limits of this territory are thus described in the note
. written by Acting Consul-General Holmwood to he Sultan on
the 3rd December, 1886 (N0; 153). The note refers, in addi-
tion, to ports north of the Juba. .
170
N0, 36,] BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [1887—1891.
(Boundaries. British Sphere of Influence.]
Territory administered by the Company under its Charter.
“2. The second includes territory held by the Company
under Grants, Concessions, Agreements, or Treaties, in accord-
ance with clause 1 of the Charter, subject to the provisions
of clause 3, which stipulates that no power shall be exer-
cised under such Grants, Concessions, Agreements, or Treaties
until copies shall have been furnished to the Secretary of State,
and he shall have signified his approval, absolutely or condition-
ally. The claims of the Company are recorded in letters and
Treaties, all of which have received the formal approval of the
Secretary of State. Under the ‘2nd clause of the Charter, the
Company is authorized and empowered to extend its territory
from time to time, but such extension is subject to the approval
of the Secretary of State and to the conditions of the 3rd clause.
Territory not at present administered 'by the Company.
“ 3. The third division com prises all territory not included in
the other two .divisions. This is liable to diminution in propor-
tion to the extension of the Company’s administration.
The Instructions to Mr. (afterwards Sir-Gerald) Portal *then
said :—
“ The administration of justice, as regards Europeans and
others, not natives of the country, will be exercised under the
Order in Council of 15th October, 1889.?‘
=X= >3? 3? =39 I)? =3?
“The Order in Council does not apply to the Sultan’s
dominions, in which the administration of justice is governed
by His Highness’ Treaties.
Qt it =1? >¥ =38 =X=
“It will not be your duty, in the portion of your district
outside of the dominions of the Sultan of Zanzibar, to under-
take judicial administration as regards natives. This should,
* H. T., vol. xviii, p. l.
171 x
1887—1891.] BRITISH EAST AFRICA. END. 36
[Boundaries, British Sphere of Influence]
for the present, remain in the hands of the Chiefs; but you
should check abuses, and let the Chiefs understand that, under
British influence, injustice will not be tolerated. In special
cases, where no other remedy may appear adequate, you will be
justified in obtaining the delegation to you of the Chiefs’
powers, in order that you may undertake the direct administra-
tion of justice. Such cases should always be reported by you.”
[For the changes which have taken place since this despatch
was written, see GREAT BR-I’l‘AlN, Armor. (EAST COAST); GREAT
BRITAIN AND Coneo STATE; GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY; AND
ZANZIBAR AND ITALY]
Uganda.
On the 20th August, 1891, the British East Africa Company
announced its determination to withdraw from Uganda, which
was definitely confirmed on the 17th May, 1892.
On the 3rd March, 1892, a Treaty was concluded by Cap-
tain Lugard, on behalf of the British East Africa Company,
with Mwanga, King of Uganda, by which the Company agreed
(among other things) to afliord protection to the Kingdom of
Uganda, and the King (among other things) acknowledged the
suzerainty of the Company ;* but this Treaty was not ratified.
011 the 29th May, 1893, Mwanga, King of Uganda, entered
into a Provisional Agreement with Sir Gerald Portal, Her
Britannia Majesty’s Commissioner, in which it was recorded
that the British East Africa Company had definitely withdrawn
from Uganda, and that, pending the decision of Her Majesty’s
Government on the whole question of Uganda, Mwanga had
bound himself to certain specified conditions, and entered into
certain engagements, with the object of securing British pro—
tection, assistance, and guidance; one of which engagements
was that he would make no Treaties or Agreements of any
kind with any European, of whatever nationality, without the
consent and approval of Her Majesty’s Representativei' This
Treaty was ratified, and a British Protectorate proclaimed over
Uganda, 18th June, 1894 (See APBENDIX).
* See Parl. Paper, “Africa,” No. '1, p. 25 (1893).
‘I’ Perl. Paper, “Africa,” No. 2,1). 18 (1894).
172
BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANY.
No.
37
38
39
BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY.
29 0a., 1889.
24 July,
W 1890.
4 00s., 1890.
2 April, 1891.
14 May, 1891.
1890,1891.
11 June, 1891.
1889—1891.
22 Feb. , 1893.
LIST or TREATIES, 850.
Royal Charter. .
Convention . . . .
Treaty.. .... ..
Agreement. . . .
Notification . . .
NOteSOO.OOOOQO
Agreement . . . .
Treaties . . . . . .
Notification . . .
Incorporation of British South Africa
Company.. .. .. ..
Great Britain and South African Re-
public. N on~extension of Republic
into Territories of British South
Africa Company.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
British South Africa Company and
Gungunhana, King of Gazaland
(East and South East of Masliona-
land).. .. .... ..
British Government and British South
Africa Company. Consent to Ex-
tension of Field of Company’s
Operations to the North of the
Zambesi, exclusive of Nyasaland.
Administration of Territory by
Mr. H. H. Johnston .. ..
British Protectorate. Nyasaland
District. (See N yasaland.)
On the British South Africa Company,
N yasaland, &c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(See also Nyasaland, p. 811.)
Great Britain and Portugal. Spheres
of Influence. East and Central
Africa. (See Great Britain and
Portugal.)
Abstract of Treaties concluded with
Native Chiefs of the Shiré High-
lands. Nyasaland . . . . . . . . . H . .
Nyasaland District to be hereafter
known as the “ British Central
Africa Protectorate.” (See Nyasa-
land.)
Page
174:
183
184
185
183
187
173
29 Oct, 1889.] BRlTlSH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [N0. 37
[Charter.]
N0. 37.—RCYAL CHARTER of Incorporation granted
to the British South Africa Company. 29th October,
1889*
VICTORIA, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland Queen, Defender of the Faith.
To all to whom these presents shall come, Greeting.
Preamble.
Petition :—
Field of Operations of Company in “Region of South Africa
lying to the North of Bechuanaland and to the West of Portuguese
East Africa.”
Concessions and Agreements made by Native Chiefs and
Tribes inhabiting the said Region, and such other Concessions, ‘Sea,
as the Petitioners may hereafter obtain within the said Region or
elsewhere in A fricat
Improvement of Condition of Natives. Slave Trade.
Advantages of a Royal Charter;
Subscriptions towards Enterprise.
Grant of Royal Charter of ‘Incorporation.
Now, therefore, We having taken the said Petition into Our
Royal consideration in Our Council, and being satisfied that the
intentions of the Petitioners are praiseworthy and deserve en-
eouragement, and that the enterprise in the Petition described
may be productive of the benefits set forth therein, by Our
* “ London Gazette,” 20th December, 1889. H. T., vol. xviii, p. 133.
'1' On the llth February, 1888, an Agreement was entered into by
Lobengula, Ruler of the tribe known as the Amandebele, together with the
Mashona and Makakalaka, tributaries of the same, by which he agreed, on
behalf of himself and people, that he would refrain from entering into any
correspondence or Treaty with any foreign State or Power to sell, alienate,
or cede, or permit or countenance any sale, alienation, or cession of the
whole or any part of the said Amandebele country under his ehieftainship,
or upon any other subject, without the previous knowledge and sanction of
Her Maj esty’s High Commissioner for South Africa (S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 868) ;
and on the 30th October, 1888, a Concession was granted by Lobengula,
King of Matabeleland, to the representatives of the British South Africa
Company.
1 74
No. 37] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA oo. [29 Oct, 1889.
[Charten]
Prerogative Royal and of Our especial grace, certain knowledge
and mere motion, have constituted, erected, and incorporated,
and by this Our Charter for Us and Our Heirs and Royal suc-
cessors do constitute, erect, and incorporate into one body,
politic and corporate, by the name of The British South
Africa Company the said——
[Here follow the names]
and such other persons and such bodies as from time to time
become and are members of’ the body, politic and corporate, by
these presents constituted, erected, and incorporated, with per-
petual succession and a common seal, with power to break,
alter, or renew the same at discretion, and with the further
authorities, powers, and privileges conferred, and subject to the
conditions imposed by this Cur Charter: And ‘We do hereby
accordingly will, ordain, give, grant, constitute, appoint, and
declare as follows (that is to say) :—
Field of Operations of Company.
1. The principal field of the operations of the British South
Africa Company (in this Our Charter referred to as “ the
Company ”) shall be the region of South Africa lying imme-
diately to the north of British Bechuanaland, and to the north
and west of the South African Republic, and to the west of the
Portuguese Dominions?‘
Concessions and Agreements made by Native Chiefssl'
2. The Company is hereby authorized and empowered to
use, and retain for the purposes of the Company, and on the
terms of this Our Charter, the full benefit of the concessions
and agreements made as aforesaid, so far as they are valid, or
any of them, and all interests, authorities, and powers com-
prised or referred to in the said concessions and agreements.
‘Provided always that nothing herein contained shall prejudice or
affect any other valid and subsisting concessions or agreements
* See Great Britain and Portugal, p. 681.
"f See List of Treaties, p. 187.
175
29 Oct.,1889.] BRITISH sourn AFRICA 00. [No.37
[Charten]
which may have been made by any of the chief's or tribe's
aforesaid,
District of Tati. Limits.
And, in particular, nothing herein contained shall prejudice
or affect certain concessions granted in, and subsequent to‘,
the year 1880, relating to the territory usually known as
the district of the Tatif‘e nor shall anything herein contained
be construed as giving any jurisdiction, administrative or
otherwise, within the said district of the Tati, the limits of
which district are as follows, viz., from the place where the
Shasi River rises to its junction. with the Tati and Ramaquaban
Rivers, thence along the Ramaquaban River to where it rises
and thence along the watershed of those rivers.
Acquisition of Territorial Rights, &c., by Treaties, Concessions, §rc.,
from N atives.
3. The Company is hereby further authorized and em-
powered, subject to the approval of one of our Principal
Secretaries of State (herein referred to as “‘ Our Secretary of
State ”) from time to time, to acquire by any concession,agree-
ment, grant, or treaty, all or any rights, interests, authorities,
jurisdictions, and powers of any kind or nature whatever, in-
cluding powers necessary for the purposes of government, and
the preservation of public order in or for the protection of
territories, lands, or property comprised or referred to in the
concessions and agreements made as aforesaid or afiecting other
territories, lands, or property in Africa, or the inhabitants
thereof, and to hold, use, and exercise such territories, lands,
property, rights, interests, authorities, jurisdictions, and powers
respectively for the purposes of the Company, and on the terms
of this Our Charter.
Approval of Treaties, Concessions, as, by Secretary of States!’
44. Provided that no powers of government or administration
shall be exercised under or in relation to any such last-men-
"‘ See map facing this page. See also Proclamation, 27th June, 1891.
App, page 990.
‘I’ See List of Treaties, p. 187.
176
Map showing the position of
THE DISTRICT OF TATI
Alluded to in the British South Africa Co.'s Charter of
29th October, 1889.
Order in Council, 9th May, 1891
and Proclamation, 27th June, 1891.
Map shewing the posifion of
THE DISTRICT OF TATI D
ALLUDED TO 1N
THE BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA (10'? CHARTER OF 29?.‘ OCT'.‘, I889.


Order m Council 9?!‘ May,l89| & Proclamation 271*.‘June, IBSI. fifmpgefl,
zs°
.S'hapmnis-Kr xvi“


‘EH ; HZi’S K2381


4,170 “ --' 0
cl) _-. ‘ ‘' “-¢-“- " ‘rm-m‘ n; 0-".
Pg ’__,/_ , Conrecsww
*1 _"'\_l ‘ "I
It i . '
e , -
.4 \ » ~ - / I
'5 g. ) I 111; . 'I
<3 ‘i if“ e0 I‘ ‘.l
7 (M I \
V KIIIICI am: 5 ' f I
.Baz-ossa mu , a.‘ . ‘a i k
I a. A> n'” I ‘
3" U I’ i
\ T a e N r 6 I
. \
\
\ .
/
i
Q!
>5 ‘\
“52a ‘ “ t ,
egg)‘ \1 I ‘n llnsn - T
R ECTI'ORATE“,
a.
r -_
\
‘ ' t, '
A I‘


1 I
21 Ti ha ‘
Sabine ‘ i \
a _
x _. we: \ mom: .-\ s:
\ “ii
8 Q I.‘ H v
1 ; > :1
#1
‘U? 6 “ L‘ I
3'
a "t J
p a ‘t
m L at Q! _ I r
'7 P‘ ' “
\i .
J _~. , '. \ ~
- a u
L9 ' NEW mung .l
unm'z fig
E, -_-


___\...__\ ____;,_
R.Sha_.;1ii
lax apam

33“ F
Iz'esb we



Longitude East in" Greenwich 28'


‘Tom or I Inch = '57 Stat MHBS sunronn's asoa.‘ ssrwzw’vaon
' ' ' 10 20
Tim?
so muss.
N0. 37.] ' BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA oo. [29 Oct.,-1889,
[Charten]
tioned concession, agreement, grant, or treaty, until a copy of
such concession, agreement, grant, or treaty, in such form and
with such maps or particulars as our Secretary of State ap~
proves, verified as he requires, has been transmitted to him,
and. he has signified his approval thereof either absolutely or
subject to any conditions or reservations;
District of Tatt'.*
And provided also that no rights, interests, authorities, juris-
dictions, or powerswof any descriptionshall be acquired bysthe. .
Company within the said district of the Tati as hereinbefore'
described, without the previous consent in writing of the owners
for the time being of the concessions above referred to relating
to the said district, and approval. of Our Secretary of State.
Company to be bound by Treaty Stipulations, &o.
5. The Company shall be bound by and shall fulfil all and
singular the stipulations on its part contained in any suchcon-
cession, agreement, grant, or treaty as aforesaid, subject to any
subsequent agreement affecting those stipulations approved by
Our Secretary of State.
Status of Company to be British.
6. The Company shall always be and remain British in
character and domicile, and shall have its principal ofiice in
Great Britain, and the Company’s principal representative in
South Africa and the Directors shall always be natural born
British subjects, or persons who have been naturalized as
British subjects by or under an Act of Parliament of Our United
Kingdom; but this-Article shall not‘ disqualify any person
nominated a Director by this Our Charter, or any person
whose election as a Director shall have been approved by Cur
Secretary of State, from acting in that capacity.
t“ See note, p. 176.
177 N 8
29 Dot, 1889.] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA co. 9 [Na 37
[Charter.]
Submission of Dijerenoes between Natives and Company to
Decision of Secretary of State.
7. In case at any time any difference arises between any
chief or tribe inhabiting any of the territories aforesaid and
the Company, that diiference shall, if Our Secretary of State
so require, be submitted by the Company to him for his de-
cision, and the Company shall act in accordance with such
decision.
: Powers of Secretary of State. Dealings of Company with
Foreign Powers.
8. If at any time Our Secretary of State thinks fit to dissent
from or object to any of the dealings of the Company with any
foreign Power, and to make known to the Company any sug‘
gestion founded on that dissent or objection, the Company shall
act in accordance with such suggestion.
Powers of Secretary of State. Disputed Territorial Claims.
9., If at any time Our Secretary of State thinks fit to object
to the exercise by the Company of any authority, power, or
right within any part of the territories aforesaid, on the ground
of there being an adverse claim to or in respect of that part,
the Company shall defer to that objection until such time as
any such claim has been withdrawn or finally dealt with or
settled by Our Secretary of State.
10. Preservation of Peace and Good Order.
11. Abolition of Slave Tradeanol Slavery.
.12. Trafiic in Spirituous Liquors.
13. Freedom of Religious Worship.
14. Administration of Justice. Local Laws and Customs.
Right of Secretary of State to object to Proceedings or System of
Company. '
15. If at any time Our Secretary of State thinks fit to dis-.
sent from or object to any part of the proceedings or system of
the Company relative to the peoples of the territories aforesaid
or to any of the inhabitants thereof, in respect of slavery or
178
N0, 37] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [29 Oct,’ 1889,
[Charten]
religion or the administration of justice, or any other matter,
he shall make known to the Company his dissent or objection,
and the Company shall act in accordance with his directions
duly signified.
16. Facilities for British Ships of lVar in Harbours of Com-
pany.
17. Annual Returns of Receipts and Expenditure to be made
to Secretary of State.
18. Officers of the Company.
Flag.
19. The Company may hoist and use on its buildings and
elsewhere in the territories aforesaid, and on its vessels, such
distinctive flag indicating the British character of the Company
as Our Secretary of State and the Lords Commissioners of the
Admiralty shall from time to time approve.
No Monopoly to be granted. Concessions for Railways, Banks, do,
not deemed Monopolies.
20. Nothing in this Our Charter shall be deemed to autho-
rize the Company to set up or grant any monopoly of trade;
provided that the establishment of or the grant of concessions
for banks, railways, tramways, docks, telegraphs, waterworks,
or other similar undertakings or the establishment of any
system of patent or copyright approved by Our Secretary of
State, shall not be deemed monopolies for this purposes.
District of l’ati.if
The Company shall not, either directly or indirectly,
hinder any Company or persons who now are, or hereafter may
be, lawfully and peaceably carrying on any business, concern,
or venture within the said District of the Tati hereinbefore
described, but shall by permitting and facilitating transit by
every lawful means to and from the District of the Tati, across
its own territories or where it has jurisdiction in that behalf,
and by all other reasonable and lawful means, encourage,
it See note, p. 176.
l 79
29 Oct., 1889,] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [N0. 37
[Charter.] i
assist and protect all British subjects who now are, or
hereafter may be, lawfully and peaceably engaged in the
prosecution of a lawful enterprise within the said District of
the Tati.
21. Licences for killing Elephants and other Game. Re-
servation of Hunting Rights of Native Chiefs.
Liability of Company. Jurisdiction. Administration of Justice.
22. The Company shall be subject to and shall perform and
undertake all the obligations contained in or undertaken by Our-
selves under any Treaty, Agreement, or Arrangement between
Ourselves and any other State or Power whether already made
or hereafter to be made. In all matters relating to the ob-
servance of this Article, or to the exercise within the Company’s
territories for the time being of any jurisdiction exerciseable
by Us under the Foreign Jurisdiction Acts, the Company shall
conform to and observe and carry out all such directions as may
from time to time be given in that behalf by Our Secretary of
State, and the Company shall appoint all necessary ofiicers to
perform such duties, and shall provide such Courts and other
requisites as may from time to time be necessary for the
administration of justice.
23. Share Capital of Company.
Powers of the Company.
24. The Company is hereby further specially authorized and
empowered for the purposes of this Our Charter from time to
time :—
[Here follows a descriptive list of the powers conferred on
the Company]
Deed of Settlement.
25. Within one year after the date of this Our Charter, or
such extended period as may be certified by Our Secretary of
State, there shall be executed by the Members of the Company
for the time being a Deed of Settlement, providing so far as
necessary for :—
[Here follows a description of the provisions to be inserted]
ISO
N0. 37] BRITISH SOUTH-AFRICA co. ' [29 Oct.,1889.
[Charter.]
26. Deed of Settlement to be approved.
27. Deed of Settlement may be altered or repealed.
28. Limited Liability of lllembers of the Company.
29. Directors of the Company.
30. Recognition of Charter by British Naval, ll/Iilitary, Census
lar, and Colonial Qfi‘ioers.
31. Construction of Terms of Charter most favourable to the
Company.
32. Validity of Charter.
Reservation of Right of Crown to revise Charter after 25 years
and at end of every year as regards Administrative and Pub lie
llfatters.
33. And We do further ordain and declare that it shall be
lawful for Js, Our heirs and success rs, and We do hereby ex-
pressly reserve to Ourselves, Our heirs and successors, the right
and power by writing under the Great Seal of the United
Kingdom at the end of 285 years from the date of this Our
Charter, and at the end of every succeeding period of 10 years,
to add to, alter, or repeal any of the provisions of this Our
Charter, or to enact other provisions in substitution for, or in
addition to, any of its existing provisions. Provided that the
right and power thus reserved shall be exercised only in rela-
tion to so much of this Our Charter as relates to administrative
and public matters.
Right of Crown to acquire Company’s Buildings and Works on
Payment of Compensation.
And We do further expressly reserve to Ourselves, Our
heirs and successors, the right to take over any buildings or
works belonging to the Company, and used exclusively or
mainly for administrative or public purposes on payment to the
Company of such reasonable compensation as may be agreed, or
as, failing agreement, may be settled by the Commissioners of
Our Treasury. And We do further appoint, direct, and declare
that any such writing under the said Great Seal shall have full
effect, and be binding upon the Company, its members, oflicers,
and servants, and all other persons, and shall be of the same
181
29 Oct.,1889,] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. CO. [NO- 37
[Oharten]
force, efi'ect, and validity as if its provisions had been part of
and contained in these presents.
Rights of Crown. Protection or Government of Territories.
841. Provided always and We do further declare that nothing
in this our Charter shall be deemed or taken in anywise to limit
or restrict the exercise of any of Our rights or powers with
reference to the protection of any territories or with reference
to the government thereof should We see fit to include the same
within Our dominions.
Rights of Crown in event of Company not fulfilling its
Engagements.
35. And we do lastly will, ordain, and declare without pre-
judice to any power to repeal this Our Charter by law belonging
to Us Our heirs and successors, or to any of Our Courts, Minis-
ters or officers, independent of this present declaration and
reservation, that in case at any time it is made to appear to Us
in Our Council that the Company has substantially failed to
observe and conform to the provisions of this Our Charter, or
that the Company is not exercising its powers under the con-
cessions, agreements, grants, and treaties aforesaid, so as to
advance the interests which the Petitioners have represented
to Us to be likely to be advanced by the grant of this Our
Charter, it shall be lawful for Us, Our heirs and successors,
and We do hereby expressly reserve and take to Ourselves,
Our heirs and successors, the right and power by writing
under the Great Seal of Our United Kingdom to revoke this
Our Charter, and to revoke and annul the privileges, powers,
and rights hereby granted to the Company.

N0, 38] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [1890, 1891.
[Limits]
N0. 38.—Notes on the BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANY and NYASALAIVD. 1890, 1891.
Limits of British Jurisdiction.
On the 30th June, 1.890, an Order in Council was issued,
providing for the exercise of British jurisdiction in certain
territories of South Africa, north of British Bechuanaland
(see p. 336). The limits of this Order were declared to be :—
“ The parts of South Africa situate north of British Bechu-
analand; west of the South African Republic and of Matabele-
land ; east of the German Protectorate; and south of the River
Zambesi; and not within the jurisdiction of any civilized
Power.”*
But this Order was repealed by another Order which was
0 9th Me" 1 801 ‘t and which contained the following
1.1 LL .LLLLUJ ’ .l-VU 4-,
s being the limits of its operation :—
“The limits of this Order are: the parts of South Africa
bounded by British Bechuanaland (see p. 336), the German
Protectorate (see GREAT BRITAIN and GERMANY, p. 593), the
20
Rivers Chobe and Zambesi, the Portuguese Possessions (see _
GREAT BRITAIN and PORTUGAL, Agreement, 11th June, 1891,
p. 731), and the South African Republic (see p. 837).
N on-ewtension of South African Republic into territories of British
South Africa Company.
24thJ 1 _ .
On the 2nd Argi’st 189k), a Conventlon was concluded between
7
Great Britain and the South Africa Republic for the settlement
of the affairs of Swaziland, in which it was recorded (Article
X) that the Government of the South Africa Republic with.-
drew all claim to extend the territory of the Republic, or to
enter into Treaties with any natives or native tribes to the
north or north-west of the existing boundary of the Republic,
and undertook to aid and support, by its favouring influence,
the establishment of order and government in those territories
by the British South Africa Company, within limits of power

* H. T., vol. xviii, p. 156. _
‘I’ “ London Gazette,” 9th May, 1891. See also Proclamation, 27th June,
1891. App., page 990. '
- 183
189'], 1891.] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. TING. 38
‘ [Nyasa1and.]
and authority set forth in the charter granted by Her Majesty
to the said Company.*
Concession to Company from Gungunhana, King of Gazaland.
On the 4th October, 1890, a concession was granted by
Gungunhana ‘(or UngugunyanflKing of Gazaland, whose ter-
Ir'itories are situatedto the east and south-east of Mashonaland,
to Dr. A. Schulz, as representative of the British South Africa
Company In this concessionGungunhana bound himself, his
successors, and nation not to enter into any Treaty of Alliance
with any Chief, person, Company, or State, or ‘to grant anyr
concessionv of land without the consent of the ‘Company in
‘writing, it being understood that this {covenant shouldlbe ‘conP
sidered in the light of a Treaty of Alliance made between the
said nation and the Government ‘of Her Britannic Majesty
Queen “Victoria, the Company, on its part, undertaking‘ and
agreeing to protect the said ‘King and nation from all out-side
interference or attacks, to support and maintain the said Chief
'and his lawful successors in the ‘constitutional maintenance and
exercise over his‘ subjects of his powers and authority,iand to
i hold its servants liable for any ill-treatment ' or interference
with any of the King’s native subjects.
Field of Company’s operations extended North of the Zambesi.
‘ Nyasaland. MrfH. H. Johnston, C.B., appointed Political
Administrator.
On as 13th February, 1891, the British South Africa
Company expressed its wish to extend the field of its opera-
tions to the north of the Zambesi, and that Mr. H. H. Johnston,
C.B., who had been appointed Her Majesty’s Commissioner and
‘Consul-General in Nyasaland, should be appointed Political
Administrator throughout the Company’s' sphere vnorth of the
Zambesi. " ' ‘ i ' i '
Before consenting to such extension, certain conditions were
submitted by Her Majesty’s Government to the Company for
their acceptance, among which were the following :—-— i
That the charter of the South Africa Company should
I ' ' i t ‘H. r, vol. xviii, p. 165. i i " i
184
N0, 38] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [1890, 1891.
[Nyasa1and.]
extend over the territory under British influence north of the
Zambesi, and south of the territories of the Congo Free State
and the German sphere, under the following, among other, con-
ditions :—
Nyasaland.
That the chartered territory should not include Nyasaland ;
that the territory defined by that name would be bounded,
where it adjoined the chartered territory, by a frontier which,
starting on the south from the point where the boundary
between the British and Portuguese spheres was intersected by
the boundary of the conventional line of the Berlin Act, would
follow that line to the point where it met the geographical line
of the Congo Basin, and would thence follow the latter line to
the point where it reached the boundary between the British
and German spheres (see GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY).
The Company having accepted these conditions (5th March,
1891) they were informed (2nd April, 1891) that the Secretary
of State sanctioned the extension of the field of operations to the
British sphere north of the Zambesi, exclusive of Nyasaland, the
limits of which were defined in the Memorandum of Conditions,
on the understanding that the provisions of the charter were
strictly observed and that the conditions attached to the sanc-
tion were duly respected.
It was agreed between Her Majesty’s Government and the
Company that 10,000l. a-year should be paid by the Company
to Mr. H. H. Johnston, to commence from the lst February,
1891, the date of his appointment as Imperial Commissioner in
N yasaland, for administrative purposes within the Company’s
sphere and Nyasaland, such sum to be appropriated at his
discretion; it being understood that Nyasaland included the
Shire Highlands and Lake Nyasa with its shores, covering the
area occupied by the various Scotch and other missions.
British Protectorate over Nyassaland.
On the 14th May, 1891, a notification was issued, announcing
the establishment of a British Protectorate over Nyasaland,
now the British Central Africa Protectorate (see NYASALAND).
185
1890, 1891.] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [N0. 38
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
A copy ‘of this Notification was communicated to the British
South Africa Company,
African Lahes Company
and to the African Lakes Company; and in consequence of
certain Treaties having been concluded in 1885 by the African
Lakes Company with native Chiefs of the Shire Highlands,
and on Lake Nyasa, the British South Africa Company en-
quired of Her Majesty’s Government whether the validity of
these Treaties was recognized, when they were informed (24th
August, 1891) that “Sovereign rights ceded by Treaties in the
Nyasaland Protectorate were now vested in Her Majesty, by
reason of that Protectorate.”
The African Lakes Company has ceded its land claims in
the British Central Africa Protectorate to the British South
Africa Company.
Trade in Fire-arms, Coinage, Weights and llieasures.
On the 30th July, 1891, two Ordinances were issued by the
British South Africa Company, one for regulating the trade in
and delivery of firearms, and the other for regulating coinage
and weights and measures, in each of which it was ordained
that the limits of the Ordinance should be “ Mashonaland, that
is to say, Fort Tuli and an area 10 miles round that fort, and
the territories north of the 22nd parallel of south latitude, but
excluding the territory known as the disputed territory lying
between the Shashi and Macloutsie Rivers, and all territories
belonging to the Chief Khama of the Bamangwato and the
territory known as the district of the Tati.”
N0, 89] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [1889-‘1891
[Treaties with Native 0hiefs.]
NO. 39.——ABSTRACT OF TREA TIES concluded with
Makololo, Y a0, and other Chiefs of the Shire Highlands,
1889—1891*
The following is a list of the Treaties concluded, between
1889 and 1891, in the name of Her Brilannic Majesty, with
Native Chiefs, containing engagements by those chiefs not to
cede their Territory or to conclude Treaties with any other
Power than Great Britain, and defining the boundaries of their
respective States :—
145th August, 1889. Katunga’s (Blantyre Port), River
Shire, Makololo Chiefs (Mas'ea,
Mulilima, and Katunga).
15th ,, ,, Katunga’s, River Shiré, Makololo
Chief (Kampata).
"24th ,, ,, Yao Chiefs, Mudi, Blantyre (Shiré
Highlands). Soche and Ndilandi
Districts.
The boundaries in the latter Treaty were thus defined:
“On the south, west, and north by the Makololo country, on
the north-east by the lands of the Zomba Chiefs, and on the
east by Kumpama’s territory.
21st September, 1889.1" Makololo, Yao, and Machinga.
British Protectorate.
British Protectorate over the Makololo, Yao, and Machinga
Countries.
“ To all whom it may concern,
“I hereby declare that the Makololo, Yao, and Machinga
Countries, within the limits cited below, are, with the consent
and at the desire of the Chiefs and People, placed under the
protection of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, Defender of the Faith,
&c.
‘l’ These Treaties should have been inserted under the heading “ Nyasa-
land,” p. 811, as the Chartered Territory does not include Nyasaland. See
p. 185. Various other Treaties have been concluded with Native Chiefs.
i H. T., vol. xviii, pp. 130, 181.
187 0
1889—189L] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [NO- 39
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
“ Given at Mlomba, Makololo Country, this 21st day of
September, 1889.
JOHN BUCHANAN,
Her Majesty’s Acting Consul for Nyassa.
“The above Declaration applies to the countries included
within the following boundaries :—
“ Commencing on the left bank of the lower Shire River at
its confluence with the Ruo River, and following the Ruo to
where it takes its rise in the Milanjé Mountains, thence the
Milanjé Mountains to the most southerly point of Lake Shirwa,
and northward along its eastern shores, including the northern
slopes of the Zomba and Malosa Mountains, to the upper Shiré
River; and, on the right bank of the lower Shiré River, com-
mencing at the lowermost point of the Makololo country, as at
present opposite Mpassa’s (this point, however, is subject to
rearrangement by Her Majesty’s Government), and following
the Shire at a distance of 50 miles inland from the river till it
meets the Lisungwi River.”
Jenn BUCHANAN,
Her Majesty’s Acting Consul for Nyassa.
24th September, 1889. Mbewe. Makololo Chief, Mlanti
(River Shire).
26th ,, ,, Chilomo (Ruo). Makololo Chiefs
(Sons of the late Chipatala)
(River Shire).
13th August, 1890. Wyanasa. Cession to Great
Britain.
The following document was signed by the Wyanasa
Chiefs and others: “We, the undersigned Sub-Chiefs, Head~
men, and representatives of the deceased Chipoka, acting
for and on behalf of the Wanyassa people living within the
territories embraced between the Rue River from its rise in
the Milanje Mountains to the confluence of the .Tuchila and the
Mlosa River, and following the boundary of Chief Chikumbu’s
land as far as the Tuchila, as defined in Treaty made with him
188
N0, 39] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [1889-—-1891,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
on the 11th August, 1890, by John Buchanan, Esq., Her
Majesty’s Acting Consul for Nyassa, most earnestly beseech
Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and
Ireland, Empress of India, Defender of the Faith, &c., to take
our country, ourselves, and our peoples under her special protec-
tion, we solemnly pledging, and binding ourselves and our
people, to observe the following conditions :—
1. That we give over all our country within the above
described limits, all sovereign rights, and all and every other
claim absolutely, and without any reservation Whatever, to
Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and
Ireland, Empress of India, Defender of the Faith, &c., her
heirs and successors, for all time coming.”
14th September,‘ 1890. Manica. Concession to British
S uth Africa Company.
30th ,, ,, Kazembe’s, in Lunda.
Boundaries thus defined: “Bounded on the West by Lake
Moero and the Luapula River; on the south by latitude
10° 30' (or thereabouts); on the north by the Kalongwizi
River and by latitude 9° 20’ (or thereabouts); on the east by
east longitude 30° (or thereabouts).”
16th October, 1890. N sama’s in Itawa.
Boundaries thus defined: “Bounded on the west by Lake
Moero ; on the east by Chungu’s country (east longitude 30°,
or thereabouts); on the north by south latitude 8° 25' (or
thereabouts); on the south by the Kalungwizi River, and by
south latitude 9° 20' (or thereabouts).
15th June, 1891. Chikala. (Chief Kawinga.)
Boundaries thus defined: “On the east, the east side of
Lake Shirwa, thence to Lake Chiuta and Namalamba; on the
north, Masanje to Mfera at the River Shiré ; on the west,
Zineso’s land and that of Mpimbi; and on the south, the
boundary of Malemya.”
The following description was given by Vice-Consul
Buchanan of King Kawinga’s Country: “Kawinga’s head
village is perched at an altitude of about 41,500 feet above sea-
189 o 2
22 Feb;,1893,] BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA CO. [NO- 89
[Nyasa1and.]
level on the northern face at the eastern end of Mount Chikala.
His people are scattered in small hamlets round the bases of
the Mountains Chikala. and Chaoni, while his country, embracing
the northern half of Lake Shirwa, extends to Lakes Chiuta and
Amaramba and across to the Upper Shiré behind Zomba,
forming a large tract of almost uninhabited land, there being
comparatively few people outside the neighbourhood of Chikala
and Chaoni.”
(The British flag was hoisted at the principal village in Chief
Kawinga of Chikala country, 15th June, 1891.)
21st J lily, 1891. Makanga and Machinjiri Chiefs. Act.
Cession to Great Britain of Sovereignty
over strip of country along right bank
of the Shire River.
The boundaries were thus defined “On the north by the
former Portuguese boundary, which, starting from opposite the
confluence of the lituo, ran due west to the water-parting be-
tween the basins of theZa'mbesi and the Shiré; on the west,
by the dividing line of the said water-parting along the range
of the Makang‘a and Sena Mountains; on the south, by a
straight line running latitudinally between the said water-
parting and a point on the right bank of the River Shiré,
opposite Chiwanga, in about 17° 10' south latitude; and, on the
east, by the centre of the course of the River Shiré, including
thus such islands and islets as lie to the west of the centre of
the said river.” (The British flag was hoisted 15th July,
1891.)
On the 11th June, 1891, a Treaty was signed between Great
Britain and Portugal, defining their respective spheres of
influence in Africa. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND PORTUGAL.)
On the 22nd February, 1893, it was publicly notified that
the Nyasala'nd Districts ‘would thencetorward be known as the
“ British Central Africa Protectorate.” (See NYASALAND, pl. 811.)
190
COMORO ISLANDS.
(SEE FRANCE AND COMORO ISLANDS.)
CONGO FREE STATE.
N0.
40.
41.
46.
47.
48.
CONGO FREE STATE.

LIST OF TREATIES WITH FOREIGN POWERS. &0.
Austria - Hun-
ga-I'y
U
Belgium
24th Dec., 1884.
26th Feb, 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
23rd Feb., 1885.
26th Feb., 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
26th Feb, 1885.
1st Aug., 1885.
1st Aug., 1888.
10th June, 1890.
2nd July, 1890.
22nd Dec., 1890.
28rd Feb., 1885.
26th Feb.,1885.
2nd July, 1890.
Apr. —May, 1884,.
5th Feb., 1885.
5th Feb.,1885.
26th Feb., 1885.
PAGE
Declarations. Recognition of Asso-
eiation, Trade, &c. . . . . . . .. .. ..
“ Berlin ' ‘ Act.” See Africa
(General).
“ Brussels
(General).
Declarations. Recognition of Asso-
ciation, &c. .. . . . . . .
General Act of Berlin Conference
(“ Berlin Act”). See Africa
(General).
General Act of Brussels Conference
(“ Brussels Act.”) See Africa
(General).
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
Circular. Neutrality. Limits . . . .
Decree. Administrative Districts. .
Decree. Ditto. Eastern Kwango .
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Tarifi- Eastern Zone. Congo Basin.
See Africa (General).
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation, &c. . .
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Notes. French right of Pre-emption
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation. Boundaries, &c. . . . . . . .
Additional Convention. Private Sta-
tions and Properties. . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Act.” See Africa
198
201
2041
205
900.000.000.10...
20'?‘
209
212
"Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
191
CONGO FREE STATE.
49.
50.
59.
60.
61.
France
Italy . .
5,
, Q '
Liberia . .
,, 0.
Netherlands
’ 9
Portugal
9 l ‘
i 7 '
J 9 '
7 7 '
7 9 '
Russia . .
LIST OF TREATIES WITH FOREIGN POWERS, &c.
22nd New, 1885.
22nd , 29th Apr. ,
1887.
29th April, 1887.
2nd July, 1890.
14th Aug., 1894:.
8th Nov., 1884,.
26th Feb. , 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
16th Dec., 1884:.
16th Dec., 1884.
26th Feb., 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
12th May, 1894.
22nd J une, 1894.
19th Dec., 1884!.
26th Feb., 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
15th Dec, 1891.
25th Aug. , 1892.
27th Dec., 1884.
26th Feb., 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
14th Feb., 1885.
26th Feb. , 1885.
2nd July, 1890.
25th May, 1891.
25th May, 1891.
24th Mar. , 1894.
5th Feb., 1885.
Protocol. Manyanga Region . . . . . .
Notes. French right of Pre-emption
Protocol. Oubangi Region. . . . . . . .
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Agreement. Boundaries. (Appendix.)
Convention. Recognition of Associa-
tion, &0. . . ..
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Declaration. Recognition of Asso-
ciation, &c. .. .
Convention. Consular Jurisdiction, &c.
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
‘IDIQO.
“Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Convention. Mutual Lease of Terri-
tories, &c. (Appendix.)
Declaration. Art. 3 of preceding
Convention withdrawn. (Ap-
pendix.)
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation,&c......... .. ..
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa (General).
Treaty. Commercial Intercourse, &c.
Adhesion to “Brussels Act” of 2nd
July, 1890. (Note, p. 48.)
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation,&c. . .. .. .... .. .. ..
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation, &c. .. .. .. ..
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Treaty. Lunda» Region 0 o s 0 a 00 o 0 s 0
Convention. Boundaries. Lower
Congo........ ........ ........
Declaration. Boundary. Lunda
' Region. (Appendix.)
Convention. Recognition of Ass0~
&'cl 8 U I I Q U U
PAGE
213
215
217
219
221
223
227
229
230
232
234
236
239
192
CONGO FREE STATE.
No.
61.
62.
LIST OF TREATIES WITH FOREIGN POWERS, &0.
Russia . . 26th Feb. , 1885.
,, . . 2nd July, 1890.
Spain 7th Jan., 1885.
,, . . 26th Feb. , 1885.
,, . . 2nd July, 1890.
Sweden and 10th Feb., 1885.
Norway
,, 26th Feb., 1885.
,, 2nd July, 1890.
Turkey 26th Feb. , 1885.
,, . 2nd July, 1890.
United States
_' \
,, 2nd July, 1890.
Zanzibar .. 8th Nov., 1886.
2nd July, 1890.
" OI
22nd A pr., 1884..
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.” Africa
(General) .
Convention.
eiation, _&c.
See
Recognition of Asso-
.l...I....ll.l. .0
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa. (General).
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General).
Convention. Recognition of Asso-
ciation,&c. ...... .............
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels Act.”
(General) .
See Africa
“Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
“ Brussels
(General).
Declaration. Recognition of Asso~
ciation, 8w. .... .. .. ..
Act.” See Africa
“ Brussel Act.” See Afi’ica
, (General).
“ Accession. Berlin Act.” See
Zanzibar.
“ Brussels Act.” See Africa
(General) . i
PAGE
240
242
244
193
24: Dec.: 1884,] CONGO AND AUSTRIA-HUN GARY. [N0. 40
[Congo]
NO. 40.——DECLARA TIONS exchanged between the Austr0~
Hungarian Government and the International Association
, of the Congo. Berlin, 24th December, 1884.
No Import or Transit Duties to be levied on Articles of Commerce
or Merchandise.*
‘1. [Same as Article I of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Right of Austro-Hungarian Subjects to establish themselves in
Territories of the Association. Protection of Life and Property.
Religious Liberty- Rights of Navigation, Commerce, and
Industry. Right to buy, sell, and hire Lands, Houses, 'Q’c.
National and llfost Favoured Nation Treatment. Coasting
Trade.
ART. II. [Same as Article‘ II of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
General Most-favoured-nation Treatment.
ART. III. [Same as Article III of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884. (N0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls. Consular Jurisdiction, Rights, and
Privileges.
It is understood that Austria-Hungary shall enjoy, in regard
to the nomination of Consuls, their functions and Consular
jurisdiction, all the rights and privileges which may be granted
to any other State.
Above Engagements extended to any Territory ceded by the
Association.
ART. IV. [Same as Article IV of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
* See Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels Act, 2nd
July, 1890, p. 48.
1941
N0; 40] CON GO AND AUSTRIA-HUN GARY. [24 D80.) 1884.
[Gonna]
Audio-Hungarian Recognition of Flag of the Association.
ART. V. Austria-Hungary, taking cognizance of the above
engagements and sympathizing with the humane aims of the
Association,* recognizes its flag—a. blue flag with a gold star in
the centre —as that of a friendly State.
Done at Berlin, the 24th December, 1884:.
sTRAUcH.
SZECHENYI.
* On the 23rd February, 1885, it was announced to the Berlin Confer-
ence that the name of the “ International Association of the Congo ” had
been changed to that of the “ Independent State of the Congo.”
295
23 Feb., 1885.] CONGO AND BELGIUM. [1%. 41
[Conga]
N0. 4=l.—-DEC'LARA TI ONS exchanged between the Belgian
Government and the International Association of the Congo.
Berlin, 23rd February, 1885.
Declaration of the Association.
The International Association of the Congo declares by these
presents that, by Treaties concluded with the legitimate
Sovereigns in the ' basin of the Congo and its tributaries? vast
territories have been ceded to it with all the rights of sove-
reignty, with a view to the creation of a free and independent
State ;
Frontiers, @‘0.
That Conventions mark off the frontiers of the territories of
the Association from those of France (NO. 47) and Portugal
(N0. 58), and that the frontiers of the Association are shown
on the annexed map;1'
Flag of the Association.
That the said Association has adopted as the flag of the
State administered by it a blue flag with a golden star in the
centre;
No Duties to be levied on Goods or Products imported or carried
round the Cataracts.
That the said Association has resolved not to levy any
Customs duties on goods or products imported into its terri-
tories or carried by the road which has been made round the
cataracts of the Congo; this resolution has been adopted to
assist commerce to penetrate into Equatorial Africa;
Right of Foreigners to buy, sell, and lease Houses.
That it insures foreigners who may establish themselves in
* For List of Treaties, see p. 200.
1‘ This map was not published with the Declaration; but see General
Map, facing p. 246.
196
No. 41] CONGO AND BELGIUM. [23 Feb.,1885.
[Conga]
its territories the right of buying, selling, or leasing lands and
buildings therein situated. of establishing commercial houses,
and carrying on trade under the sole condition of obeying the
law.
General Most-favoared-nation Treatment.
It engages, moreover, never to grant the citizens of one
nation any privilege whatever without immediately extending
it to the citizens of all other nations,
Prevention of the Slave Trade.
And to do all in its power to prevent the Slave Trade.
In testimony of which the President of the Association,
acting in its behalf, has hereunto afiixed his seal and signa-
J-
uilil'e.
Berlin, the 23rd day of February, 1885.
STRAUCH.

Declaration of the Belgian Government.
Recognition of Association and its Flag.
The Belgian Government takes note of the declarations of
the International Association of the Congo, and by these
presents recognizes the Association within the limits indicated
by it, and recognizes its flag as on an equality with that of a
friendly State.
In testimony of which the Undersigned, being duly au-
thorized thereto, have hereunto aifixed their seal and signature.
Berlin, the 23rd day of February, 1885.
Comte AUGUSTE VAN DER STRATEN.
PONTHOZ.
Baron LAMBERMONT.
197
1 Aug., 1885.] some. [No.42
[Conga Neutrality, L1mits.]
N0. Iii—CIRCULAR of the Administrator-General of the
Department of Foreign Afiairs of the Independent State
of the Congo, declaring the Neutrality of that State, within its
Limits as defined by Treaties. Brussels, 1st August, 1885.
(Translation)
Neutrality.
THE Undersigned, Administrator‘ General of the Department
of Foreign Affairs of the Independent State of the Congo, is
charged by the King, Sovereign of this State, to make known to
his Excellency the Marquis of Salisbury, Secretary of State for
Foreign Affairs in London, that in conformity with Article X of
the General Act of the Berlin Conference (NO. 17), the Indepen-
dent State of the Congo declares by these presents that it shall be
perpetuallylnentral, and that it claims the advantages guaran-
teed by Chapter III of the same Act, at the same time assuming
the duties which neutrality carries with it. The state (condi-
tion) of neutrality shall apply to the territory of the Inde-
pendent State of the Congo comprised within the limits result-
ing from the successive Treaties concluded by the International
Association ‘with Germany (N0. 52), France (N0. 47), and
Portugal (NO. 58), Treaties notified to the Berlin Conference
and annexed to its Protocols, and which are thus determined}
- namely :—-
To the North.
A straight line starting from the Atlantic Ocean and join-
ing the mouth of the river which flows into the sea to the south
of Cabinda Bay, near Ponta Vermelha, at Cabo-Lambo;
The parallel of this latter point prolonged as far as its inter-
section by the meridian of the confluence of the Culacalla with
the Luculla;
The meridian thus determined until it meets the River
Luculla ;
The course of the Luculla to its confluence with the Chiloango
(Luango Luce) ; ‘
"‘ See map facing p. 246.
198
No. 42] some [1 Aug., 1885.
[Congo. Neutrality, Limits.]
The River Chiloango, from the mouth of the Luculla to its
most northern source;
The watershed between the Niadi-Quillou and the Congo as
far as the meridian of Manyanga;
A line to be determined which, while following as much as
possible a natural division of the land, terminates between the
station of Manyanga and the cataract of Ntombo-Mataka, at a
point situated on the navigable portion of the river;
The Congo as far as Stanley Pool;
The median line of Stanley Pool ;
The Congo from a point to be determined above the River
Likona-Nkundja.
A line to be determined from this point to the 17th degree
of longitude east of Greenwich, following as much as possible
the watershed of the Licona-Nkundja Basin ;
The 17th degree of longitude east of Greenwich until it
meets the 41th parallel of north latitude ;
The 41th parallel of north latitude until it meets the 30th
degree of longitude east of Greenwich.
To the East.
The 30th degree of longitude east of Greenwich up to
1° 20' of south latitude ;
A straight line drawn from the intersection of the 30th
degree of longitude by the parallel of 1° 20' of south latitude
as far as the northern extremity of Lake Tanganyka;
The median line of Lake Tanganyka;
A straight line drawn from Lake Tanganyka to Lake Moero
by 8° 30 south latitude ;
The median line of Lake Moero ;
The watercourse which unites Lake Moero with Lake
Bangweolo.*
The western shore of Lake Bangweolofi“
To the South.
A line drawn from the southern extremity of Lake Bang-
weolo until it meets the 24:0l1 degree of longitude east of Green-
* See Agreement, Great Britain and Congo Free State, 12th May, 1894.
(APPENDIX).
199 r
1 Aug, 1885.]
(No. 42
CONGO.
[Conga
Neutrality Limits.]
wich, and following the watershed between the Congo and the
Zambezi ;
The watershed of the basin of the Kassai between the 12th
and 6th parallels of south latitude;
The 6th parallel of latitude to its intersection by the
Quango;
The course of the Quango until it meets the parallel of
Nokki :
The parallel of Nokki until it meets the meridian which
passes through the mouth of the River Uango-Uango;
The course of the Congo from the confluence of the River
Uango-Uango to the sea.
To the West-
The Atlantic Ocean between the mouth of the Congo and
the river which flows into the sea to the south of Cabinda Bay
near Ponta Varmelha.
EDM. VAN EETVELDE.
Brussels, 1st August, 1885.
LIST OF TREATIES (CONTRACTS) between the Belgian Expedition to the
Upper Congo and Native Chiefs, 1882-1884.
20 Oct., 1882. Laufountchou and Cession.
29 Oct., 1882.
6 Jan., 1883.
1 Apr., 1884.
19 Apr., 1884.
19 Apr., 1884.
19 Apr., 1884.
19 Apr.,1884.
'20 Apr.,1884
Kindokki.
Selo
Palla Bella ....... ..
M‘Boma (King Né
Pereira).
M’Boma (King Né
Corado).
Mo‘inda (Nclambé
Zoulau).
Palla Balla.
M’Boma (King Né
Canha or Né
Pereira).
Mo'inda (Nelamlé
Zoulau).
Villages and Districts. Land between the
Rivers Nsoundon and Ntombé to their confluents, and
the road leading from the village of Laufountchou of
Lutéle to that of Kimbanda.
Cession. Sovereignty. Villages and District.
Cession. District.
Cession. Sovereign Rights. Villages and Lands. Seugne
(Manilombi), Sara Ora, and Chinquella Goma(Capitos),
Lugala, Emboche (Manilombi), N‘Boch.
Cession. Sovereign Rights. Villages and Lands. M’Banzu,
Chianda, Dimbo, Chincorda, N‘Sanga, Lutélé, Maktan-
den, J ouco Dekeli (Capita), Sacra N ‘J ouka (Manilombi).
Cession. Sovereign Rights.
Meaning of term “ Cession of Territory“ in Treaty of 6th
January, 1883. “Suzerainty " not “ Purchase of Soil."
Cession. Sovereign Rights. Towns and Lands. M‘Bonza,
N’Cornboa, Caia M’Boma, N‘Bouvalle (Monilombi),
Louvongo, N’Souni, Mahunda (Capita).
Cession. Bank of the Congo bordering his States on
the South. (Land acquired by Foreign Houses ex-
cepted).
Seven Villages (not named)_
200
No. 43] CONGO [1 Aug., 1888.
[Congo. Administrative Districts.)
NO. 4:3.——DECREE of the King of the Belgians, Sovereign
of the Congo Free State, defining the Administrative
Districts of the State of the Congo. Ostenel, lst August,
1888.
(Translation)
LEOPOLD II, King of the Belgians, Sovereign of the Inde-
pendent State of the Congo,
To all present and to come, greeting :
Having re-examined our Decree of the 16th April, 1887:“
considering that it is necessary to determine the limits of the
Administrative Districts of the State '
I.‘ _--(‘1
U
n-_ L1... _.-___-M:i:i_- -_
uu. ULLU Pi'upusunun 01 our f
ouncil 0
General,
We have decreed ‘and do now decree :—
ART. I. The territory of the Independent State of the Congo
is divided into eleven districts, administered by a Commissioner,
assisted by one or several Assistants.
ART II. The limits of the districts are fixed as follows :—
1. District of Banana.
The western boundary of the State and its northern bound-
ary as far as the meridian passing through the western extremity
of Malella Creek; then that meridian and the southern boundary
of the State.
2. The District of Boma.
The district of Banana; the southern boundary of the State
as far as the confluence of the River Ango-Ango ; the meridian
passing through this confluence; the northern boundary of the
State.
* For Decree on the Organization of the local Government and'Powers
of the Governor-General see “Bulletin Ofdciel d’Etat Indépendant du
Congo,” 1887, p. 49.
201 r 2
1 Aug., 1888.] CONGO. [Na 43
[Congo. Administrative Districts]
3. The District of ilIatadi.
The district of Boma ; the southern boundary of the State
until it meets the Loufou; the Loufou to its confluence with
the Congo; the Congo as far as its confluence with the River
Ntombe above Issanghila ; the River Ntombe ; then the north-
ern boundary of the State.
41. The District of Cataracts.
The district of Matadi; the southern boundary of the State
as far as Inkissi; the Inkissi as far as its confluence with the
Congo ; the boundary of the French Congo.
5. The District of Stanley Pool.
The district of Cataracts; the southern frontier of the State
as far as Quango ; the Quango as far as its confluence with
Kassa'i; the Kassa'l' as far as Kwamouth and the boundary of
the French Congo.
6. District of Kassai.
The district of Stanley Pool; the 17th meridian east of
Greenwich; the western and northern crest of the basin of
Lake Leopold II; the crest of the River Ikatta as far as the
meridian 23° east of Greenwich; this meridian and the southern
boundary of the State.
'7. District of the Equator. '
The districts of Kassa'i and Stanley Pool; the Congo as far
as the 1st degree of north latitude; then a line following first
the 1st parallel of north latitude and then the northern and
eastern watersheds oi the Rivers Lopori and Loulongo as far as
the Equator; the Equator; then towards the south a line to be
determined terminating at the 3rd parallel of south latitude;
this parallel.
8. District of ()ubandg'i and Cuelle’.
The district of the Equator ; the Oubandji and the northern
boundary of the State; then the 23rd meridian east of Green-
wich. _
' 202
No. 43] CONGO. [1 Aug.,_1_888._
[Congo._ Administrative Districts]
9. District of Arouwimi and Oaellé.
The eastern and northern boundaries of the State ; the 23rd
meridian east of Greenwich as far as the eastern crest of the
basin of the Lopori and of the Loulongo ; this crest until it meets
the Equator; the Equator; then towards the north a direction
to be fixed terminating at a line to be subsequently determined
in the basin of the Arouwimi.
10. District of Stanley Falls.
The district of Arouwimi and Ouellé ; that of the Equator ;
a line to be determined, starting from the 3rd parallel of south
latitude, terminating at a parallel to be subsequently fixed
towards the 5th parallel of south latitude; this parallel and
the eastern boundary of the State. I
11. District of Loaalaba.
vThe districts of Kassa'i, Equator, and Stanley Falls; the
eastern, southern, and western boundaries of the State.
ART. III. The limits of the districts can only be altered
by us.
The Governor-General can, however, when he thinks it fit,
temporarily modify the territorial spheres of the District-
Commissioners.
ART. IV. Our Administrator-General of the Department
of the Interior is charged with the execution of the present
I)ecree.
Given at Ostend, 1st August, 1888.
LEOPOLD.
By the King-Sovereign:
For the Administrator- General of the Department of the
Interior, the Administrator-General of the Depart-
ment for Foreign Affairs,
EDM. VAN EETVELDE.

d
[12. District of Eastern Kwango, added 10th June, 1890.
See p. 2041.]
203
10 June, 1890.] CONGO. [Na 44.
(Congo. Administrative Districts.
N0. 4=4.—DEUREE of the King of the Belgian, Sovereign
of the Congo Free State, creating an additional Adminis-
trative District of the Congo (Eastern Kwavgo). Brussels,
10th June, 1890.
(Translation)
( Extract.) Preamble.
TAKING into consideration the request of many Chiefs of the
country, and the Treaty of 14th February, 1885, between the
International Association of the Congo and Portugal (N0. 58) ;
On the proposition of our Council of Administrators-
General,
We have decreed and do now decree :
District of Eastern Kwango.
ART. I. A 12th district Which shall bear the name of
“District of the Eastern Kwango ” is created. This district
shall extend between the Kwango and the districts of Kassai
and Lualaba.
ART. IL—Appointment of Commissioner.
LEOPOLD.
Brussels, 10th June, 1890.
N0, 45] CONGO AND DENMARK. [23 Feb., 1885.
[Conga]
NO. 45.-- CONVENTION between Denmark and the Inter-
national Association of the Congo. Berlin, 23rd February,
1885.
Danish Recognition of F lag of Association.
ART. I. The Royal Danish Government recognizes the flag
of the International Association of the Congo—a blue flag with
a gold star in the centre—as the flag of a friendly State.
N 0 Import or Transit Duties to be leviedfx‘
ART. II. [To same purport as Article II of Treaty with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54.)]
Right of Danish Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association. National and hIost-favoured-nation Treat_
ment. Protection of Persons and Property, Religion, Navi-
gation, Commerce, and Industry. Right to buy, sell, and hire
Lands, Houses, and Zllines. Forests and Coasting Trade.
ART. III. [Same as Article III of Treaty with Great Britain
of 16th December, 1884! (NO. 54)].
General lll'ost-favoured-nation Treatment. _
ART. IV. [To same purport as Article IV of Treaty with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls. Consular Jurisdiction. hIost-favoured-
nation Treatment.
ART. V. It is understood that Denmark will enjoy as regards
the nomination of Consuls, their functions and Consular juris-
diction, all the rights and privileges which are or may be
granted to any other State.
Above Engagements to extend to any Cession of Territory made by
the Association.
ART. VI. In case of the Association ceding any portion of
* See also “Berlin Act,” 26th February, 1885,’ p. 20; and “Brussels,
Act,” 2nd July, 1890, p. 4.8.
205
23 Feb., 1885,] CONGO AND DENMARK. [N0. 4:5
[Conga]
the territory now or hereafter under its Government, the en-
gagements contracted by the Association under this Convention
shall be mentioned in the Act of Cession and binding on the
concessionnaire. Those engagements, and the rights accorded
by the Association to Denmark and Danish subjects, shall con-
tinue to be in vigour after every cession made to any new occu-
pant of any portion of the said territory.
ART. VII—Convention to be ratifiedi“ Execution of Conren-
tion from Date of Exchange of Ratifications.
Done at Berlin, the 23rd February, 1885.
STRAUCH.
DE VIND.
‘1* Ratified 15th August, 1885.
206
No. 46. some AND FRANCE- [April—~May,1884
[French Right of Pre-emption.]
NO. ‘LG—EX CHAN GE OF NOTES between the Congo
Free State and France, respecting the right of Pre-eniption
of France over the Territory of the Congo Free State.
April, May, 1884.*
(I) The President of the International Association of the Congo to
the French Minister for Foreign Afi'airs.
(Translation.)
M. le Ministre, Brussels, 23rd April, 1884.
THE International Association of the Congo, in the name of
the Stations and Free Territories which it has founded in the
region of the Congo and in the Valley of N iadi-Q uillon, formally
declares that it will not cede them to any Power, except in
virtue of special Conventions, which may be concluded between
France and the Association, for fixing the limits and conditions
of their respective action. Nevertheless, the Association, being
desirous of giving a fresh proof of its friendly feeling towards
France, engages to give her the right of preference it, through
unforeseen circumstances, the Association were compelled to
sell its Possessions.
STRAUCH.
M. Jules Ferry.
(2) M. Jules Ferry, President of the Council, Minister for Foreign
Afiairs, to M. Strauch, President of the International Associa-
tion of the Congo, at Brussels.
(Translation)
Sir, Paris, 24th April, 1884:.
I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter
of the 23rd instant, in which you, as President of the Inter-
national Association convey to me the assurances and guarantees
destined to consolidate our relations of friendship and amity
(bon voisinage) in the Congo region.
I take note, with great satisfaction, of these declarations,
* Documents Diplomatiques. Aifaires du Congo, 1884-1887.” “ Docu-
ments Diplomatiques” 20d Series. Oct.-——Dec., 1884, vol. xii. See also
Exchange of Notes, April, 1887, p. 188. S. P., vol. lxxviii, p. 112. Claim
not submitted to Signatory Powers. Hansard, vol. xxv, 41th Series, p. 1082,.
14th June, 1894:. See also Arrangement between Belgium and France of
5th February, 1895. App. 30, p. 1059. Not yet ratified (1st February, 1896).
207
April—May,1884_-.] CONGO AND FRANCE. [Na 46
[French Right of Pre-emptiom]
and, in return, I have the honour to acquaint you that the
French Government undertakes to respect the stations and free
territories of the Association, and to place no obstacle to the
exercise of its rights.
JULES FERRY.
(Translation)
hi. Jules Ferry, President of the Council, Minister for Foreign
Afiairs, to the Ambassadors of the French Republic at Berlin,
'Lonclon, Vienna, St. Petershurg, ll[aclrid,. Constantinople,
Berne, and Rome ; to the Ministers of the French Republic at
Copenhagen, Stockholm, Belgrade, Bucharest, Athens, Wash-
ington, Tangier, T6hi6, Tehran; fo the Charge’ d’Affaires of
i the French Republic at Munich, the Hague, and Pehin.
Paris, 31st May, 1884!.
THE President of the International Association of the Congo ‘
addressed to me, on the 23rd of April last, a letter, of which I I
have the honour of sending you herewith a copy; you will also
find annexed hereto copy of the, answer which I re turned to his
communication.
This correspondence sets forth the agreement concluded '
with us by the International Association, and according to the
terms of which the Society engages to cede to no other Power.
than France the territories and stations established by her in
the Congo region and in the Valley of Niadi-Quillou. We
promise, in return, to respect the stations andterritories of the
- Association, and to place no obstacle to the exercise of its rights.
The understanding, thus arrived at, shall have for its imme-
diate eliiect to facilitate the operations of the Commissioner of
the French Government in West Africa. It protects, for the
future, the work pursued in these regions by the Government
of the Republic against the Intervention of a third Power who ,
might take the place of the Association ; from this twofold point
of view I did not hesitate to give my consent to it. I desired
to acquaint you with the nature and object of these arrange’
ments ; there is, moreover, no objection to your alluding to the
foregoing information in your interviews. '
J ULES FERRY.
208 V
N0, 47] CONGO AND FRANCE. [5 Feb., 1885.
[Congo Boundaries, &c.]
NO. 47.——CON VFN TI 0N between the Government of the
French Republic and the International Association of the
Congo. Paris, 5th February, 1885.
(Translation)
Extension to France of Privileges conceded to other Countries.
ART. I. The International Association of the Congo hereby
declares that it extends to France the privileges it has conceded
to the United States of America, the German Empire, England,
Italy, Austria-Hungary, the Netherlands, and Spain, in virtue
of the Conventions which it concluded with those Powers respec-
tively on the 22nd April (NO. 64), 8th November (NO. 52),
16th (Nos. 53 and 54), 19th (No.55), 24th (No. 40),-
27th December, 1884 (NO. 57), and 7th January, 1885 (NO. 62),
1 .. L..__L -13 __L_‘-1_ _'_. __.__ _-._...'l L_ 11- . .-, 1 f‘i_____.i__i_'___
DUU UULU U1. WLLLULL 15 flvLlLlUZiUU. LU 11116 PI'BSCLHJ \JUIIVUIIIIIULI.
General llIost—favoured-nation Treatment.
ART. II. [To same purport as Article III of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Frontiers between the Possessions of France and those of the
Association.
ART. III.* The Government of the French Republic and the
Association adopt as frontiers between their Possessions :
The River Chiloango from the oceanT to its northernmost
source;
The water-parting of the waters of the Niadi Quilloo and
the Congo as far as beyond the meridian of Manyanga :
A line to be settled, which, following as far as possible some
natural division of the land, shall end between the station of
Manyanga and the cataract of the N tombo Mataka. at a point
situated on the navigable portion of the River;
* See Protocol (Manyanga Region), 22nd November, 1885, p. 213, and
Protocol (Oubangi Region), 29th April, 1887, p. 217.
1~ See Convention, between Portugal and the Association, 14th February,
1835, p. 232; and Convention between France and Portugal, 12th May,
1886, Article 2, p. 299.
209
5 Feb., 1885.] CONGO AND FRANCE. [No. 47
[Cong-o. Boundaries, &e.]
The Congo up to Stanley Pool;
The centre of Stanley Pool ;
The Congo up to a point to be settled above the River
Licona-N kundja ;
A line to be settled from that point to the 17th degree of
longitude east of Greenwich, following as closely as possible
the water-parting of the basin of the Licona-Nkundja, which
1s part of the French Possessions ;*
The 17th degree of longitude east of Greenwich.
Appointment of Boundary Commissioners.
ART. IV. A Commission, composed of an equal number on
each side of Representatives of the two Parties, shall be in-
trusted with the duty of marking out on the spot a frontier
line in conformity with the preceding stipulations.
Settlement of Dijerences.
In case of a difference of opinion the question shall be
settled by Delegates who shall be named by the International
Commission of the Congo.
Conditional Recognition by France of Neutrality of the Territories
of the Association South of the Chiloango.
ART. V.* Subject to the arrangements to be made between
the International Association of the Congo and Portugal as to
the territories situated to the south of the Chiloango, the
Government of the French Republic is disposed to recognize
the neutrality of the Possessions of the International Associa-
tion comprised within the frontiers marked on the annexed
mapfl conditionally upon discussing and regulating the condi-
tions of such neutrality in common with the other Powers
represented at the Berlin Conference.
French Recognition of Flag of the Association.
ART. VI. The Government of the French Republic recog-
nizes the flag of the International Association of the Congo—a
* See Protocol, 29th April, 1887, p. 217.
1' This Map was not published with the Convention; but see Map
facing p. 246.
210
No. 4'7] CONGO AND FRANCE [5 Feb.,1885.
[Congo Boundaries, &c.] ‘
blue flag with a golden star in the centre—as the flag of a
friendly Government.
Done at Paris, the 5th February, 1885.
(L.S.) JULES FERRY. _
(L.S.) COMTE PAUL DE BORCHGRAVE D’ALTENA.

[This Convention was ratified on the 12th March, 1885.]
211
5 Feb., 1885.] CONGO AXD FRANCE. END. '18
LCongo. Private Stations and Properties]
NO. 48.——-ADDITIOJVAL CON VFN TI ON between France
and the International Association of the Congo. Paris,
5th February, 1885?‘
(Translation)
Cession of Private Stations and Properties by Association to
France.
Only Article—The International Association of the Congo
cedes to France the stations and properties which she privately
possesses in the territories which, in consequence of the de-
limitation agreed to by the Convention of this date, shall be
found to belong to France.
Steps shall be taken so that the transfer may take place as
soon as possible.
Appointment of Commissioners to estimate 'value.
A Commission composed of Delegates of the Contracting
Parties, in equal number on both sides, shall be charged with
making an estimate of each of the stations.
The estimates thus drawn up shall serve as a basis to deter-
mine equitably the sum to be paid by the Government of the
French Republic to the Association for the said cession.
Done at Paris, on the 5th February, 1885.
(L.S.) JULES FERRY.
(LS) COUNT P. on BORCHGRAVE D’ALTENA.
* See also Protocol, 22nd November, 1885, p. 213.
N0_ 49] CONGO AND FRANCE. [22 NOV., 1885
(Congo. Manyanga Region.)
N 0. 49.—PROTOCOL defining the Boundaries between the
Congo Free State and the French Possessions in the Region
of Manyanga. Manyanga, 22nd November, 1885.
( Translation.)
THE Government of the French Republic, and the Congo
State, in conformity with the provisions of the Convention
signed at Paris on the 5th February, 1885 (NO. 47), have
deputed to proceed with the demarcation of the Boundaries of
the Government of the Republic and those of the said State:
the Government of the French Republic, M. Charles Rouvier,
Lieutenant of the Navy, &.c., and the Congo State, M. J uhlin-
Dannfelt, Max, Lieutenant of Infantry in the Swedish Army, ‘
Chief of the Manyanga Division, who, after having communi-
cated to each other their powers, have agreed upon the following
stipulations :— '
The Boundary between the French Possessions and the Pos-
sessions of the Congo Free State, towards Manyangaff shall be
fixed in conformity with the map annexed hereto, and which
is as follows :—
The bottom of the ravine whose communication with the
Congo is situated at about 4140 metres, and to the south
43 degrees east of the Flagstaff of the station of the Congo
Free State at Manyanga [sic in original] ;
The extension of this ravine until it meets the path leading
from the station of Manyanga to the village of Nsonso ;
This path until it reaches the Loufou ;
The Loufou, descending the current for a distance of about
400 metres ;
A line drawn northwards leaving the villages of Nsonso to
the west, and rejoining the path of M anyanga;
This path until it meets the first stream, an affluent of the
River Ntimbo ;
This stream until its confluence with the said Ntimbo;
This river as far as its westernmost source ;
* See Convention, 5th February, 1885, page 212.
213
22 Nov,,1835,] CONGO AND FRANCE. [No. 49
[Congo. ' Manyanga Region.)
A curved line going northwards as far as the plateau of
Konyanga, and then following the watershed until it meets the
basin of the Lona'ia to the north, and to the West of the village
of Koumbi ;
A line drawn to the bend of the Lona'ia, near the village of
Kilombou;
The River Lona'ia as far as the village of Kaonga.
The line thus determined leaves to the West, that is to say,
on the Territory of the Congo Free State, the villages of N sonso,
Massangni, Nsanga, Kinkendo, and Kintombo, and to the east,
that is to say, on French Territory, the cluster of habitations
at Ntombo, the village of Nsome, the market of Manyanga, the
villages of Kinsonia, Bondo, Konyanga, the market of Konso,
the villages of Mbango, Banza-Baka, Kiloumbou, and Kaonga.
The difiiculty of obtaining information beyond the line thus
determined has not admitted of the further prolongation of the
Boundary line.
In faith of which the respective Plenipotentiaries have
signed the present Convention.
Done at Manyanga, the 22nd November, 1885.
M. JUHLIN-DANNFELT.
CH. ROUVIER.
2'14.






n!’



Map Annexetlto E
PROTOCOL BETWEEN CONGO AND FRANCE,
of 221-“; November 1885. To {Me page 314,
Ipincraira de la Reconnaissance falte au Nord de
Manyanga paurserviré la determination de la
frontiers entre la fi-ancc ct L'Etat independent
du Congo.
, -—$,c/f)4/um= 1:190,ooo -—-
Ifigenga/ o ————-—__——-—e—'-—_
Limit: adopte'c par la
Tenéla, Kigenga, Commission de delimitation
. \ ' ‘ ‘I
w’ Lvueza le 22 Novembre I885.
‘ll’.
(\ ‘_
s
Q
0
q‘
">“ u ' 1)
Q
A
‘n
v "'
\ z‘zusonwo
no ‘('4 mild deManyanga/
7 78m.
' 376m
Ban/‘w’lwiuwzgmL Busserwag \ some :1
Q‘yi- , -l , _<
Loufou.
Kiinbama,


GO
STANFORDIS 6500.L 551.45 T L ONDON.
sage : or lolnch =3 Stat. Miles.
5 MILES
Map annexed to protocol between
FRANCE AND THE CONGQ FREE STATE
of 22nd November, 1885.
(Manyanga Region.)
No. 50] CONGO AN D FRANCE- [22 April, 1887.
[Conga French Right of Pre-emption.]
N0. 50.——FXCHANGF OF NOTES between the Congo
Free States and France, respecting the right of Pre-
emption of France over the Territory of the Congo Free
State. 22nd, 29th April, 1887*
(Translation)
(1) M. van Eetvelde, Administrator- General of the Foreign Affairs
of the Congo Free State, to M. Boure'e, French llIinister at
Brussels.
Brussels, 22nd April, 1887.
THE International African Association, when it concluded
the Arrangement of 1884 with the Government of the French
Republic (N0. 46), which was confirmed by the letter of the
5th February, 1885, did not intend, and could not have in-
tended, that in the event of the sale of its Possessions,‘ the
right of preference recognized to France before all other Powers
could be opposed to that of Belgium, of which King Leopold
was sovereign; but it is evident that the Congo State could not
cede these same Possessions to Belgium without imposing on
her the obligation of recognizing the right of preference of
France in event of she herself subsequently selling them.
This explanation takes nothing from nor adds anything to
the above-mentioned documents; far from being in opposition
to them, it only establishes their meaning. I am authorized to
add that this is the meaning which was attached to them by the
august founder of the International African Association when
he sanctioned them.
VAN EETVELDE.
2‘ From “Documens Diplomatiques. Aifaires du Congo,” 1884—1887.

215 Q
29 April, 1887.] CONGO AND FRANCE. END. 50
[Congo. French Right of Pre-emption.]
(Translation)
(2) M. Boure'e, French Minister at Brussels, to M'. van Eet'velde,
Administrator- General of the Foreign Afi'airs of the Congo
Free State.
Brussels, 29th April, 1887.
ON the 22nd April you did me the honour of writing me a
letter which had for its object to establish the fact that the
International African Association, when it concluded with the
French Government the Arrangement of .1884! (N0. 46), which
was confirmed by the letter of 5th February, 1885, did not
intend, in the event of its selling its Possessions, that the right
of preference recognized to France before all the other Powers
could be opposed to Belgium, of which King Leopold was
sovereign. You, moreover, add that it was evident that the
Congo State could not cede these same Possessions to Belgium
without imposing on her the recognition of the right of pre-
ference of France in the event of she herself selling them.
On the other hand, you call attention to the fact that this
explanation takes nothing from nor adds anything to‘ the above-
mentioned documents; that far from being. in opposition to
them, it only establishes their meaning, and that such is the
meaning attached to them by the august founder of the Inter-
national African Associatlon when he sanctioned them.
In acknowledging the receipt of this communication, I am
authorized to say that I take note, in the name of the Govern-
ment of the Republic, of the interpretation which they contain
and which you set forth as having always been the one which
you attached to the Convention of 1884 (N0. 46), in so far as
‘ this interpretation is not contrary to pre-existing international
engagements.
BOUREE.
216
No. 51] CONGO AND FRANCE. [29 April, 1837,
[Congo. Oubangi Region]
N0. 51.—PBOT00'0L defining the Boundaries between the
Congo Free State and the French Possessions in the Oubangi
Region. Brussels, 29th April, 1887.
I
(Translation)
The Government of the Congo Free State and the Govern
ment of the French Republic, after examining the work of the
Commissioners, who had been charged to execute on the spot as
far as possible the tracing of the Boundaries between their
respective Possessions, have agreed to admit the following pro
visions as definitively settling the execution of the last para-
graphs of Article III of the Convention of 5th February, 1885
(N0. 47) ;
Boundary in the Oubangi Region.
From its confluence with the Congo the Thalweg of the
Oubangi shall form the Boundary until its intersection by the-
4th parallel of north latitude.
Congo Free State not to exercise Political Action on right bank of
the Oubangi ; nor France on left bank.
The Congo Free State promises the Government of the
French Republic not to exercise any political action on the right.
bank of the Oubangi, to the north of the 4th parallel. The-
Government of the French Republic promises, on her side, not;
to exercise any political action on the left bank of the Oubangii
to the north of the same parallel, the Thalweg forming in botlr.
cases the separation.
Limits of Northern Boundary.
In no case shall the northern Boundary of the Congo State
descend below the 4th parallel of north latitude, which is the
limit already assigned to it by Article V of the Convention of
5th February, 1885 (N0. 47).
The two Governments have agreed to record these provisions
in the present Protocol.
217 Q 2
29_Apr11,1887,] ooneo AND FRANCE. mo. 51
[Cong-o. Oubangi Region]
In faith of which the Undersig'ned, duly authorized, have
signed it, and have afiixed their seals.
Done at Brussels, the 29th April, 1887.
The Administrator General of The Envoy Extraordinary
Foreign Affairs of the Congo and Minister Plenipoten-
Free State, tiary of the French Republic
at Brussels,
EDM. VAN EETVELDE. A. BOUREE.
218
N0, 52] CONGO AND GERMANY. [8 N07,,1834,
[Conga]
NO. 52.——CONVFNTION between the German Empire and
the International Association of the Congo. Berlin, 8th
November, 1884*
(Translation.)
No Import or Transit Duties to be levied.
ART. I. The International Association of the Congo engages
not to levy any duty on articles or merchandize imported
directly or in transit into its present or future possessions in the
basins of the Congo and the Niadi-Kwilu, or into its possessions
situated on the Atlantic Ocean. This exemption from duties
especially applies to merchandize and articles of commerce
which are carried by the roads made round the cataracts of the
Congo.
Right of German Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association. Protection of Person and Property. Re-
ligion, Navigation, Trade, and Manufactures. National and
.Most-favoured-nation Treatment. Right to buy, sell, and hire
houses, 5m. Coasting Trade.
ART. II. [To same purport as Article II of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884.‘. NO. 54.]
General Most-favoured-nation treatment.
ART. III. [To same purport as Article III of the Convention:
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884. NO. 54.]
Above Engagement to extend to any Cession of Territory by the
Association.
ART. IV. In the event of the cession of the present or future
territory of the Association, or of any part of it, the obligations
contracted by the Association towards the German Empire
shall be transferred to the occupier. These obligations and the
rights granted by the Association to the German Empire and
"' See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels Act, 2nd
July, 1890, p. 48.
219.
8 NOV., 1884,] CONGO AND GERMANY. [N0. 52
[Congo.]
its subjects shall remain in force after every cession as far as
regards each new occupier.
German recognition of Flag of the Association.
Am‘. V. The German Empire recognizes the flag of the
Association—a blue flag with a golden star in the centre—as
‘that of a friendly State.
German recognition of Frontiers of Congo State.
ART. VI. ‘The German Empire is ready on its part to
recognize the frontiers of the territory of ‘the Association and of
the new State which is to be created, as they are shown in the
annexed mapfil‘
Ratifications.
ART. VII. This Convention shall be ratified and the ratifica-
tions shall be exchanged with the least possible delayfil'
This Convention shall come into force immediately after the
‘exchange of the ratifications. '
Done at Berlin, the 8th November, 1884.‘.
Count v. BRANDENBOURG
STRAUCH.
* This map was not published with the Convention, but see Map facing
11. 246.
'l' Ratified 27th November, 1884.
220
N0, 53] CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. [16 Dec.,1884.
[Congo.]
N0. 53.-—DFOLARATIONS exchanged between the Govern-
ment of Her Britannic Majesty and the International
Association of the Congo. Berlin, 16th December, 1884:."5
Declaration of the Association.
THE International Association of the Congo, founded by His
Majesty the King of the Belgians, for the purpose of promoting
the civilization and commerce of Africa, and for other humane
and benevolent purposes, hereby declares as follows :—
Treaties with States in basins of the Congo and the Niadi-
Kwitu, Eye.
1. That by Treaties with the legitimate Sovereigns in the
basins of the Congo and of the Niadi-Kwilu, and in adjacent
territories upon the Atlantic, there has been added to it territory
for the use and benefit of Free States established, and being
established, in the said basins and adjacent territories.
Administration of Interests vested in the Association.
2. That by virtue of the said Treaties, the administration of
the interests of the said Free States is vested in the Associa-
tion.
Flag.
3. That the Association has adopted as its standard, and
and that of the said Free States, a blue flag with a golden star
in the centre.
No Customs duties to be levied on Importszt
41. That with a view of enabling commerce to penetrate into
Equatorial Africa, the Association and the said Free States
have resolved to levy no customs duties upon goods or articles
of merchandize imported directly into their territories or
brought by the route which has been constructed around the
cataracts of the Congo.
* Ratified, 9th May, 1885. See also Convention of same date, p. 223.
t See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels Act,
2nd July, 1890, p. 48.
221
16 1380., 1884.] CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. LNO. 53
[Congo.]
Religious Liberty. Rights of Navigation, Commerce, and
Industry.
5. That the Association and the said Free States guaratee
to foreigners established in their territories the free exercise of
their religion, the rights of navigation, commerce, and industry;
Right to Buy, Sell, Let and Hire Lands, Houses, lllines, and Forests.
And the right of buying, selling, letting, and hiring lands,
buildings, mines, and forests, on the sole condition that they
shall obey the laws.
Prevention of the Slave Trade and Suppression of Slavery.
6. That the Association and the said Free States will do all
in their power to prevent the Slave Trade and to suppress
slavery.
Done at Berlin, the 16th December, 1884“.
(On behalf of the Association),
STRAUCH.
Declaration of Her Britannic Majesty’s Government.
British recognition of Flag of the Association.
The Government of Her Britannic Majesty declare their
sympathy with, and approval of, the humane and benevolent
purposes of the Association, and hereby recognize the flag of
the Association, and of the Free States under its administration,
as the flag of a friendly Government.
(On behalf of Her esty’s Government),
EDWARD B. MALET.
222
N0, 54] CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. [16 D80.,1884.
[Congo Consular Jurisdiction, &c.]
N0. 54.—— CONVENTION between Her Britan-nic Majesty’s
Government and the International Association of the Congo.
Berlin, 16th December, 1884?‘
WHEREAS the Government of Her Britannio Majesty have
recognized the flag of the International Association of the
Congo, and of the Free States under the administration, as the
flag of a friendly Government. (N0. 53.)
And whereas it is expedient to regulate and define the rights
of British subjects in the territories of the said Free States, and
to provide for the exercise of civil and criminal jurisdiction
over them, in manner hereinafter mentioned, until sufficient
provision shall have been made by the Association for the ad-
ministration of justice among foreigners. It is hereby agreed
as follows :—
No Import or Transit Ditties to be levieclj"
ART. I. The International Association of the Congo under-
takes not to levy any duty, import or transit, on articles or
merchandize imported by British subjects into the said terri_
tories, or into any territory Which may hereafter come under
its government. This freedom from custom-house duties
shall extend to merchandize and articles of commerce which
shall be transported along the roads or canals constructed, or to
be constructed, around the cataracts of the Congo.
Right of British Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association.
ART. II. British subjects shall have at all times the right of
sojourning and of establishing themselves within the terri~
tories which are or shall be under the government of the said
Association.
Protection 0 Persons and Pro ert-z . Reli ion, Nari ation Com-.
P J 9 9 ,
merce, and Industry. Most-fa'voareil-nation treatment.
They shall enjoy the same protection which is accorded to
* See also Declarations of same date, p. 221.
‘I’ See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels Act,
2nd July, 1890, p. 48.
223 .
16 Dec,, 1884.] CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. END. 54
[Congo. Consular Jurisdiction, &c.]
the subjects or citizens of the most favoured nation in all
matters which regard their persons, their property, the free
exercise of their religion, and the rights of navigation, com-
merce, and industry.
Right to Buy, Sell, Let, or Hire Lands, Houses, Mines, and Forests.
Coasting Trade.
Especially they shall have the right of buying, of selling,
of letting, and of hiring lands and buildings, mines, and forests,
situated within the said territories, and of founding houses of
commerce, and of carrying on commerce and .a coasting trade
under the British flag.
General Most-facoured-nation treatment.
ART. III. The Association engages itself not to accord any
advantages whatsoever to the subjects of any other nation with-
out the same advantages being extended to British subjects.
Appointment of Consuls.
ART. IV. Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and
Ireland may appoint Consuls or other Consular Officers to reside
at ports or stations within the said territories, and the Associa-
tion engages itself to protect them.
British Consular Jurisdiction; Civil and Criminal.
ART. V. Every British Consul or Consular officer within
the said territories, who shall be thereunto duly authorized by
Her Britannic Majesty’s Government, may hold a Consular
Court for the district assigned to him, and shall exercise sole
and exclusive jurisdiction, both civil and criminal, over the
persons and property of British subjects within the same, in
accordance with British law.
Laws of Free States to be observed by British Subjects.
ART. VI. Nothing in the last preceding Article contained
shall be deemed to relieve any British subject from the obliga-
224:
N0, 54] CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. [16 Dec.,1884.
[Congo Consular Jurisdiction, &c.]
tion to observe the laws of the said Free States applicable to
foreigners ;
Infractions of Laws by British Subjects justioiable by British
Consular Court.
But any infraction thereof by a British subject shall be
justiciable only by a British Consular Court.
Ofences against Person or Property of British Subjects by Inhabit-
ants of Free States punishable by Laws of Free States.
ART. VII. Inhabitants of the said territories who are subject
to the government of the Association, if they shall commit any
Wrong against the person or property of a British subject, shall
be arrested and punished by the authorities of the Association
according to the laws of the Free States.
Administration of Justice.
Justice shall be equitably and impartially administered on
both sides.
Jurisdiction in Civil Cases.
ART. VIII. A British. subject, having reason to complain
against an inhabitant of the said territories, who is subject to
the government of the Association, must proceed to the British
Consulate, and there state his grievance. The Consul shall in-
quire into the merits of the case, and do his utmost to arrange
it amicably. In like manner, if any such inhabitant of the said
territories shall have reason to. complain against a British sub-
ject, the British Consul shall no less listen to his complaint and
endeavour to settle it in a friendly manner.
Settle-ment ' of Disputes.
If disputes take place of such a nature that the Consul can-
not arrange them amicably, then he shall request the assistance
of the authorities of the Association to examine into the merits
of the case and decide it equitably.
225
16 1380., 1884]. CONGO AND GREAT BRITAIN. [N0. 54
[Congo Consular Jurisdiction, &'c.]
Recovery of Debts.
ART. IX. Should any inhabitant of the said territories, who
is subject to the government of the Association, fail to dis-
charge any debt incurred to a British subject, the authorities
of the Association will do their utmost to bring him to justice,
and to enforce recovery of the said debt; and should any
British subject fail to discharge a debt incurred by him to any
Such inhabitant, the British iiinioiiiiés will in like manner do
their utmost to bring him to justice, and to enforce recovery of
the debt. No British Consul nor any authority of the Associa-
tion is to be held responsible for the payment of any debt con-
tracted either by a British subject, or by any inhabitant of the
said territories, who is subject to the government of the Asso-
ciation.
Above Engagements to apply also to any Cession of Territory.
ART. X. In case of the Association being desirous to cede
any portion of the territory now or hereafter under its govern-
ment, it shall not cede it otherwise than as subject to all the
engagements contracted by the Association under this Conven-
tion. Those engagements, and the rights thereby accorded to
British subjects, shall continue to be in vigour after every
cession made to any new occupant of any portion of the said
territory.
Rafi zcations.
This Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall
be exchanged with theleast possible delay.* It shall come into
operation immediately upon the exchange of ratifications.
Done at Berlin, the 16th December, 1884.
ED WARD MALET.
STRAUCH.
* Ratifications exchanged at Brussels, 9th May, 1885.
226
No.55] CONGO AND ITALY. [19 Dec.,1884.
[Congo.]
N 0. 55.——CON VEN TI 0N between Italy and the Inter-
national Association of the Congo. Berlin, 19th December,
1884.
No Import or Transit Duties to be leeiecl in the basins of the Congo
or of the Niadi Kwilu.
ART. I. [To same purport as Art. 1 of the Convention with
Great Britain, 16th December, 1884: (NO. 54).]
Right of Italian Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association. Protection of Persons and Property. Religion.
Rights of Navigation, Commerce, and Industry. National and
Most-favoured-nation Treatment. Right to buy, sell, anob hire
Lands, Houses, Z'Jines, and Forests.
ART. II. [Same as Art. II of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884: (NO. 54).]
General M ost-favoured-nation Treatment.
ART. III. [To same purport as Art. III of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls.
ART. IV. His Majesty the King of Italy may appoint
Consuls or other Consular officers to reside at ports or stations
within the said territories, and the Association engages itself to
protect them there.
Italian Consular Jurisdiction.
ART. V. [Same as Art. V of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Laws of Free States to be observed by Italian Subjects. Infractions
justiciable by Italian Consular Court.
ART. VI. [Same as Art. VI of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
227
19 Dee, 1884.] CONGO AND ITALY. [N0. 55
[Conga]
Ofi'ences against Person or Property of Italian Subjects by Subjects
of Free States, and punishable by Laws of Free States. Ad—
ministration of Justice.
ART. VII. [Same as Art. VII of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N O. 54).]
Jurisdiction in Civil Cases. Settlement of Disputes.
ART. 'VIII. [Same as Art. VIII of the Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (No. 54).]
‘ Recovery of Debts.
ART. IX. [To same as Art. IX of the Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N O. 54).]
Above Engagements to apply also to any Cessions of Territory.
ART. X. [Same purport as Art. X of the Convention with
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N o. 54).]
Prevention of the Slave Trade and Suppression of Slavery.
ART. XI. The Association and the Free States undertake to
do all in their power to prevent the Slave Trade and suppress
Slavery.
Italian Recognition of Flag of the Association.
ART. XII. The Italian Government, sympathising with and
approving the humanizing and civilizing aim of the Association,
recognizes the flag of the Association and of the Free States
placed under its government—a blue flag with a gold star in
the centre— as the flag of a friendly Government.
ART. XIII.— Convention to be ratified. Ratifications to be ea:-
changed as soon as possible.*
ART. XIV.——Cperation of Convention on exchange of Ratifica-
tions.
Done at Berlin, the 19th December, 1884.
ST RAUCH.
LAUNAY.
* Ratified 14th June, 1885.
228
No. 56] CONGO AND LIBERIA- [15 Dec.,1891.
[Conga]
NO. 56.—-TREA T Y between Liberia and the Congo Free
State. 15th December, 1891.
[Ratifications exchanged 22nd August, 1893.]
ART I.—Friendship.
ART. II.—-—Freedom of Commerce. Both Parties reserve Right
of Concessions to Companies or Individuals for working of Natural
Products. Equal Rights with Nationals as regards Personal Pro-
perty and Succession Duties. Most- favoured Treatment as regards
all other Rights or Privileges to Foreigners.
ART. III.——Shipping Dues, Tonnage, gs, same as on Nationals.
ART. IV.——Ee:emption from Tonnage Dues, and llIost-favoured-
nation Treatment respecting Clearance Dues in certain cases.
RT. V.—Proteetion of TVessels and Qg’icers. Reciprocity in
Cases of Shipwrecks.
ART. VI.——Recognition of Corporations.
ART. VII—National or Most-favoured-nation Treatment in
regard to Property, Restrictions or Taxes.
ART. VIII—Freedom of Religion.
ART. IX.—-Most-favoured-nation Treatment as regards Privi-
leges, §cc., of Consular Agents.
ART. X.—National or llIost-favoured-nation Treatment re-
specting Importation, Bondage, Transit, and Exportation of
Goods.
ART. XI.——Egual Treat-ment as regards above.
ART. XII—Right to any Favour respecting Customs or Trade
granted to a Third Power, on similar Conditions.
ART. XIII.—-—Will submit Diferences to Tribunal of Arbi-
tration.
ART. XIV.—Ezetradition Treaty to be concluded. llIost-
favoured-nation Treatment in the meanwhile.
ART. XV.—-—Right to take Employment in the Territory of the
other.
ART. XVI—Reciprocity in Slave Trade Suppression.
229
27 Dec., 1884,] CONGO AND NETHERLANDS. [N0. 57
[Congo]
NO. 5'7 .——CONVENTI ON between the Netherlands Govern-i
ment and the International Association of the Congo.
Brussels, 27th December, 1884.
(Translation)
No Import or Transit Duties to be levied.
ART. I. [Same as Art. I of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N 0. 54).]
Right of Netherland Subjects to establish themselves in Territories
of the Association. Protection of Persons and Property.
Navigation, Commerce, and Industry. National and Most~
favoured-nation Treatment. ' Rightto buy, sell, let, or hire
Lands, Houses, Mines, and Forests. Coasting Trade.
ART. II. [Same as Art. II of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
General Most-favoured-nation Treatment.
ART. III. [Same as Art. III of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54.)]
Appointment of Consuls.
ART. IV. [Same as Art. IV of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
N etherland Consular Jurisdiction. Civil and Criminal.
ART. V. Until a form of judicial procedure has been
Organized in the Free States of the Congo, and such organiza-
tion has been notified by the Association, every Dutch Consul
or Consular Officer within the said territories, who shall be
thereunto duly authorized by the Government of His Majesty
the King of the Netherlands, may hold a Consular Court for
the district assigned to him, and shall exercise sole and exclu-
sive jurisdiction, both civil and criminal, over the persons and
property of Dutch subjects within the same, in accordance
with Dutch law.
230
N5. 57] CONGO AND NETHERLANDS. [27 Dec., 1884.
[Conga]
Laws of Free States to be observed by Netherland Subjects. In-
fractions justiciable by Nether.7 and Consular Court.
ART. VI. [Same as Art. \/I of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Offences against Person or Property of Netherlanol Subjects by
Inhabitants of Free States, punishable by Lagos of Free States.
Administration of Justice.
ART. VII. [Same as Art. VII of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. ‘54).]
Jurisdiction in Civil Cases. Settlement of Disputes.
ART. VIII. [Same as Art. VIII of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 0.
Recoyery of Debts,
ART. IY. [Same as Art. IX 0 the Convention with Great
‘Britain of 16th December, ‘1884 (No, 54).]
Above Engagements to apply also to any Cessions of Territory.
ART. X. [To same purport as Art. X of the Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Prevention of the Slave Trade and Suppression of S lavery.
ART. XI. [Same as § 6 of the Declaration with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 53).]
N etherland recognition of Plays of the Association.
ART. XII. The Government of l ‘the Netherlands, sympa-
thising with the humanizing and civilizing aims of’ the Associa-
tion, recognizes the flag of the Association and of the Free
States placed under its administration—a blue flag with a gold
star in thecentre—as the flag of a friendly Government.
Convention to be ratified and Ratifications exchanged as soon as
possible. Execution of Convention from date of Exchange of
Ratificationsii
Done at Brussels, the 27th December, 1884.
ST RAUCH.
L. GI‘JRICKE.
* Rati'fied 15th January, 1885.
231 R
14 Feb., 1885.] CONGO AND PORTUGAL. [N0. 58
[Boundaries. Cabinda.]
N0. 58.—-CON VEIVTI 01V between Portugal and the Inter-
national~ Association of the Congo respecting Boundaries,
(fee. Berlin, 14th February, 1885.
(Tran slation.)
ART. I. The International Association of the Congo hereby
declares that it extends to Portugal the privileges it has con-
ceded to the United States of America, the German Empire,
England, Italy, Austria-Hungary, the Netherlands, Spain,
France, and the United Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, in
virtue of the Conventions which it concluded with the Powers
respectively on the 22nd April- (NO. 64), 8th November (N0.
.52), 16th, 19th, 24th, and 27th December (Nos. 53, 54, 55, 40,
and 57), 1884, 7th January 62), and 5th and 10th
February (Nos. 47 and 63), 1885, certified copies of which the
Association engages to transmit to the Government of his
Most Faithful Majesty.
General Most-favoured-nation Treatment.
ART. II. [To same purport as Art. II of the Convention
with. Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Frontiers between Portuguese Possessions and those of the
Association. Enclave of Cabinda.
ART. 111. The International Association of the Congo and
His Most Faithful Majesty the King of Portugal and the
Algarves adopt the following frontiers between their posses-
sions in West Africa, namely :—
To the north of the River Congo (Zaire) the right frontier
joining the mouth of the river which empties itself into the
Atlantic Ocean, to the south of the Bay of Kabinda, near
Ponta Vermelha, at Cabo-Lombo ;
The parallel of this latter point prolonged till it intersects
the meridian of the junction of the Culacalla with the Luculla;
The meridian thus fixed until it meets the River Luculla;
The course of the Luculla to its junction with the Chiloango
(Luango Luce) ;
232
N0, 58] CONGO AND PORTUGAL. [I4 561)., 1885.
[Boundaries. Cabinda.]
_The course of the Congo (Zaire) from its mouth to its
junction with the little River Uango-Uango;
The meridian which passes by the mouth of the little River
Uango- Uango between the Dutch and Portuguese factories, so
as to leave the latter in Portuguese territory, till this meridian
touches the parallel of Nokki;
The parallel of N okki till the point where it intersects the
River Kuango (Cuango) ;
From this point, in a southerly direction, the course of the
Kuango (Cuango).
[Altered by Convention of 25th May, 1891. (N0. 60.)]
ART. IV. A Boundary Commission to be appointed. In case
of a Difierence of Opinion, Question to be settled by Delegates.
[See Convention, 25th May, 1891 (NO. 60).]
Conditional Recognition by Portugal of Neutrality of Possessions
of Association.
ART. V. His Most Faithful Majesty the King of Portugal
and the Algarves is inclined to recognize the neutrality of the
possessions of the International Association of the Congo con.
ditionally upon discussing and regulating the conditions of such
neutrality in common with the other Powers represented at
the‘ Berlin Conference (N0. 17).
Portuguese Recognition of Flag of Association.
ART. VI. His Most Faithful Majesty the King of Portugal
and the Algarves recognizes the Flag of the International
Association of the Congo, a blue Flag with a Golden Star in
the centre, as the Flag of a friendly Government.
ART. VII. Convention to be ratified.*
Berlin, 14th day of February, 1885.
STRAUCH.
MARQUIS DE PERAFIRL.
ALPH. DE ooURoEL.
*' Ratified 14th August, 1885.
25 May, 1831.] some AND PORTUGAL. [Na 59
[Congo. Lunda. Regiom]
NO. 59.—TREATY between Portugal and the Independent
State of the Uongo, respecting the Delimitation of their
respective Spheres of Sovereignty and Influence in the
Region of Lnnda. Lisbon, 25th Mag, 1891.
(Tran slation.)
HIS Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves and
His Majesty the King Sovereign of the Independent State of
the Congo, animated with the desire to draw more closely,
through good neighbourly relations and perfect harmony, the
bonds of friendship which exist between the two countries,
have determined to draw up for this purpose a special Treaty
for the delimitation of their spheres of Sovereignty (Souver-
aiueté) and influence respectively in the region of Lunda, and
have named the following as their Plenipotentiaries :—
[Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries]
Delimitation between the Possessions of Portugal and those of the
Congo Free State in the region of Lnnda.
ART. 1. In the region of Lunda, the Possessions of His
Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, and His
Majesty the King of the Belgians, Sovereign of the Inde-
pendent State of the Congo, are defined in the following
manner:—
1. By the Thalweg of the course of the Cuango, from the
6th degree of south latitude to the 8th degree ;
By the 8th parallel to its intersection by the River Kuilu;
By the course of the Kuilu in a northerly direction, as far
as the 7th degree of south latitude.
By the 7th parallel as far as the River Cassai.
2. It is agreed that the definitive tracing of the line of
demarcation of the ‘Territories comprised between the 7th and the
8th parallel of south latitude from the Cuango to the Cassai,
/ 284
N0, 59] CONGO AND PORTUGAL. [25 May, 1891,
[Congo. Lunda Region .]
shall be executed later on, taking into account the configuration
of the land and the limits of the Native States.
1. The States of Maxinge (Capenda) and Cassassa, the
northern frontier of which runs along the 8th parallel from the
right bank of the Cuango to the course of the Kuilu, the State of
Amacundo (Caungula), Which has for its western limit the right
bank of the latter stream, and which extends to the 7th parallel,
as well as the State of Mataba (Ambinge), which extends towards
the same latitude, and terminates on the left bank of the Cassai,
shall remain under the Sovereignty of His Majesty the King of
Portugal and the Algarves.
2. The States of Mussuco (Cambongo) and Anzovo, the
southern frontier of which runs along the 8th parallel from the
Cuango to Kuilu and the States of Cassongo (Muene Puto),
Tupeinde (Muata Cumbana), and Turuba (Mai Munene) shall
remain subject to the Sovereignty of His Majesty the King
Sovereign of the Independent State of the Congo.
3. By the Thalweg of ‘the Cassai from the point where this
river meets the line of demarcation, mentioned in the preceding
paragraph, to the mouth of that one of its ~afifluents which
originates in Lake Dilolo, and by the course of this affluent as
far as its source.
The region to the West of the Cassai shall belong to Portugal ;
the region to the east to the Independent State of the Congo.
4. By the watershed dividing the waters of the Zaire and
those of the Zambesi, as far as its intersection by the 24th
meridian east of Greenwich.
ART. II.—--Boundary Commission to be Appointed.
ART. III—Mutual Protection of Persons and Property of re~
spective Subjects.
ART. IV.——Reference to Arbitration of Disputes arising out of
present Treaty.
ART. V.—Treaty to be Ratified. Ratifications to be Eachanged
at Lisbon.*
Done at Lisbon, the 25th May, 1891. _
(L.S.) CARLOS ROMA DU BOBAGE.
(L.S-.) F} DE GRELLE ROGIEO.
* Ratifications exchanged at Lisbon lst August, 1801.
c 9?’
U4)
25 May, 1691.] coNeo AND PORTUGAL’. [No 60
[Congo. Boundaries. Lower Conga]
N0. 60.—- CONVENTION between the Independent State of
the Congo and Portugal, for the Settlement of certain difii-
eulties with regard to their Frontiers in the Lower Congo.
Brussels, 2 5 th .May, 1 8 9 1.
(Translation) ‘
His Majesty the King-Sovereign of the Independent State
of the Congo and His Most Faithful Majesty the King of
Portugal and the Algarves, being convinced on the one hand
of the great utility, as much in the interest of the two States as
in that of the work of civilization and progress in Africa, of
assuring for themselves an easier, a more cordial, and therefore
a more efiicacious co-operation in the realisation of their humani-
tarian and civilizing designs; and animated, on the other hand,
with an equal desire to draw closer the friendly relations exist-
ing between the two States, have decided to appoint Pleni-
potentiaries, furnished with the necessary powers, to discuss,
conclude, and sign a Convention for the settlement in a friendly
and direct manner of certain differences and difficulties which
have arisen on the occasion of the work of delimitation foreseen
in Article IV of the Convention concluded at Berlin on the 14th
February, 1885 (NO. 58) between Portugal and the Inter-
national Association of the Congo; and have appointed in this
capacity and for this purpose.
[Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries.]
Boundary between Portuguese Possessions and those of the Free
State of the Congo.
ART. 1. His Majesty the King-Sovereign of the Independent
State of the Congo and His Most Faithful Majesty the King of
Portugal and the Algarves adopt, partly with a view to rectify-
ing and partly with aview to determining more precisely the
Boundaries of their Possessions or adjacent Territories in West
Africa, laid down in the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th
(last but one) paragraphs of Art. 111 of the Convention con-
cluded at Berlin between Portugal and the International Asso-
ciation of the Congo of the 14th February, 1885, (NO. 58) the
rlelimitations laid down in the two following articles, numbered
II and III‘.
236
No, 60] coueo AND PORTUGAL. [25 May, 1891.
[Conga Boundaries. Gabinda, Lower Conga]
Enclave of Cabinda.
ART. II. The portion of the Boundary laid down in the 2nd
3rd, 4th, and 5th paragraphs of Art. III, of the above-mentioned
Convention of the 14th February, 1885 (NO. 58), is replaced
by the broken line described as follows 2a
A straight line joining a point taken on the beach, 300
metres to the north of the principal house of the Dutch Factory
of Lunga, at the mouth of the Rivnlet Lunga in the lagoon of
the same name.
The course of the Rivulet Lung'a, as far as Mallongo Pool,
the villages of Congo, N’Conde, J ema, &c., remaining to the
Independent State of the Congo, and those of Cabo Lombo,
M’Venho, Jabe, Granzy, Taly, Spita Gagandjime, N’goio, M’To,
Fortaleza, Sokki, &c., to Portugal.
The courses of the Rivers Venzo- and Lulofe, as far as the
source of the latter on the slope of Mount Nime=Tehiamaj
The parallel of this source, as far as its intersection by the
meridian of the co‘nfluenceot the Luculla and the river called
by some N’Zenze, and by others Culla-Calla;
The meridian thus determined until it meets‘ the River ‘
Luculla ;
The course of the Luculla, as far as its confluence with the
Chiloango (Luango-Luce).
Lower Congo and Nokhi.
ART. III. The partial definition of Boundaries laid‘down in
the 6th, 7th, and 8th paragraphs of Article III of the above-
mentioned Convention of the 14th February, 1885 (NO. 58),
is interpreted, defined and rectified in the following terms :—
In the River Congo (Zaire) and from its mouth to the
parallel, passing 100 metres to the north of the principal house-
of. the Domingos de Souza at Nokki, the line separating the
waters belonging respectively to the two States shall be the
middle line of the channel of navigation generally followed by
vessels drawing a large amount of water, which line actually
leaves to the right, and comprises between it and the right bank
of the river, notably and amongst others, the fluvial island-s
named Bulanbemba, Mateba, and Princes Isles; and leaves on
237
25 May,,1891,] CONGO AND PORTUGAL. [Na 60' '"
[Conga Boundaries. Lower Congo]
its left and comprises between it and the left bank of the river, .
notably and amongst others, the fluvial islands known by the
names of Bulieoco and Sacran Ambaca Isles, and from the in- '
tersection of this median line by the above-mentioned ‘parallel,
this same parallel as far as its‘ intersection by the left bank of '
the river ;
At Nokki the Boundary shall follow a straight line, joining- -
this latter point on the left bank of the Congo (Zaire) to ,
another point taken 2,000 metres to the east of the same bank
on the parallel passing by the foundations of the house of the
N okki Residency, which is actually in course of construction;
From this latter point the Boundary shall follow this same
parallel of the Nokki Residency as far as its intersection by the
River Kuango (Cuango). _
All the fluvial islands of the Congo (Zaire), mentioned by
name or not in the body of the present article, but situated as a
matter of fact, some between the median line of the actual
channel of navigation and the right bank of the river, the other
islands ‘situated between this same line and the left bank, belong,
definitively and. independently of all eventual displacement of
the channel, the former/t0 the Independent State of the Congo, -
and the latter to Portugal.
ART. IV.—Fz'scal Arrangements. ,
ART. V.——Status qno to be maintained pending marking out of
new Boundary Line on the spot. .
ART. VI.——'Referenee to Arbitration of any Dispatesarising out
of present Convention.
ART. VII.~—C'onvention to be Ratified. Ratifieations to be
E-rehanged within Three Months.* '
Done in duplicate at Brussels, the 25th day of ‘the month
of May, 1891.
(L.S.) EDM. VAN. EETVELDE.
‘ (L.S.) DE MAGEDO
On the 9th February, 1891,an Agreement was signed between the Congo
Free State and Portugal providing for a Conventional Importation Tarifi in
their respective Dominions in the basin of the Congo: but it was replaced
by an Agreement which was signed on the 8th April, 1892, respecting
Customs Duties in the Western Congo.

* Ratifications exchanged at Lisbon 1st August, 1891.
238
To face, page 238.



‘WI 12'10‘ I '7 12°20 1830' 12'40’
1 {I ' l l
3 Map to Illustrate I Congofreestate . . . . . . . . 1 THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN I Por¢u;tas=..___._.,. l
l
l THE CONGO STATE AND PORTUGUESE POSSESSIONS
l
A8 defined. byArLZ of the Convention
Wzlvkobeiefpe'lffimom e



1‘ of zsemaylssi. a
5 . i‘ ‘ "“gKcndu 1 S,cale,fio,To or llnch = 6 Stat .Miles. NTCZ‘ _M’bda ' Kuwzgal‘ljgtdnbe
° 3 6 12 MILES











12"20' Lon made East of Grwlwic-h 12'40'



smlrosct amass-sue’ , Lowe/v.
No'lB,_T7'uLs map LS taken. from one published Ln the Portuguese White Book
fbr 18.9]. It is stated. to have no official, character; if in certain.
details 12. cannot be reconciled with fine wording oft/7w convert/tion M2553].
Map to Illustrate the boundary between _ _ Map to illustrate the boundary between
THE CONGO STATE AND PORTUGUESE POSSESSIONS THE come-o STATE AND PORTUGUESE POSSESSIONS
as defined by Art. 2 of the Convention as defined by Art. 2 of the Convention
of 25th May, 1891. ' of 25th May, 1891.
No.61] CONGO AND RUSSIA- [5 Feb.,1885.
[Conga]
NO. 61.—CONVEN TI ON between the Russian Empire and
the International Association of the Congo. Brussels, 5th
February, 1885.
No Import or Transit Duties to be levied.
ART. I. [Same as Article I of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).] "
Right of Russian Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association. Protection of Persons and Property. Reli-
gious Liberty. Rights of N arigation, Commerce, and Industry.
National and Most-favoured-nation treatment. Right to buy,
sell, let, and hire Houses, Mines, and Forests.
ART. II. [Same as Article II of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0.
General Most-favoured nation treatment.
ART. III. [Same as Article III of Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N 0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls. Russian Consular Jurisdiction.
ART. IV. It is understood that Russia shall enjoy, as regards
the nomination of Consuls, their functions and Consular juris-
diction, all the rights and privileges which may be accorded to
any other State.
Agreement to include any Cessions of Territory made by the
Association.
ART. V. [To same purport as Article X of Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Russian recognition of Flag of Association.
ART. VI. [To same purport as Declaration with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884: (NO. 53).]
Done at Brussels, the 5th February, 1885.
Come BLOUDOFF.
BARON BEYENS.
' 239
7 Jana-1885'] CONGO AND SPAIN. [Na 62
[Congo.]
N0. 62.—CONVENTION between Spain and the Inter-
national Association of the Congo. Brussels, 7th January
1885.
N 0 Import or Transit Duties to be levied.
ART. I. [To same purport as Article I of the Convention with
Great Britain of .16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Right of Spanish Subjects to establish themselves in Territories of
the Association. Protection of Persons and Property. Reli-
gious Liberty. Rights of Navigation, Commerce,- and Industry.
National and Most-favouredmcttion treatment. Right to" buy,
sell, let, and hire Lands, Houses, Mines, and Forests.
ART. II. [Same as Article II of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884: (NO. 54).]
General Most-favouredmation treatment.
ART. III. [Same as Article III of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls.
ART. IV. [Same as Article IV of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Spanish Consular Jurisdiction.
ART.- V. [To same purport as Article V of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884.‘ (NO. 54).
Laws of Free States to be observed by Spanish Subjects.
ART. VI. [Same as Article VI of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884a (NO. 54).]
Ojfences against Person or Property of Spanish Subjects by Inhabit-
ants of Free. States punishable by Laws of the Free States.
ART. VII. [Same as Article VII of the Convention with
GreatBritain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
240
N0 62] CONGO AND SPAIN. [7 Jan, 1885.
[Conga]
Jurisdiction in Civil Cases. Settlement of Disputes.
ART. VIII. [Same as Article VIII of’ the Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884.‘ (N0. 54).]
Recovery of Debts.
ART. IX. [Same as Article IX of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Above Engagements to apply also to any Territory ceded by the
Association.
ART. X. [Same as Article X of the Convention With Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884: (N0. 54).]
Prevention of the Slave Trade and suppression of Slavery.
ART. XI. [Same as Article 6 of the Declaration with Great
Britain of ].6th December, 1884: (N0. 53).]
Spanish recognition of Flag of the Association.
ART. XII. [Same as British Declaration of 16th December,
1884 (N0. 53).]
Convention to be ratified and Ratiflcations to be exchanged as
expeditiously as possible.
'ART. XIII. Execution of Convention from date of exchange
of Ratifications.a‘e
[Same as Article X of the Convention With Great Britain
of 16th December, 1884: (N0. 54).]
Done at Brussels, the 7th January, 1885.
'CoMTE PAUL DE BORCHGRAVE D’ALTENA.
RAFAEL MERRY DEL VAL.
* Ratified 16th April, 1885.
9+1
10 Feb., 1885,] CONGO AND SWEDEN AND NORWAY. [N0. 63
[Congo.]
N 0. 63.——CONVEN TI ON between the United Kingdoms of
Sweden and ZVorway and the International Association of
the Congo. Berlin, 10th February, 1885.
Recognition by Sweden and Norway of Flag of the Association.
ART. I. [To same purport as British Declaration of 16th
December, 1884 (NO. 53).]
N 0 Import or Transit Duties to be levied.
ART. II. [Same as Article I of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N 0. 54).]
Right of Swedish and Norwegian Subjects to establish themselves
in the Territories of the Association. Protection of Persons and
. Property. Religions Liberty. Rights of Navigation, Commerce,
and Industry. National and Most—favoured-nation treatment. _
Right to buy, sell, let, and hire Lands, Houses, Mines, and
Forests.
ART. III. [Same as Article II of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
General Mostbfavouredmation treatment.
ART. IV. [Same as Article III of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Appointment of Consuls.
ART. V. [Same as Article IV of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Swedish and Norwegian Consular Jurisdiction.
ART. V1. [To same purport as Article V of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Laws of the Free State to be observed. Infractions justiciable by
Swedish and Norwegian Consular Court.
ART. VII. [Same as Article VI of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
242
N0 63] CONGO AND SWEDEN AND NORWAY. [10 Feb., 1885.
[Conga]
Ofences against Person or Property of Swedish and Norwegian
Subjects by Inhabitants of Free States punishable by Laws of
the Free States. Administration of Justice.
ART. VI-II. [Same as Article VII of the Convention with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (NO. 54).]
Jurisdiction in Civil Cases. Settlement of Disputes.
ART. IX. [Same as Article VIII of the Convocation with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Recovery of Debts.
ART. X. [Same as Article IX of the Convention with Great
Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
Prevention of the Slave Trade. Suppression of Slavery.
ART. XI. [Same as Article VI of the Declaration with
Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 53).]
Above Engagements to apply equally to any Territories ceded by the
Association.
ART. XII. [To same purport as ArticleX of the Convention
with Great Britain of 16th December, 1884 (N0. 54).]
. Ratifications.
ART. XIII. This Convention shall be ratified, and the Ratifi-
cations shall be exchanged with the least possible delay.*
It shall come into operation immediately upon the exchange
of Ratifications.
Done at Berlin, the 10th day of February, 1885.
STRAUCH.
BILDT.

[Turkey was a Signatory Party to the Berlin Act, of 26th
February, 1885 NO., 17, p. 20, and to the Brussels Act, of
2nd July, 1890, NO. 18, p. 48.]
* Ratified 11th May, 1885.
243
22 April, 1884.] CONGO AND ‘UNITED STATES. [Na 64
[Congo]
N0. 64;.——DEC’LARA TI ONS exchanged between the United
States of America and the International Association of the
Congo. Washington, 22nd April, 1884.
Declaration of the Association.
The International Association of the Congo hereby declares
that by Treaties with the legitimate Sovereigns in the basins
of the Congo and of the Niadi-Kialum and in adjacent terri-
tories upon the Atlantic there has been ceded to it territory for
the use and benefit of Free States established and being estab-
lished under the care and supervision of the said Association
in the said basins and adjacent territories, to which cession
the said Free States of right succeed.
Flag.
That the said International Association has adopted for
itself and for the said Free States, as their standard the flag of
the International African Association, being a blue flag with
a golden star in the centre. '
No Import Duties to be levied.*
That the said Association and the said States have resolved
to levy no Custom House duties upon goods or articles or mer-
chandize imported into their territories or brought by the route
which has been constructed around the Congo cataracts ; this
they have done with the view of enabling commerce to pene-
trate into Equatorial Africa.
Right to Buy, Sell, or Lease Lands and Buildings.
That they guarantee to foreigners settling in their terri-
tories the right to purchase, sell, or lease lands and buildings
'1‘ See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels Act,
2nd July, 1890, p. 48,
2%
N0, 64] CONGO AND UNITED STATES. [22 April, 1884.
[Congo]
situated therein; to establish commercial houses, and to carry
on trade upon the sole condition that they shall obey the laws.
Most-favoured-nation Treatment.
They pledge themselves, moreover. never to grant to the
citizens of one nation any advantages without immediately
extending the same to the citizens of all other nations ;
The Slave Trade.
And to do all in their power to prevent the Slave Trade.
In testimony whereof Henry S. Sanford, duly empowered
therefor by the said Association, acting for itself and for the
said Free States, has hereunto set his hand and aflixed his
seal this 22nd day of April, 1884, in the city of Washington.
(us) H. s. SANFORD.

DECLARATION OF THE UNITED STATES.
Recognition of Flag af the Association,
Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State, duly emi-
powered therefor by the President of the United States of
America, and pursuant to the advice and consent of the Senate,
heretofore given, acknowledges the receipt of the foregoing Noti.r
fication from the International Association of the Congo, and
declares that, in harmony with the traditional policy of the
United States, which enjoins a proper regard for the commer- _
cial interests of their citizens, while at the same time avoiding
interference with controversies between other Powers as well as
alliances with foreign nations, the Government of the United
States announces its sympathy with and approval of the
humane and benevolent purposes of the International Asso- '
ciation of the Congo, administering, as it does, the interests
of the Free States there established, and will order the officers
of the United States, both on land and sea, to recognize the
245
22 April, 1884.] conso AND UNITED STATES. [Na 64
[Congo.]
flag of the International African Association as the flag of a
friendly Government.
In testimony whereof he has hereunto set his hand and
affixed his seal this 22nd day of April, AD. 1884, in the city of
Washington.
(L.S.) FREDERICK T. FRELINGHUYSEN.

[See also Berlin Act, 26th February, 1885, p. 20, and Brussels
Act, 2nd July, 1890, p. 48.]
246
'- t . r v p 7 ‘ ‘ . p- “ .. . ‘ ' ‘ ‘ . ' ‘ e ‘ y d ‘_ , y y . - ' v- I‘ t. y , ‘ Wu“ H, p r’ ‘ _ . *7 ' to the Treaty with Germany of 8th Nov., ‘ p l
. ‘ ~ ‘ ' - ‘ i ' ' ' - ' 1884. No. 52, with regard to the fixing of the I ‘ (l
l
I
\
MAP OF CENT AL AFRICA, SH EWING THE FREE TRADE ZONE,THE GEOGRAPHICAL BASIN OF THE CONGO, AND THE BOUNDARIES OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO, AS RECOGNIZED BY CERTAIN TREATY POWERS.|885. G
J'ofaeeeZ“
. ’ I T llll n __ V
. l I
it ; KAR?E ;
'0!
~~
i m musssna: voN l29,820,800. \
l
lrn Aultragetrlns Ansvzirfigen Amts '
bear-heitet tnio'gezeichnet
Vlln ‘
LFI'ieder'ichsen.
. . . “"55"
4 '¥+"¥"#"¥"#' WWMFWQ; a; + c + + e 4» 4- + + + to + a
L" 1 .
I “0" :\ 'I-ll-Bli 5]“; “"\<-.-_.__{__ I, k 3”‘
I!“ “i D ‘HM soul‘ . ‘_‘-4_ V
v ._];.; v‘ m
n ‘- . ‘t
l%‘--i '45).
,w“ lending
.5






comm‘
l



at"
l .‘
iIIIAL‘IIfI H‘ib -

13"” - -~P"-"’
V ‘ e-rw‘
. ‘i:


\e I t
+++++++‘ +d-+§\~q++‘+++‘t++
I 1.




:1": l.
we "at


'
Flu-l
A, ’.


l
"t;- l
"'"' / ‘Huh-m


v


0
_ a!
‘. l~q~_I_ -‘ V ‘I 7' “x
1 n 1 I n 12257518."! L'iv-tu- '1





: ‘a .
U at A23: n-
., a‘, .
._.s




. V _ t
5",’, n K 3:“: vi 11$‘
vie-than was




' TRANSLATION
EXPLANATIONS.
l.*.1t-.A:Boundary of the Collective, Con-
ventional Free Trade Area, according to
the General Act of the Berlin Conference
Chap. 1, Article I, inclusive of the extended
zone provided for in § 3.




l
. ‘ ' S "' < ‘ . n .‘
‘ i ‘ t _ “Aunt-rim
I
I


:MmihrEastern Boundary of the Geographical
' Basin of the Congo, according to the same
Article of the General Act H I and 2.

’ 8.‘.mBoundary of the Territory of the Inter-
* national Association of the Congo, according I

“5) ""‘t- i ' '' Boundaries of the Lower Congo between the l



\ "" *mw International Association and France in l
V relation to Portugal. ‘
Z V‘ LmBoundaiy of the Territory of the Inter-
national Association of the Congo, according
E’ to the Treaty with France, 5th Feb., r885,
No. 47. l
_. 5.9.II't2B0undary of the Territory of the Inter-
national Association of the Congo, according l
to the Declarations exchanged between the
Association and Belgium on the 23rd Feb.,






l
l j; TRANSLATION
\ '1 EXPLAllATIOllS.

6....Tem'tories definit-
ively placed under the
protection of His
Majesty the German
Emperor.


] 7....The German Flag
\‘ has been hoisted upon


















l portions of Terri-
1‘» tory; negoeiatiOflS are
still pending_ as to
their being placed
under German Pro- I _
I [ectiofh an.“ " ‘7 u ' 3 1 ‘I ‘ - I -' ,t . .- ‘ ' - . I‘ y- _ v v 1. ‘ . , , q . ,_ 31:1!
‘ l ' ' l l V '7 l . 1 ) m ‘ I ‘ ~ ‘ ‘I . ‘ ‘ “ ‘ ~ . T‘ I“ iii-tin .fi’l
8....5P311ishTcrr'itOl‘y- . __ r; " ._ 2213-0». _ - . ‘ ‘ . .- I y - ' . . - ‘ ~- I -.> I ~ Y . ~. - . .. . .- .re» ~ A . . .,,,;,I
{I ' _ u . WI, 7 V ' .1 ' ‘ ' ' *“ . ‘ > . ‘a. i . ' ' " ~ Va‘lnruc
\ 9....Portuguese Rumor-y , M r r ‘ ~ ~ ‘3 L i. _ _ . ,
\ ,., "a. _. ‘f5 ‘ . “
10....r rench Temtm'y' ' ‘if-gt, .M .. t... v
11....Sultanate of Zflmzi-
bar. ' ' '
l
y 7 _
Lll
\
r (<16:
ch 3?
Reduced from the Copy] annexed to the 9th Protocol of the Berlin ‘5501;. 5-51-5155 matting-155 StutMilep, smnrono‘s scos- ESTAB',LONDGN.
too no 0 W N 0 A .300 MILES
Conference or 18845 and Publiared in German Brown Book. ennui . (I; ~<;'_.....A*~.e .AAAAA .VAAVAAA' _ I
-.__
DAHOMEY.
1847-1893.
1864.
19 May, 1868.
19 April, 1878.
3 Oct.,
6 Dec., 1892.
5 Jan., 1894.
1890.
7 June, 1892.
3 Dec., 1892.
DAHOMEY.
LIST OF TREATIES, (Sic.
DAHOMEY AND .FRANCE.
Notes on Dahomey, Kotonou, VVhydah, Porto Novo, 8L0.
Cession . . .. . .
Treaty .
no...‘
Treaty Arrangement. .
Notification . . .
Proclamation. .
General Order.
Declaration . . .
Dahomey to France of “ la plage de
Kotonou.” Cession to France of “ le territoire de
Kotonou” .. .. .. .... .. .. ..
Confirmation of Do. Cessio
Kotonou to France . . ._ . . . .
French Protectorate of Porto Novo. .
French Blockade of Slave Coast. . . . .
French Protectorate over Kingdom of
Dahomey, with exception of certain
defined Territories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
France. Limits of \Vhydah. . . . . . . .
Submission to France.. .. .. .. . .. ..
of
DAHOMEY AND GREAT BRITAIN.
8 Mar. , 1847.
3 July, 1876.
5 Aug, 1885.
21 Jan., 1886.
Treaty
Notification .. .
Permission to British Subjects to hoist
Daliomian Flag in conjunction with
British Flag over their Factories. .
British Blockade of part of Dahomian
Coast (Whydah, &c.). . . . . . . . . . .
DAHOMEY AND PORTUGAL.
Treaty
Notification . . .
22 Dec., 1887.
N01 ification . . .
Portuguese Protectorate over Coast
ofDahomey........... .
Portuguese Protectorate over Coast
ofDahomey..... Portuguese Protectorate withdrawn.
(See also Dahomey and France, Ar-
rangement respecting Porto Novo
and Kctonou, 3rd October, 1890,
p. 253, and Great Britain and
1*‘ rancc, Arrangement lOtli August,
1889,p. .
Page
243
219
253
254
248
218
APP .
249
253
253
253
247 -s:?.
1847-1893.] DAIIOMEY. [N0. 65
[Whydah. Kotonou, &c.]
N0. 65.——-Notes on DAHOZlIEY (Kotonou, lVhydah, Porto
Nevada). 1847-1893.
THE Kingdom of Dahomey is now under the Protectorate of
the French Republic, with the exception of \Vhydah and certain
other territories, which were declared by a French Notification
issued on the 8rd December, 1892, to be annexed to France.
French Protectorate over Dahome'z , with the exception of lVhgdah,
8%., which are annexed to France.
The following is a Translation of that Notification :—
(Translation)
‘-‘ In the name of the French Republic:
“ We, Brigadier- General, Commander-in-Chief of the French
Settlements of Benin, Knight Commander of the Legion of
Honour.
“In virtue of the powers conferred upon us,
“ We declare :
“That King Behanzin Ahy-Djere has been deposed‘ from
the throne of Dahomey, and has been banished for ever from
this country.
“That the Kingdom of Dahomey is, and remains, placed
under the exclusive Protectorate of France, with the exception
of the Territories of Whydah, Savi, Avrekete, Godomey, and
Abomey-Kalavy, which constituted the ancient Kingdoms of
Ajuda and Jacquin, which are annexed to the Possessions of the
French Republic. The limits of the annexed Territories are:
to the west, the River Aheme ; to the north and to the east,
the River Savi and the north-east frontiers of the Territory
of Abomey-Kalavy; to the south, the Atlantic Ocean.”
Done at Porto Novo, 3rd December, 1892.
A. DODDS.
Limits of Whydah.
By a General Order issued on the 6th December 1892, the
limits of the region of Whydah were declared to be: “to the
north, the Marsh of cs; to the east, the western limits of the
i 248
No. 65] DAHOMEY. [1847-1893.
[Kotonou. Whydah.]
Territories of Rouinto, Abomey-Kalavy and of Godomey,
which are attached to the region of Kotonou; to the south, the
Gulf of Benin ; to the west, the River Arch.” * * *

Kotonou. Cession to France of “ la plage de Kotonou.’9
KOTONOU.-==TOWard8 the end of the year 1864:, the King of
Dahomey ceded to France the “ la plage de Kotonou.”*
Cession to F rance of “ le Territoire cle Kotonou.” ‘
On the 19th May, 1868, a Treaty was signed between France
and Dahomey, by which King G-léglé ceded to France “ le Ters
ritoire de Kotonou,” the limits of which were therein definedj'
and on the 19th April, 1878, another Treaty was signed, by
‘Art. VII of which this concession was confirmed in the follow-
‘in g words :—
“ ART. VII. I'n confirmation of the cession already made,
H.M. King Gléglé abandons, in full Sovereignty (“en'toute
propriété ”) to France, the Territory of Kotonou, with all the
rights appertaining to it, without any exception or reserve
whatsoever, according to the limits herein determined: to the
south, by the sea; to the east, by the actual boundary between.
the two Kingdoms of Porto N'ovo and Dahomey; to the West,
at a distance of 6 kilos. from the Territory of the Elder Begis,
situated at Kotonou on the seashore; to the north, ata distance
of 6 kilos. from the sea, measured perpendicularly in direction
of the coast.”
I'Vhydah.
WHYDAH.—-The Fort of s. 7.1050 Baptista d’Ayuda (or
Whydah) was mentioned in the Portuguese Constitution of
4th April, 1838, as being one of the Colonial Possessions of
PortugaLI I i .
On the 8th March, 1847, a Treaty was concluded between
Great Britain and Dahomey, by which permission was given
to British subjects to 'hoist the Dahomian flag in con;
* De Clcreq, T. 18, p. 366.
"I" ,, ,, p. 368.
I S.P., vol. xxvii, p. 759.
249
1847 4893.] DAHOMEY. [No. 65
[Whydah. Kotonou, 8ec.]
junction with the British flag over their factories} which was
confirmed by a subsequent Treaty (12th May, 1877).?
In December, 1851, Commodore Bruce, acting under in-
structions from Her h/Iajesty’s Government, and with the
object of suppressing the Slave Trade, formally announced that
all the ports and places (except Badagry) situated in the Bight
of Benin, from longitude 1° to 4° 30’ east of Greenwich (which
included the port of Whydah), would be blockaded from the
1st January, 1852.1 On this announcement being publicly made
known, the Lieutenant commanding a Portuguese schooner of
war’ on the station claimed, on behalf of his Government, the
exception of the port and district of St. John Baptist of
Whydah, from the effects of the blockade; but to this applica-
tion Commander Strange, of Her Majesty’s ship “Archer,”
replied that he was not aware of any territory being claimed by
the Portuguese in that neighbourhood. The Portuguese officer,
nevertheless, still asserted that there was such a territory;
that there had always been a Governor of the fort appointed by
the Portuguese authorities; and that, the late Governor being
dead, he had brought one from St. Thomas to be installed in
the vacancy. Shortly after this the Portuguese flag was dis-
played from fiagstafli on shore, and a salute of seven guns
fired, which was returned by the Portuguese schooner of war.
Commander Strange thereupon referred the matter to the
British Vice-Consul at Whydah, Mr. Fraser, who, in answer to
certain categorical questions put to him, replied: That there
was “a padre, a drummer boy, and one man who occasionally
walked about the town in a kind of military costume, with four
broad red stripes upon his arm ”; and that these people were
all blacks.
He also stated that he had received a letter from the King
of Dahomey’s cha-cha (Signor Isidore de Souza) styling him-
self “Lieutenant-Colonel, Governor, civil and military, of the
district of the Portuguese Fort, John Baptist of Ajuda,” and
demanding, in the name of the Queen of Portugal, an authentic
it H.T., vol. xii, p. 33.
i‘ H.T., vol. xiv, p. 46.
I S.P., vol. xli, p. 662.
~ 250
N o. 65] DAHOME Y- [1847-1893.
[Whydah]
copy of the document forwarded to the King of Dahomey
assigning the reasons for establishing the blockade, and thereby
stopping legal commerce; to which he (Mr. Fraser) replied
“ that he was Wholly unacquain'ted with the fact of a Portuguese‘
Governor residing in the place.”
Vice-Consul Fraser further stated, in reply to other queries
put by Commander Strange :—
That the four individuals above mentioned were the only
ones spoken of as being connected with the Portuguese Fort.
That these officials had never, to his knowledge, claimed the
said fort and district as Portuguese territory, independent of
the King of Dahomey; adding that the Dahomian laws neither’
gave nor sold land, although they granted permission for its
being used for the time being :
That no such claim had ever been, or was ever likely to be;
recognized either by the Yervogar of Whydah or by the King
of Dahomey; and
That the extent of the territory claimed by Portugal was
about half a mile.
But the French Government also remonstrated against the’
blockade of Whydah, as afiecting French interests, and ad-
dressed an official note to the British Government, explaining
the circumstances under which the French fort in the town of
Whydah was originally established by the French Government,-
and how it was afterwards made over to a French merchant
named Régis, which circumstance,- it was stated, caused the‘
French Government to take a particular interest in the estab-
lishment of M. Régis, and to regard it in the light of a posses;
sion of France.
To this remonstrance the British Government replied, that
it appeared to them that the claim of France to exercise the
right of assuming the actual occupation of the French fort at
Whydah was not such a claim as would entitle the French
Government to object to the blockade of Whydah by an
adequate British force; because Her Majesty’s Government
believed that that Town itself belonged to the King of, Dahomey,
and that although both Great Britain and France formerly occu-
pied forts there, which were now commercial factories, yet that
‘251
13%? A893,] DAHO HEY. [Na 65
[whydan]
there existed between those forts and the sea a space of
territory of at least a mile in width, belonging to Dahomey.
On the 13th February, 1852, an Anti-Slave Trade engage-
ment was concluded between Commander Forbes and the King
of Dahomey, and on the 15th June following the blockade of
Whydah was raised.
On the same day a letter was addressed by Commodore Bruce
to the King of Dahomey, informing him that Whydah and all
the other ports of his Dominions were no longer blockaded.
Commodore VVilinot visited the King of Dahomey at Abomey
in December, 1862, and January, 1863, and in one of his re-
ports he gave a description of the country and of its resources?‘
With reference to Whydah, he said that there were three
forts or factories there, one English, one French, and one
Portuguese; that the French was in excellent repair, and did
great credit to the French gentleman who carried on business
there; that the Portuguese fort was then inhabited by mission-
aries of that nation; and that the English one was the resi-
dence of the Wesleyan missionary; but, he added, that no one
had any territorial rights in the place, and that the TZing of
Dahomey reigned supreme.
Consul Burton also paid a visit to the King of Dahomey in
May and June, 1863, and, as he passed through Whydah, he also
‘gave a full description of the place.
He said it was in a dilapidated and ruinous condition—the
200 Portuguese and Spaniards who were resident there in 1840
having dwindled down to a dozen.
He described the old foreign factories or “forts” as being
four in number, and as belonging to the French, Portuguese,
English, and Brazilian, and he said they were all in a melan-
choly condition except the first ; but he added that the Mission
Apostolique de Dahomey was busily engaged in restoring their
quarters; that the Portuguese fort and the Brazilian fort also
showed signs of approaching repairs ; but he made no allusion
to the French or Portuguese possessing any territorial rights in
the place.
* S.P., vol. liv, p. 354.
2.12
No. 65] DAHOMEY- [1847-1893.
[Whydah Porto Novo. Kotono.]
British Blockade of Whydah, §cc.
On the 8rd July, 1876, a Notification was issued by the
Commander of the British Naval Force on the West Coast of
Africa Station to the effect that “that portion of the sea coast
of the Kingdom of Dahomey which was comprised between
the meridian of 2“ 35’ east longitude and the eastern shore of
the channel leading into the Whydah Lagoon at Great Popo, on
the meridian of 1° 54:’ east longitude, including the ports of
Cutanee or Appi Vista, Godomey or J ackin, and Whydah, was
placed in a state of blockade.”*
Establishment, and withdrawal, of Portuguese Protectorate over
Coast.
On the 21st January, 1886, the. Portuguese Minister in
London d’Autas), notified to the British Government that
Portugal had, in virtue of‘ a Treaty concluded on the 5th
August, 1885, taken the coast line of the Kingdom of Dahomey
under her protection; but on the 22nd December, 1887, it was
announced that Portugal had withdrawn her Protectorate from
over this territoryd"
French Protectorate of Porto N ovo.
PORTO NoVO.=~On the 3rd October, 1890, an Arrangement
was concluded between France and Dahomey, by which the
King engaged to respect the French Protectorate of the King-
dom of Porto N ovo, and to abstain from all incursions on the
territories forming part of that Protectorate; at the same time
recognizing the right of France to occupy Kotonou indefinitely.
The French Government, on its part, engaged to take such
action, in regard to the King of Porto Novo, as would prevent
any legitimate cause of complaint being made in future by the
King of Dahomey; and further engaged to pay an annual sum,
in no case exceeding 20,000 fr: (in gold or silver), by way of
compensation for the occupation of Kotonou.
Disputes, however, shortly afterwards arose between the
’* S.P., vol. lxvii, p. 530.
‘t See p. 47.
253
1847~1893J DAHOMEY. [Na 65
[Whydah. Porto Novo. Kotono.]
two countries with regard to the non-fulfilment of the stipula-
tions of this Agreement, and war ensued.
!.
French Blockade of the Slave Coast.
On the 7th June, 1892, a notification appeared in the
“ London Gazette,” to the eifcct that, for the purpose of pre-
venting the importation of arms and ammunitions of war into
Dahomey, the French had blockaded that portion of the Slave
Coast which was confined within the following limits (which
included Whydah): “the limit of the French and German
Possessions of the Popos‘l‘= (6° 14' 15" of north latitude, and
0° 40' 36" of longitude west of Paris) and the eastern limit of
the French Possession of Porto Novo,” which,- according to the
arrangement between England and France of the 10th August,
1889, Art. IV, 1 (N0. 110), was fixed on the coast by the line
of the meridian passing through Ajarra Creek.
French Protectorate of Dahomey.
On the termination of the war, a Proclamation was issued
on 3rd December, 1892 (as stated above), announcing that the
Kingdom of Dahomey had been placed under the Protectorate
of France;
French Annea’ation of Whydah, (Eco.-
With the exception of VVhydah and certain other terri-
tories, which were declared to be annexed to France within
certain defined limits.-
Hostilities were, however, resumed in June,-1893; but on
the 5th January, 1894, the Princes, Chiefs, and inhabitants of
Dahomey made their submission to France. (See APPENDIX.)
"" See Protocol, France and Germany, 24th Dec, 1885, p. 293.
DENMARK.
No
66
DEN MARK.

LIsT or TREATIEs, &c.

DENMARK AND GREAT BRITAIN.
. 17 Aug., 1850. Convention.
26 Feb., 1885.
2 July, 1890. “Brussels Act.”
DENMARK AND CONGO FREE STATE.
Cession of Forts and Possessions
on the Gold Coast . . . . . . . . . .
“ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
See Africa (General).
See Congo and Denmark.
Page
256
25
5
17 Aug.,1850.] DENMARK. [No. t6
[Cession of Danish Gold Coast Possessions to Great Britain]
NO. 66.—Notes on DEZVJIARK Danish Forts and Posses_
sions on the Gold Coast.
Denmark has no longer any Possessions in Africa, but she
was one of the Signatory Powers to the Berlin Act of 26th
February, 1885 (N9. 17), as Well as to the Brussels Act of 2nd
July, 1890 (NO. 18); she has also entered into Treaty
Arrangements with the Congo Free State (NO. 45).
By a Convention dated 17th August, 1850,* the Danish
forts and Possessions on the Gold Coast were ceded to Her
Britannic Majesty for the sum of £10,000.
The following are extracts from: that Convention :—
Preamble.
“ HIS Majesty the King of Denmark having offered to cede to
Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Ireland all the forts and Possessions belonging to
the Crown of Denmark, situated on that part of the coast of
Africa which is called the Gold Coast, or the Coast of Guinea,
and Her Britannic Majesty having resolved to accept that offer,
their said Majesties have named as their Plenipotentiaries to
conclude a Convention for carrying such cession into effect, that
is to say : ”
[Here follow the names of the Plenipotentiaries]
Cession of Danish Forts and Territorial Rights on the Gold Coast,
or Coast of Guinea. '
“ ART. I. In consideration of the sum of £10,000 sterling, to
be paid by Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland to His Majesty the King of Denmark,
011 the exchange of the Ratifications of the present Conventionfi,‘
His Danish Majesty cedes to Her Britannic Majesty, to be pos-
sessed by Her Biitannic Majesty, her heirs and successors, in
full property and Sovereignty, all the forts belonging to the
Crown of Denmark, which are situated on that part of the Coast
* H. T., vol. ix, 1). 236.
1' Ratifications exchanged at London, 11th September, 1850.
@250
No. 66] , DEJMARK. [17 Aug., 1850.
[Danish Forts, &c. Gold Coast]
of Africa called the Gold Coast or the Coast of Guinea, and
which comprise Fort Christiansborgfl6 Fort Augustaborgj‘ Fort
FredensborgjFort Kongensteen,§ and Fort Prindsensteen,“ with
their appurtenances and all the guns and stores contained
therein, together with all other Possessions, property, and terri-
torial rights whatever belonging to His Danish Majesty on the
said coast.” The exact extent of the Possessions thus ceded
was not at that time clearly defined; but, on the 9th May,
1887, the Kings and Chiefs of the country of Aquamoo signed
a Declaration acknowledging that they and their country
formed part of the Protectorate of Her Majesty the Queen of
Great Britain and Ireland on the Gold Coast, and that they
were subject to the jurisdiction and authority of Her Majesty,
and declaring that they had that belief inasmuch as their
country of old enjoyed similar protection from His Majesty the
King of Denmark, who, they said, they understood had ceded
his right and title to their country to the British Crown in
1850.
On the 1st July, 1890, an Agreement was entered into
between Great Britain and Germany, for defining their respec-
tive spheres of influence on the Gold Coast and in other parts
of Africa (NO. 129); and on the 14th April, 1893, a further
agreement was entered into between the two countries for
defining the limits of their respective spheres from the Gulf of
Guinea into the Interior (N0. 131).
it‘ Fort Christiansborg (Accra).
‘l’ Fort Augustaborg (Adda).
I Fort F redensborg (Fingo).
§ Fort Kongensteen.
ll Fort Prindsensteen (Quetta).
.137
EGYPT.
N o. 67] EGYPT- [1840-4865.
[Boundaries]
N 0. 67 .—Notes on the Boundaries of EG YPT . 1840-1894.
On the 15th July, 1840, a Convention was concluded between
Great Britain, Austria, Prussia, Russia, and Turkey for the
pacification of the Levant, by which it was. agreed that the
administration of the Pashalik of Egypt should be granted to
Mehemet Ali and his descendants’)?
On the 13th February, 1841, a Firman was addressed by
the Sultan, Abdul Medjed, to Mehemet Ali, Pasha of Egypt,
in which the boundaries of Egypt were thus defined :—
“ I grant unto thee the Government of Egypt within its
ancient boundaries, such as they are to be found in the map
which is sent unto thee by my Grand Vizir now in office, with
a seal aifixed to it.”j"
This map was not published with the Firman, nor is a copy
of it now forthcoming, but in the Pro-Zllemor’ici which accom-
panied a note addressed by Fakhri Pasha, then Egyptian
Minister of Justice, to the Italian Agent and Consul-General at
Cairo de Martino), in July, 1881,}: it was said that in the
Firman of 13th February, 1841, the frontiers of the Egyptian
territory on the West Coast of the Red Sea were limited to the
Bay of Roway, in 21° 05' north latitude.
On the same day (13th February, 1841) another Firman
was issued by the Sultan, conferring upon Mehemet Ali the
government of the Provinces of Nubia, Daffir, Kordofan, and
Sennaar, with their Dependencies beyond the limits of Egypt
but the boundaries of those Provinces were not defined.
Massowah, Suck/in, §('C.
In May, 1865, another Firman was issued by the
Sultan Abdul ,Aziz, assigning to Ismael Pasha, then Viceroy
of Egypt, the administration of the ports of. Massowah
* S.P., vol. xxviii, p. 342.
"l' S.P., vol. lix, p. 571.
i Parl. Paper, “ Egypt, No. 18 (1882),” p. 53.
§ “ Legislation Ottomane,” Part II, p. 136. See also Agreement, Great
Britain and Germany, 15th November, 1893, Art. 4, p. 660.
259 T 2
‘lees—1877.] ‘EGYPT. [Na 67
[B oundaries . ]
and Suakin, in conjunction with the Mudirate of Taka;* and
in another Firman from the Sultan, dated 27th May, 1866
.(12 Moharem, 1283), modifying the order of succession and
granting further privileges to the Viceroy, it was said, “I
have determined that, henceforth, the Government of Egypt,
with the territories which are annexed to it, and its Depen-
dencies, with the Ka'imakamates of Suakin and Massowah,
‘shall be transmitted to the eldest of thy male children, and in
the same manner to the eldest sons of thy successorsf’j" (See
also SOMALI GoAsT.)
In 1870 an Egyptian Governor was appointed over the Coast
from Suez to Cape Guardafui.
In the Pro-llfemom'tt which accompanied the Note from
Fakhri Pasha to the Italian Agent and Consul-General at
Cairo, of July, 1881, already referred to, it was stated that this
Firman comprised all the West coast of the Red Sea, from the
Bay of Roway as far as the Straits of Babel Mandeb.
On the 8th June, 1873 (13 Reibul Akhur, 1290),I another
iFirman was issued by Sultan Abdul Aziz to the Khedive of
Egypt, in which it was stated that the Egyptian succession
extended to “the Khedivate of Egypt and its Dependencies,
with the Ka'imakamates of Suakin and Massowah and their
Dependencies.”
Somali Coast.
On the 7th September, 1877,§ an Agreement was entered into
‘between the British and Egyptian Governments for the con-
ditional recognition by Her Majesty’s Government of His High-
ness’s jurisdiction, under the Suzerainty of the Sublime Porte,
over the Somali Coast as far as Ras Hafoun. It contained
the following stipulations relating to territorial Possessions :——
_Egyptz'an Jurisdiction over Somali Coasz‘. BaZha/r and Berbera,
Free Ports.
“ ART. I. Subject to the stipulations contained in Article V
of this Agreement, the Government of His Highness the
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 141.
‘1' SP, vol. lvi, p. 1167; H.T., vol. xiv, p. 1025.
I H.T., vol. xiv, p. 1029.
§ H.1‘.,. \'ol., xviii, p. 359.
260
No. 67] EGYPT. [7 Sep., 1877.
[Boundaries.]
‘Khedive engages that from the date of the coming into force of
the present Convention,* and of the consequent formal recog-
nition by Her Majesty’s Government of His Highness’ jurisdic-
tion over the Somali Coast, Bulhar and Berbera shall be
declared free ports (if steps to this efiect have not already been
taken).
No Monopolies to be granted nor Impediments ofi’ered to Trade.
Customs Dues at Tajourafl" Zeila, and other ports. British
Subjects, Commerce, and Navigation. lllost-favoured-nation
Treatment.
Non-cession of Somali Territory to any Foreign Power.
ART. II. His Highness the Khedive engages for himself and
his successors that no portion of the territory, to be thus for-
mall incorporated with Egypt under his hereditary rule, shall
ever be ceded to any foreign Power.
ART. III—Appointment of British Consular Agents. Privi-
leges, y‘c. Most-favoured-nation Treatment. Exclusion of Egyp-
tians and Natives from such Ojfices.
ART. IV.——Suppression of the Slave Trade, and maintenance
of Order.
- Assurance to be given by the Sultan as to non-cession of any
portion of the Somali Coast to any Foreign Power.
ART. V. The present Agreement shall definitively come into
operation so soon as His Imperial Majesty the Sultan shall -
: have given a formal. assurance to Her Majesty’s Government
_ that no portion of the territory of the Somali Coast, a territory
which, together with all other countries incorporated with
*4‘ S. P., vol. lxxv, p. 1176. This Agreement was included in a collection
of Conventions and other documents relating to the suppression of the
Slave Trade, published at Cairo in 1880. See Parl. Paper, “ Slave'Trade,"
No. l (1886); H. T., vol. xviii, p. 359. .r - -
1' See France and Africa (East Coast), p. 27 i.
261
law—1881.] EGYPT. ‘[110. st
[Boundaries]
Egypt and forming an integral part of the Empire, shall be
recognized by His Imperial Majesty as a dependency of Egypt,
shall more than any other portion of Egypt, or of the countries
placed under His Highness’ hereditary rule, be ceded on any
pretence whatever to any foreign Power?‘
Non-cession by the Khedive of Egypt of his Rights and
Privileges to others.
On the 2nd August, 1879,"? another Firman was issued by
Sultan Abdul Hamid II to the Khedive of Egypt (Tewfik Pasha),
confirming the privileges which had already been granted to
His Highness and to former Viceroys, and conceding others
“within the ancient limits and comprising the territories
annexed thereto.” ‘
In this Firman it was declared that the Khedive could not,
under any pretext or motive whatever, hand over to others,
either wholly or in part, any of the privileges granted to Egypt,
and entrusted to him, and which were an emanation of the
prerogatives inherent to the Sovereign power; nor any part
of the territory. In an oflicial Note addressed on the same
day by Sawas Pasha to Her Majesty’s Ambassador at Constan-
tinople, it was explained that this passage in the Firman only
related to the rights, privileges, and prerogatives which had
been previously and personally granted to the Khedive of
Egypt-
Eastern Soudan. ilIassowah, Suahin, go.
On the 30th November, 1881,I an Egyptian Decree was issued
constituting the Eastern Soudan, comprising the Moudiriat of
Taka, the Governorships of Suakin and of Massowah, Senhit,
and Kalabit, with their Dependencies, including the Bedouins of
El Daba'ina, a separate Governorship, independent of the
Governor-Generalship of the Soudan, the Governorship of the
Coasts of the Red Sea being attached (“ rattaché ”) theretoil'
On the 2nd December, 1883. the Commander of H.M.S.
* No such assurance has yet been given by the Sultan (September,
1894).
1' H. T., vol. xv, p. 581.
I S. P., vol. lxxii, p. 589.
262
N0. 67] EGYPT- [1883+188/L,
[Boundaries.]
“Ranger” informed the Governor-General of Eastern Soudan
that he had received information that Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment had decided to maintain Egyptian authority at Suakin,
Massowah, and the Red Sea Ports?
Suakin. _
On the 6th February, 1884:, the ‘,British Government
announced its intention of protecting Suakin.
Abandonment by Egypt of the Somali Coast.
In May, 1884, it was decided that the Egyptian Authorities
and troops should be withdrawn from Harrar; to be followed
by the retirement of the Egyptians from the whole of the
coast which they had theretofore occupied from the Straits of
Bab-el-Mandeb to Ras Hafounl, including the ports of Tajourah,
Zeyla, and Berbera. . '
Khartoum was captured by the Mahdi, 26th January, 1885
(see “State Papers, vol. lxxvi, p. 716); and Dongola was
evacuated by Egypt 5th July, 1885 (see “State Papers,”
vol. me, p. 712). ‘
The Porte had exercised, for ‘aiconsiderable period, rights of
sovereignty over the territory between Bab-el-Mandeb and
Zeyla, which, though never formally admitted by the British
Government, had not been practically disputed; but the claims
of the Sultan to sovereignty over the Somali tribes between
Zeyla and Has Hafoun had been repeatedly denied by Her
Majesty’s Government, and the Porte had never accepted the
condition under which Her Majesty’s Government were prepared
to admit their sovereignty under the Convention of 7th Septem-
ber, 1877,1' between the British Government and the Khedive.
The abandonment of the Somali Coast by the Egyptian
Government put an end to the Convention of 7th September,
1877, by which the jurisdiction of Egypt over this coast was
conditionally recognized by Great Britain; but which had never
been carried into efiect in consequence of the Sultan having failed
to comply with the condition contained in one of its articles.
I
at S, 12., vol. lxxv, pp. 669-806, and vol. lxxvi, pp. 685-720.
‘I’ Page 260.
99
2'63
1884-1888.] EGYPT. [No- 57..
[Boundaries.]
The Soudan.*
In July, 1884:, the Egyptian Government determined to
abandon the Soudan, when orders were sent to evacuate Kassala,
Senhit, Amadib, Galabat, and Girri.
French Possessions.
On the 21st September, 1884:, a Treaty was concluded be-
‘tween France and Tajurah, for the cession to France of the
territory of the Sultan of Tajurah from Ras Ali to Gubbed
Kharab; and, on the 14th December, of the same year, certain
further cessions of territory were made by the Sultan of
Tajurah to France. (See FRANCE and AFRICA (EAST COAST),
p. 267.)
Italian Occupation of ll/Iassowah.
On the 3rd February, 1885, the Italians occupied Massowah.
(See ABYSSINIA, 6m.)
Italian right of Sovereignty over the Danakil Coast.
On the 9th December, 1888, a Treaty was concluded be-
tween the King of Italy and the Sultan of Aussa and Head of
the Danakils, by which the Sultan recognized the whole of the
Danakil Coast from Amphila to Ras Dumeira as an Italian
Possession. (See ABYSSINIA AND ITALY, p. 11.)
Anglo-French ‘Boundary Agreement.
On the g—shii February, 1888, an Exchange of Notes took place
between the British and French Governments, with regard to
their respective rights in the Gulf of Tajoura and on the Somali
‘Coast. (See APPENDIX.)
French Protectorate over Coasts of Gulf of Tajurah, including the
Mussa Islands and Islet of Bab.
By this Agreement, the British Government recognized the
‘protectorate of France over the coasts of the Gulf of Tajurah,
including the Mussa Islands (over which the British flag had
been hoisted in December, 18841“), and the Islet of Bab.
3‘ For Lient.-Colone1 Stewart’s Report on the Boundaries, &c. of the
Soudan, see Par]. Paper, “Egypt, No. 11 (1885).”
1‘ S. P., vol. lxxvi, p. 681.
264'.‘
N0. 67] EGYPT. [1889—1892.
[Boundaries.]
British Protectorate over the Somali Coast.
On the 20th July, 1887,* a notification was issued to the
Powers, in pursuance of the General Act of the Conference of
Berlin of 26th February, 1885 (NO. 17), that the Somali
Coast, from Ras Jiburti to Bunder Ziadeh, had been placed
under British Protection. (See SOMALI.)
British Jurisdiction over the Somali Coast.
On the 13th December, ]889, an Order in Council was
passed in which it was stated, Section III (1), that, subject to
certain provisions, it should apply “to the places and terri-
tories for the time being comprised in the Protectorate of the
Somali Coast, from Ras J iburti on the South Coast of the en-
trance to the Bay of Tajoura eastwards, to and including
Bunder1Ziadeh, on the 419th meridian of longitude east of
Greenwich, as notified on the 20th J ulv, 1887.”+ This Order,
however, has not yet been put into operation.
Italian Sphere of Influence Inland.
On the 15th April, 1891,I a Protocol was signed between
the British and Italian Governments, recognizing the fact that
the Italian sphere of influence inland commenced at Ras
Kasar, on the western shore of the Red Sea and extended
to the Blue Nile. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND ITALY, p. 667.)
Boundaries of Egypt confirmed.
On the 22nd March, 1892 (27th Chaban, 1309), a new Firman
of Investiture was addressed by the Sultan to His Highness the
Khedive (Abbas Hilmi), in which the boundaries of Egypt were
thus alluded to :——“ In consequence of the decree of Providence,
the Khedive Tewfik Pasha being deceased, the Khediviate of
Egypt, within its ancient limits, as indicated in the Imperial
Firman, dated 2 Rebi-ul-Akhir, 1257, A.H. (13th February,
* For the views of Turkey on the British occupation (30th June, 1885)
and the views of France (8th July, 1885), see “State Papers,” vol. lxxvi,
pp. 709, 712.
1' H.T., vol. xviii, p. 92. ‘
I Parl. Paper, “ Egypt, No. 2 (1885),” p. 7.
265
1892-1894.] EGYPT. [N0. 67
[Boundaries.]
18411), as also on the Map annexed to the said Firman, and the
territories annexed in conformity with the Imperial Firman,
dated 15 Zilhidje, 12-81, A.H. (May, 1865), has been conferred on
you, in virtue of my Imperial Iradé, dated 7 Djemazi-ul-Akhir,
1309.”
Sinai Peninsu la.
It was explained, in a telegram addressed by the Grand
Vizir to the Khedive, on the 8th April, 1892, that the Sinai
Peninsula, that is to say, the territory bounded to the east by a
line running in a south-easterly direction from a point a short
distance to the east of El-Arish to the head of the Gulf of
Akaba, was to be continued to be administered by Egypt.
The fort of Akaba lies to the east of this line.
Basin of the Upper Nile.
On the 12th May, 1894, an Agreement was entered into
between the British Government and the Congo Free State
respecting East and Central Africa, to which Notes were added
declaring that the claims of Turkey and Egypt in the Basin of
the Upper Nile were not ignored. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND
BELGIUM, APPENDIX.)
[See also SOMALI COASL]
266
FRANCE.
FRANCE.
LIST or TREATIEs, &c.
FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST).
N o. Page
68 11 Man; 1862. Treaty. France and Danakils. Cession of Obock, &c.,
* to France. Ras Ali to Ras Dumeirah b . . . . . . . . . . . 269
69 25 Dec., 1880. French Notice respecting Limits of Obock. . . . . . . . . . . 272
70 9 Apr., 1884. Treaty. France and Gobad. Friendship, 830.. . . . . . . . 273
71 21 Sept, 1884:. Treaty. France and Tajurah. Cession of Tajurah to
France. Gubbed-Kharab, &c.. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . 274
72 18 Oct., 1884:‘. Act. Cession by Sultan of Tajurah to France of
Gubbed-Kharab, Rasali, and Sagallo . . . . . . . . . . . o . . 276
73 14 Dec., 1884. Act. Cession by Sultan of Tajurah to France of
Territory between Adaeli and Ambado . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
11 Feb., 1885. Notification. Annexation of Danakil and Somali Coasts.
Ras Ali to Gubbet Kharab.. . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . Note 274
FRANCE AND AFRICA (GENERAL).
26 Feb., 1885. “ Berlin Act.” See Africa (General).
2 July, 1890. “ Brussels Act.” See Africa (General).
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). (SENEGAL, GABooN,
(NUNEZ), CAsAMANcA, NIGER, GUINEA CoAsT, FRENCH CONGO, &o.)
74: 1819-1891. List of Treaties with Native Chiefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
-- 26 Oct., 1891. Notification. French Protectorates on Ivory Coast. (See
Great Britain and France.)
FRANCE (ALGERIA).
75 1830:1844. _ Note: a French Occupation of Algiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
FRANCE (COMORO ISLANDS).
76 21 April, 1886. Convention. France and Anjouan (Johanna).
“ _ 7 French Protectorate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
-- 26 J une,1886. Notification. France. Protectorate. Comoro Islands 292
77 15 Oct., 1887. Convention. France and Anjouan (Johanna).
- Amendment of Convention of 21st
April, 1886........ . .. .. .. ...... 292
FRANCE AND CONGO.
See Congo and F rance.
267
FRANCE.
[List of Treaties, &c.]
No. Page
FRANCE AND DAHOMEY.
See Dahomey.
FRANCE AND GERMANY.
78 24 Dec., 1885. Protocol. Boundaries. B'iafra Bay. Slave Coast;
Togo. Porto Seguro and Little Popo. Senegambia.
Southern Rivers District, 830. . . . . . . . . 00 . . on 00 90 . - 293
79 1 Feb., 1887. Proces-Verbal. Boundaries. Slave Coast . .. . . .. . . 297
— 15 Man, 1894.‘. Agreement. Boundaries. Cameroons Protectorate and
French Congo. Spheres of influence in region of Lake
Chad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... App.
FRANCE AND GREAT BRITAIN.
See Great Britain and France.
FRANCE AND LIBERIA.
See Liberia and France.
FRANCE AND MADAGASCAR.
.
See Madagascar and France.
FRANCE AND MOROCCO.
See Morocco and France.
FRANCE AND PORTUGAL.
80 12 May, 1886. Convention. Boundaries. Guinea, Fouta-Djallon,
Congo, Angola, Mozambique. .. . . .. .. .. 00 00 .. 00 00 298
FRANCE AND TUNIS.
See Tunis and France.
Mar., 1894. Protocol. Boundary. Lunda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . App.
FRANCE AND ZANZIBAR.
See Zanzibar and France.
268
N0, 68] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [11 M3,r_,1862_
[Danakils. Cession of Obock, 8:0,, to France.]
N O. 68.—CONVFNTION between France and the Dana/ails,
for the Cession of Oboch and its Territory to France. Paris,
11th .March, 1862*
(Translation)
BETWEEN the Minister, Secretary of State for Foreign
Affairs of His Majesty the Emperor of the French, and Diny-
Ahmed-Aboubekr, delegated by Mohammed ben Mohammed,
Sultan Diny-Koullon; Emir, Aly-Ibrahim Aboubekr; Chahim,
Sultan Lohe'ita, Chief of the Tribes of the Danakils, Adalys
and Debenets, and invested with their Full Powers, it has been
concluded and agreed as follows :—
ART. 1. Peace and Friendship with Danahil Tribes on Coast of
Adel.
Cession of Obock, 8m, to France. Has Aly to Rate Dnmeirah.
ART. II. The Danakil Chiefs, notably Sultan Diny, cede to
His Majesty the Emperor, the harbour, roadstead, and anchor-
age of Chock, situated near Cape Ras Bir, with the plain. ex-
tending from Ras Aly to the south, as far as Ras Dumeirah to
the north.
Price to be paid for Cession.
ART. III. This cession is made in consideration for the
price stipulated and agreed of 10,000 “talaris,” namely,
50,500 francs.
ART‘. 1V.-——Pa.yment to be made in two Instalments.
Guarantee of Cession by Danahil Chiefs.
ART. V. This cession is conjointly guaranteed by Danakil
Chiefs, namely: Sultan Mohammed ben Mohammed, Sultan
Diny-Koullon; Osman, Aly-Ibrahim Aboubekr; Chahim, and by
Sultan Lohe'ita, Chief of the Debenet Tribes, represented by their
Envoy, Diny Ahmed-Aboubekr.
’* This Convention was signed in Arabic, and the French version given
by De Clercq is not certified as being an authentic translation. De Clercq,
xiv, 513. See French Notice of 25th December, 1880, p. 272.
269
11 Mar.,1862.] FRANcE AND AFRICA-(EAST coAsT). [Na 68
[Danakils. Cession of Obock, &c., to France.]
Interior Arrangements, Rivers and Forests.
ART. VI. The above-named Chiefs engage, separately and
conjointly, to facilitate by all the means in their power, the
relations of the French established at Obock, with the interior
of the country by land or water, by ascending the course of the
Rivers Anazo and Haouatch.
They cede to them the right of cutting in the forests the
‘wood necessary for their use, and that of availing themselves of
the fresh water springs and streams which exist on the coast in
proximity to Obock'. Reservoirs of water may be established, by
common consent, at any places where it is deemed necessary,
without any demand for indemnity being made for these estab-
lishments.
ART. VIl.——Pasturage.
ART. VIII—Salt.
Non-cession of Territory to other Powers.
ART. IX. The Chiefs of the Danakils and of the other inde-
pendent tribes on the coast of Adel bind themselves by a
formal engagement to communicate to the French authorities
established at Obock, every proposal for a cession of territory
which may be made to them by a Foreign Government. They
engage, conjointly and separately, to reject every overture made
to them which has not received the assent of the Government of
His Majesty the Emperor of the French.
Done at Paris, on the 11th March, of the year of Grace,
1862.
(L.S.) THOUVENEL.
Marks and Seals of
DINY-BEN-SuL'i'AN-MOHAMMED-
HUMED, son of the late
Sultan Mohammed. -
The Vizir MOHAMMED, son of
_ Sultan Hummed.
The Emir EL HADJ ABOUBEKR.
IBR-AHIM CHAHIM. '
2'70
Tofaeepage 270.
Map shewing the position of‘
OBOKH AND SURROUNDING COUNTRY , CEDED TO FRANCE.
By'I'reaty mm the. Danakils Dene March , 1862.
NO MAP WAS ATTACHED TO THE TREATY OF HT.” MARCH,/86Z.
4*3"
> s i \v
sllbliaua.



18“
as Sir'ztzlyan

North Lat.
c) o3
5? o
49
(>2;?%L) .
4,. e
Angarqngité’owabi


|
Stood/v '7‘ ze_,a4' 0 or 1 Inch = 115 Statll/files.
19 s o 19 2o MILES

12'







..._
o'- '
46° Longitude East, of Greenwich
STANFORD ‘s 6500+ ESTABT, LONDON.
Map showing position of
OBOKH 6|. SURROUNDING COUNTRY CEDED TO FRANCE
by the Treaty with the Danakils
of 11th March, 1862.
N 0, 68] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [11 M31,’ 1862_
[Danakils. Cession of Goubout-Kharab to France.]
Gonbout-Kh arab.*
ADDITIONAL ARTICLE.~—In the event of the harbour, road-
stead, and anchorage of Check being acknowledged to be unfit
to contain a ship of great tonnage, Diny-Ahmed engages, iii the
name of Cheikh Aly-Ibrahim Aboubekr-Chahim, and of the
Chiefs mentioned in the Treaty, to cede, at the price stipulated
'in Article III, the harbour, roadstead, and anchorage of
Goubout-Kharab, or any other, with the territory belonging to
it, and under all the conditions inserted in the present Treaty.
Done at Paris, 11th March, 1862.
(LS) THOUVENEL.
(L.S.) DINY-BEN-SULTAN-MOHAMMED.
* See also Act signed by Sultan of Tajurah, 18th October, 1884, p. 276.
271 u
25 D60. 1880.] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST.) [N0. 69
' [0100011.].

NO. 69. FRENCH NOTICE respecting limit of French
‘ Possessions at Oboe/r.ale 25th December, 1880.
(Translation)
As demands for concessions of territory at Obock (on the
Red Sea are frequently received by the Department for
Marine and Colonies, we think it useful to make known to the
public the nature of the replies which are invariably returned
to applications of this kind :
The Treaty of llth March, 1862 (NO. 68), enacting the
cession of this point to France, contains no indication of the
limits of our possessionpl' and we have, moreover, done nothing
up to the present time to secure our Sovereignty over this
country.
It would, therefore, beimpossible to indicate the land capable
of being ceded, and still less to delimitate it. Under these
circumstances, the Marine Department is unable to grant con-
cessions. It can do no more than leave to persons who may
attempt to found a settlement at Obock, the whole responsi-
bility of choosing the site to be occupied by them, with the
reservation that this occupation, essentially precarious and re-
vocable, shall cease on the first demand. It is well understood,
however, that no indemnity shall be due to the parties interested,
in the event of their being evicted for reasons of public utility
or military interest.
* “ Journal Otficiel,” 25th December, 1880.
1‘ At the time this Notice was issued, the Treaty of 11th March, 1862,
had not been published by De Clercq. See Tome, xiv (1886), 513.
272
N0, 70] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [9 April, 1884;,
[Gobad (Obock).]
NO. 70.—-TREA TY between France and the Sultan of Gobad.
Cboch, 9th April, 1884."e
(Translation)
BETWEEN M. Lagarde (A.M.J.L.), Commandant of Check,
acting in the name of the French Government, and Ohnwd
Lo'itah, acting in his own name, and in the names of the Chiefs
under his orders, the following Treaty has been concluded :——~
ART. I.—Friendship with Sultan of Gobad.
ART. II.—Protection of French Caravans.
ART. III—Duties on Caravans.
ART. IV.—-French Travellers may Sink Wells.
ART. V.—Acquisition of Freehold Property by French.
ART. VI.—Settlement of Disputes between French and Natives.
ART. VII—Engagement of Sultan to conclude no Convention,
and to Sign no Treaty, without the Consent of the Chief of the
Colony of Cbocl', who shall Countersign any Document of this
Nature.
ARI‘. VIII—In Case of, Dispute, the French Tezet of Treaty
alone to be appealed to.
Done at Check, on the 9th April, 1884.
(Seal of Ohmed Lo'itah.)
LA GARDE.
it “ De Clereq,” vol. xiv, p. 348.
273 u 2
21 Sept, 188A] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [N0- 71
[Cession of Tajurah to France]
N0. 71.—TREA T Y between France and Tajurah, for Uession
of Tajurah and its Dependencies to France. Oboele, 2182f
September, 18843e
[Approved and sanctioned by French Decree of 22nd August,
1885+]
(Tran slation.)
BETWEEN M. Lagarde (A.I\I.M..I.L.), Commandant of Obock,
acting in the name of the French Government, and Hamed-
hen-Mohamed, Sultan of Tajurah, who rules from Ras-Ali to
Gubbed-Kharab, the following Treaty has been concluded:
ART. Ir-I’Iriendship.
AR'I‘. II.——Sultan Hamecl gives his Country to France in order
that she may protect it against all Foreigners.
ART. III.——-French Government not to alter Laws established
in Sultan Hamed’s country.
ART. IV.-—Engagement of Sultan Hamed and his Successors
to assist the French in building Houses and purchasing Land.
ART. V.-—Engage~nent of Sultan Hamed to sign no Treaty with
any Foreign Powers without the Assent of the Commandant of
Oboch'. .
ART. VI.—ll[onthly Payment of ICC “ thalaris ” to be made
to Sultan I'Iamed and of 80 “thalaris ” to the Vizir.
ART. VIl.-—In Case of Dispute, French Text of Treaty alone
to be appealed to.
(Sultan of 'l‘ajurah’s Seal.)
LA GARDE,
Commandant of Oboch.
* The conclusion of this Treaty was oflicially notified to the British
Government by the French Ambassador in London, on 11th February, 1885.
(See Appendix.)
1' De Clercq, vol. xiv, p. 418.
274i
To ‘Face: Page 2%
Map Shewing
TERRITORY CEDED TO FRANCE,
BY
THE SULTAN OF TAJURA.
By Treaty of 21?? Sept‘ 18 84*.

NO MAP WAS ATTACHED TO THE TREATY OF 2H.’ SEPTEMBER I884.




Ballllbari or
Jebel Gude






L. F
\..-~. _
'1.) I
North Lat.


,
:u'





v _. ~-- .. ‘s
v‘ ' r‘ _/
q \‘ .-
“2412*
~ ester .
tern
\


2 .
U .,_~
/ . "3 -
VIZ! I 0.:
rf/lll'L-a, .
_. I. , _. '_ , I'J'Jw“ 411%
k ma‘); I\‘__.- N, 64] " 8
V --* .g“ ,JQIHI/mlll/n "I.






\


~~
\ ' A , . . Ill/fly. ° -‘
.- 5:1. <5; T244111" 131m", . J, ‘ _~ ,I _ .; a 1“ . ,
pigs‘ "771”, Rwy/9.“ nib’, [curro
I u - .. ., _,: g: o
"fill/pyth- ",'ll‘-‘ 9,14%‘; __,
1,, u ~ ‘ (From Admiralty Chart of‘thc Red Sea - Sheet. 5.) .'.-~ W


l 43° Lo gitude East of Greenwich,

Q
STANFORDS GEOG': EST'ABTI LONDON.
French ................ ..
S/eafe, m or llnch =11-5 StatMiles.
10 s o 19 zp MILES.
L44- Ifi—r rfi
Map showing territory
CEDED T0 FRANCE BY THE SULTAN 0F TAJURA
21 st September, 1884.
N0, 71] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [21 Sept,’ 1884,
[Cession of Tajurah to France.)
[Before the conclusion of the above Treaty between
France and Tajurah, a Treaty was signed by Captain Robert
Moresby, of the Indian Navy, on the part of the Honourable
East India Company, and the Sultan of Tajurah, 18410, which
contained the following engagement on the part of the
Sultan*:—
“ART. IV. Sultan Mahomed-ben-Mohammed, of Tajowra,
engages at all times to respect and regard the friendly advice
of any authorized person belonging to the British Govern-
ment, and agrees not to enter into any other Treaty or Bond
with any other European nation or person without, in the first
instance, bringing the subject to the notice of the Government
authorities at Aden, so that the same may in no ways prove
detrimental to his Friends, the English, or their Commerce.
In return for these conditions, the British Government will
observe the interests of the State of 'l‘ajowra, and do all in
their power to assist in improving their commercial resources.
“ART. VII. In entering into any Bond or Treaty, or
trading with either European or other Powers, Sultan Mahomed-
ben-Mohammed engages that no Bond or Treaty shall be
acceded to, or acquiesced in, by him which will, either at the
present, or at future period, prove detrimental or injurious to;
the interests of the British, either in political or commercial.-
point of View, and in return for such agreement, the English-
promise that they will act in no manner which may have an.
evil tendency towards the State of Tajowra.”
A Deed was at the same time signed by the Sultan for the--
sale of the island of hIussa to the British Governmentrf]
No Protest, however, was made by Great Britain against
the conclusion of the Treaty between France and Tajurah of
21st October, 1884.
* H.T., vol. xiii, p. 6.
"l" H.T., vol. xiii, p. 7.
275
18 Oct.,1884.] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [Na 72
[Tajurah. Cession of Gub'bet Kharab to France.]
N0. '72.——A CT signed by the Sultan of Tay'urah for the Cession
to France of Rae-Ali, Sugallo, and Gubbed Kharab. 18th
October, 1884.
[Approved and sanctioned by French Decree of 22nd August,
1885*]
(Translation) e
I, Sultan of Tajurah, give to France, in Friendship, Ras
Ali, Sagallo, and Rood-Ali (Gubbed Kharab).
(Seal of Sultan Hamed-Ben-Mohamet.)
WVitnesses :
(Seal of Sultan Lo'itah.)
(Seal of the Vizir.)
LA G-ARDE,
Commandant of Oboch.
BELLANGER,
Commander of the “ Seigneleg.”
it “De Clercq,” vol. xiv, p. 423. See also Additional Article to the
'Treaty between France and the Danakils of 11th March, 1862, p. 269, and
Law (12th August, 1885) for the Organization of the Colony of Obock, and
the establishment of a French Protectorate over Tajurah and neighbouring
territories. “De Clercq,” vol. xiv, p. 511.
276
No, 78] FRANCE AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [14 Dee,’ 1884,
[Tajurah. Cessions to France. Adaeli to Ambado.]
NO. '73.—-ACT signed by the Sultan of Tajurah for the
Cession to France of the Territory comprised bctio'ccn Adcteli
and Ambado. Oboch, 14th December, 1884.
[Approved and sanctioned by French Decree of 22nd August,
1885*]
(Translation)
Hamed, Sultan of Tajurah, having given to the French
Government his territory as far as the place called Adaeli.
I, Hamed-Laita, do the same thing, and I give to the said
Government from Adaeli to Ambado.
Obock, 14th December, 1884.‘.
(Signature and Seal of Hamed, Sultan of Tajurah and of
Brahim, Vizir of the same place, who bear witness to the
authenticity of the said declaration.)
(Signature and Seal of Hamed-Laita, who certifies to the
authenticity of what he has said.)
LA GARDE,
Commandant of Oboch.
OGHSLEHAGLER,
llfilitary Interpreter.
* “ De Clercq,” vol. xiv, p. 429.
277
1819-1848.] FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [110. '74
Z
9
[Native Chiefs.]
NO. 74.—LIST 0F TRFATIES concluded by France with Native Chiefs
in Africa, relating to Sovereignty, Protection, &c. 1819 to 1890*‘

Place. Date. Subject. Art. Where to be found.
1 W'allo . . . . 8 May, 1819 . French Sovereignty . . 2 De Clercq iii, 202.
2 Trarzas . . . . 7 June, 1.821. ,, ,, . 3 ,, iii, 270.
3 Bracknas .. 25 ,, ,, . ,, ,, . 8 ,, iii, 273.
4 Boud’hié . . 24 March, 1837 ,, ,, . --- ,, iv, 364.
5 Toua'oo . . . . 15 Aug, ,, ,, Protectorate . — ,, iv, 381.
6 Toubaboucany . . 17 ,, ,, ,, ,, . — ,, iv, 382.
7 Boud’hié . . 3 April, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . —— ,, iv, 416.
8 Garroways . . 14 Dec., 1838 ,, ,, . 1 ,, xv, 319.
9 Gaboon . . . . 9 Feb., 1839 . ,, ,, 1 ,, iv, 445.
10 Hou and Dhiogné 17 Dec., ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, iv, 513.
Bissey . .
11 Dingavare } 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, iv, 514.
L Sandignery
12 Soumboudon .. 23 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, iv, 515.
Pacao . . . . 23 ,, ,, ,, Exclusive Right 2
to Trade
13 Garroways . . 7 F eb., 1842 . ,, Sovereignty
_ Exclusion of Foreign- 1 ,, iv, 610.
ers
14 Grand Bassam . . l9 ,, ,, . French Sovereignty
Exclusibn of Foreign-
ers
15 Gaboon . . . . 18 March,1842 French Sovereignty
16 Batanga. . . . 3O
1 ,, iv, 615.
1 ,, iv, 616.
J, ,)
6T8
,, French Sovereignty
Exilusion of’Forcigm} 1 ,, iv, 617.
17 Danger River .. 20 April, }
Exclusion of F oreign- 1 ,, xv, 339.
ers
18 Cape Mount . . 9 March,1843 French Sovereignty .. -- ,, ‘v, 6.
(Fanama)

19 Quaben . . . . 27 April, ,, ,, ,, —- ,, v, 48.
20 Assinie . . . . 4 July, ,, ,, ,, —— ,, v, 100.
21 Grand Bassam . . 7 March,1844 ,, ,, 3 ,, v, 162.
22 Assinie .. .. 26 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1
Exclusion of Foreigners 2 ,, v, 163.
23 Gaboon . . . . 28 ,, ,, French Sovereignty —- ,, v, 165.
24* n ' ' ° ' 1- Apnli a: n n ' ' 1 n XV: 341'
25 Akaville.. . . 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xv, 342.
26 Gaboon . . . . 6 July, ,, ,, ,, . . - — ,, v, 192.
27 a: ' ' ° ‘ 7 n n n n ' ' '_ n V: 28 Bondou . . . . 23 Aug, 1845. ,, . . 1 ,, v, 400.
29 Gaboon . . . . 19 Oct., ,, ,, ,, . 1 SP. xxxv, 579.
30 ,, . . . . 1 Aug, 1846. ,, ,, . . ——- De Clercq xv, 347.
31 Nalous . . 27 July, 1848 . ,, ,, .. — ,, v, 618.
(Rio Nunez) ' i
* See also List of some of these Treaties in 8.1)., vol. lxxv, p. 340.
278
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). '
[1849 —1860.
[Native ChiefsJ






-No Place. Date. Subject. Art. Where to be found.
32 Landoumans .. —- April, 1849 French Sovereignty —- De Clercq v, 626.
(Rio Nunez)
33 Boud’hié . . 4 Feb., 1850 . ,, ,, —- ,, vi, 1.
(Casamanca)
34 Samatite 25 March, 1851 ,, ,, — ,, vi, 98.
35 Cagnut . . . . 25 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, vi, 98.
36 Piquini-Bassam 24 Feb., 1852 . ,, ,, . . 1 ,, Vi, 169-
Exclusion of Foreigners 2
37 Jack Country . . 20 April, ,, . French Sovereignty 1 ,, xv, 389.
38 Adfoe . . . . 22 ,, ,, . ,, ,, —— ,, xv, 390.
(Trade Town)
39 Mophy (Trade 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, — ,, xv, 392.
Town)
40 Adjaconty (Trade 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, —- ,, xv, 392.
Town)
41 Leflegny and 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, . —— ,, xv, 393.
Csogo
42 Adam or Jack 25 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . — ,, xv, 393.
Lahon
43 Tiarrha. . . . . '7 May, ,, ,, ,, —- ,, xv, 393.
44 Afagon or Great 10 ,, ,, ,, — ,, xv, 394.
Ivory Town.
Afagon Bodou
or Abreby
45 Adouin . . . . 17 ,, ,, ,, ,, — ,, xv, 394.
(H alf Ivory
Town)
46 Conmssie . . 19 ,, ,, . ,, ,, — ,, xv, 394.
47 Cape Esterias . . 18 Sept., ,, . ,, ,, 1 ,, vi, 217.
48 Ebremon .. 10 Oct., 1853 . ,, ,, . . —— ,, vi, 385.
49 Jack-Jack .. 15 ,, ,, . —— ,, vi, 385.
50 Palmas . . .. 8 Feb., 1855 . Cession of Land for 1 ,, vi, 497.
French Factory
51 Great Elobey 23 April, ,, French Sovereignty 1 ,, xv, 896.
52 R. Kitafine or 25 March, 1857 ‘ ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xv, 397.
Rio Cassini ,, exclusive right 2
of Commerce
53 Trarzas . . . . 20 May, 1858 . ,, Sovereignty 1 ,, vii, 388.
54 Bondou . . . . 18 June, ,, ,, Protectorate 1 ,, vii, 410.
55 F arubzina. and 18 Aug., ,, . Exclusion of Foreigners 1 ,, vii, 447.
Niagala. French Protectorate . . 3
(Bambouk)
56 Bondou . . 18 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . ,, vii, 448.
57 G00)’ ‘ ° >7 )7 n a) ' _ n vii: 58 } 9 Jan., 1859 . ,, ,, . - ,, vii, 577.
59 Toro . 10 April, ,, ,, Protectorate . . 3 ,, vii, 584.
60 Fonta- . . . . 15 Aug, 1859 . French Protectorate . . 1 ,, vii, 634.
61 Damga . . . . 10 Sept, ,, . ,, ,, . 1 ,, vii, 638.
62 N’Lomp. . . . 6 April, 1860. ,, Suzerainty . . -— ,, viii, 42.
63 Thiong . . . . 5 May, ,, . ,, ,, . — ,, viii, 47.
64 "Wagaram . . 6 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . — ,, viii, 47.
65 Cassinol . . . . 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . -- ,, viii, 47.
66 Blio and Ba'l'er . . 15 June, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . — ,, viii, 49.
67 Cavour . . . . 17 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty . . —- ,, viii, 58.
68 Al-Hadji-Omar. . 18 Aug, ,, Protection . . —- ,, viii, 80.
1868—187L] FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [N0- 74:

[Native Chiefs.)
No Place. Date. Subj ect. Art. Where to be found.
69 Elobey . . . . 17 Oct, 1860 . French Sovereignty -— DeClercq xv, 451.
Exclusion of Foreigners ~—
70 Cayor . . . 1 Feb., 1861 . French Protection . . 8 H Yiii, 161-
71 Souna . . . . 14: Feb., 1861 . French Sovereignty 1 ,, viii, 167-
Exclusion of Foreigners 2
72 Sine Saloum . . 8 March,1861 French Sovereignty .. 2 Aml- $611623‘, 409-
73 Cayor . . 2 Feb., 1862 ,, ,, . - 4! n 4108-
741 Cape Lopez, an 1 June, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 De Clercqviii,4il3.
R. Nazare Exclusion of Foreigners 2
75 Forgny . . 2 Dec., ,, French Suzerainty . . 1 Ann- Sénég» 451-
Exclusion of Foreigners 3
7 6 Toro . . . 26 March,1863 French Sovereignty 1 De Clercq viii, 576.
77 Damga . . . . 9 Aug , ,, ,, ,, . . —- XV, 470-
78 Fouta . . . . 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . —— XV, 471-
79 Toro . . 1 Sept , ,, ,, ., . . -— n viii, 613-
80 Cayor . . . . 4 Dec , ,, ,, Suzerainty 2 ,, Vil'b 619-
(Djolof . . h
l Cayor .. Right of French
81 Sine . . — Oct., 186A. . { alone to make set} 2 Ann Sénég’) 410-
\ Baol .. tlements '
LSaloum i
82 Bagnouls . . 8 March, 1865 French Suzerainty 2 ,, 452-
83 Ouonkon . . 20 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 n 453-
8st Soura . . . . 20 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 v 453-
85 Tapelan and 20 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 n 453'
Athioune
so Athioune .. 16 April, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, 455-
—— F into
87 Yolas . . . . 17 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 n 455-
88 Guimbering 30 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . 2 n 456-
89 Moreah . . 22 Nov, ,, ,, Suzerainty ... 1 De Clercq iX, 414"-
90 Nalous . . 28 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 A1111. Séllég, 465-
91 Do. . . . 1 Dec, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . —— n ‘466-
92 Forgny . . . . 2 ,, ,, ,, Protection 8 ,, 457-
Exclusion of Foreigners 3
93 Colibanta . . 3 Jan , 1866 French Suzerainty . . 2 1, 454*
(Balmadon)
91L Landoumas . . 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 De Clercq ix, ‘1'76-
95 Rio Pungo 15 Feb, ,, ,, ,, . - 1' :2 i3, 4'77-
96 Danger River . . 14 Dec, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . —— :7 KY, 348'
97 Moreah .. . . 30 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty 2 :3 ix, 632-
98 M’Goumbi and 10 May, 1867 ,, ,, 1 ,, XV, 499-
, M’Dombai
99 Seikiani . . . . 17 Oct, ,, ,, Protectorate . . 6 ,, IV, 534:-
(Danger River)
100 Gamma and 14 J an, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . 1 ,, X, 21-
Rembo
Beriby . . . 4-: Feb., ,, ,, ,, O 1 n X) 61'
102 Bilogné .. . . . 14 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . . —— ,, XV, 535-
103 Jack-Jack . . 2 ,, 1869 ,, Sovereignty 1 ,, XV, 535-
104. Half Jack . 2 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, Xv. 537-
105 Little Bassam . . 7 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, XV, 537-
106 Conessi-Amsa . . 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, XV, 537-
107 Ymala'is. . . . 20 Aug, ,, ,, ,, —— ,, XV, 539-
108 Cayor . . . . 12 Jan, 1871 ,, ,, . 1 ,, xii, 431-





No. 741
[1873-1883.
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST).
[Native Chiefs.)
No. Place. Date. Subject. Art. Where tobe found.
109 Benito . . . . 14 March, 1873 French Sovereignty . . 1 De Clercq xv, 563.
110 Boungé, 8:0. . 23 Aug, ,, ,, ,, . —— ,, xv, 565.
111 Boungé, &c. 23 ,, 1874 ,, ,, . -— ,, xv, 565.
112 Rio Pongo . . 15 Feb., 1876 ,, Suzerainty . . 1 Ann. Sénég, 469.
113 Sine . . . . 13 Sept., 1877 ,, Protection . 1 ,, 412.
114 Fouta . 24 Oct., ,, ,, ,, . 3 De Clercq xv, 575.
115 Forréeariah . . 17 J an., 1878 ,, Suzerainty . 1 ,, xv, 578.
116 Khasso . . . . 26 Sept., ,, ,, ,, . . — Ann. Sénég, 438.
117 Same . . 3 April, 1879 ,, Protectorate . . 1 De Clercq xv, 607 .
118 Cayor . . . . 10 Sept., ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xii, 481.
Machadongon _ Ann du Sénéa
119 {geteadongon } 3 April, 1880 ,, ,, 1 18'90_91 74°."
arlmboula ’
120 Fouladongon 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, ,, 79.
121 I-Iahaek ,. 21 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 De Clcreq xii, 549.
Protectorate
122 Kita . . . . 25 April, 1880 ,, Protectorate . . 1 ,, xvii, 2.
123 ,, . . . . 25 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty ~— ,, xvii, 4.
124 Candiah. .
Maneah.. } 20 June, ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 ,, xii, 569.
Tombo, &c. Protectorate
125 Makoko . . . . 10 Sept., ,, ,, Sovereignty — ,, xiv, 75.
126 ,, . . . 3 Oct., ,, ,, ,, —— ,, xiv, 76.
127 Gadongon .. 12 March,1881 ,, Protectorate l ,, xvii, 5.
128 Gomon .. .. 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 Ann. du Sénég,
1890-91, 75.
129 Bagniakadongon 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . -— De Clercq xvii, 7.
130 Bammako .. 27 April, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 Ann. (111 Sénég,
1890—91, 82.
131 Lower Manding 27 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, 81.
132 Bouré . . 8 May, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, 83.
134 Fouta . . 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 De Clercq xv, 623.
135 Manding . . 20 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . — ,, xvii, 9.
136 Fouta Djallon 5 July, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xv, 626*
137 Beledongon 26 Oct., ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 251.
138 Sirimana . . 1 Nov., ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 253.
139 Killa 3' ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, xviii, 253.
140 Kamana.. 5 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, xviii, 254.
141 Makhana 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 254.
142 Tambaoura 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 254.
143 N iagala and Siri- 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 255.
mana
144 Gangaran .. 15 Feb., 1882 ,, Protectorate 1 ,, xviii, 263.
145 Yocine . . . . 18 March, ,, ,, Suzerainty . . 1 ,, xv, 642.
Trade exclusively r0- 5
served to French
146 Balmadou and 7 April, ,, French Suzerainty . 1 ,, xv, 643.
Souna ,, ,, . 4
147 Pakao .. . . 11 ,, ,, ,, ,, . l ,, xv, 644.
- a: a: ' 5
148 Bafing . . . . 14 Dec., ,, ,, Protectorate . . 1 ,, xv, 685.
149 Cayor . 16 J an., 1883 . ,, Suzerainty 1 Ann. Sénég, 92.
150 N’Diambour . 2 Feb., ,, ,, ,, 1 De Clercq xv, 691.
151 Baol . . . . 8 March, ,, ,, Protectorate 1 ,, xv, 693.
152 Loango . . . . 12 ,, ,, ,, ,, and 1 ,, xiv, 307.1"
Suzerainty l





* 8.19., ml. lxxv, p. 336.
281
1‘ SP, vol. lxxv, p. 553.
1883-l, FRANCE AND AFRICA (‘WEST COAST). [110. 74

[Native Chiefs]
No. Place. Date. Subject. Art. Where to be found.
153 Baguinta 18 April, 1883 French Sovereignty .. 1 DeClercqxviii,243.
154 ll/Ialimba 19 ,, ,, ,, ,, . , 4 ,, xiv, 3093*
Non-admission of For- 1
eigners
155 Nossombougon . . 20 ,, ,, French Protectorate 1 ,, xviii, 263.
156 Koumi . . 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, , 1 ,, xviii, 265.
157 13anoko .. 24 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . —— ,, xv, 697.
a’ ' >7 :9 9) >7 - '— a: XV) 159 Dampa .. 1 May ,, ,, Protectorate . 1 xviii, 239.
160 l\lourdiari 5 ,, ,, ,, ,, , 1 xviii, 241.
161 Dionkoloni 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, , 1 ,, xviii, 242.
162 Segala 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, xviii, 242.
163 Doirebougon 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, xviii, 243.
164 Nouko . . 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . l ,, xviii, 243.
165 Braniaya 14 June, ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 Ann. Sénég, 478.
Protectorate
166 Negro Point .. 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 De Clercqxiv,313."l'
(Great POpOJ
| &c. l
167 { Little Popo (3 19 J 111 y, ,, ,, Protectorate 1 ,, xv, 702.
] Porto Seguro I
'(Agwé . . J
Onlad El . Ann. du Sénée'.
168 { Onlad A1?‘ ) 9 Aug, ,, ,, Sovereignty 3 { 1889, 84. ° ’
169 Mangonié and 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 De Clercq xv, 703.
Boungé
170 130115 . . . . 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, -— ,, xv, 703.
171 Central Fouta . . 14 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate 1 ,, xviii, 245.
172 Ignoumba . . 17 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty 1 ,, xv, 704.
173 Ebocko .. . . 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xiv, 314.
174 Cayor . . 28 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xv, 705.
,. Banvone " ,, Suzeraint and r- -
1‘5 Betiinbe l 5 Sept" ” { Protectoii‘ate } __ ” Xv’ ‘01'
176 Ebocko . . . 5 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty - ,, xiv, 315.
177 Bonito . . 3 Nov, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xiv, 315.
178 Firdou . . . 3 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 ,, xviii, 247.
Protectorate
179 Tainbaoura 8 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate .. 3 ,, xviii, 249.
180 Benito . 9 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty . . -- xv, 707.
181 ,, . 9 ,, ,, Non-cessionot' Territory -— ,, xv, 707.
to Foreign Firms
182 ,, . 10 ,, ,, French Suzerainty - ,, xv, 707.
183 Lobe . . 13 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate -— ,, xv, 710.
181 Dumbo . . . . 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, ~— ,, xv, 711.
Niongsé 1
185 {Tonanjibe j 15 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty . , -- ,, xv, 712
Digneba
186 Cainpo .. . . 19 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate ~— ,, xiv, 316.
187 Marc-aboug'in . . 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii, 255,
188 Diebedougon 25 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ‘ ,, xiv, 317.
189 Central Fouta . . 27 ,, ,, ,, ,, - Ann. du Sénég,
1888,82.
190 Evoune . . . . 14 Dec., ,, ,, Sovereignty . . - De Clercqxiv,319.
191 Batas 15 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . . - ,, XV, 716-
192 N’Gové . . . . 15 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty -— ,, xiv, 319.








3* 813., vol. lxxv, p. 340.
282
1‘ SP, vol. lxxv, p.
341.
No. 741
[1883—1885.
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST).
[Native Chiefs.]
No.

193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
20 L
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
21.6
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
Place. Date. Subject.
Bapoukons 23 Dec., 1883 French Sovereignty
Rio Pongo 23 Jan., 1884 ,, ,, . .
Bapouakons 25 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . .
Lakata . . 26 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty
Nalous . . . 30 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
l’t. N’Combe-- 1 Feb., ,, ,, ,, . .
Bovenja Is. Exclusion of Foreigners
M’Bini . . . 1 ,, ,, French Sovereignty . .
Coumane . 5 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Batta . . . 19 March, ,, ,, Protectorate
Akapless . . 25 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty .
Daba . . . . 8 April, ,, ,, Protectorate . .
Niecoina . 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Dieclougon 1 1 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Domba . . 14 ,, ,, ,, ,, , _
Tontoudon 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Diako . 26 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Dio ' 27 n n n n ' '
Dosamana . . 27 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Bouosofara . 28 ,, ,, ,, ,, .
Aandger 31 May, ,, ,, Sovereignty .
Bering . . 3 June, ,, ,, Suzerainty . .
Bota—Boudj e 6 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . .
Andje 6 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . .
Bapoukons 6 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty .
N’Crove . . 17 July, ,, ,, ,, . .
,, . . . . 28 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty .
Djami . 8 Aug, ,, ,, ,, , .
Benito . . 9 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . .
Bapoukons . 10 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty
Tembony 21 , ,, ,, Sovereignty . .
Noyoa &’O~ ' ° :9 n n n ' '
Ouvinia . .. 23 , ,, ,, Suzerainty and
Protectorate
Mooney River . . 23 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . .
Apoutous . . 25 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty . .
Bramaya 3 Sept , ,, ,, ,, and
Protectorate
Megnetana 17 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . .
Rio Pongo 25 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty
Campo . . 3 Oct , ,, ,, Protectorate . .
n ' ° 4* a’ n 7) a: ' '
Bata . . 4 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty . .
Bapoukons 4 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . .
Corisco Bay 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, . .
Lower Oneme . . 12 Dec., ,, ,, Protecterate . .
Knbitaye . . 30 Jan., 1885. ,, Suzerainty . .
Koba . . . 1 Feb., ,, ,, Sovereignty . .
Dubreka’ ' 1 n n v a: 0 '
n ' ' ° 4‘ :7 a) n n ' '
Taboriah , , 7 ,, ,, ,, ., , .
Matanga
aiggilz 31 March, ,, ,, Suzerainty . .
Miloga 1



. Where to be found.
~—

De Clercqxiv,321.
,, xviil, 257.
,, xiv, 322.
,, xiv, 322.
,, xvul, 258.
,, xiv, 323.
,, xv, 723.
,, xiv, 324.
,, xiv, 338.
,, xvii, 10.
,, xiv, 340.
,, xiv, 342.
,, xiv, 352.
,, xiv, 353.
,, xiv, 354.
,, xiv, 364.
,, xiv, 365.
,, xiv, 366.
,, xiv, 368.
,, xv, 723.
,, xvii, 12.
,, xiv, 380,
,, xiv, 381.
,, xiv, 381.
,, xiv, 320.
,, xiv, 321.
,, xvii, 13.
,, xv, 738.
,, xiv, 400.
,, xiv, 405.
,, xiv, 408.
,, xiv, 410.
,, xv, 739.
,, xiv, 415.
,, xiv, 416.
Ann. Sénég, 449.
De Clereq xiv, 419.
,, xiv, 419.
,, xiv, 420.
,, xiv, 421.
,, xiv, 423.
,, xvii, 14.
,, xv, 745.
,, xv, 747.
,, xv, 746.
,, xvii, 15.
,, xvii, 1.
,, xv, 781.

,, xiv, 419..
283
1885—1887-1
[Na 74
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST).
[Native Chiefs]

No. Place. Date. Subject. ArtlVVhere to be found.
I
242 Vidoko . . . 5 April, 1885 French Suzerainty . . —— De Clercq xv, 781.
2413 183129512; } 7 ,, ,, French Sovereignty — ,, xv, 782.
244 Rio Nunez . . 17 ,, ,, ~— —— ,, xvii, 17.
245 Djolof . . . . 18 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 Ann. Sénég, 422.
Protectorate
246 Nalou Baky 20 ,, ,, -— —— De Clercq xvii, 20.
247 Little Talibouche 21 ,, ,, ,, Suzerainty 1 ~ ,, xvii, 20.
248 Great ,, 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 21.
249 Bagas . . 6 May, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 22.
250 Ouatehis’“< . . 10 June, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . 1 ,, xv, 787.
251 Nyainina . . 14 Sept, ,, ,, Protectorate l ,, xvii, 23.
252 Ibonquila . . 28 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty 1 ,, xv, 886.
253 Matoungon 28 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xv, 887.
254 N’Gombié 29 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . —— ,, xv, 888.
255 Benito . . . . 15 Nov., ,, ,, ,, —— ,, xvii, 66.
256 Almamy Samory 28 March,l886 ,, Boundary . . —— ,, xvii, 340.
257 Muny River 6 Dec., ,, ,, Rights of An- —— ,, xvii, 296.
chorage
258 Danger River . . 6 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . —— ,, xvii, 296.
259 Dabon . . . . 9 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty . . 2 ,, xvii, 297.
260 Toussa . . . . 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 2 ,, xvii, 298.
261 Bouboury 11 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, xvii, 299.
262 Ebrie’s .. .. 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, xvii, 300.
263 Elobey and 15 ,, ,, -— —— ,, xvii, 302.
Corisco
264 Gamon . . . . 1 J an, 1887 ,, Protectorate 2 ,, xvii, 304.
265 Diakha . . . . l ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 2 ,, xvii, 305.
266 Niéri . . . . 4 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 2 ,, xvii, 306.
267 Tiali . . . . 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, xvii, 308.
268 Rakadian . . 9 ,, ,, ,, ,, 3 ,, xvii, 309.
269 Borokoné 10 ,, ,, ,, ,, 3 ,, xvii, 311.
270 Bondou . . . . 11 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 2 ,, xvii, 312.
271 Bambouk . . 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 2 ,, xvii, 316.
272 Gnoy .. .. 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 4. ,, xvii, 318.
273 ,, . . . . 15 ,, ,, Submission to France . . 1 ,, xvii, 320.
274, Sirimana . 16,17 J an.,1887 French Protectorate 1 ,, xvii, 322.
275 Kamcsa . . . . 19 Jan, 1887 ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 323.
276 Badou 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 325.
26 i,
277 Mocolo . . { 30 ,, } ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 327.
2 Feb.
278 Tenda . . . 2 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 330.
279 Caniak , . . . 2 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate and l ,, xvii, 331.
Suzerainty
280 Bambouk . . 10 J an.-5 Feb., ,, Protectorate . . 3 ,, xvii, 314.
1887
281 Bambougon . . 7 Feb., ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 333.
282 Diebedougon . . 9 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, xvii, 334.
283 Fontofa . . . . 18 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 335.
284 Dinguiray . . 12 March, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 336.
285 Ouli .. .. 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. i 1 ,, “11,337.
286 Koullon and Ka- 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . l 1 ,, xvii, 339.
belaya ,

‘1* Between Grand Popo and Dahomey. French Protectorate notified to Powers, 20th
August, 1885. (See page 47.)
284
N0. 74]
[1887-——1888.
FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST).
[Native Chiefs.]

N 0. Place. Date. Subject. ‘Art. Where to befound.
287 Almamy Samory 23 Mar, 1887* French Protectorate . . 2 De Clercq xvii,
Emir-el- l 340.1‘
Mumenin ‘
288 Sakho . . 15 April, ,, ,, ,, . . l —— ,, xvii,354.
289 Menien . . . . 16 ,, ,, ,, ,, . ' -~~ ,, xvii,354.
290 Sokolo . . 22 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, xvii, 355.
291 Trarzas . . . . 27 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 Ann. (111 Sénég,
1889, 126.
292 Boke 28 ,, ,, ,, ,, — De Clercq xvii, 359.
293 Bafing . . 1 May, ,, ,, ,, — ,, x\'ii,360.
(Makhana)
294 Segou (Almamy 12 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, xvii,365.jj
Ahmadou)
295 Levvé 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 367.
296 Bettié 13 ,, ,, ,, ,, l ,, xvii,367.
(Saloum -
Ripp or Badi-
297 boo 14 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xvii, 369.
| Niom . .
LNiani . . J
298 Fauvier . . . . 14 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 368.
299 Ouled-Embarck . 14 ,, ,, ,, Support against 1 ,, xvii, 370. ‘
enemies ,
300 Ooddé . . 15 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . . 1 ,, xvii, 372.
301 Gambou. . . . 17 ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii,373.
302 Indenié . . 25 June, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xvii,386.
303 Thiakba. . 28 ,, ,, ,, Sovereignty 1 ,, - xvii,389.
304 Alangona. . . 13 July, ,, ,, Protectorate . . 1 ,, xvii, 410.
305 Yacasse . . . 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, —- ,, xvii, 412.
306 Cottocron . . 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, — ,, xvii, 412.
307 Youniba. . . . 30 Aug ,, ,, ,, . l ,, xvii,44l.
308 Mobendjcllé . . 5 Sept , ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xvii,442.
309 Bonanza. . . 14 ,, ,, ,, ,, —— ,, xvii, 444.
(Blodzaka)
310 Impfondo . . 21 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate and 1 ,, xvii, 445,
_ Suzerainty
311 Lissongo . . 4 Oct., ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii,464.
312 Libembe 5 ,, ,, ,, ,, l ,, xvii,465.
313 Mon’Goudon 6 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xvii, 467.
314 Bikinda. . . 8 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate 1 ,, xvii, 468.
315 Cosroe . . . . 19 Dec., ,, ,, Sovereignty —— ,, xvii, 509.
316 Fouta Djalon . . 30 March, 1888 ,, Protectorate . . 1 ,, xviii, 35.
317 Egbas . . . . 11 April, ,, ,, ,, . . 5 ,, xviii, 36.
318 Kenedougon . . 18 June, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 54.
319 Bougombbo . . 6 Oct., ,, ,, Suzerainty and 1 ,, xviii, 117.
Protectorate _
320 Bobassa . . . . 7 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 118.
321 Bokashi . . . . 8 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii,118.
0 o o o 8 n n n ” o o 1 ,,






*1‘ By this Convention the River Niger (Diaiiba) up to Tiguiberri, and the River Bafing
or Tankisso, from Tiguiherri to their sources, were declared to serve as the line of demarcation
and frontier between the French Possessions in the Soudan, on the one side, and the States
of the Almamy Samory, Emir-el-Mumenin, on the other. (See also Convention, 21st Feb-
ruary, 1889.) 1' 8.1)., vol. lxxviii, 1). 719.285 111 SP, v01. lxxviii, p. 720.
1888 "1890.1 FRANCE AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [110. 74
[Native Chiefs]


N 0. Place. Date. Subject. ArtIWhere to be found.
l
323 Bozolo (Lower) . 8 Oct., 1888 French Suzerainty and l DeClercq xviii,119.
Protectorate
324 ,, (Upper) . 9 ,, ,, ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii,ll9.
325 ozangné . . 11 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii, 120.
326 Badj ongo . . 11 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii,120.
327 Kongo. . . . . 12 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii,1~10.
328 Bodjo . . . . 19 , , ., ,, . . 1 ,, xviii, 142.
(Bagoumba)
329 Boyelé . . . . 21 ,, ,, , ,, 1 ,, xviii, 119.
330 N’Goma .. 22 ,, ,, , ,, 1 ,, xviii, 142.
331 l\'Iondjinibo . . 23 ,, ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, xvii, 142.
332 Bollembé (Upper) 30 ,, ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii, 149.
333 ,, (Lower) 30 ,, ,, ,, ,, .. 1 ,, xviii,]5] .
334 Longo . . . . 4 Nov., ,, ,, ,, . 1 ,, xviii, 153.
335 Abrou and Bon- 13 ,, ,, ,, Protectorate . 1 ,, xviii, 153.
doulcou -
336 Kantora. . . . 23 Dec., ,, , ,, 1 ,, xviii, 185.
337 Kong . . . . 10 Jan., 1889 , ,, 1 ,, xviii,]90.
338 Djimini . . . . 26 Jan., ,, ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii, 191.
339 Anno . . . . 8 Feb., , ,, ,, 1 ,, xviii, 193.
440 Almamy Samory 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, xriii,197.
Emir-el-
Mumenin’lf
441 Tambakka . . 19 May, ,, ,, ,, 1 ., xviii ,233.
442 Tamisso . . 24 ,, ,, ,, ,, 2 ,, xviii,266.
443 Djoloff . . . . 3 June, 1890 ,, ,, . . 1 ,, xviii,389.
444 Dahomey . . 3 Oct., ,, Recognizing French 1 ,, xviii, 399.
Protectorate over
Porto-Novo


ALC'ATRAS IsLANDsxv—Ollitlle 30th November, 1887, the British Govern-
ment were otiicially informed that the Governor of Senegal had, on the 4th
of that month, occupied the Alcatras Islands, which group, it was said, was
a natural dependency of the Colony of Senegal; and that, as the islands had
long been considered as belonging to France, the French Government was
not bound to notify their effective occupation to the Signatory Powers of the
Berlin Act, and that the fact was only notified to the British Government
as an act of courtesy.
By an agreement with the Governor of Senegal, the King of Naloes
detached four of his warriors to the Alcatras Islands to guard the French
flag; but these black soldiers were entirely forgotten, and, as the islands
produced nothing, they were all starved to death as soon as the scanty
supply of provisions which had been left with them was exhausted. (Le
Temps, 20th June, 1888.)
‘it By this Convention, it was declared that the River Niger (Djebba) served as the line
of demarcation and frontier between the French Possessions in the Soudan, on the one
side, and the States of the Almamy Samory Emir-el-Mumenin, on the other.
286
N0, 7 5] FRANCE (ALGERIA). [1830—1837.
[French Occupation of Algeria.)
N0. 75.-—-NOTES on the French Occupation of Algeria.
1830-1844.

In March, 1830, a French expedition was fitted out against
Algiers.
On the 5th July, 1830,* a Convention was signed between
the General-in-Chief of the French Army and the Dey of
Algiers, which contained the following stipulations :—
(Translation)
“ The Fort of Casauba and all the other forts belonging to
Algiers and the harbour of this city shall be surrendered to the
French troops this morning at 10 o’clock (French time).”
as a =x= a a a
“ The exchange of this Convention shall be effected before
10 o’clock this morning, and the French troops shall immediately
after enter the Fort of Casauba and successively all the other
forts of the town and on the coast.”
A long correspondence passed between the British and French
Governments from March to July, 1830, relative to the French
expedition against Algiers, when assurances were given that
“ the expedition was undertaken for the sole purpose of vindi-
cating the national honour, and not with the view of acquisi-
tion or conquest.”1'
In 1833 war was renewed by the Arab Chief Abd-el-Kader
against the French, which was continued ofic and on until the
30th May, 1837,}: when Abd-el-Kader was defeated, and the
Sovereignty of France recognized. Certain portions of the
Provinces of Oran and Algiers were reserved to France, by a
Treaty which contained the following Articles :—
(Translation. )
ART. 1.——The Emir Abd-el-Kader recognizes the Sove-
reignty of France in Africa.
1* S.P., vol. xvii, p. 1198. The French,at this time, maintained that
they had possessed La Calle and Bastion de France for more than a cen-
tury (S.P., vol. xix, p. 947). '
T S.P., vol. xix, p. 942. I S.P., vol. xxvi, p. 1095.
287 x
30 May, 1837.] FRANCE (ALGERIA). (No, 75
[French Occupation of Algeria.)
ART II.—-Franco reserves to herself in the Province of
Oran :1k Mostaganemfi“ Masagran and their territories; Oran,
Arzeuytiplus a territory bounded as follows: to the- East, by
the River Macta and the marsh out of which it flows; to the
South, a line starting from the above-mentioned marsh passing
along the southern shore of Lake Sebgha and extending as far
as Wady-Malah (Rio Salado) in the direction of Sidi-Sa'id and
from this river to the sea; so that all the land comprised with-
in this boundary shall be French territory;
In the Province of Algiers : Algiers, Sahel, the Mitidja
Plain, bounded on the East by the Wady-Khadra; on the
South, by the first crest of the first chain of the Little Atlas as
far as the Chifi'a, including Blida and its territory; on the West
by the Chifia until its junction with the Masafran, and thence
in a straight line to the sea, including Coleah and its territory;
so that all the ‘land within these limits shall be French
territory.
ART. III.-The Emir shall govern the Province of Oran,
that of Tittery, and the portion of that of Algiers to the West,
which is not included in the limits laid down in Art. 11.
He shall not be allowed to penetrate into any other part
of the Regency.
ART. IV.--Auth0rity over lVIusulmans.
ART. V.——-Religi0us Freedom.
ART. VI.— War‘ Indemnity to be paid by Emir to France.
ART. VII—Purchase of Gunpowder, <§cc., by Emir.
ART. VIII.—-Treatment of Koulouglis.
ART. IX.--Surrender by France to the Emirv of Rachgonn,
Tlemeen, Mechonar, and the Cannons formerly in latter Citadel.
ART. X.—-Liberty of Commerce.
ART. XI.—Protection of Persons and Property.
ART. XII—Surrender of Criminals.
ART. X1II.—~Non Cession by Emir of Coast-line to any Pea-er
without Consent of France.
4* Conquered by Spain in 1509, but abandoned in 1792. SR, vol. xxii,
p. 255.
1' Mostaganem and Arzeu were occupied by the French in 1833. 8.1).,
vol. xxii, p. 255.
288
No. 75] FRANCE (ALGERIA). [1837-4842,
[French Occupation of Algeria]
ART. X1V.——Co_mmerce only to be carried on in F Wench Pm'ls.
ART. XV.-—Appointment of French Agents in Emir’s Terri-
tory. . '
On the 28th January, 1842, the following despatch was ad-
dressed by the Earl of Aberdeen to Lord Cowley, then British
Ambassador at Paris, respecting the French occupation of
Algiers.*
MY LORD, Foreign Ofi‘ice, January 28, 1842.
MY attention has been directed to the report in the
“ Moniteurf’t of a speech delivered in the Chamber of Deputies
by M. Guizot, on the 20th instant. On that occasion his
Excellency read in the Tribune an account of a conversation
between the Count de St. Aulaire and myself, which had
reference to the French possessions in Africa, and which had
been transmitted by the Ambassador to the French Minister.
In this relation, the Count de St. Aulaire observes, “I
began by asserting that the security of our African possessions
.was for us an interest of the hightest importance, which he
could not allow to give way before any consideration; and
Lord Aberdeen, after having listened to me attentively, said, I
am very glad to be able to explain myself distinctly to you
upon this point. I was Minister in 1830. If I were to go
back to that time, I should have much to say; but I take
affairs as they are in 1841, and in the state in which they have
been left by preceding Cabinets; I therefore look upon your
position in Africa as a fait accomplz', against which I have no
further objection to make.” -
Now, I readily subscribe to the accuracy of this statement,
with the exception of the last sentence. I never said. that I
had now no objection to make to the establishment of the
French in Algiers; but that I had no obervation to make on
the subject, and that it was my intention to be silent. The
context shows that such was my meaning; and, in fact, this
‘'9 S.P., vol. xxx, p. 359. .For the correspondence which passed between
Great Britain and France relating to the French expedition against Algiers
in 1830, see “ State Papers,” vol. xix, p. 941.
1' “ Moniteur ” of January 20, 1842.
' 289 X 2
1842—1844.] FRANCE (ALGERIA). [Na 75
[French Occupation of Algeria]
decision was the result of mature reflection. I felt that, after
10 years of acquiescence, any objections at the present moment
would have been misplaced ; and that the course which it would
have been impossible for me formerly to have adopted had
now become entirely consistent with propriety and duty. It
does‘ not follow, however, that objections, although not
expresed, may not be entertained.
I have explained to the French Ambassador the misappre-
hension into which he had fallen, and the erroneous statement
which, in consequence, he had made to his Government.
With the same object in View, your Excellency will have
the goodness to read this despatch to M. Guizot.
I am, 850.,
H.117. Lord Cowley. ABERDEEN.
On the 10th September, 1844', a Convention was signed
between France and Morocco for the settlement and termina-
tion of disputes which had arisen between those two countries ;
and in this Convention it was stated (Art. V) that the delimi-
tation of the frontiers between the possessions of His Majesty
the Emperor of the French and those of His Majesty the
Emperor of Morocco were fixed and agreed to in conformity
with the state of affairs recognized by the Maroquine Govern-
ment at the time when Algeria was under the domination of
the Turks ; and that the complete and regular execution of that
clause should form the subject of a special Convention (see
Monocoo AND FRANCE, p. 802).
In December, 1882, a Notification was issued stating that
the Province of Mzab had been annexed to Algeria.
On the 5th August, 1890, a Declaration was signed between
Great Britain and France respecting Madagascar and the French
sphere of influence south of her Mediterranean possessions (see
GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE). _

The Southern Boundary of Algeria has not yet been clearly
defined.
For the Boundary between Algeria and Tunis, see TUNIs,
p. 905.
290
FRANCE AND COMORO
ISLANDS.
N0, 76] FRANCE AND COMORO ISLAND8. [21 April, 1886,
[French Protectorate. Anjouan (Johanna).]
N 0. 76. CON VFN TI 0N between France and the Sultan of
Anjouan (Johanna). Zlst April, 1886?“
Preamble.
ART. I.—-H1s Highness, together with his Council of
Ministers, declares that he places the Island of Anjouan under
the protection of France. He binds himself never to make a
Treaty with any other nation, and to grant no privileges to
foreigners without the consent of France.
ART. lI.~—Freedom of Residence, Travel, and Trade.
ART. III—Grants of Land to French Business Men.
ART. IV.—-~Di17erences between French Citizens and Anjounese
to be settled by French Tribunals. (Amended by Convention of
15th October, 1887, p. 292.)
ART. V.-—Rights of Foreigners already established in the Island
reserved, without French Government being Responsible for Execution
of previous Deeds and Conventions. Disputes respecting such Deeds,
§rc., to be referred to the Arbitration of the French Government.
ART. VI.---National Treatment of Vessels.
ART. VII.-—-Succession to Throne of Any'ouan.
ART. VIII—Subsistence to be provided by Sultan for His
Highness’s Brother.
ART. 1X.—Insurgents to be tried as Rebels.
ART. X.—-Asylum to be refused in French Territory to Any'ouan
Rebels.
ART. XI.——Arms not to be carried by Sultan in any of the
Comoro Islands; nor Aid or Assistance to be given to any one
without Approval of French Commandant of Mayotte.
ART. XII—Non-ezcistence of an Act between Sultan and any
other Power which could vitiate character of present Convention.
ART. XIII.~—-Pledge of Sultan to abolish Slavery in his States.
ART. X1V.—-Sz'gnatures to Present Convention.
* Communicated by the French Government to the American Minister,
at Paris, 21% February, 1888. For French version, see S.P., vol. lxxix,
p. 438.
291
15 Oct.,1887,] FRANCE AND COMORO ISLANDS. [N0. 77
[French Protectorate. Anj ouan (J ohanna).]
NO. 77.—— CONVENTION between France and the Sultan of
Anjouan (Johanna). 15th October, 1881*
Preamble.
ART. I.—O'onrenticn signed ‘26th March, 1887, annulled.
ART. ll.~——Confirmation of Contention of '21st April, 1886,?
with exception of Article II, which is modified.
ART. III—Resident to be accompanied by his Secretaries,
Interpreters, or other Employe's necessary to insure his Service.
ART. IV.——Dispates between French Citizens and Anjoaanese
to be tried and settled by a Court composed of the Resident or his
Delegate President, of a French Assessor, and of an Anjoaanese
Assessor. -
ART. V.—--French School at Montsamondoa, to be provided, paid,
and kept up by Sultan. Conrention to be approved by French
Government.

FRENCH NOTIFICATION of the placing of the Islands of Grand
Comoro, Johanna, and Mohilla under French Protection. 26th
June, 1886.1
_ (Translation)
M. le Comte, London, 26th June, 1886.
M. de Freycinet has charged me to make known to your
Excellency, before the text of the Conventions have been
ofiicially published, that in virtue of the Treaties of 6th J anu-
ary, 21st and 26th of April last, the islands of Grand Comoro
(Grande Comore), Johanna (Anjouan), and Mohilla (Mohili)
have been placed under the Protectorate of France.
Although according to the terms of the Act of Berlin (N0.
17) the regulations laid down by the Conference only expressly
refer to the coast of Africa itself, my Government has neverthe-
less decided, in consequence of the proximity of these islands to
the Continent, and by the feeling of courtesy which the Govern-
ment of Her Majesty will appreciate, to notify to it, without
delay, the establishment of our Protectorate over the Archi-
pelago of the Comoros.
Accept, &c.,
WADDINGTON.
The Earl of Rosebery.
*‘ Communicated by the French Government to the American Minister
at Paris, 21st February, 1888. For French version see S.P., vol. lxxix,
‘p. 440. i‘ Page 291. It See S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 940.
‘292
. N013] FRANCE AND GERMANY. [24 Dec.,1885.
[Biafi'a Bay. Cameroons.)
N 0. '78.—PROTOCOL relating to the German and French
Possessions on the West A frican Coast. Berlin, 24th
December, 1885*
(Translation)
THE Government of His Majesty the Emperor of Germany
and the Government of the French Republic having resolved
to regulate in a spirit of mutual good intelligence the relations
which may arise between them from the extension of their“
respective rights of Sovereignty or Protectorate upon the West
African Coast and in Oceania, the Undersigned, viz. :—
Count von Bismarck Schoenhausen, Under-Secretary of
State in the Department of Foreign Affairs ; and
Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipo-
tentiary of the French Republic at the Court of His Majesty
the Emperor of Germany,
to this effect duly authorized, the following stipulations are
agreed on :—
Bt'afra Bay.
ART. I. The Government of His Majesty the“ Emperor of
Germany renounces in favour of France all rights of sovereignty
or protectorate in the territories which have been acquired
to the south of the River Campo, by the subjects of the
German Empire, and which have been placed under the pro-
tectorate of His -Majesty th‘e'Emperor of Germany. It engages
to abstain from all political. action to the south of a line fol-
lowing the said river from its embouchure, to the point where
it meets the meridian at 10° of longitude east from Greenwich
(7° 40’ longitude east from Paris), and, from this point, the
parallel of latitude as far as up to its intersection with the
meridian situated 15° of longitude east of Greenwich (12° 40'
longitude east of Paris).
The Government of the French Republic renounces all
rights and all pretensions which it might claim to ‘exercise over
* Sec S.P., vol. lxxvi, p. 303- See also Protocol, 4th February, 1894.
(APPENDIX) ‘ .
293 x 3
24 Dec., i885,] FRANCE AND‘ GERMANY. [N0. 78
[Slave Coast. Togo. Porto-Seguro. Little Popo.]
the territories situated to the North of the same line, and
engages to abstain from all political action to the North of this
line. I
Nacigation of the River Campo.
Neither of the two Governments shall adopt measures
which might interfere with the freedom of commerce and navi-
gation of the subjects of the other G vernment on the waters
of the River Campo, within the portion of the stream which
forms the boundary between the two Governments, and of
which the use shall be common to the subjects of the two
countries.
Slave O'oast.*
German Protectorate over Togo. Rennnciation of French Rights
over Porto-Segaro.
ART. II. The Government of the French Republic in recog-
nizing the German Protectorate over the territory of Togo,
renounces the rights which it might claim to exercise over the
territory of Porto-Seguro, in consequence of its relations with
King Mensa.
Rennnciatz'on of French Rights over Little Popo.
The Government of the French Republic likewise renounces
its rights over Little Popo, and recognizes the German Pro-
tectorate over this territory.
Protection of Persons and Property of French Citizens at Porto-
“ Sega/1'0‘ ancl Little P0100.
French traders at Porto-Seguro and Little Popo retain for
their persons and property as well as for their commercial
* Togo was ceded to Germany on the 5th July, 1884 (see p. 320). To the
East of Togoland, the French flag flies over the narrow strip of coast from
Aghwey to Grand Popo. The coast between Grand Popo and the French Pro-
tectorate of Porto N ovo was, at this time, claimed by the King of Dahomey,
with Whydah as its capital; but on the 3rd December, 1892, a Proclama-
tion was issued announcing that the kingdom of Dahomey had been placed
under the Protectorate of France, with the exception of Whydah and
certain other territories which had‘ been assigned to France. (See Notes
on Dahomey, p. 248. See also Process-Verbal, 1st February, 1887, p. 297
2941
No. a FRANCE AND GERMANY- [24 Dec.,1885.
[Slave Coast.]
operations, until the conclusion of the Customs arrangement
provided for below, the benefit of the treatment which they at
present enjoy, and shall likewise be entitled to all the ad-
vantages and immunities which might be accorded to natives of
Germany.
Right of Transport and Exchange of Goods.
Namely, they shall retain the right to transport and
exchange their wares freely between their factories or ware-
houses at Porto-Seguro and Little Pope, and the French terri-
tory contiguous, without being subject to the payment of any
duty. Reciprocally, the same right shall be guaranteed to
German traders.
Customs Regulations.
The German and French Governments, moreover, reserve to
themselves discretion to concert measures, after an enquiry has
been made upon the spot for attaining a settlement of Customs
regulations common to both nations in the territories com-
prised between the English possessions of the Gold Coast on
the West, and Dahomey on the East?“
Boundary. Slave Coast. Commissioners to be appointednt
The boundary between the German territories and the
French territories on the Slave Coast shall be determined on
the spot by a mixed Commission. The dividing line shall
start from a point on the coast to be fixed between the terri-
tories of Little Pope and of Agoué. In tracing this line
Northwards, the boundaries of the native possessions will be
taken into account. The German Government engages to
abstain from all political action on the East side of the line
thus determined. The French Government engages to abstain
from all political action on the West side of the same line.
it See Customs Union Convention between Great Britain and Germany,
24th February, 1894, p. 661.
1' See Proces-verbal, 1st February, 1887, p. 297.
295
24 Dec., 1885.] FRANCE AND GERMANY. [Na 78
[Senegambia and Southern Rivers District. Coba and Ka‘bilai.]
Coast of Senegambia and the Southern Rivers Districts.
Senegambia and Southern Rivers District. French Rights over
Coba and Kabilai.
ART. III. The Government of His Majesty the Emperor of
Germany renounces all rights or pretensions which he might
claim to exercise over the territories situated between the Rio
N ufiez and the Mellacoree, to wit, over Coba and Kabila'i, and
recognizes the sovereignty of'France over these territories.
ART. IV.—-—Oceania.
Done in duplicate, at Berlin, the 24th December, 1885.
(L.S.) COUNT BISMARCK.
(L.S.) ALPH. DE COURCEL.
On the 4th February, 1894:‘, an Agreement was signed between
France and Germany respecting the boundary of the German
Protectorate of the Cameroons and of the Colony of the French
Congo, and defining the French and German spheres of in-
fluence in the region of Lake Tchad (see APPENDIX).
296
J
To flare page 295.
Map Shewing
FRENCH 84 GERMAN POSSESSlONS IN THE BIGHT OF BlAFRA.
AS LAlD DOWN IN
ARTICLE l OF THE PROTOCOL
OF
zetnecrisss.









15°
‘"1; (I Gas-a
I
\\\ ‘1
\\\‘ \\\“L ‘4”
\_‘\‘ I ’_\‘___ Ml
~ Kadel R‘
Batan T“ M a"
° M if:
.3 Belem a l
3 x , ,_ A1” 3‘)
‘17 'IHPLZML (,Qr/
a2 fvssadgze PoinBt \ ~ , 2\ ‘SJ
0 ' I,’ _ T \ » ‘
z .48’ Ptcampo ".9 G R M I A E‘
s A. - ..
Q GBatta. * H \ ‘R >
,5 Batta ‘ ' 6604,}.
Q. . A . A.
Eyo “Benito it E- \, A
D7116 ‘Ben I_, ‘l I L‘ _<'_ \
‘ 1 ..'~' I 1 r’ -
(IS-‘5:131?’ ’ 021i 3' \"' xmv’ I,’ J1]? Lekofl
' in, Utamb \\ iv,’ . Aregolcoo
b a _~\ ‘8?!’ i’
Corz'sco B. x .0’; I,
' Aim,‘ l .I'
10° Longitude East of Greenwich 15"
svmronos asoae ESTABT, LONDON.’


Santana—hr: or llnch 94-3 Stat.MileB.
so 0 so 100 150 MILES
tfi ki 4; i 3'
German....__ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ French ___
Map showing boundary between
FRENCH &. GERMAN POSSESSIONS IN THE
BIGHT OF BIAFRA
as laid down in Art. 1 of the Protocol
of 14th December, 1885
N0, 79] FRANCE AND GERMANY. [1 Feb,’ 1387,
[Slave Coast between Agoué and Little P0po.]
No. 7e.-PRooEs-VERBAL firing the delimitation of the
French and German Possessions on the Slave Coast. 1st
February, 1887.
IN conformity with Article II of the Protocol signed at
Berlin, the 24th December, 1885 (NO. 78), the Undersigned :—
The Lieutenant-Governor of Senegal and its Dependencies,
M. Jean Bayol, Knight of the Legion of Honour, Oflicier
d’Academie; and
The Imperial Commissioner of Togo, M. Ernst Falkenthal,
Appointed by their respective Governments as Delimitation
Commissioners, duly authorized for this purpose, after having
met upon the spot, have fixed with one accord as the line sepa-
rating the French and German territories on the Slave Coast,
the meridian, which, leaving the coast, passes through the west
point of the little island called Bayol Island, situated in the
Lagoon, between Agoué and Little Popo, a little to the west of
the village of Hillacondji, and continued until it meets the
9th degree of north latitude.
On this point of Bayol Island, a French post and a German
post have been placed under the superintendence of the Mixed
Commission.
Two other posts were erected on the banks of the Lagoon,
and two others on the shore, in the direction of the frontier
line.
Other posts completing the line of separation can be placed
by either of the Representatives of the two Protectorates after
mutual agreement.
Done in duplicate at Little Popo, the 1st February, 1887.
JEAN BAYOL.
ERNST FALKENTHAL.
The present Proces-Verbal is approved in the name of the
Government of the French Republic.
Done at Paris, the 20th April, 1887.
FLOUREN S.
Minister for Foreign Afiairs.
1297
12 May, 1886.] FBAN AN D PORTUGAL. [N0' 80
[Guinea, Fouta Djallon.]
N0. 80.-—— CONVENTION between France and Portugal,
relative to the Delimitation of their respectire Possessions
in West Africa. Paris, 12th May, 1886*
(Translatiom)
HIs Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, and the
President of the French Republic, animated by the desire to
draw more closely, through good neighbourly relations and
perfect harmony, the bonds of friendship which exist between
the two countries, have determined to draw up, for this pur-
pose, a special Convention to arrange the delimitation of their
respective possessions in West Africa, and have named the
following as their Plenipotentiaries :—
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, M. Joao
d’Andrade Corvo, his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pleni-
potentiary to the French Republic, &c., and M. Carlos Roma du
Bocage, Military Attaché at the Legation at the Court of His
Majesty the Emperor of Germany and King of Prussia, &c. ;
The President of the French Republic, M. Girard de Rialle
Minister Plenipotentiary, Chief of the Department of the
Archives in the Ministry for Foreign Affairs, 860. ;
Who, after declaration of their full powers,which were found
to be in good and due form, agreed to the following Articles :-—
Guinea.
ART. I. In Guinea, the frontier which shall separate the
Portuguese from the French possessions, will follow, in ac-
cordance with the tracing upon Map I, which is annexed to the
present Convention? :— i .
In the North, a line which, starting from Cape Roxo, will
keep, as far as the nature of the ground will permit, at an
equal distance from the Rivers Casamance (Casamansa) and
San Domingo de Cacheu (S50 Domingos de Cacheu) to the
point of intersection of 17° 30’ longitude west of Parisi with the
parallel 12° 40' of north latitude, between this point and 16° of
longitude west of Paris,§ the frontier shall be merged in the
parallel 12° 40' of north latitude :—
* S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 517.
"t Not published with the Convention.
I, 15° 10' west of Greenwich. 9' 13° 40' west of Greenwich.
298
N0. 80] FRANCE AND PORTUGAL. [12 May,1886_
[Guinea, Fouta Djallon. Conga]
In the East, the frontier will. follow the meridian of 16° west*
from the 12° 40' parallel of north latitude to the 11° 40' parallel
north latitude :—
In the South, the frontier will follow a line starting from
the mouth of the River Cajet, which lies between the Island of
Catack (which will belong to Portugal) and the Island of
Tristeio (which will belong to France), and keeping, as far as
the nature of the land permits, at an equal distance between
the Rio Componi (Tabati) and the Rio Cassini, then between
the northern branch of the Rio Componi (Tabati) and at first
the southern branch of the Rio Cassini (tributary of the
Kacondo), afterwards the Rio Grande, until it reaches the
point where the 16th meridian of west longitude cuts the parallel
‘ 11° 40' of north latitude.
Portugal will possess all the islands included between the
meridian of Cape Roxo, the coast, and the southern boundary
formed by a line following the thalweg of the River Cajet, and
afterwards turning towards the south-west across the Passe des
Pilots, where it reaches 10° 40’ north latitude, and follows it as
far as the meridian of Cape Roxo.
.Foz-tta-Djatlon.
ART. II. His Majesty the 'King of Portugal and Algarves
recognizes the French Protectorate over the territories of
Fouta-Djallon, such as it was established by the Treaties con-
cluded in 18811" between the Government of the French
Republic and the Almamys of Fouta-Djallon.
The Government of the French Republic, on its side, binds
itself not to attempt to exercise influence within thelimits
assigned to Portuguese Guinea by Article I of the present Con-
vention. They further bind themselves not to modify the
treatment which has always been extended to Portuguese
subjects by the Almamys of Fouta-Djallon.
I
Congo.
Alt-'1‘. III. In the region of the Congo, the frontier of the
Portuguese and French possessions will follow, in accordance
if‘ 13° 40' west of Greenwich.
1' See S.P., vol. lxxv, p. 336; also pp. 281, 285.
299
12 May, 1886.] relives AND PORTUGAL. [No. 80
[Congo, Angola, Mozambiqua]
with the tracing on Map II, annexed to the present Conven-
tion,* a line which, starting from the Chamba Point, situated at
the confluence of the Loema or Louisa Loango and the Lubinda,
will keep, as far as the nature of the land permits, at an equal
distance from the two rivers, and from the northernmost source
of the River Luali will follow the crest line which separates the
basins of the Loema or Louisa Loango and the Chiloango as far
as 10° 30’ of longitude east of Parisflr when it is merged in this
meridian as far as its meeting with the Chiloango, which at this
point serves as the frontier between the Portuguese possessions
and the Congo Free State. a
Each of the High Contracting Parties binds itself not to
raise at Chamba Point-any works of a nature to impede naviga-
tion. In the estuary comprised between Chamba Point and the _
sea the thalweg will serve as political line of demarcation
between the possessions of the High Contracting Parties.
Angola ancl Mozambique. Territories between.
ART. IV. The Government of the French Republic recog-
nizes the right of His Most Faithful Majesty to exercise his
sovereign and civilizing influence in the territories which
separate the Portuguese possessions of Angola and Mozambique;
reserving rights already acquired by other Powers, 1 and binds
itself on its side to abstain from all occupation there.
ART. V.—Protecti0n of Life and Property. Commerce and
Navigation. Most-faroared-nation Treatment.
ART. VI-State Domains to form subject of Exchanges and
Compensations. ‘ ‘
ART. VIP—Boundary Commission to be appointed.
ART. VIII.-—Conoention to be ratified.
Paris, May 12th, 1886. "
(L.S.) JOAO DE ANDRADE CORVO.
(L.S.) CARLOS ROMA DU BOCAGE.
(L.S.) J. GIRARD DE RIALLE.
_ (L.S.) A. O’NEILL.
Not published with the‘ Convention.
1* 12° 50" east of Greenwich. ~ I -
I The British Government formally p1'otestedagainst Art. IV of this
Treaty on the 13th August, 1887,13. 325. (Sec P.P., “Africa, No. 2, 1890.”)
300
GERMANY.
81
82
83
84
GE RM ANY.
LIST OF TREATIES, &o.
GERMANY (AFRICA (eENEaAm).
See Africa (General).
See Africa (General).
26 Feb., 1885. Berlin ‘Act . . . .
2 July, 1890. Brussels Act . .
GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST).
Nov.--Dec., List of Treaties.
1884.
17 Feb., 1885. Charter . . . . . . .
May—July, List of Treaties.
1885.
German Colonization Society and
Native Chiefs (N guru, Usagara, &c.)
German Colonization Society . . . . . .
German Colonization Society and
Native Chiefs (Kilimanjaro Dis-
trict, Taveita, Chagga, &c.) . . . . . .
German Protectorate over Coast
between Witu and Kismayu .. . . .
22 Oct., 1889. Notification. . . .
1884—1890. Notes on German Protectorates in East Africa . . . . . . .
1 July, 1890. Agreement . . . . Great Britain and Germany. Spheges
of Influence. S. E. Coast of Africa.
Arts. 1 and 2 (see Great Britain and
Germany).
17 Aug., 1890. Award. . . . . . . . Belgium. Differences between British
East Africa and German Company
of W'itu respecting Island of La'nu
(see Great Britain and Germany).
GERMANY AND AFRICA (SOUTH WEST COAST).
1884—1892. Notes on German Protectorates on S.W. Coast of Africa,
N amaqualand, Damaraland, &c. . .
Great Britain and Germany. Spheres
of Influence. S. W. Coast of Africa.
Art. 3 (see Great Britain and Ger-
many).
1 July, 1890. Agreement . . . .
GERMANY AND AFRICA (wnsr COAST).
1884—1890. Notes on German Protectorates on the West Coast of
Africa, Togoland, Cameroons, &c. .
See also France and Germany, and Great Britain and Germany.
Page
303
303
310
315
305
317
320
301 . Y
GERMAN Y.
[List of Treaties, &'c.]
No. Page
GERMAN EAST AFRICA CO. AND ZANZIBAR.
See Zanzibar and Germany.
GERMANY AND BELGIUM.
See Congo and Germany.
GERMANY AND CONGO.
See Congo and Germany.
GERMANY AND FRANCE.
See France and Germany.
GERMANY AND GREAT BRITAIN.
See Great Britain and Germany.
GERMANY AND PORTUGAL.
85 30 Dec, 1886. Declaration . . . . Spheres of Influence in S. W. and
- SI E-Africal‘0.000000000000000.
GERMANY AND ZANZIBAR.
See Zanzibar and Germany.
302
N0. 81] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [17 Feb,,1885,
[Charteia German Colonization Society.]

NO. 81. CHARTER OF PROTECTION granted to the
German Colonization Society, for certain Acquisitions of
Territory made by it on the South East Coast of Africa
between the Territory of the Sultan of Zanzibar and Lake
Tanganyika. Berlin, 17th February, 1885.91?‘
(Translation)
HIS Majesty the Emperor has been graciously pleased to
address the following Imperial “ Charter of Protection ” to the
Society for German Colonization for their territorial acquisi-
tions in East Africa .:—-
“We, William, by the Grace of God, German Emperor,
King of Prussia, make known and ordain as follows :—
“ The present Presidents of the Society for German Coloni-
zation, Dr. Karl Peters, and our Chamberlain Felix, Count
Behr-Bandelin, having sought our protection for the territorial
acquisitions of the Society in East Africa, west of the Empire
of the Sultan of xZanzibar, and outside of the suzerainty
(‘ Oberhoheit ’) of other Powers, and the Treaties lately con-
cluded by the said Dr. Karl Peters with the Rulers of Usagara,
Nguru, Useguha, and Ukami. in November and December last,*
by which these territories have been ceded to him for the
"f S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 10. Published in German Ofiicial Gazette,
“ Reichsanzeiger,” 3rd March, 1885 :
List of Treaties ‘concluded by German Colonization Society with Native
Chiefs on East Coast of Africa, in November and December, 1884.
PAGE
26 Nov., 1884. Nguru and Tlsagara. “ National Zeitung,” p. 3012. . . 7
29 ,, ,, Msevoro (in Usagara), ,, ,, . . . 6
2 Dec., ,, Mukondokova (in Usagara), ,, ,, . . . 7
List of Treaties concluded between May and July, 1885. (See p. 310.)
16M_a_v 1885. Quafungo...................................... 54
17 ,, Mruasi, Bamba, and Makomba .. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . 54
25 ,, Mlungu, Makuyuni, Tarabande and S. E. Usambara. . . 56
8June, ,, 57
13 ,, ,, Taveta . . . . . . 58
19 ,, ,, Dschaggaland (Chagga), Aruscha, Ugueno, &c. . . . . . . 59
21 ,, ,, Kahé.......... . 60
3 July, ,, Bondei (Southern portion) . . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. .. 00
3 03 Y 2
17 Feb,,1885,] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [Na 81
[Charter. German Colonization Society.]
German Colonial Society with sovereign rights (‘Landesho-
heit’) over the same, having been laid before us, with the
Petition to place these territories under our suzerainty, we
hereby declare that we have accepted the suzera-inty, and have
placed under our Imperial protection the territories in question,
reserving to ourselves a right of deciding hereafter respecting
any further acquisitions in the same district which may be
proved to have been obtained by legal contract by the Society
or by their legitimate successors.
“We grant unto the said Society, on the condition that it
remains German, and that the members of the Board of
Directors or other persons intrusted with its management are
subjects of the German Empire, as well as to the legitimate
successors of this Society under the same conditions, the
authority to exercise all rights arising from the Treaties sub-
mitted to us, including that of jurisdiction over both the
natives and the subjects of Germany and of other nations
established in those territories, or sojourning there for commer-
cial or other purposes, under the superintendence of our
Government, subject to further regulations to be issued by
us, and supplementary additions to this, our Charter of
Protection. '
“ In witness whereof we have with our Royal hand executed
this Charter of Protection, and have caused it to be sealed
with our Imperial seal.
“ Given at Berlin the 17th February, 1885.
“WILLIAM.
“v. BIsMARcK.”

On the 6th March, 1885, Count hflunster informed Earl
Granville that the territories mentioned in the above Charter
were situated within the extended zone of the conventional
basin of the Congo, which was provided for in Chap. 1, Art. 1,
§ 3 of the General Act of the Conference of Berlin, (p. 25) and
to which the Signatory Powers had pledged themselves to
apply the provisions of that Act.
3041
N0, 82] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST‘). [1884-1885,
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa, Nguru, &c.]
N0. 82.—NOTES on German Protectorates in East Africa.
1884—1890.
On the 6th March, 1885, the German Ambassador in London
officially notified to Earl Granville, as well as to the Sultan of
Zanzibar, and to the Powers signatory to the Berlin Conference,
that in November and December, 1884, a company of German
subjects, under the title of “ The German Colonization Com-
pany ” (N0. 81), had concluded Treaties with certain native
chiefs of East Africa, by which they had acquired certain
territories and sovereign rights to the west of the Kingdom of
the Sultan of Zanzibar, and that, on their petition to the
Emperor, an “ Imperial Warrant ” or “ Charter of Protection ”
had been granted to them.*
The territories in question were stated to be within the
extended zone of the conventional basin of the Congo, which
was provided for in, Chap. 1, Article I, § 3, of the “ General Act of
the Conference of Berlin ” (NO. 17), and to which the Sigma-
tory Powers had pledged themselves to apply the provisions of
that Act.
The following is a short account of the Treaties then
referred to :—-
NGURU.
On the 26th November, 1884, a Declaration and Agreement
was signed at Mvomero by the “Governor” and Dr. Karl
Peters, in which it was stated that Salim-bin-Hamed, who for
four years had been First Plenipotentiary of the Sultan of
Zanzibar in Nguru, had declared, in the presence of anumber of
legal witnesses, that the Sultan of Zanzibar did not possess
Suzerainty or Protectorate on the Continent of East Africa,
and especially not in N guru or Usagara; that Dr. Peters was
his friend, and that he (“the Governor”) promised to support
the endeavours of the Society for German Colonization as much
as he couldrt
. * See p. 303.
T Parl. Paper, “Africa, No. 1 (1886),” p. 7.
305
1884-1885.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). END. 82
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa. Usagara, &c.]
Msovnno, 11v USAGARA.
On the 29th November, 1884,’)? a contract was signed by Dr.
Karl Peters and the Sultan of Msovero, in which it was declared
that Sultan Mangungo thereby ceded all the territory of
Msovero belonging to him by inheritance or otherwise, for all
time, to Dr. Karl Peters, making over to him at the same time
all his rights; and that Dr. Peters, in the name of the Society
for- German Colonization, undertook to give special attention to
Msovero when colonizing Usagara.
Another contract was signed by Sultan Sebegne and Dr.
Karl Peters on the same day (29th November, 1884) in which it
was recorded that the said Sultan‘, who‘ declared himself to be
the Sultan of the northern half of Msovero, thereby made over
all his rights in Msovero to Dr. Peters in the same legal and
binding manner as his friend Mangungo; and that Dr. Peters,
in the name of the Society for German Colonization, accepted
the cession in the same manner as that of the Sultan Man-
gungo.
MUKONDOKWA, IN USAGARA.
On the 2nd December,”% 1884:, the Sultana Mbumi, Lady of
the Province of Mukondokwa (or Mkondogwa), in Usagara, who
declared that she was not and never had been dependent in any
Way on the Sultan of Zanzibar, signed a Treaty with Dr.
Peters, in which she declared that she, with the consent of her
people, made over to him as the representative of the Society
for German Colonization, her whole territory, with all civil and
public rights, for all time and without any condition.
UZEGUHA AND UKAMI.
In forwarding English translations of these Treaties or
“ Contracts ” to Lord Granville, Consul Holmwood said at least
two other similar Agreements had been entered into between
Dr. Peters and chiefs claiming to rule portions of the adjacent
districts of Uzeguha and Ukami.
On receipt of a copy of the German Emperor’s “ Proclama-
tion,” or Imperial Warrant, of 17th February, 1885 (N0. 81)
* Parl. Paper, “ Africa, No. 1 (1886),” pp. 6, 7.
306
No. 82]~ GERMANY AND AFRicA (EAST COAST). [1884_1385_
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa. Witu]
the Sultan of Zanzibar telegraphed to the Emperor of Germany
(27th April, 1885) protesting against certain territories in
Usagara, Ngnru, and Ukanii being placed under His Majesty’s
sovereignty and German rule, asserting that the territories were
his; that he held military stations there; and that those chiefs
who professed to cede sovereign rights to the Agent of the
German Colonization Society had no authority to do so, as those
places had belonged to the Sultanate of Zanzibar from the time .
of his fathers.
Dr. Rohlfs, the German Consul-General, however, replied
to the Sultan of Zanzibar’s protest, and stated that he
was instructed by his Government to declare it to be
without foundation, as well as the claims put forward
therein, and to protest, in the name of the Emperor of
Germany, against the “supplementary occupation ” on his part
of districts which were within the German Protectorate, and
which had been acquired by subjects of the Emperor nndir
Treaties with independent Princes, who neither were nor had
been in any way dependent on His Highness.
The Sultan of Zanzibar asserted that a station had been
held by him for five years at Mamboio, in Usagara, and that
two other stations were held by 20 irregulars through chiefs.
He also claimed as belonging to Zanzibar the whole coast in an
unbroken line from Warsheikh on the north to Tungi Bay on
the south, as well as territory in the interior as far as the great
Lakes of Tanganika and Nyassa. His Highness, however, in a
letter to Prince Bismarck (12th June, 1885) stated that he was
disposed to name a Commission, and to leave the decision by
arbitration as to the places which he claimed, to the English
and French, who, he said, had settled in those parts.*
Troops were despatched by the Sultan to the territory taken
under the Protectorate of Germany, but they were aifterwards
recalled.
'WI'IU.
It was then reported that the Germans were negotiating
with the Sultan of Witu, and that the Sultan of Zanzibar had
* Parl. Paper, “ Africa, No. 1 (1886),” pp. 19, 27.
307
1885.“ l
I
GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). END. 82
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa. Witu.)
‘sent troops there also. Upon hearing which Count Bismarck
asserted (June, 1885) that the Sultan of Witu was quite inde-
pendent oF the Sultan of Zanzibar, and that the latter had no
right to interfere with the former.
Mr. J. Haggard, Her Majesty’s Vice-Consul at Lamu,
visited VVitu in August of the preceding year, and in a despatch
to Sir J. Kirk (August 25, 1884) gave an account of his visit
to the rebel chief Ahmet-bin-Sultan Komloot, commonly called
“ Simba ” (the Lion), who said he resided in the fortified village
of VVitu, about four days’ easy journey to the southward of
Lamu. Simba, he said, was formerly King of the Island of
Patta, about 15 miles to the northward of Lamu, and that, after
many years fighting, he was driven from there, about 15 years
previously, by the then Sultan of Zanzibar, who took his island,
when Simba fled to Kan on the River Ozy, where he settled,
and began to collect round him a new tribe in the place of the
one which had been annihilated. These people, Mr. Haggard
said, were the best known by the name of the “ Watoro” or
runaways, but that they called themselves “ Watua-witu," with
the exception of the inhabitants of a few of the more northern
villages, who called themselves “ Wakengi ” or “restless
people.” Although these people lived not far from the sea,
Mr. Haggard said they had but one port open to them, and that
was the village of Kipini, at the mouth of the River Ozy, the
Governor of which place was afraid to deny them entrance. In
addition to Witu, Mr. Haggard said there were six principal
villages in the vicinity under Simba, the inhabitants of which
called themselves “Watua-witu,” namely, Hamasi, Mohonda,
Hawani, Chanja, Gongoni, and Meminini, and that to the north-
ward there were several more villages whose inhabitants called
themselves “ Wakenzi,” the most important of which were
Balana Katana, Bale, and Mtangamakundu. These people, he
added, were partially independent of Simba, but that he com-
manded them in most things, and only a few days previously
had put some of the headmen in prison for disobeying his
orders.
A Memorandum respecting the Sultanate of Witu was com-
municated by Count Munster to Earl Granville (June 2, 1885),
308
No. 82] GERMANY AND AFRIcA (EAST ooAsT). [1385,
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa. Chagga, &e.]
in which it was stated that in the year 1867 Sultan Simba
had requested the Prussian Government, through the African
traveller, Richard Brenner, to conclude a Treaty of Friendship,
and to take him under its protection.
CHAecA, TAvETA, &c. (KILIMANJARO DISTRICT).
About this time (May, 1885) it was reported that the Sultan
of Zanzibar had determined to send a more formal expedition
to Chagga and Taveta (in the Kilimanjaro District) to assert
his authority and watch over his interest there, and that
General J. W. Mathews (now Sir William Mathews) had been
placed in command of the expedition, with orders to explain to
the Chiefs of Chagga and Taveta the advantages of adhesion
to the Sultan of Zanzibar’s authority, and to get them to hoist
his flag ; and finally to proclaim formally that the whole region
belonged to Zanzibar.
On the 21st May, 1885, General Mathews reported to the
Sultan of Zanzibar that he had hoisted His Highness’ flag at
Kilima-Kiboma, and that the Chiefs of Chagga had also done
so; and he pointed out that Kilima-Kiboma was the Tuta
mountain at the commencement of the Masai Plain between
Kilima-Kiboma of Tuta and Taveta, where, he said, the Zanzi-
bar flag was also flying.
On the 30th June, 1885, the German Government expressed
its readiness to the appointment of ‘an impartial commission to
define the true territory of the Sultan of Zanzibar, and at the
same time to join the Anglo~French Agreement (of 10th March,
1862, N0. 107) to respect the independence of Zanzibar, pro-
vided His Highness would recognise the German claims to
Usagara, &c. ; and, eventually (14th August, 1885), the Sultan
acceded to the German demand to withdraw his troops, and to
acknowledge the German Protectorates in the abstract.
But whilst the question of a delimitation commission was
under discussion, Baron Plessen communicated to the Marquis
of Salisbury (28th August, 1885) copies of various Treaties,
which Dr. Carl Jiihlke had concluded in the preceding months
of May, June, and July with native chiefs of Taveta, Chagga,
309
1885,] c. sninx Y AND AFRICA (sasr COAST). [Na 82
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa. Chagga, &c.]
and other places in the Kilimanjaro District, by which they
ceded their territories to the German East Africa Company, or
accepted German protection.ale
The following is a list of those Treaties :—
Kilimanjaro District.
LIST OF TREATIES concluded by Dr. Carl Jiihlke representing
the German East African. Company of Berlin, with native
Chiefs in the Kilimanjaro territory (between latitude
5° and 2° 5' South). ‘
16th May, 1885. Quafungo. In Bondei district, adjoining
Tong-we, “the last possession of the
Sultan of Zanzibar.”
17th ,, ,, Mruasi, Bamba, and Makombe villages
(which extend as far as Rufa, Where
the territory bears the name of
Quakiniumbi).
25th ,, ,, Mlungui, Makuyuni, Tarabande, &c.,and
south-eastern portion of Usambara.
8th June, ,, Kiswani (extending from Gaga to
Uguena).
13th ,, ,, Taveta.
19th ,, ,, Dschaggaland (Chagga), Aruscha,
' Ugueno, (to.
21st ,, ,, Kahé.
3rd July ,, Bondei (southern portion). Concluded
at Habori between Sangarwee and
Mruasi or thereabouts.
The Sultan of Zanzibar, however, had raised claims to the
same territories, and had notified the fact to the foreign repre-
sentatives in Zanzibar (27th June, 1885). Before, therefore,
the German Government approved the Treaties concluded by
Dr. Jiihlke, they applied to the British Government to be
furnished with copies of any documents which it possessed,
showing the prior title of the Sultan to the districts mentioned
in the German Treaties. A copy of the Declaration signed by
* S.P., vol. lxxvii, pp. 11-21. Parl. Paper, “Africa, No. 1 (1886),” p. 53.
310
N0. 82] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [1385-1886.
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa]
the Sultan and Chiefs of Chagga and Kilimanjaro, in the
presence of General Mathews, in which they recognised their
loyalty to the Sultan of Zanzibar as their suzerain, was accord-
ingly communicated to the German Government, and it was
pointed out that it was dated 30th May, 1885, whereas the
Treaty concluded between Dr. Jiihlke and the Chiefs of Chagga
and Taveta were dated 13th (and 19th) of June, 1885. The
German Government were subsequently informed (20th Feb-
ruary, 1886) that Mr. H. H. Johnston had, on the 27th Sep-
tember, 1884!, concluded a Treaty with the Chiefs of Taveta,
without the Sultan of Zanzibar being, directly or indirectly, a
party to it, and without being accompanied on his expedition by
any oflicer of the Sultan?‘E
On the 11th August (1885) the following demands, in the
shape of an Ultimatum, were formally made by the German
Government on the Sultan of Zanzibar :—-That he would with-
draw his protest against the Treaties made, to wit “the free
” of the lands of llsagara, Nguru, Usuguha,
and Ukami, as also with the Sultan of the district of Witu, and
recall the troops and agents in the above-named places; and
that he‘ would recognise the Emperor of Germany’s Protec-
torates over those places.
and legal S ultans
The German Government were, however, officially informed
by the British Ambassador at Berlin (27th March, 1886)’[ that the
Church Missionary Society had Settlements in Usagara, one at
Mpwapwa, established in 1876, and the other at Maboia, estab-
lished in 1879, and these the German Government engaged to
protect and assist to the best of their ability. '
To the German demands the Sultan submitted, in the follow-
ing terms :—
“In consequence of the demand which comes to us from
His Majesty the Emperor of Germany as an Ultimatum
(‘ taklifahiar ’), and indispensable to the commencement of
friendly negotiations, we acknowledge the Protectorate of
Germany over the lands of Usagara, Nguru, Usuguha, and
over the district of Witu, the boundaries whereof shall be here-
* Parl Paper, “Africa, N o. 3 (1887).”
1' Parl. Paper, “Africa, No. 1 (1886).”
31 l
1885~1887_] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [N0, 82
[German Protectorates, East Coast of Africa.)
after defined ; we acknowledge over these said places the Pro-
tectorate of His Majesty, and undertake to remove our soldiers,
and make this known to our officers who occupy the whole of
the places of the coast.”
Negotiations were then continued between Great Britain,
France, and Germany, with a view to the appointment of a
joint commission for the purpose of enquiring into the claims
of the Sultan of Zanzibar to sovereignty over certain territories
on the east coast of Africa, and of ascertaining their precise
limits. An understanding was eventually arrived at, and on
the 17th October, 1885, Colonel (now Sir) H. H. Kitchener,
R-.E., was appointed the British Delimitation Commissioner.
On the 20th December, 1885, a Commercial Treaty was
signed between Germany and Zanzibar.*
On the 30th April, 1886, a Commercial Treaty was signed
between Great Britain and Zanzibar (N0. 152),)” and on the
28th May, a Commercial Treaty was signed between Italy and
Zanzibar (N0.~201).
On the 9th June, 1886, the Delimitation Commissioners
made their Report. (NO. 120), which was accepted by the
British and German Governments by an exchange of Notes on
the 29th October and 1st November, 1886 (N0. 123), and by
the Sultan of Zanzibar on the 4th December, 1886 (N0. 124).
Between 1885 and 1887 several Treaties were concluded be-
tween two German subjects (the Denhardt Brothers) and the
Sultan of Witu and the Sultan of the Soma-ls, for the cession to
them of various tracts of lands and islands. The validity of
these Treaties was denied by the British East Africa Company
at the time of their conclusion. But the following extracts are
given from them as showing the extent of the territories
which these Chiefs maintained they had a right to cede as be-
longing to them.
VVI'I‘U AND SOMALI.
On the 5th May, 1885, a deed of sale and cession, including
sovereign rights of certain tracts of land on the east coast of
*l‘ 8.1)., vol. lxxvi, p. 247.
‘l’ 8.1)., vol. lxxvii, p. 541.
31:.)-
NO. 82.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [1885—1889,
[Swahililand, Witu.)
Africa, was made by the Sultan of Swahililand (Witu) a a '
German subject Clemens Denhardt), which contained the
following paragraphs :—
Cession of Territory. Kz'pz'ni to Wita.
“ Paragraph 1. The boundaries of the land thus sold and
ceded are formed by the River Osi (Kipini), which is included
in the purchase and cession by the Indian Ocean, across the
mouth of the Tana, Ras N gomeni, to the mouth of the Sabaki,
by a straight line from the mouth of this river in its latitude to
the Mountains of Ukambani, and parallel to these as far as the
remotest point of the River Tana, which is included in this
purchase and cession, from the village of Hamagi to Munyuui,
and by a straight line from this village to Witu.
“Paragraph 2. By this document we renounce all claims
connected with the land as mentioned in above paragraph 1, as
well as the rights of sovereignty to it.”
SOMALI.
Cession of Territory. Kz'smayn to River Juba.
On the 31st July, 1885, a deed of sale and cession, including
sovereignty rights, was made by the alleged Sultan of the
Somalis to a German subject Gustav Denhardt), of the East
African coast from Kismayu, along the coast on the Indian
Ocean to the River J uba (which was also declared to be in—
cluded in the sale) till the borders of the Toguti-Somali, seven
hours above the town Missir, and in the west till the borders
of the Bozani and Bendille Galla, and in the south till the terri-
tory of the Sultan Achmet of Witu. ,
Cession. Island of Manda.
On the 2nd September, 1885, a deed of sale and cession, but
reserving sovereign rights of the Island of Manda, was made
by the Sultan of Swahililand (Witu) to a German subject
(M. Clemens Denhardt). The boundary was described as
being rm“ On the north by the canal which separates‘ the main-
313
1885-- ~1889.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [N0. 82
[Swahililand, Witu.]
land from the said island ; in the north-east and east by Manda
Bay; in the south-east and south by the Indian Ocean ; and in
the west by the arm of the sea which separates the Islands of
Lamu and Manda.”
Farther Cessions on the Coast.
On the 2nd December, 1885, a deed of cession, but reserving
sovereign rights, was made by the Sultan of the Swahililand
(Witu) to M. Clemens Denhardt, of territory on the East Coast
of Africa, “extending along the coast of the Indian Ocean from
I° south latitude till 1° 55' south latitude, and following the
respective degrees of latitude till the 41st degree east longitude,”
which was stated to form the western boundary.
Further C cssions.
On the 15th February, 1887, a deed of sale and cession, but
reserving sovereign rights, was made by the Sultan of the
Swahililand (Witu) to M. Clemens Denhardt, of certain lands
and islands on the East Coast of Africa, the boundaries of which
were described as being “formed from the River Mkonumbi
and the Indian Ocean between this river and the nicer-pillar
which has been erected on the mainland near Kiwaihu by the
Imperial German Government in January, I887; further, by
straight lines, which run between this meer-pillar and Balawa,
Balawa-Katawa, Katawa and Witu, Witu and Fungasombo,
Fungasombo and Mkonumbi,” as well as “all islands which are
situated between Kipini and the J uba.”
Farming of Customs of Witn.
On the 1st April, 1887, an Agreement was entered into
between the Sultan of the Swahililand and M. Clemens Deri-
hardt as to farming the customs of Witu by M. Denhardt for 10
years from the 1st January, I888. In this Treaty it was said
that the right to levy duties referred to the land which had
been handed over by the German Government to the Sultan of
Swahililand, and in which the German flag had been hoisted
by, German oflicers from the 13th to the 20th January, 1887.
314
N0, 82] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). [1887—‘1889
[Swahililand, Witu.]
On the 1st July, 1.887, M. Clemens Denhardt was appointed
by the Sultan of the Swahililand his Minister for Foreign and
Home AaaiI-S in Witu until the year 1902 *
German Protectorate over Coast between Rivers Umba. and
Roouma.
On the 28th April, 1888, that portion of the African Coast
which lies between the Rivers Umba and Rovuma was conceded
by the Sultan of Zanzibar to the German East Africa Company.
(See ZANZIBAR and GERMAN EAST AFRICA COMPANY, p. 933.)
J’erman Protectorate over Coast from W'z'tu t0 Kr'smayn.
On the 22nd October, 1889, the following official notifica-
tion was made of the establishment of a German Protectorate
over the East Coast of Africa from Witu to Kismayu :—
Count Hatzfelclt to the Marquis of Salisbury.
(Translation) German Embassy, London,
22nd October, 1889.
The Undersigned is instructed to state to the Government
of Her Britannic Majesty, in pursuance of Article 341 of the
General Act of the Berlin Conference (NO. 17), that the terri-
tory situated on the coast of East Africa between the northern
frontier of Witu and the southern frontier of the Sultan of
Zanzibar’s station of Kismayu, has, in virtue of Treaties con-
cluded with the Sultans and Chiefs thereof, and under reserva-
tion of the properly-acquired rights of third parties, been placed _
under the protection of His Majesty the Emperor.
The Undersigned, &c.
P. HATZFELDT.
.l/Vz'tn. Manda and Patta Islands.
On the 20th December (1889), the British Government
were informed that the German Government maintained tl:e
claim of the Sultan of Witu to the Islands of Manda and
I 315
1889.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (EAST COAST). END. 82
[German Protectorate. _ Witu to Kismayu.]
Patta, and did not recognize the right of the British East
Africa Company to take over the administration of these
islands, in consequence of the Concession granted to the Com-
pany by the Sultan of Zanzibar; but on the 1st July, 1890, an
Agreement was entered into between the British and German
Governments (N0. 129) defining their respective spheres of in-
fluence in East, West, and South-West Africa, by which, among
the others, certain territories lying between the Wanga and
Rovuma Rivers, including Chagga and other places in the
Kilimanjaro District, Pangani and Dar-el-Salaam, with the
exception of the Islands of Zanzibar and Pemba, were recog-
nized as being within the German sphere, and the territories
between the Wanga and Juba Rivers, including Mombasa,
Witu and the Islands of Manda, Patta, Lamu, &c., as being
within the British sphere.
Witu.
On the 19th November, 1890, a notification was issued,
announcing that a British Protectorate had been established
over Witu and other territories and islands lying off the East
African Coast [see GREAT BRITAIN (ArnIcA, EAST COAST),
p. 327.]
[For later Arrangements see GREAT BRITAIN (AFRICA, EAST
COAST), p. 327 ; and GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 595.]
316
N0. 83] GERMANY AND AFRICA (S. W. COAST). [1884—1892,
[Namaqualand, Damaraland, Angra Pequena, &c.]
N0. 83.-—NOTES on German Protectorates on the South West
Coast of Africa. 1884—#1892.
Namaqaaland, Damaraland, Angra Peqaeiia.
On the 16th (? 15th) August, 1884.‘, the following Pro-
clamation was issued announcing that ‘a German Protectorate
had been established over the Coast of Namaqu-aland and
Damaraland :—
(Translation
HIs Majesty the German Emperor William I, King of
Prussia, has commanded me to proceed to Angra Pequeiia
with His Majesty’s two'decked corvette, the “Elisabeth,” to
place under the direct protection of His Majesty the territory
belonging to M. A. Luderitz, on the West Coast of Africa.
The territory of M. An Luderitz will, according to oflicial
communication, be taken to extend from the north bank of the
Orange River to the 26° south latitude, 20 geographical miles
inland, including the islands belonging thereto by the law of
nations?‘
In carrying out His Majesty’s commands I herewith hoist
the Imperial German flag, and thus place the above-mentioned
territory under the protection and sovereignty of His Majesty
the Emperor William I, and call upon all present to give three
cheers for His Majesty.
Long live His Majesty the EmperorWilliam I.
SCHER'ING, Captain at Sea, and Commandant of
His Imperial ltfajesty’s ship “ Elisabeth.”
It was stated in an official Note addressed by the German
Consul at Cape Town to the Governor of the Cape Colony and
C High Commissioner, dated 15th August, 1884:, that the expres-
sion used in this Proclamation, “including the Islands belong-
ing thereto by the Law of Nations,” meant and included all the
islands Within gun-shot distance of the mainland on the coast
proclaimed .therein, according to the Law of Nations ; and
i“ S. P., vol. lxxv, p. 546.
317 z
1881-1892.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (s. w. COAST). [No.33
[German Protectorate. Great Namaqualand, &e.]
further, that the duly acquired and proved rights of third
Parties would be respected by the German Government?’
Coast between Cape Frz'o and the Orange River, except Walfish
Bay.
On the 8th September, 1884:, Baron Plessen, the German
Ohargé d’Afiaires, called upon Earl Granville, at the Foreign
Ofi‘iee, and gave notice to his Lordship, on behalf of the German
Government, that the West Coast of Africa from 26° south
latitude to Cape Frio, excepting Walfish Bay, had been placed
under the protection of the German Empire, and on the 15th
October following, it Was officially notified by the German
Government that a German Protectorate had been established
over “ the tract of coast land between Cape Frio and the Orange
River with the exception of Valviseh (Walfisch) Bay.”
GREAT NAMAQUALAND.
On the l8th October, 1884, a Treaty was signed between
Germany and Bethany by which a German Protectorate was
recognised over Great Namaqualand. '
German South West Africa Gomloany.
By a Cabinet Order, dated 13th April, 1885, the German
South West Africa Company had conferred upon it the rights
of a corporate body, and acquired, in virtue of Treaties with the
native Rulers, the rights of State Sovereignty (mining royal-
ties and rights, with railway and telegraph monopoly).
RED NATION, IN NAMAQUALAND.
On the 2nd September, 1885, a Treaty was signed between
Germany and the independent Chief of the Red Nation in
Great Namaqualand for the extension of the German Pro-
itectorate over that Territory.
BASTARDS or REHoBoTH (GREAT NAMAQUALAND);
On the 15th September, 1885, a Treaty was signed between
9 S. P., vol. Ixxv, p. 545.
318
No. 83] GERMANY AND AFRICA (s. w. COAST). [1384-1892,
[German Protectorate between Herero and Ovomb'olandJ
Germany and the Bastards of Rehoboth, in Great Namaqua-
land, extending the German Protectorate over their territory.
HEREROS. DAMARA LAND.
On the 21st October, 1885, a Treaty was signed between
Germany and the Head Chief of the Hereros, in Damaraland,
extending the German Protectorate over that territory, to which
the Chief of Omaruru acceded on the 3rd November, 1885.
British Claims in German Protectorate.
On the 15th July, 1886, a Protocol was signed at Berlin con-
taining the joint communications of the British and German
Commissioners for a settlement of certain‘ outstanding British
claims in the German. Protectorate of .South West Africa. (See
GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 608.)
British and German Limits.
On the 1st uly, 1890, an Agreement was signed between
the British and German Government-s, defining their respective
spheres of influence in East, West, and South West Africa.
With respect to the South West Coast, the line of boundary
was drawn between the Territory reserved for Germany in
Namaqualand, Damaraland, 620., and that reserved for Great
Britain in Bechuanaland, Kalahari, (to. (See GREAT'BRITAIN
AND GERMANY, p. 642).
N oMANsLAND.
Districts between Herero and O'vomboland.‘
On the 14th September, 1892, it was notified that a German
Protectorate had been established over the district lying be-
tween Herero and Ovomboland. The notification ran as
follows :—-—
“ The unclaimed district lying between Herero and Ovombo-
land within the German sphere of interest in South West Africa,
has been placed, with the sanction of His Majesty the Emperor,
under the Protectorate of the German Empire.”*
* “ Deutsche-Reichs-Anzeiger,” 14th September, 1892.
319 z 2
1884-1890.] GERMANY AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [N0, 84,
[German Protectorate. Togoland. Gameroons.]
N0. 84.—-NOTES on German Proteetorates on the West Coast
of Africa. 1884—1890.
Togoland.
ON the 5th July, 1884!, an Agreement was signed between
Germany and Togo, by which the territory of the King of Togo
was placed under the Protectorate of Germany.
Cameroons. Togoland. Slave Coast, 8'0.
On the 12th July, 1884, a German Protectorate was pro-
claimed over the whole of the Cameroons District,* and on the
15th October of the same year, the following official communi-
cation was made by the German Government to the principal
Powers of Europe and to the United States Government,
notifying the exact extent of territory on the West and
South-West Coasts of Africa which had been placed under the
protection of the German Empire :—
Ba'ron con Plessen t0 Earl Granm'ZZa—(Recee'ved 15th October.)
(Translation) German Embassy, 15th October, 1884.‘.
“ The Government of His Majesty the Emperor, with a view
to insure more effectually German commercial interests on the
West Coast of Africa, has taken certain districts of this coast
under its protection. This has been efiected in virtue of
Treaties which have been in part concluded by Dr. N achtigal,
the Consul-General dispatched to West Africa, with indepen-
pent Chiefs, and partly in virtue of’ applications for protection
made by Imperial subjects, who have acquired certain tracts by
covenants with independent Chiefs.
“ Accordingly, the Togo tract, with the harbours of home and
Bageida, the districts of Bimbia, with the Isle of Nicol, Came-
1‘ “ National Zeitung,” 15th February, 1885. SR, vol. lxxvi, p. 756.
320
PORTUGUESE CORTES
wing
CLAlMED BY PORTU GAL. .
.,188'7.


K
To face page 326‘.

26' 28' 30°


34-‘
UN/AMUEZ
-
MACOND
MAV A












201'










/
I]



bl
ba 5
l
i v- l
A I ' 24
i S
,- l S U L. A F A N U S I _ Mei—2,720 orllnch=ZZ7 StatMles.
_ “ L???” I E es 100 so 9 190 zoo eocmnamae-
. ' ~ l i 1 1* I i
26' Z8’ 30' 32' 34° 36' 38" 40' 412' V 44'
srAIvroRv's arose zsrAar, LONDON ‘

Map laid before the Portuguese Cortes, showing
THE TERRITORIES IN AFRlCA CLAlMED BY PORTUGAL
August. 1887.
MAP LAID BEFORE THE
She‘
THE TERR‘TORIES IN AFRlCA
10'


Augu s‘;
‘ m
‘k

B .deMaiu





* |
~ ,'-~_'-_\‘
_ --_--
\_ -1.
"i ‘
l







10'
12'


_
"‘~§_--_.-__
, -+












'63, Sv Lat. 5:
r
'
,
I
"I OVATHMBA
Z l ‘ I \ I! V
‘ _,» \ _ 34
E r’’’ \\_ _ Jab-1",’ *-
y " I \\ ""Klékm" )
Portuguese c/aims__.._ I, ‘1 i a?“
C0 Saate I ‘I, z “\ v
I790 . v - _ - - - - _ -_ : _ _‘r_
m’— B * a “' ‘J ‘1 ‘ -~_ *9"
rl'tish w _ . _ _ , , _ ‘ _ _ _ .7 ‘ _‘- -_ ‘
= 6'“ D‘ " “Q” '~ *
French-._._.._H_.... ,' '1“. q
' I
cerman......>..._.....:l )\ L), ' I~
Sflfivcan Republic-“ ' r”! ‘
. \ I’ m
\ \ l I‘ ‘.
8‘ Long. 10' E.Gr. 12' 141 16' 18‘ 20° 22' 24?

Map laid before the Portuguese Cortes, showing
THE TERRITORIES IN AFRICA CLAIMED BY PORTUGAL
August, 1887.
N0. 84] GERMANY AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [1884-1890,
[German Protectorate. Ambas Bay. Little Popo. ' Porto Seguro, &c.]
roons, Malimba, to its northern extremity, Little Batanga,
Plantation, and Criby, on the Slave Coast, and the tract of
coastland between Cape Eric and the Orange River, with the
exception of Valvisch (Walfish) Bay, in South-Western Africa,
have been placed under the protection of His Majesty the
Emperor. This has been notified by hoisting the Imperial
military standard and planting frontier poles, and the engage-
ment at the same time announced that all demonstrable exist-
ing rights of third parties are to be respected.”
Anibas Bay, Victoria.
On the 19th July, 1884, a British Notification was issued
announcing the assumption of British sovereignty over Ambas
Bayfi“ but this territory was transferred to Germany on the
28th March, 1887, since which date it has formed part of the
German Protectorate over the Cameroons.
Mahin and Mahin Beach.
On the 29th January, 1885, Mahin was sold by the King of
Mahin to a German subject, Herr G. L. Gaiser; and on the
11th March, 1885, a Treaty was signed by the King of Mahin
with the German Commissioner and Consul-General for the
West Coast of Africa, Dr. N. G. Nachtigal, for extending a
German Protectorate over Mahin and Mahin Beach, but it was
not ratified by the Emperor of Germany; and on the 24th
October following, both Mahin and Mahin Beach were ceded to
Great Britain. (See GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS), p. 4:19.)
Bight of Biafra, Slave Coast (Togoland, Little Popo, and Porto
Seg'uro), Senegambia, and Southern Rivers Districts.
On the 24th December, 1885, a Protocol was signed between .
France and Germany, for defining their respective rights of
Sovereignty or Protectorate in the Bight of Biafra, on the
Slave Coast (Togoland, Little Popo, and Porto Seguro), on the
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 57.
321
1884-1890,] GERMANY AND AFRICA (WEST COAST). [N()_ 84
tGerman Protectorate. Togo. Volta Districts, &c.]
Coast of Senegambia, and in the Southern Rivers Districts.
(See FRANCE AND GERMANY, p. 293.)
British and German Limits.
On the 1st July, 1890, an Agreement was ‘entered into
the British and German Governments defining their respective
spheres of influence in East, \Vest, and South-West Africa.
With respect to the West Coast, the line of boundary was
marked between the British Gold Coast Colony and the
German Protectorate of Togo, the Volta Districts, and the Rio
del Rey. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 642.)
Laws relating to Jurisdiction, §rc., in German Protectorates.

1879-1891.
Law. 10th July, 1879. German Consular Jurisdiction. S.P., vol. lxxi,
p.1301.
Law. 17th April, 1886. Jurisdiction in German Protectorates. S.P.,
vol. lxxvii, p. 1290.
Add. Law. 7th July, 1887. Jurisdiction in German Protectorates. SP.’
vol. lxxviii, p. 692.
Decree. 18th N ov., 1887. Administration of Justice in German East
- Africa Society’s Territory. S.P., vol. lxxviii,
- p.773.
Decree. 21st Dec., 1887. ' Administration of Justice in German South
\Vest Africa Protectorate, S.P., vol. lxxviii,
p. 7 7 3.
Law. 15th March, 1888. Jurisdiction in German Protectorates. S.P.,
vol. lxxix, p. 650.
Law. lst J an., 1891. Jurisdiction in East Africa.
322
N0. 853 GERMANY AND PORTUGAL. [30 Dec.,1886."
[South-West African]
N0. 85.——DEULARA TI ON between Germany and Portugal
respecting the Limits of their respective ‘ Possessions and
Spheres of Influence in South- West and South-East A friea._
Lisbon, 30th December, 1886* ‘
(Translation)
THE Government of His Majesty the German Emperor,
and the Government of His Majesty the King of Portugal and
the Algarves, animated by the same desire to draw more closely
the existing friendly relations between Portugal and Germany,
and to gain a firm and secure basis for peaceful co-operation in
the opening out of Africa to civilization and commerce, have
resolved to establish certain boundaries, within which each of
the two Powers shall keep their freedom of action for their
colonizing‘ activity. ‘
For this purpose the Undersigned, Henrique de Barros
Gomes, State Councillor of His Most Faithful Majesty, and his
Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, and Councillor Richard
von Schmidthals, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo-
tentiary of His Majesty the Emperor, have, in accordance with
their full powers, agreed upon the following Articles :—
Boimdary Line between German and Portuguese Possessions in
South- West Africa.
ART. I. The Boundary line which shall separate the Portu-
guese and German Possessions in South-West Africa follows
the course of the River Kunene from its mouth to the water-
falls which are formed to the south of the Humbe by the Kunene
breaking through the Serra Canna. , From this point the line
runs along the parallel of latitude to the River Kubango, then
along the course of that river 'to the village of Andara, which
is to remain in the German sphere of influence, and from
thence due east to the rapids of Catima, on the Zamhesi.
4* S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 603,
323
30 D80.. 1886.] GERMANY AND PORTUGAL. [NO. 85
[South-East Africa]
Boundary Line between German and Portuguese Possessions in
South-East Africa.
ART. II. The Boundary line which shall separate the Portu-
guese from the German Possessions in South-East Africa follows
the course of the River Rovuma from its mouth to the point
where the River M’sinje joins the Rovuma and runs to the west-
ward on the parallel of latitude to the shores of Lake Nyassa.
German Conditional Recognition of Portuguese Right to Territories
lying between Angola and Mozambique.
ART. III. His Majesty the German Emperor recognizes the
right of His Majesty the King of Portugal to exercise his
influence of sovereignty and civilization in the territories which
separate the Portuguese possessions of Angola and Mozam-
bique, without prejudice to the rights which other Powers
may have acquired there up to now of exercising their
sovereign and civilizing influence?!‘
Territories in Portuguese Sphere of Influence to be respected by
Germany.
And in accordance with this acknowledgment, binds himself not
to make acquisitions of sovereignty in the territories in question,
not to accept Protectorates in them, and, finally, not to place
there any obstacles to the extension of Portuguese influence.
Territories in German Sphere of Influence to be respected by
‘Portugal.
His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves under-
takes identical obligation as regards the territories which under
Articles I and II of this Agreement, are within the sphere of
German action.
Protection of Persons and Property. Acquisition, (ya, of Real
and Personal Property. Rights of ‘Trade.
ART. IV. Portuguese subjects in the German Possessions of
Africa, and German subjects in the Portuguese Possessions
shall enjoy in respect to the protection of, their persons and
goods, with the acquisition and transfer of personal and real
* See British Protest against Portuguese Claim to these Territories,
13th August, 1887, next page. 8
3241
N0, 85] GERMANY AND PORTUGAL. [30 Dec" 1886,
[South-West and. South-East AfricaJ
property, and ‘to the exercise of their industry, the same treat-
ment without any difference whatever, and the same rights as
the subjects of the nation exercising sovereignty or protection.
Conclusion of Commercial Agreements.
ART. V. The Portuguese and Imperial Governments reserve
to themselves the right of concluding further Agreements to
facilitate commerce and navigation, as well as to regulate the
frontier trafiic in the African Possessions on both sides.
(L.S.) BARROS GOMES.
(L.S.) SCHMIDTHALS.
Validity of Agreement subject to approval.
ADD. ART. This Agreement shall come into force and shall
be binding for both Powers after having been approved by the
Portuguese Cortes, and oflicially published in both countries.*
Done in duplicate at Lisbon, on the 30th December, 1886.
(L.S.) BARROS GOMES.
(L.S.) SCHMIDTHALS.

BRITISH PROTEST against Treaties between Portugal and
France, and Portugal and Germany. 13th August, 1887.1‘
Memorandum transmitted by the British Charge’ d’Afi'aires at
Lisbon to the Portuguese Minister for Foreign A fairs. 13th
August, 1887.
HER Britannic Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary at Lisbon did not fail to forward to Her
Majesty’s Government copies of the documents as presented to
the Portuguese Cortes in the form of White Books, recording
the result of the recent negotiations carried on by Portugal
with Germany (p. 323) and France (p. 298), the object of
which was the delimitation of their respective spheres of in-
fluence in Central Africa.
Maps were annexed to these papers showing the territory
which, as Portugal~ understands, is allowed by the two countries
* Published, with Map, in Portuguese White Book, 1887.
1' Parl. Pap, “ Africa No. 2 (1890).”
325
13 Aug.’ 1887.] GERMANY AND PORTUGAL.
[No. 85‘
[South-West and South-East Africa.]
to be reserved to her enterprise. The immense field so coloured
in the Maps comprises the entire region lying been Angola and
Mozambique, Matabeleland, and the district of Lake Nyassa, up
to the latitude of the Rovuma River.
In the districts to which Portugal thus appears to lay a pre-
ferential claim, and in which, except near the sea-coast and on
portions of the Zambesi River, there is not a sign of Portu-
guese jurisdiction or authority, there are countries in which
there are British Settlements, and others in which Great
Britain takes an exceptional interest. Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment feel, therefore, that it is impossible to pass over without
notice the official publication of the Maps.
Her Majesty’s Chargé d’Afiaires has consequently the
honour to state to his Excellency the Minister for Foreign
Affairs of His Most Faithful Majesty, under instructions which
he has received from Her Majesty’s Principal Secretary of
State for Foreign Aft-airs, that the attention of Her Majesty’s
Government has been directed to the Maps in question, and
that Great Britain considers that it has now been admitted in
principle by all the parties to the Act ‘of Borlinthat a claim of
sovereignty in Africa can only be maintained by real occupation
of‘ the territory claimed, and that this doctrine has been prac-
tically applied in the recent Zanzibar delimitations. Her
Majesty’s Charge d’Ati-‘aires is instructed to make a formal
protest against any claims not founded on occupation, and to
say that Her Majesty’s Government cannot recognize Portu-
guese sovereignty in territory not occupied by her in sufficient
strength to enable her to maintain order, protect foreigners,
and control the natives.
Her Majesty’s Chargé d’Aiiaires is further directed to state
that this protest especially applies to the districts of Lake
Nyassa occupied by British traders and missionaries, and to
Matabeleland, and to point out that, by the decision of the
Delagoa Bay Arbitration (24th July, 1875, p. 701), Portugal is
debarred from extending her dominion into any part of Tonga-
land beyond the limits of 26° 30' south nail-tat,r
British Legation, Lisbon, August 13, 1887.
326
J.‘
r‘ . -~ C) . 'r‘
a A“ . l A]: x 1 \ n /..L I .
17' \”"‘i . 51/ 1:, ' ‘. ' l. 11:‘ vac‘
. I
"J
. I J
.I
4
GREAT BRITAIN

PAGE
Africa(EastCoast)................................ 327
,, (NorthWe-stCoast)..t....;;................. 105
Basutoland . . . . v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Bechuanaland and the Kalahari, British Bechuanaland
and Territory North of British Bechuanaland . . . . . . . . 333
Cape Colony . . . . . . . . ._ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Gambia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Gold Coast -, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Lagos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103
Natal ......' . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . H... 4.33
Niger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
SierraLeone . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Tongaland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Zululandnuuu o o o o o 00000000000600...000000000000
GREAT BRITAIN
(AFRICA, EAST COAST).
N0, 86] GREAT BRITAIN (AFRICA, E. COAST). [19 Nov" 1386_
[British Protectorate. Witu, Patta, Manda, &c.]
N0. 86.—-—N OTIFI 0A TI ON. British Protectorate over
Witu and other Territories and Islands lying of the East
African Coast. London, 19th November, 18905‘
Foreign Ofiice, 19th November, 1890.
IN pursuance of Article II of the Anglo-German Agreement
of the 1st July, 1890 (NO. 129), under the terms of which
Germany withdrew, in favour of Great Britain, her Protectorate
over Witu, and also withdrew her Protectorate over the adjoining
coast up to Kismayu, as well as her claims to all other territories
on the mainland to the north of the River Tana, and to the Islands
of Patta and Manda, it is hereby notified, for public information, _
that the territory of Witu, the territories lying between that
country and the River Jobs, extending on the coast as far as
Kismayu, the Islands of Patta and Manda, and all other islands
in Manda Bay, are placed under the Protectorate of Her
Majesty.
[Published in “ London Gazette,” 25th November, 1890.]
On the 5th March, 189], an agreement was entered into
between the British Government and the British East Africa
Company, respecting the administration of the Territory of
Witu‘by the Company (NO. 32), and on the 20th of the same
month the Company issued a notice to the effect that they had
assumed the government and control of the territory hitherto
known as the Sultanate of Witu (N0. 34). But on the Slst
July, 1893, the Company withdrew from the administration of
the territory lying between the Rivers Tana and Juba, which
was then placed under British protection (N0. 160); and on
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 777. See also Agreement between Great Britain
and Zanzibar, 3rd and 4th December, 1890, p. 754.
327
1886-1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (AFRICA, E. COAST). [NO- 86
[British Protectorate. Witu, Patta, Manda, &c.]
the same day a Proclamation was issued announcing that the
Administration of the British Protectorate north of the Tana,
with the exception of the territories belonging to the Sultan of
Zanzibar, which the Company still retained, had been delegated
to the Sultan of Zanzibar. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND ZANZIBAR,
p. 770.)
Prohibition against Alcoholic Liquors.
On the 18th June, 1892, the Powers signatories to the
Brussels Act (NO. 18) were informed that Her Majesty’s
Government had decided that the British Protectorate over
Witu and the adjacent territory up to Kismayu, the British
Protectorate of Nyasaland, and that portion of the Niger Pro-
tectorate lying on or to the north of the 7th degree oi north
latitude would be placed, from that date, under the terms of
Art. XCI of the Act of Brussels with the zone of prohibition
of alcoholic liquors. See p. 841.
[See also BRITISH EAST AFRICA, p. 170.]
For Notification of British Protectorate over Uganda, 18th
June, 1894, see APPENDIX.
.328
N0, 87,] GREAT BRITAIN (BASUTOLANDl. [1843-1868.
{Basutolanil
N0. 87.——Notes on BAS U TOLAND. 1843-1891.
By a Treaty signed by the Governor of the Cape of Good
Hope at Cape Town on the 5th October, 1843, and by Moshesh,
Chief of the Basutos, at Thaba Bossi, on the 13th December,
1843, the tribe of the Basutos were admitted into the allegiance
of Her Britannic Majestyfi“ The boundary of the territory was
thus described :—
“Art. III. The territory of the Chief Moshesh is bounded
on the west, from the junction of the Caledon with the Garief
River to the sources of those rivers, near the Bouta Bouta; on
the south by the Garief River, from the junction aforesaid; and
on the north by a line extending from about 25 to 30 miles
north of the Caledon River, excepting near to its source, and at
its junction with the Garief', where the lands of Bethuli and
the territory of Sikonyella come close upon the northern bank.”
In l852 war ensued between Great Britain and the Basutos,
in which Moshesh was defeated, when he sent in his submission.
On the 23rd February, 185%, a Convention was concluded
between Great Britain and the Orange Free State, by yvhich
the independence of Basutoland was recognized by ‘Great
Britain. (See ORANGE FREE STATE, p. 811.)
In 1856 war ensued between the Orange Free State and ‘the
Basutos, in consequence of a boundary dispute; which war
lasted till 1858.
In 1861 the Basutos petitioned for British protection, but
their request was not acceded to.
In 1865 war was renewed between the Orange Free State
and the Basutos, when British protection was again asked for,
but no material assistance was granted.
On the 3rd April, 1866, a Treaty of Peace was concluded
hetweenthe Orange Free State and the 'Basutos, by which the
Basutos agreed to become subject to that State;
But in 1867 the war was renewed, and in January, 1868,
an appeal was again made for British protection.
*1‘ H.T., vol. ix, p. 82. S.P., vol. xxxiii, p. 1078..
329 2 A.
1868 "1830.) GREAT BRITAIN (BASUTOLAND). [110. 87
[Basntolandj
Basntoland, British Territory.
On the 12th March, 1868, a Proclamation was issued by the
Governor of the Cape of Good Hope declaring the tribe of
Basntos to be British subjects, and their territory to be British
territory?‘
Boundaries.
On the 12th February, 1869, a Convention was concluded
between the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope and the
Orange Free State, respecting the boundaries of Basutolaud.
(See ORANGE} FREE STATE, p. 811.)
On the 11th August, 1871, an Act was passed by the
Government of the Cape of Good Hope (No. 12), for the
annexation of Basutoland to that Colony, in which the new
boundary of that territory was described to be as follows?‘ :——-
“From the junction of the Cornet Spruit with the Orange
River, along the centre of the former to the point nearest to
Olifants Been; from that point by Olifants Been, to the
southern point of Langeberg; along the top of Langeberg to
its north-western extremity; from thence to the eastern point
of Jammerberg; along the top of Jammerberg, to its north-
western extremity; irom thence by a prolongation of the same
to the Caledon River; along the centre of the Caledon River to
its junction with the Klein Caledon; along the centre of the
Klein Caledon, to the heads of the Orange River, at the Mont
Aux Sources; thence westward along the Drakensberg, between
the water-sheds of the Orange River and the St. John’s River,
to the source of the Tees; down the centre of that river to its
junction with the Orange River; and down the centre of the
latter river to its junction. with the Cornet Spruit.”
This Act was confirmed by an Order in Council on the 3rd
November, 1871.
On the 29th March, 1877, and 12th April, 1880, Proclama-
tions were issued by the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope
for the government of Basutoland.
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 499. S.P., vol. xxxiii, p. 1178.
"f H.212, vol. xvii, p. 4.
$3510
NO. 87.] GREAT BRITAIN (BASUTOLAND). [1884_1391_
[Basutolanéh]
Disannea’ation of Basutoland from the Cape Colony.
A state of ‘war, however, existed between the British
Government and the Basutos from 1879 till 1883, and in the
latter year the following Act was passed by the Cape of Good
Hope Government for the disannexation of Basutoland from
that Colony :—
“ Whereas it is desirable that Basutoland ‘should cease to form
part of the Colony of the Cape of Gcod Hope; and whereas
Her Majesty’s Imperial Government has expressed its willing-
ness to provide for the future government of Basutoland upon
certain conditions; and whereas it is expedient that due pro-
vision should be made for relieving this Colony from .all
responsibility for or- in connection with the government of
Basutoland :
“ Be it enacted by the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope,
with the advice and consent of ,the Legislative Council and
House of Assembly thereof, as follows :—
“ I. The Act N0. 12, l'8'7l,* intituled ‘An Act for the An-
nexation to the Colony of .the Cape of Good Hope of the terri-
tory inhabited by the tribe of people called the Basutos,” shall
the, and the same is hereby repealed.
“ 2. From and after the taking effect of this Act, there ‘shall
:be paid annually to Her Majesty’s High Commissioner, or such
other officer as Her Majesty may be pleased to appoint in that
behalf, as a contribution towards any deficiency that may arise
in the revenues of the Government of ‘Basutoland, out of the
public revenue of this .Colony, such sum, not exceeding 20,000t..,
,as may be hereafter from time to time agreed upon by and
between Her Majesty’s Imperial .Government and the Govern-
ment of this Colony.
“3. This Act shall come into operation when the Governor
shall, by Proclamation, declare that Her Majesty has been
pleased .to allow and confirm the same.
“4'. ‘The short title of this Act shall be ‘The Basutoland
Disannexa-tion Act, 1883.’ ” ( N o. 34.)
*‘ August 11, 1871, P- 330-
33] .\
N;-
1888-1891.3 GREAT BRITAIN (BASUTOLAND). [N0. 87
[Basutoland .]
Direct British Authority over Basutolaw].
On the 2nd February, 1884, an Order in Council was passed
assenting to this Act, and providing for the exercise of Her
Majesty’s direct authority over the territory of Basutoland."‘=
This Order in Council was proclaimed at the Cape on the
18th March, 1884, and on the 29th Mayr following the Pro-
clamations of 29th March, i877, and 12th April, 1880, were
repealed.
This territory is now administered by a British Commis-
sioner under instructions from Her h/[ajesty’s High Commis-
sioner in South Africa.
On the 24th March, 1891, Basutoland was admitted into the
South African Customs Union.
* II.T., vol. xvii, p. ll.
GREAT'BRITAIN
(BECHUANALAND AND THE KALAHARI. BRITISH
BECHUANALAND AND TERRITORY NORTH OF
BRITISH BECHUANALAND).
(SEE ALSO BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY.)
No.
88
GREAT BRITAIN
(BECEIUANALAND AND THE KALAHARI. BRITISH
BECHUANALAND, AND TERRITORY NORTH
OF BRITISH BECHUANALAND).
LIST OF TREATIES, &c.
27 Feb., 1884 . .. ..
3 May, 1884.. . . .i. . .
22 May, 1884. . . . . .
27 Jan., 1885. . . . . .
29 I O. O O
30 O 0 i i Q
30 June, 1890.. .. .
1 July, on 00 o.
13 April, 1891... ..
8May,1891.......
7—14 Man, 1893 . .
Great Britain and South
African Republic. Bounda-
Convention. . . .
ries. Republic and Batlap-
ings and Barolongs ~. . . . . . .
Treaty . . . . . .. Batlapings. British Juris-
diction.. .. .. ..
Treaty . . . . . .. Barolongs. British J urisdic-
tion.. ......
Order in Council. British Jurisdiction. Bechu-
analand and the Kalahari. .
Royal Commission. Governor of Cape of Good
Hope, Governor of British
Bechuanaland . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boundaries. British Bechu~
analand. British Protec-
torate over Bechuanaland
and the Kalahari . . . . . . . . .
Order in Council. Administration of Territory
North of British Bechuana-
land.. .. British and German Govern-
ments. Spheres of Influence.
(See Great Britain and
Germany).
Proclamation. .
Agreement. . . .
Proclamation. . Unauthorized Occupation of
Territory North of the
Limpopo Proclamation. . Annexation of the Bastards
or Griqua Country. . . . . . . .
Notifications . . “ Concession Commission for
the Bechuanaland Protec-
torate ’ ’
Page
3341
3341
334
334:
334.
336
336
336
337
333
NO. 88] GREAT BRITAIN (BECHUANALAND). [1881—1885.
[British Bechuanaland.]
1N0. 88.—Notes on BRITISH BECHUANALA ND,
BECH UANA LAND and at KA LAHARI, and Terri-
tory North 0/ BRITISH BECHUANALAND. 1884-—
1893.
British Berhuanaland. Boundaries. South African Republic.
On the 27th February, 1884, a Convention was concluded
between Great Britain and the South African Republic, in
which the boundaries between that Republic and the Batlap-
ings and Barolongs in Bechuanaland were defined. (See SOUTH
AFRICAN REPUBLIC, p. 799.)
Batlapiugs.
On the 3rd May, 1884, a Treaty was concluded between
Great Britain and Mankoroa, Chief of the Batlapings, by
which power and jurisdiction were ‘conferred on Her Majesty in
the country of the Batlapings.*
Barolongs.
On the 22nd May, 1884, a Treaty was concluded between
Great Britain and Montsioa, Chief of the Barolongs, by which
power and jurisdiction were also conferred on Her Majesty in
the country of the Barolongsj
Bechuanaland and the Kalahari.
On the 27th January, 1885, an Order in Council was issued
providing for the exercise of British jurisdiction over Bechu-
analand and the Kalahari. In this Order the powers conferred
upon Her Majesty by the above Treaties of 3rd and 22nd May,
1884, were set forthi
Government of British Bechuanaland.
On the 29th September, 1885, a Royal Commission was
issued appointing the Governor or the officer administering the
* H. T., vol. xvii, p. 21.
"t H. T., vol. xvii, p. 22.
i H. T., vol. xvii, p. 27.
34
18851889.] GREAT BRITAIN (BECHUANALAND). [Na 88
[British Bechuana1and.]
Government of the Cape of Good Hope to be Governor of
British Bechuanaland, and providing for the government
thereof.*
Boundaries of British Bechuanaland.
On the 30th September, 1885, a Proclamation was issued by
the High Commissioner for South Africa declaring the terri-
tory bbimded on the east by the South African Republic, on
the south by the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, on the west
by the Molopo River, and on the north by the said Molopo
River to its junction with the Ramathlabana Spruit, and thence
by the said S pruit to the frontier of the South African Republic,
to be British Territory under the name of British Bechuana-
land.
Bechuanaland and the Kalahari. British Protectorate.
Boundaries.
This Proclamation also declared the establishment of a
British Protectorate over the Territory known as Bechuana-
land and the Kalahari, extending over the parts of South
Africa situate west of the boundary of the South African Re-
public, north of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, east of
the 20° meridian of east longitude, and south of the 22nd
parallel of south latitude, and not Within the jurisdiction of
any civilised Powerj
British South Africa Company.
It was declared in the Royal Charter of Incorporation
granted to the British South Africa Company on the 29th
October, 1889 (§ 1),i that the principal field of the operations of
the Company should be the region of South Africa lying im-
mediately to the north of British Bechuanaland, and to the
north and west of the South African Republic, and to the West
of the Portuguese Dominions.
* H. T., vol. xvii, p. 36.
1- H. T., vol. xvii, p. 37.
I See p. 175.
335
N0. 88] GREAT BRITAIN (BECHUANALAND). [1890—1891.
[British Bechuana1and.]
Territory North of British Bechuanaland.
On the 30th June, 1890,* an Order in Council was passed
providing for the administration of the Territory north of
British Bechuanaland, the limits of which were defined to be as
follows :—
“ The parts of South Africa situate north of British Bechu-
analand; west of the South African Republic and of Matabe-
land; east of the German Protectorate; and south of the River
Zambesi; and not Within the jurisdiction of any civilized
power.” (See also BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY, p. 183.)
British and German Spheres of Influence.
On the 1st July, 1890, an Agreement was entered into
between the British and German Governments for defining
their respective spheres of influence in East, West, and South-
west Africa. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 646.)
South African Customs Union.
British Bechuanaland was admitted into the South African
Customs Union on the 4'3—19l1h June, 1890, and the Bechuana-
land Protectorate was so admitted on the 10th January—28th
February, 1891.
Territory North of the Limpopo.
On the 13th April, 1891, a Proclamation was issued pro-
hibiting any unauthorized attempt to occupy or establish an
independent form of Government in the Territory of the Briti. h
South Africa Company north of the Limpopo.
Bastards or Grtqua Country.
On the 8th May, 1891, another Proclamation was issued
by the High Commissioner for South Africa, declaring the
Queen’s sovereignty over and the annexation to Bechuanaland
of the Bastards or Griqua country.
The boundary of British Bechuanaland was thereby ex-
tended westward, “from the point of intersection of the 20°
1 * “London Gazette,” 4th July 1890. H.T., \‘ol. xviii, p. 154.
336
1893.] GREAT BRITAIN (BECHUANALAND). ENQ, 88
[British BechuanalandJ
meridian of east longitude and the 25th parallel of south lati-
tude, along the 25th parallel ‘to Where it intersects the Nosop
River, and then down the centre of the Nosop River to its
junction with the Molopo."
Land Grants and O'oncessions in the Bechuanaland P-roteefo'rate.
' 0n the 7th March, 1893, a Notification, dated 10th’ January,
1893, was inserted in the “ London Gazette ” to the effect that
a Proclamation had been issued by the Governor of the Cape
of Good Hope, 850., announcing the appointment of a Commis-
sion, entitled “ The Concession Commission for the Bechuana-
land Protectorate,” to enquire into and report upon certain
alleged land grants and mineral and other concessions claimed
in the Bechuanaland Protectorate, and on the 14th of the same
month a further notice upon the same subject appeared in the
“ Gazette.”
337
GREAT BRITAIN
(BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY).
(Sm; BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA COMPANY).
C}IRQEIZX'I‘ Elli] Till [IQ
(CAPE COLONY)
CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. KAFFRARIA (CONGO, GAIKA,
AND T’SLAMBIE). ICHABOE AND PENGUIN IS-
LANDS. FINGOLAND, IDUTYWA RESERVE, AND
NOMANSLAND. GRIQUALAND EAST AND GRI-
QUALAND WEST. PONDOLAND, RODE VALLEY,
ST. JOHN’S RIVER, XESIBELAND, &o.
No.
89
GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY).
1652—1894.
25 Man, 1802.
19 Jan, 1806.
13 Aug.,1814.
10 May, 1835.
16 June, 1835.
17 Sept, 1835.
14 Oct., 1835.
5 Dec., 1836.
5 Dec., 1836.
Oct.——Nov.,
1844.
2
3?) Jan, 184-5.
21 June, 1861.
12 Aug, 1861.
17 Man, 1865.
5 May, 1866.
16 July, 1866.
27 Feb., 1867.
1873.
1874.
LIST OF TREATIES, (Yr-c.

Pa e
Notes on the Cape of Good Hope (Cape Colony). . . = = . . 3:1
Treaty of Amiens. Cape of Good Hope secured to
Batavian Republic . . . . . . . . . . .. . 341
Capitulation . . . . . Cape to the English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Convention. . . . . . Netherlands. Cession of Cape to .
GreatBritain .. .. .. .. 341
Proclamation . . . . Eastern Boundary of Cape Colony. . 341
Proclamation.. . Do., do... .. .. .. .. .. 342
Treaties . . . . . . . . Annexation of Congo, Graika, and.‘ -
T’Slambie Territories to Cape
Colony...-. .. .. ...... 342
Proclamation. . .. North—Eastern Boundary of Cape
Colony.... 342
Proclamation . . . . Renunciation of British Authority
over the Congo, Gaika, and
T’Slambie Territories. . . . . . . . . . . 342
Treaties . . . . . . . . Kafir Chiefs of Congo, Gailga, and
T’Slambie. Boundaries . . .. . . . . 342
Treaty . . . . . . . Amaponda (Pondoland). Boundaries 345
Treaties . . . . . . .. Kafir Chiefs. Boundaries . . . . . . .. 343
Notice. . . . . . . . . . British Occupation. Ichaboe and
Penguin Islands... .. .. .. .. .. .. 345
Proclamation. . . . Ichaboe and Penguin Islands in-
cluded in British Dominions (not
confirmed).... .. .. .. .... .. .. ..’ 345'
Act . . . . n . . 00 - . Incorporation of British Kaifraria
with Cape Colony.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 343
Notice. . . . . . . . . . British Occupation of Penguin
Islands.............. . . . . . . . .. 345
Proclamation. . . . Ichaboe and Penguin Islands an-
nexed to Cape Colony . . . . .. . . . . 345
Letters Patent . . . Governor of Cape Colony appointed
Governor of Ichaboe and Penguin
Islands. Authority to annex . . . . 345
Act . . . . . . . . . . . . Annexation of Ichaboe and Penguin
Islands to Cape Colony (in error) 345
Act . . . . . . . . . . . . Act of 1873 repealed. Ichaboe and
Penguin Islands annexed, under
Letters Patent.. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. 345
339 2 B
GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY).
No.
89
'e
12 June, 1876.
12 Malt, 1878.
17 July, 1878.
4 Sept, 1878.
14 Dec, 1878.
1877—1880.
10 Oct, 1881.
22 July, 1884.
22 July, 1884.
7 Aug, 1884:.
5 Sept.,188 11.
2 Oct.,1884.
5 Jan, 1885.
15 July, 1886.
23 Aug, 1886.
25 Oet., 1886.
9 Dcc.,1886.
29 July, 1887.
20 Man, 1894.
12 June, 1891.
[List of Treaties, &c.]
Letters Patent . .
Proclamation. . .
Agreement. . . . . .
Proclamation . . . .
Letters Patent . . .
Act, Order in C.,
and Proclama~
tion.
Letters Patent . . .
IDIOO'OQIOIO
ACtIOU'IO ......
Proclamation. . ..
Notification . .. ..
Letters Patent . . .
Notification . . . . .
Agreement . . . . . .
Letters Patent . . .
Proclamation . . . .
Agreement . . . . . .
Letters Patent . . .
Proclamation . . . .
Notification . . . . .
Annexation of Fingoland, Idutywa
Reserve, &c., to Cape Colony . . . .
British Occupation of Walfisch Bay
Pondoland. Cessions to Great
Britain,&c. .. .. .. Annexation. Port and Tidal Estuary
of St. John’s River .. .. British Occupation of Walfisch Bay
Annexation of Griqualand West to
Cape Colony .. ..
Annexation of Port and St. J ohn’s
River to Cape Colony. . . . . .. . . . .
Annexation of the St. John’s River
Territories to Cape Colony . . . . . .
Annexation of Walfisch Bay to Cape
Colony................ . . . . . ..
Annexation of Walfiseh Bay to Cap
Colony.. ..
German Protectorates on SW. Coast
of Africa (except WValfisch Bay) .
Annexation to the Cape Colony of
Tembuland, Emigrant Tembuland,
Galekaland, and Bomvanaland. . .
Coast of Pondoland. British Pro-
tectorate. . . . .. .. ..
Great and Germany.
Settlement of question respecting
the Ichaboe and Penguin Islands.
(See Great Britain and Germany)
Xesibe Country. Mount Aylilf.
Annexation to Cape Colony . . . . .
Annexation of Xesibe Country to
Griqualand East.
...’ICI'OOI.
Britain
Boundaries. . .
Pondoland, Rode Territory, St.
John’ s River Territory, and
Xesibeland. Cessions to Cape
Colony.... Annexation of Rode Valley to Cape
British Sovereignty over Pondoland
Annexation of Pondoland to Cape
Colony . . .
‘COIOOIIOIIIIIOIPIO.
Page
343
358
346
347
360
361
360
360
360
340
No. 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [16524835,
[Cape of Gocd Hcpe.]
N0. 89.-—Notes on the CAPE OF GOOD H OPE.
1652-1894.
Cape of Good Hope. Cession to Great Britain.
In 1652, Table Bay was 'taken possession of by the Dutch
East India Company.
On the 16th September, 1795 the Dutch Colony was forcibly
occupied by the English. ‘
By Art. VI of the Treaty of Amiens, of 25th March, 1802,
it was stipulated that the Port of the Cape of Good Hope should
remain to the Batavian Republic, in full sovereignty, in the
same manner as it did previous to the war ; but it was evacuated
in the following year.
On the 19th January, 1806, the Settlement was again
captured by the English,* and by the 3rd Additional Article to
the Convention with the Netherlands of 13th August, 1814:, the
Cape of Good Hope was ceded in full sovereignty to His.
Britannic Majesty King George III. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND-
THE NETHERLANDS, p. 672.)
On the 23rd May, 1850, Letters Patent were issued cone
stituting a Parliament for the Cape of Good Hope.
On the 3rd April, 1852, a Cape Ordinance was issued for
carrying out the same, with certain amendments’; and on the
11th March, 1853, an Order in Council was passed confirming
the above Ordinance.
Kafi'rarz'a.
In 1834 the great Kafir War broke out.
Eastern Boundary of the Cape Colony.
On the 10th May, 1835,1' after the submission of the Kafirs, a-
Proclamation was issued by the Governor of‘ the Cape of Good
Hope, declaring that the Eastern Boundary of the Colony was,
thenceforward, extended eastward to the right bank of the Kci
River.
4" For Articles of Capitulation, signed on the 18th January, 1806, and
ratified on the following day, see “London Gazette,” 15th April, 1806, and
“ Bulletins,” 1806, p. 51.
1' SP, vol. xxv, p. 825.
341 2 B 2
1835-1836.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). END. 89
[KafirariaJ
On the 16th June following,1- another Proclamation was
issued by the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, declaring
the Eastern Boundary of the Colony to be “ a line commencing at
the source of the Kei River in the Stromberg Mountains, and
.thence along that river to the sea.”
Annexation of Congo, Gaiha, and T’Slambie Territories to the
Cape Colony.
On the 17th September, 1835,* Treaties were also entered
‘into between the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope and
various Kafir Chiefs of the tribes of Congo, Gaika, and
T’Slambie, by which the territories belonging to those Chiefs
were declared to be annexed to the Cape Colony.
North-Eastern Boundary of the Cape Colony.
On the 14th October, 1835,1' another Proclamation was
issued, declaring the North—Eastern Boundary of the Colony
to be “ a line drawn from the source of the Kei River, in the
Stromberg range of mountains, to the source of the Kraai
River on the northern side of the same range of mountains,
thence down the left bank of the Kraai to its confluence with
the Orange River, and thence down the latter until itjoins the
Stromberg River, hitherto the boundary of the Colony.”
Renunciation of British Authority over the said Territories.
But on the 5th December, 1836,? another Proclamation was
issued by the Governor of the Eastern Division of the Cape of
‘Good Hope, in which it was declared that His Majesty had been
pleased to direct that His Majesty’s sovereignty over the said
territory annexed to the said Colony by the above-cited Procla-
mations, and the allegiance of the said Chiefs and tribes, be
renounced, and that these Proclamations and Treaties were
accordingly thereby repealed and annulled.
New Boundaries of the said Territories.
The territory of these Kafir Chiefs having thus been restored
‘x‘ 8.1.3., vol xxxiii, pp. 1004—1012.
_ ‘l‘ 8.1)., vol. xxv, p. 825.
342
N0, 89] GREAT BRITAIN (oArE COLONY). [1836-1875.
[Fingoland, Idutywa Reserve, Nomanslandg
to them by the Proclamation of the 5th December, 1836, fresh-
Treaties were, on the same day, concluded between the
Lieutenant-Governor of the Eastern Division of the Cape of
Good Hope and the Chiefs of the Kafir tribes of Congo, Gaika,
and T’Slambie, in which the boundaries between the said Colony
and the Kafir nation was defined.*
Kafirs. Gaz'kas, 86.
On the 2nd—30th J anuary, 1845,1' other Treaties were con-
cluded between the Colony and the Kafir Chiefs in which it
was declared that all former Treaties made between them and
the Colony were annulled; but the stipulations with regard to
boundaries, which appeared in the Treaties of 5th December,
1836, were again inserted in the Treaties of 1845.
British Kafl‘ram'a.
On the 17th March, 1865, an Act was passed providing for-
the incorporation of British Kaffraria with the Cape Colonyj;
Fingola'nd, Idutywa Reserve, and Nomanslcmd (Kaf/ra'rt'a).
On the 12th June, 1876,§ Letters Patent were issued author-
izing the annexation to the Cape of Good Hope of certain terri-
tories, known as Fingoland (the country situated between the
Bashee and the Kei); the Idutywa Reserve; and the country i
situated between the Umtata and the Umzimkulu, commonly
known as N omansland.
The Letters Patent ran as follows :—
“Whereas it is expedient that certain territories, commonly
known as Fingoland and the Idutywa Reserve, and as Nomans-
land, should be annexed to and form part of our Colony of the
Cape of Good Hope: And whereas the Legislative Council and
House of Assembly of our said Colony have expressed their-
* S.P., vol. xxv, p. 826 ; and vol. xxxiii, pp. 1017, 1026.
'I' H.T., vol. ix, p. 96.
I H.T., vol. xii, p. 1060; S.P., vol. 1v, p. 1290.
§ H.T., vol. xv, p. 502.
343
1876-1879.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [Na 89
[Fingoland, Idutywa Reserve, Nomansland.]
desire for such annexation, and have passed the following joint
Resolution, bearing date the 11th day of June, 1875, in the 38th
year of ourreign :—‘ That in the opinion of this House it is
expedient that the country situated between the Bashee and the
K05, known as Fingoland, and the Idutywa Reserve, and the
country situated between the Umtata and the Umzimkulu, com-
monly known as Nomansland, should be annexed to this Colony,
and that the Government take such preliminary steps as may
place it in a position to introduce a Bill to effect such annexa-
tion.’ Now we do, by these our Letters Patent, under the
Great Seal of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ire-
iand, authorize our Governor for the time being of our said
Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, by Proclamation under his
hand and the public seal of the said Colony, to declare that,
from and after a day to be therein mentioned, the said terri-
tories, or so much thereof as to him, after due consideration
and consultation with his Ministers, shall seem fit, shall be
annexed to and form part of our said Colony.
“ 2. And we do hereby authorize and direct our said Governor
'to determine, and by Proclamation to signify, the limits of the
said territories so annexed: Provided always that be, our said
Governor, issues no such Proclamation as aforesaid until the
Legislature of our said Colony of the Cape of Good Hope shall
.have passed a law providing that the said territories shall, on
the day aforesaid, become part of our said Colony, and subject
to the laws in force therein : Provided also, that the application
‘of the said laws to the said territories may be modified either by
such Proclamation as aforesaid, or byany law or laws to be from
time to time passed by the Legislature of our said Colony for
the government of the said territories so annexed.”
In the following year, an Act of the Cape of Good Hope
was passed (No. 38, 1877),* which was assented to by Her
Majesty, by an Order in Council, dated 18th April, 1878, to
provide‘ for such annexation, which took eifect on the 11th
October, 1879.
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 503, 517.
344 ’
N0, 89] GREAT’ BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [1861-1874,
[Ichaboe and. Penguin Is1ands.]
Ichaboe and Penguin Islands. 1861-1886.
On the 21st June, 1861,* Ichaboe Island was taken possession
of in the name of Her Majesty Queen Victoria.
On the 12th August, 1861,1~ a Proclamation was issued by the
Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, for bringing under the
Dominions of Her Majesty the Island of Ichaboe and a cluster
of small islands or rocks adjacent thereto, known as the Penguin
Islands, “ subject to Her Majesty’s confirmation and disallow-
ance ” ; but this Proclamation was not confirmed by the British
Government.
On the 5th May, 1866,* the following islands known as the
Penguin Islands were also taken possession of in the name of
Her Majesty z—Hollansbird, Mercury, Long Island, Seal Island,
Penguin Island, Halifax, Possession, Albatross Rock, Pomona,
Plum Pudding and Roast Beef or Sinclair Island.
, On the 16th July, 1866,* the Island of Ichaboe and the
Penguin Islands were, by Proclamation of the Governor, declared
to be annexed to and to form part of the Cape of Good Hope.
As doubts, however, were entertained touching the legality
of the said annexation by Proclamation, Royal Letters Patent
were issued on the 27th February, 1867,}: appointing the
Governor of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope to be
Governor of the Island of Ichaboe and the Penguin Islands, and
authorizing the annexation of the aforesaid islands to that
Colony, should the Legislative Council and House of Assembly
of the said Colony, by resolution or otherwise, request the said
Governor of the said Island of Ichaboe and Penguin Islands to
transfer the same to the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope for
the purpose of their being annexed thereto.
In 1873, an Act was passed by the Colony of the Cape of
Good Hope entitled the “Annexation of Ichaboe and Penguin‘
Islands Act, 1873,” in ignorance of the doubts which had arisen
respecting the legality of such annexation by the Proclamation
of 16th July, [866. In 1874,§ another Act was therefore passed
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 497.
1' SR, vol. 1x, p. 1123.
I H.T., vol. xv, p. 496. 8.1’. vol. lxv 554.
§ H.T., vol. xv, p. 500.
345
1844-1878.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [No.89
[Pondoland.]
by the Colony repealing the Act of 187 3, and for the annexation
of these islands to the Colony, in accordance with the Letters
Patent of 27th February, 1867?“ '
But on the 15th July, 1886, an Agreement was entered into
between the British and German Governments for the settle-
ment of the question respecting these Islands, and other
matters. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 608.)
Amaponda. (Pondoland) Boundaries.
“On the 7th October (23rd November), 1844,1' a Treaty was
concluded between the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, &c.,
and Faku, paramount Chief of the Amaponda nation, by Article
XII of which that Chief was acknowledged to be the paramount
Chief of the Whole territory lying betwixt the Umt-ata River,
from its mouth up to the Waterfall Wagon Ford, thence along
the ancient line of boundary between the Amaponda and Tani-
bookie nations, to the Kahla-mba Mountain on the west, and the
Unzimkulu from its mouth along the principal western branch,
to its source in the Kahlamba Mountains on the east, and from
the coast inland to a line to be drawn along the base of the
Kahlamba range of mountains between the sources of the said
rivers.”
Pondoland.
ON the 17th July, 1878i an Agreement was entered into
between the Government of the Cape of Good Hope and
N quiliso, Chief of Pondoland, which contained the following
stipulations :—
Umzimkulu Biz-er.
“ART. 1. The Chief Nquiliso hereby cedes to the Govern-
ment of the Cape Colony all sovereign rights which he now
possesses, or is entitled to claim, over the waters and naviga-
tion of the Umzimkulu River.
Umzimaribu River.
“ 11. That the Chief N quiliso hereby agrees to cede to the
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 496.
1' S.P., vol. xxxix, pp. 1176-1208.
I H.T., vol. xv, p. 864. S.P., vol. lxx, p. 332.
346
N0, 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). (1878,
[Pondoland. St. John’s Riven]
Government of the Cape Colony such portions of land as may
hereafter be agreed upon, for the erection of a Custom-house or
other buildings on the banks of the Umzimaribu. The land to
be paid for at a fair valuation.
Road's. Umzim'valit to lVatal.
“III. The Chief Nquiliso hereby agrees to roads being
made and maintained through his country from the Umzim-
vulu to the main wagon-road from the Colony to Natal.
Chief N quiliso independent of U/mguikela.
“ IV. From the date hereof the Government of the Cape of
Good Hope will acknowledge the Chief Nquiliso as Chief in
his territory, entirely independent of Umquikela, from whose
attack he will be protected as long as he maintains his present
friendly relations with the Government of the Cape of Good
Hope.”
Port and Tidal Estuary of St. John’s River.
ON the 4th September, 1878, a Proclamation was issued by
the High Commissioner for South Africa, for the Annexation
to Her Majesty’s South African Possessions of the Port and
Tidal Estuary of the St. John’s River, which Proclamation
ran as follows* :—
“ The various tribes of Pondos having been protected from
the Zulus and other enemies by the British Government, and
having by their friendly conduct shown their gratitude for
such protection, were admitted by Sir Peregrine Maitland,
Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Cape Colony, to
Treaty Arrangements with the British Government in 1844.1‘
“ The terms of the Treaty were extremely favourable to the
Pondos, securing to them the friendship and protection of the
British Government, and in return, the Pondos bound them-
* S.P., vol. lxx, p. 709. This Proclamation was approved, 13th February,
1879; and was referred to in the Notification of the British Protectorate
over the whole coast of Pondoland, published in the Cape of Good Hope
Government Gazette of 5th January, 1885.
1' S.P., vol. lxx, p. 709. H.T., vol. xvii, p. 7.
347
4 Sept.,1878.] GREAT‘ BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). END. 89
[Pondoland. St. John’s Riven]
selves to a position of allegiance to the British Crown, under-
taking, among other conditions, to afford no shelter to the
enemies of the British Government, and to surrender to justice
all criminals accused of ofiences in British territory, who might
take refuge in Pondoland.
“ To this Treaty, Faku, who was then paramount Chief, and
his son Damas, both since deceased, were parties.
Rebellious Conduct of Chief U'mguihela.
“ When Umquikela succeeded Faku as paramount Chief, he
was admitted to all the rights and privileges enjoyed by his
father.
“But of late years, Umquikela has not followed in his
father’s footsteps, by behaving as his father did towards the
British Government.
“He has knowingly harboured criminals who had com-
mitted murder in British territory.
“He has repeatedly refused to deliver such murderers upto
justice, assigning no good cause for his refusal, and treating
the demands of the British Government and its officers with
neglect, and has evinced in many ways an unfriendly and
hostile disposition towards the Government. '
“Lately, when rebellion was attempted in a neighbouring
British district, he not only gave friendly shelter to one of the
rebel leaders, but sent him back into British territory with an
escort, which took part in acts of plunder and threats of
murder to European colonists, joined the rebel camp, and after
hostilities had commenced, and Colonial subjects had been
plundered, made prisoners and murdered, only surrendered and
laid down their arms when they saw that resistance to the
force embodied by the magistrate, Captain Blyth, for the
restoration of order was hopeless.
“Even then Uinquikela made no offer of reparation,
amends, or even of apology, but maintained his attitude of con-
temptuous disregard of the remonstrances and demands of the
British Government, till a force of Her Majesty’s troops ap-
proached his borders, he then, through his agents, admitted
348
N0, 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [4 Sept,’ 1878,
[Pond01and. St. J ohn’s Riven]
his breach of his Treaty engagements, and offered to pay a fine
of 1,000 head of cattle. ‘
“But Her Majesty’s Government does not desire to take
his cattle. The ingratitude and misbehaviour of Umquikela
and his servants would have justified the forfeiture of all the
power and property he possesses as a Chief, but, bearing in
mind the former good conduct of the late Faku and his people,
the Government decides to inflict only such punishment as is
absolutely necessary\ to obtain security against any repetition of
such misconduct in future.
Deposition of Chief Umquikela. British Government the sole
paramount Authority.
“The following terms are the terms, therefore, which are
imposed on Umquikela :—
“ He will no longer be recognized as paramount Chief of the
Pondos. The sons of Damas, and all other Chiefs formerly
subordinate to Faku, who have behaved loyally ‘to Her
Majesty’s Government, and who now desire to come under
direct relations with that Government, will be allowed to deal
directly with the British Government as the sole paramount
authority in Pondoland, through Residents or Magistrates, who
will be appointed to manage all relations between the Pondos
and the Government.
Port and Tidal Estuary of St. John’s River.
“ Umquikela will not be permitted to exercise any control
or authority over the navigation of the St. John’s River. The
sovereignty over the Port and Tidal Estuary of that river is de-
clared to be vested henceforth solely in Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment, and oflicers will be appointed on behalf of that Govern-
ment to control its navigation, and to levy any customs or port
dues which it may be determined to impose.
“All Chiefs and people are hereby required to obey any
orders of Her Majesty’s Government which they may receive
through the Resident.
“As long as the Pondos are loyal to Her Majesty’s Govern-
34:9
1881.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [NO. 89
[Pondoland. St. J ohn’s Riven]
ment they will be protected in the peaceful enjoyment of their
lives and property, and Will be aided in every Way to advance
their own prosperity.”
On the 10th October, 1881, Letters Patent were issued for
annexing to the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope the Port and
Estuary of the St. J ohn’s River, from which the following is an
extract :—
“ Whereas the port and tidal estuary of the St. John’s River
in South Africa, and certain lands on the banks of the said
river, are now part of our dorninionsf"< and it is expedient that
- the same should be annexed to, and form part of’, our Colony of
the Cape of Good Hope :
“ We do by these our Letters Patent, under the Great Seal
of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, authorize
our Governor or other otficer for the time being administering
the Government of our Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, by
Proclamation under his hand and the Public Seal of the said
Colony, to declare that from and after a day to be therein men-
tioned the said port and tidal estuary, and all territory belong-
ing to us upon or near the said St. John’s River, shall be
annexed and form part of our said Colony; and also by Procla-
mation to signify the limits of the said territory so annexed’r:
Provided always that he, our said Governor, issues no such
Proclamation as aforesaid until the Legislature of our said
Colony of the Cape of Good Hope shall have passed a Law
providing that the said port, estuary, and territory shall, on the
day aforesaid, become part of our said Colony, and subject to
the laws in force therein: Provided also, that the application
of the said Laws to the said port, estuary, and territory may
be modified either by such Proclamation, as aforesaid, or by
Law or Laws to be from time to time passed by the Legislature
of our said Colony for the government of the said territories so
annexed?’
* S.P., vol. lxxiv, p. 254 ; H.T., TOl. xvii, p. 9. See Proclamation, 4th
September, 1878, p. 349.
1' Proclaimed, 15th September, 1884.
350
NO. 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [1884-1886.
[Pondoland, St. John’s River. Xesibe1and.]
St. John’s River Territories.
ON the 22nd July, 1884, an Act was passed to provide for
the annexation to the Cape of Good Hope of the St. John’s
River Territories.*
Coast of Pondoland. British Protectorate.
'
On the 5th January, 1885,1' a notification was inserted in
the Cape of Good Hope Government Gazette announcing that
the whole coast of Pondoland had been placed under British
protection.
The following is a copy of the notification :—
“The High Commissioner is directed by the Right Honour-
able the Secretary of State for the Colonies to notify for public
information that Her Majesty’s Government exercises a Pro-
tectorate over the whole coast of Pondoland, in pursuance of
Sir Bartle Frere’s Proclamation of the 4th September, 1874,
and Sir Peregrine Maitland’s Treaty of the 7th October,
1844.1‘
“By his Excellency’s command,
“ GRAHAM BOWER,
“ Secretary to the High Commissioner.
“ Government House, Cape Town,
“ January 5, 1885.”
Xcsibe Country. Zlfozmt Aylifl‘. Annczvation to Cape Colony.
ON the 23rd August, 1886,§ Royal Letters Patent were issued
for the annexation to the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope of
the territory situated between the district of Kokstad, in Griqua-
land East and Pondoland, known as the Xesibe Country, and
comprised in the district then called Mount Ayliff. It ran as
follows :—
Whereas it is expedient that certain territory in South
* S.P., vol. lxxv, p. 408; H.T., vol. xvii, 23.
- ‘I’ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 27; S.P., vol. lxxvi, p. 720.
I H.T., vol. ix, p. 85.
§ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 46.
351
1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (earn COLONY). [Na 89
[Xesibe1and. Mount Aylifi'.]
Africa, commonly known as the Xesibe Country, should be.
annexed to and form part of our Colony of the Cape of Good
Hope: And whereas the Legislative Council and House of
Assembly of our said Colony have expressed their desire for
such annexation, and have, on the 30th day of April, 1886, and
the 22nd day of April, 1886, respectively, passed the following
resolution :——“ That in the opinion of this House it is expedient
that the country situated between the district of Kokstad in
Griqualand East and Pondoland, known as the Xesibe Country,
and comprised in the district now called Mount Ayliff, should‘
be annexed to this Colony, and that the Government take such.
steps as may be necessary to efiect such annexation.” Now, we
do by these our Letters Patent, under the Great Seal of our
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, authorize our
Governor for the time being of our said Colony of the Cape of
Good Hope, by proclamation under his hand and the public seat
of the said Colony, to declare that, from and after a day to
be therein mentioned, the said territory, or so much thereof as
to him, after due consideration and consultation with his
Ministers, shall seem fit, shall be annexed to and form part of
our said Colony. And we do hereby authorize and direct our
said Governor to determine, and by proclamation to signify, the
limits of the said territory so annexed.”
An Act was also passed by the Government- of that Colony to
provide for such anuoxationfi“ which was assented to by Her
Majesty by an Order in Council, dated 24th September, 1886.~t
Annexation of Xcsibe Country to Criqualand East.
On the 25th October, 1886,: a Proclamation was issued by ‘
the Acting High Commissioner for South Africa annexing the
Xesibe Country to that portion of the Colony of the Cape of
Good Hope known as Griqualand East, and defining the limits
of the country to be as follows :—
“From a beacon on the Ingeli Mountain common to the
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 45; SP, vol. lxxvii, p. 950.
1' H.T., vol. xvii, p. 4-7.
I H.T., vol. xvii, p. 48; S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 953.
352
N0, 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [Z5 ()ct,,1886,
[Xesibelani]
district of Mount Currie, Griqualand East, and the Colony of
Natal, to the nearest source of the Umtamvuna River; down
that river to a point opposite a beacon overlooking it, and
bearing northwards one and a half miles from the junction
of the Goxe River with the Umtamvuna; thence down to
the Goxe River in the direction of the Cikicane Hill;
thence up the Goxe River to where a small stream called the
Umzimvnbu joins it; thence up the latter stream to its source
in the Boqo, a small bush near Fute’s old kraal under the Tende
Hill, and thence 'to a beacon on the summit of that hill. From
the beacon on the Tende Hill the line proceeds to a beacon on
the Lenkobe Hill, and thence across the main waggon road
ctwcen East Griqualand and Pondoland to a beacon placed on
a rocky point between the Bulembu and Bulenjana Bushes;
hence along the watershed past the Umpepeto Bush over the
Sonkana Hill to a beacon on the Unigiqi Hill, thence crossing
the Umzimhlavana River in a straight line to a beacon on the
Nxolubeni Hill, thence in a straight line across the Isipeto Valley
to a beacon on the stony hill below Gaga’s Kra-al, thence to a
beacon on Gaga’s Kraal in a straight line through a small patch
of bush north of the Tonti Forest to a beacon overlooking the
said forest, thence to the summit of the Tonti Mountain, thence
following the watershed, and over a conical peak to a beacon on
a bluff above the Umzimhlavana River, thence across the Um-
zimhlava Gorge to a beacon on the Inqwashu Hill, thence along
the watershed to a beacon on the Roro Hill, thence down into
the Pungana Stream to its junction with the Umnceba River,
thence to a beacon at a remarkable bushy bluff called the
Luxweso, thence along the ridge to a beacon tree on the Isibiza
Hill, thence in a straight line across the Umncetyana, and the
main road to the Colony to a beacon above Bumuka’s old kraal
on the watershed between the Rode and Umncetyana, thence
along the watershed to the nearest beacon of the Pondo Rode
border on the summit of the Insizwa Mountain; thence along
the southern boundary of the Mount Currie District, Griqualand
East, back to the beacon on Ingeli, first-mentioned, shall, under
the name, designation, and title of the district of Mount Ayliff,
be annexed to and become part of that portion of the Colony
353
9 Dec., 1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [N0. 89
[Pondoland. Rode Valley. St. John’s River. XesibelandJ
known as Griqualand East, and be subject to the laws for the
time being in force in such portion of the Colony; and I do
hereby proclaim, declare, and make known that the said law
shall be in force in the said district of Mount Ayliff, from and
after the date hereof.”
Rode Valley. St. John’s River Territory, Xesz'beland, 8%‘.
On the 9th December, 1886?‘: an Agreement was entered into
between the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope and the Pondo
Chief Umqikela, relating to the road to the St. John’s River
Mouth; the cession of Rode Territory; the St. John’s River
Territory; Xesibeland, &c.; and the following is a copy of that
Agreement :—
“Unto all whom these presents shall come. Be it known
and hereby made manifest that on this the 9th day of December,
in the year of our Lord, 1886, the following articles of agree-
ment have been made and entered into between Vvalter Ernest
Mortimer Stanford, Esq., in his capacity as Chief Magistrate of
East Griqualand, and as such acting for and on behalf of the
Government of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope of the first
part, and the Chiefs “ Sigcan,” “ Masipula,” “ Hamu,” “Man-
,7
undu, “ Umhlangaso,” and Josiah Jenkins (as their secretary),
acting for and on behalf of the Pondo Chief Umquikela, his
heirs, and successors, and on behalf of the Pondo nation of the
second part: Witnesseth
“Whereas differences have arisen between the said Colonial
Government and the said Pondo Chief Umquikela, with refer-
ence to the unsatisfactory condition of the border in the neigh-
bourhood of Mount Ayliif and Mount Frere, the hindrance of
traffic through Eastern Pondoland, owing to the unwillingness
felt by the Pondos for the construction of a road from East
Griqualand to the port of St. John’s, and as to the compensation
about to be awarded them for the annexation of St. J ohn’s
River territory and the Xesibe Country. New, therefore, for
finallly concluding and adjusting the same, it it is hereby agreed
by the said Chiefs, acting for and on behalf of the said Chief
Umquikela and the Pondo nation, as follows :—
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 50; S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 948.
354
No. 89] GREAT BRITAIN (oArB COLONY). ' [9-Dec;,.1885_
[Pondoland. Reds ‘Valley. st. John’s River.)
Mount Aylifl’ and Mount Frere Districts.
“1. The ‘said Umquikela, for himself, his heirs, and suc-"
cessors, and on behalf of the Pondo nation, hereby undertakes
to properly control the border of his territory in the neighbour-
hood of Mount Ayliff and Mount Frere, to suppress stock or
other thefts by following up spoor, capturing thieves, and
punishing them according to Pondo law, restoring stolen stock,
to make compensation to owners, and further engages to hand
over to the Colonial Government all thieves, other criminals, v
and suspects who may take refuge in Eastern Pondoland, and
undertakes generally to promote the interests of justice and
good order between the said Colonial Government and the
Pondo nation.
Road through Eastern Pondoland to the Month of the St. John’s
River.
“ 2. The said Umquikela, for himself, his heirs, and success-
ors, and on behalf of the Pondo nation, hereby concedes to the
Colonial Government the right to enter in, make, construct, and
maintain the road through Eastern Pondoland to the mouth of
the St. J ohn’s River, following the existing line as far as
practicable, granting‘unto them all such outspans and grazing
rights as may be required, and the free and undisturbed use of
such road exempt of all tolls or other charges whatever.
Cession of the Rode Territory to the Cape Colony.
“ 3. The said Umquikela, for himself, his heirs, and success-
ors, and on behalf of the Pondo nation, owing to existing ‘com-
plications between the Fingo headman Nota, and‘ the Pondo resi-
dents in that portion of his territory called the Rode, and in a
order to conclude the same, hereby =cedes, assigns, transfers,
and absolutely alienates for ever unto, and on behalf of‘, the
said Colonial Government the said Rode, being all that piece of "
ground lying to the "north and west of the‘ main wagon road,
from the Muceba to the wagon drift known as Venus or
Dabulas on the Umzimvubu River, the said wagon road to‘,
355 2 c
' 9 136-0., 1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). END. 89
[Pondoland. Rode Valley. Xesibe1and.]
constitute the boundary, with the right to enter in, take posses-
sion of, and govern the same for and in consideration of the
payment by the said Colonial Government to the said Umquikela,
his heirs, or successors, ‘of the sum of 6001. sterling.
Payment to Umquihela for St. John’s River and Xesibe
Territories.
“ 4:. The said Umquikela, for himself, his heirs, or successors,
and on behalf of the Pondo nation, hereby renounces all claim
to any compensation he may have heretofore had to the
territories known as St. J ohn’s River and Xesibeland in con~
sideration of the payment to him, his heirs, or successors, of ‘an
annual subsidy of 2001. sterling for St. John’s territory, and
a lump sum of 1,0001. for Xesibeland.
“ 5. The said Walter Ernest Mortimer Stanford, in his afore-
said capacity, and acting for and on behalf of the Colonial
Government, in order to promote the better control, good order,
and administration of justice on the said border, ‘hereby recipro-
cates the several stipulations and conditions in Clause 1, herein-
before agreed upon. ‘
“6. i For and in consideration of the cession of the Rode to
the Colonial Government the said Walter Ernest Mortimer-
Stanford, in his aforesaid capacity, on behalf of the said Colonial
Government, undertakes to pay the said Umquikela, his heirs,
or successors, the sum of 6001. ; for and in consideration of the
renunciation by him of all claim against the Colonial Govern~
ment for the annexation of St. J ohn’s River territory, an annual
subsidy of 2001. sterling; and for and in consideration of the-
renunciation bf all claim against the Colonial Government for
the annexation of Xesibeland, a lump sum of 1,0001. sterling.
In witness whereof, the said parties have hereunto set their
hands at Ntola’s kraal, in Eastern Pondoland, the day, month,
and year aforesaid, in the presence of the undersigned as
witnesses.”
It was explained in a note that the word “ outspans ” used in
Clause 2 ‘did not mean defined areas, but merely the use of
pasturage, firewood, and water.
356
No- 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE coLoNY). [29 July, 1337,
[Pondoland. Rode Valley.]
The above Agreement was confirmed by the British Govern-
ment by a telegram dated 21st January, 1887, and by a ‘despatch
dated 27th January, 1887. It was ratified- and confirmed by
the Chief Umqikela, 10th February,‘ 1887, and was communi-
dated to the German Government in May following. i '
Rode Valley. Annexation to Cape Colony.
On the 29th July, 1887,* Royal LettersPatent were issued
for the annexation to the'Cape of Good Hope of the country
situated between thev districts of Mount Ayliff' and Mount
Frere, East Griqualand, and Eastern Phiidoland, commonly
. called the Rode Valley. It ran as follows :—
“ Whereas it is expedient that certain territory in ‘South
Africa, commonly known as the Rode. Valley, should be. an-
nexed to and form part of our Colony of the Cape of Good Hope :
“And whereas the Legislative Council and House of
Assembly of our said Colony have expressed their desire for such
annexation, and have, on the 15th day of June, 1887, and the
9th day of June, 1887, respectively, passed the following resolu-
tion :-—‘ That in the opinion of this House it is expedient that
the country situated between the districts of Mount Aylifi and
Mount Frere, East Griqualand, and Eastern Pondoland, com-
monly called the Rode Valley, ceded to the Colonial Govern-
ment by purchase by the Pondo Chief Umquikela, under the.
Treaty of the 9th December, 1886;!" should be annexed to the.
Colony, and that the Government take such steps as may be
necessary to effect such annexation.’ '
“Now we do, by these our Letters Patent under the Great
Seal of our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland,
- authorize our Governor for the time being of our said Colony of
the Cape of Good Hope, by proclamation under his hand and
the public seal of the said Colony, to declare that, from and
after a day to be therein mentioned, the said territory, or se
mnchithereof as to him, after due consideration and consulta-
tion with’ his Ministers,‘shall seem fit,ishall be annexed to and
form part of our said Colony.‘ And‘ we '4 do hereby authorize
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. '53 ;' S’zP.-,-vol’. 1xxviii, p.1055.
1' See p. 354. h .
357 2 c 2
18'78-~1894.ll _ GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [.NO. 89‘
[Pcndoland. Bode Valley. Walfiseh Bay.]
and direct our said Governor to determine, and by proclamation
to signify, the limits of the said territory so annexed.
“2. And we do hereby direct our said Governor not to issue
any such proclamation as aforesaid unless the Legislature of our
said Colony of the Cape of Good Hope shall have passed a law
providing that the said territory shall, on the day aforesaid,
become part of our said Colony, and subject to the laws in
force therein: Provided always, that the application of the said
laws to the said territory may be modified either by such pro-
clamation as aforesaid, or by any law or laws to be from time
to time passed by the Legislature of our said Colony for the
government of the said territory so annexed.”
In the same year an Act was passed by the Government of
the Cape of Good Hope (No. 41-5, 1887)* to provide for such
annexation, and was assented to by an Order in Council, which
was passed on the 15th September, 1887.1’
British Sovereignty over Pondoland.
On the 20th March, 1894, a Proclamation was issued by the
High Commissioner for South Africa, declaring the sovereignty
of Her Britannic Majesty over the territory of Pondoland, con-
sisting of Eastern and Western Pondoland; and on the 12th
June it was announced in the “London Gazette” that provision
had lceen made for the annexation of Pondoland to the Cape
Colony, which was notified to the German Government on the
30th June, 1894:.
lValfisch Bay.
On the 12th March, 1878, the following Proclamation was
issued, announcing that the Port or Settlement of Walfisch
Bay had been taken possession of in the name of Her Britannic
Majesty :—
PnooLAMArIoN by Richard Cossantine Dyer, Esquire, Staff-
Commander in command of Her Majesty’s ship Industry, at
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 52; S.P., vol. lxxviii, p. 1044.
1' H.T., vol. xvii, p. 54.
358
No.39] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE coLoNY).' [12 Mai, 1878."
[Walfisch Bay.) ' '
‘ present lying at ‘anchor off the Port or Settlement of
Walfisch Bay.*
WHEREAS it is expedient that the Port or Settlement of
Walfisch Bay, together with a certain portion of the territory
surrounding the same, shall be taken possession of on behalf of
.Her Britannic Majesty Queen Victoria, and, subject to the
pleasure of Her Majesty in that behalf, be declared a Depend-
ency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland:
New, therefore, I, Richard Coss'antine Dyer, the otficer in com-
mand of Her Majesty’s ship Industry, at present lying at
.anchor off the said settlement, do, in the name of Her said
'Britannic Majesty, Queen Victoria, take possession of the said
port or settlement of Walfisch Bay, together with the territory
hereinafter described and defined, in token whereof I have this
‘day hoisted the British flag over the said port, Settlement, and
territory, and I do proclaim, declare, and make known that the
sovereignty and dominion of Her said Britannic Majesty shall
‘be and the same are hereby declared over the said port, settle-
ment, and territory of Walfisch Bay; and I do further proclaim,
.declare, and make known that the said territory of Walfisch
Bay so taken possession of by me as aforesaid shall be bounded
as follows: that is to say, on the south by a line from a point
on the coast 15 miles south of Pelican Point to Scheppmansdorf ;
on the east by a line from Scheppmansdorf to the Rooibank,
including the Plateau, and thence to 10 miles inland from the
mouth of the Swakop River; on the north by the last 10 miles
of the course of the said Swakop River.
This Proclamation of Her Majesty’s sovereignty and dominion
‘shall take effect forthwith, but shall be subject to Her Majesty’s
gracious confirmation and disallowance.
God ‘save the Queen I
Given under my hand and Seal at Walfisch Bay, this 12th
day of March, 1878.
RICHARD C. DYER,
Staf- Commander in command.
‘1" H.T., vol. xvii, p. 23.
359
1878 —~1890.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [110. 89
[Walfisch Bay. Griqualand West.]
This Proclamation was confirmed by Letters Patent, 14th
December, 1878*
On the 22nd July, 1884, an Act was passed by the Govern-
ment of the Cape of Good Hope (N o. 35 of 1884), “to provide
for the annexation to that Colony of the Port or Settlement of
Walfisch Bay, and of certain territories surrounding the same.”j'
On the 7th August, 1884, a Proclamation was issued by
the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, 620., annexing Walfisch
Bay to the Cape Colony, within the boundaries described in
the Proclamation of . 12th March, 1878 ;j; and on the 18th De-
cember following the British flag was hoisted.§
On the 5th September, 1884,“ the German Consul at Cape
Town, officiallynotified to the Governor of the Cape Colony,
that the South West Coast of Africa, from 26° south latitude up to
Walfisch Bay, and from‘Walfisch Bay northward up to Cape Frio,
had been placed under the protection of the German Empire,
and that the German flag had been hoisted in Sandwich Har-
hour, to the north of Walfisch Bay, and at Cape Frio, at which
three places posts had been erected with the German colours.
The German Government, however, on the 23rd of the same
month, expressed their regret at this proceeding, which they
stated was irregular, as the German Government held firmly to
the opinion that they entertained direct international affairs
only with the British Government itself, and not with the
Colonial Government. (See GERMANY, p. 818.)
On the 1st July, 1890, an Agreement was entered into
between Great Britain and Germany, by which it was arranged
(among other things) that the definition of the southern bound-
.ary of Walfisch Bay should be settled by a Joint Commission,
but this boundary has not yet been determined (July, 1894).
Griqualand West.
In 1877, an Act of the Cape of Good Hope was passed
* H.T., vol. xv, p. 516; SP, vol. lxx, p. 495.
1' H.T., vol. xvii, p. 23; S.P., vol. lxxv, p. 406.
I H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1126; SR, vol. lxxv, p. 407.
§ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1127.
l] 8.19., vol.‘lxxv, p. 549.
360
No. 89] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). [1877—1881,.
[Griqualand West]
(No. 39 of 1877), making provision for the annexation to the
Colony of the Province of Griqualand West, within the boun-
daries fixed and determined in 1864:. This Act, which ran thus,
was approved by an Order in Council on the 22nd February,
1878* , 4 ,
“ Whereas it is expedient that the province of Griqualand
West should be annexed to, and form part of, the Colony of the
Cape of Good Hope, and that provision should be made by the
Legislature of the said Colony for such annexation, and for the
representation in the Parliament of the said Colony of the
inhabitants of the said province, as hereinafter is provided:
“ Be it enacted by the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope,
with the advice and consent of‘ the Legislative Council and
House of Assembly, as follows :-
“2. From and after the taking effect of this Act, the said
province of Griqualand West, within the boundaries thereof as
then (in 1864) fixed and determined, shall‘ become annexed to,
and thenceforth be portion of the Colony of, the Cape of Good
Hope.
' as a at as as
“33. This Act shall commence and take effect when and so
soon as the Governor, with the adviceof the Executive Council,
shall, by Proclamationj" published in the Government Gazette,
declare and announce that all matters and things necessary to
be done and to happen in order to enable the said annexation
to be completed and perfected have been done and happened.
“ 34:. This Act may be cited as ‘ The Griqualand West
Annexation Act, 1877.’ ”
On the 15th October, 1880, a Proclamation was issued by
the Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, &c., announcing the
annexation of the Province of Griqualand West, to the Cape
Colony, and a Notification of this annexation (dated 24th
January, 1881) was inserted in the “London Gazette ” of 25th
January, 1881i
* Proclaimed 15th October, 1880. See H.T., vol. xv, p. 518. S.P.,
Vol.1xxi, p. 300.
1' H.T., vol. xv, pp. 506-516; S.P., v01 lxix, pp. 105-106.
I S.P., v01. lxxii, p. 893.
361
1875-4885.] GREAT BRITAIN (CAPE COLONY). d [N02 89
[Transkei; Tem‘buland, Bomvanaland, Galekaland, &c.]
Transkei ; Tembuland, Emigrant Tembuland, Galekaland, and
Bowwanaland. ’
On the 28th October, 1875,* the Tembus’were taken over
by the Colonial Government and became British subjects under
certain conditions, which were agreed upon.
On the 6th August, 1880,T Letters Patent were issued for
the annexation to the Cape Colony (under specified conditions)
of certain British Possessions and Territories in the Transkei,
known as Tembnland, Emigrant Tembuland, Bomvanaland, and
Galekaland, but those Letters Patent were revoked by others
which were issued on the 2nd October, 18841.11
On the 1st August, 1882, a Deed was signed by the para-
mount Chief of the Tembu Tribe for the transfer to the Cape.
Government of certain lands and territories known as the
European settlement at Umtata.§
On the 13th July, 1885,“ an Act was passed by the Cape
Colony to provide for the annexation to that Colony of the
above-mentioned territories; and on the 26th August following
a Proclamation was issued declaring the territories to be so
annexed.
* S.P., vol. lxx, p. 327; H.T., vol. xv, p. 859.
1' H.T., vol. xv, p. 867.
I S.P., vol. lxxvi, p. 191 ; H.T., vol. xvii, p. 25.
§ 8.1)., vol. lxxv, p. 401.
ll S.P., vol. lxxvi, p. 979; H.T., vol. xvii, p. 31.
362
GREAT BRITAIN
(GAMBIA).
No.
:90
GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA).
17 83—1889. . . .
3 Sept., 1783.
1806........ ..
14! Apr., 0d
15 June, 1826. .
19 June, 1826 .
29 May, 1827. .
4 June, 1827. .
13 April, 1829.
5 Jan., 1832. .
13 July, 1840. .
23 April, 1841.
18 Nov., 1850.
LIST OF TREATIES, &0.
Notes on the Gambia. . . . . . . .

Treaty..........
Deedil O....Ol..
Deed-0000......‘
TrGaItyOOIIOOOOOO
Add. Article. . . . .
Treaty-u. 000000
Treaty..........
Treaty...... '0'.
Convention. . . . . .
Convention. . . . . .
.0000...
Convention. . . . . .
Great Britain and France. Guaran-
tee to Great Britain of Fort St.
James (Albreda) and the River
Gambia .... .. .. .. .. .. ..
Purchase of the Island of St. Mary
by Great Britain.. .. .. .. .. . ..
Cession of the Island of Lemain
to Great Britain... .. .. .. .. ..
Barra. Cession to Great Britain
of the River Gambia and of
Territory on its right bank for
1 mile inland. Reservation of
French Factory of Albreda. . . .
Barra. Boundaries of French Fac-
‘tory at A1breda.. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Brekama. British Protection and
Sovereignty. British Military
Post opposite Island of Kayaye.
Combo. Cession to Great Britain
of Island of St. Mary, and ad-
joining Territory. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Wooli. Cession of Fattatenda to
GreatBritain .. .. .. ..
Barra. Confirmation of Cession
to Great Britain of Right Bank
of the River Gambia for 1 mile
inland.. .. .. ..
Combo. Cession of Combo Terri-
tory to Great Britain. . . .. . . . .
Cartabar. British Protection. Ces-
sion to Great Britain of 1 square
mile of Territory. .. .. . . .. .. . .
Barra. Cession to Great Britain
of Territory near Albreda. . . . .
Page
365
365
365
365
367
369
369
370
371
372
373
374
363
GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA).
No.
90
26 Dec., 1850..
24! May, o
19 Feb., 1866..
25 July, 1887. .
15 Sept., 1887. .
17 Sept., 1887. .
19 Sept., 1887. .
11 Oct., 1887..
14. Oct., 1888..
28 Nov., 1888. .
10 Aug, 1889. .
8 May, 1893. .
April, 1894.
[List of Treaties, &c.]
Convention. . . . . .
Convention. . . . . .
Letters Patent . . .
Treaty.. . . .. .. ..
Treaty" . . ..i.. ..
Treaty.. . . .. .. ..
Treaty.. .. .. .. ..
O. COCO.‘
Treaty..........
Letters Patent . . .
Arrangement . . . .
Joint Report . . . .
Proclamation . . . .
Combo. Extent of Territory ceded
to Great Britain by Treaty of
13th July, 1840 .. .. .. .. ..
Combo. Cession of Portion of
Combo Territory to Great
Britain.. .. .. ..
Union of the Gambia with Sierra
Leone. (See Great Britain and
-Sierra Leone) .. .. .. .. .. ..
Betente. Cession to Great Britain.
British Sovereignty and Protec-
tion.... .. ....
J olah. Cession to Great Britain.
British Sovereignty and Protec-
tion..‘.. ........ .
Vintang (in Fogni). Cession to
Great Britain. British Sove-
reignty and Protection. . . . . . . .
Central Kiang Country. Cession
to Great Britain. British Sove-
reignty and Protection. . . . . . . .
J arra. Cession to ‘Great Britain .
0....
Commissioners.
'Batelling (Central Kiang) . Cession
to Great Britain. British Sove-
reignty and Protection.. . . . . . .
Erection of the Gambia into a
Separate Colony .. .. .-
Great Britain and France. Limits
of J British Possessions on the
Gambia defined. Art. I and
Annex II. (See Great Britain
and France) .... ...... .. .. ..
Position of Pan-
chang and Niambuntang. (See
Great Britain and France.)
Annexation of Foreign Combo to
theGambia.................
Page
37 8
380‘
381
381
382
382’
383
383
383‘
383
384
384
36L
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [14 Apr,’ 1823,
[Island of Lemain.]
N0. 90.—Notes 0n the GAMBIA. 1783-1894.
On the 3rd September, 1783, a Treaty was concluded
‘between Great Britain and France, by Article X of which the
King of the French guaranteed to the King of Great Britain the
possession of Fort James (Albreda) and of the River Gambia. .
(See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE, p. 539.)
In 1806, the Island of St. Mary, at the mouth of the Gambia,
on which is situated the town of Bathurst, was purchased by
the British Government.
Island of Lemain.
On the 14th April, 1823* the following Deed was signed
for the Cession to Great Britain of the Island of Lemain, near
Kayee, in the River Gambia :———
“ WHEREAS Alexander Grant, Esquire, Major in His
Majesty’s 2nd West Indian Regiment, and Commandant of the
British Settlement of St. Mary’s, in the River Gambia, has
been deputed by his Excellency Brigadier-General Sir Charles
Macarthy, Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in and over
His Britannic Majesty’s Possessions on the Western Coast of
Africa, to treat with us for our Island of Lemain, Situated in
‘the River Gambia, near Kayee, and opposite to our Port of
Junko Conda; and whereas all sovereignty of the Said Island
at present lies in us, and has been handed down to us by our
ancestors, and we having full power and authority to dispose of
.0116 same, and being fully convinced of the pacific and just dis-
position of the Said Governor-in-Chief and Major Grant, his
deputy, acting for and on behalf of His Britannic Majesty, as
also of the great reciprocal benefits which will result from a
British Settlement being established in our neighbourhood, and
wit-hal being desirous of manifesting our distinguished affection
and friendship for the King of Great Britain and his subjects :
Do hereby, for and in consideration of 100 dollars value in
31‘ H.T., vol. xiv, p. 942.
365
14 Apr.,1823,] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [No. 90
[Island of Lemain.]
merchandise, to be well and truly paid to us yearly and every
year, and the value of 10 dollars in merchandise, to be at the
same time and in like manner paid to Wooda Maddy, our
Alcaide, or our Alcaide for the time being, the first payment to
commence and be made from the 1st of April in this present
year of the Christian era, 1823, and ever afterwards, by half-
yearly instalments, that is, 55 dollars value in merchandise on
the 1st of October and 1st of April in each year, for ever cede
and relinquish, and do bind ourselves, our heirs and assigns, for
ever to cede and relinquish, all claim, title, or property which
we or or they have or might have had in the said Island, to the
King of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors, for
ever.
“ And we do further, in consideration of the value of 50
dollars in addition to the 110 above mentioned, to be well and
truly paid yearly and every year, the first payment to be made
on the 1st of April, 1824, abandon, relinquish, and for ever
give up for ourselves, our heirs and successors, any claim we
had for customs on Colonial vessels trading in the river from
St. Mary’s; and we further, in consideration of the above-
mentioned sums of 110 and 50 dollars, in all amounting to
160 dollars, bind and oblige ourselves, our heirs and successors,
as aforesaid, to protect by every means in our or their power,
all British vessels trading in the river, which are not as hereto-
tore to be boarded by us or any of our subjects for the purpose
oi extorting or asking any custom whatever, they having hence-
forth and for ever, by virtue of this Treaty, full liberty of
passing and I'G—PZLSSIDg‘ our territories, without any hindrance
or molestation of any kind whatever.
“And we do further, by virtue of this Treaty, and being
moreover convinced that the cultivating a good understanding
with the subjects of His Britannic Majesty will, under Provi-
dence, be attended with the happiest consequences to us and our
subjects, solemnly guarantee our protection to them and their
property, either settling in or passing through any part of our
dominions, as also protection and encouragement to all strangers
or Native traders passing through our territories in order to»
trade with the subjects of His Britannic Majesty or otherwise,
366
1710,90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [15 June,1826,
[River Gambia. Albreda]
and lastly, we bind and oblige ourselves, our heirs and succes-
sors, as aforesaid, faithfully and truly to abide by and discharge
the articles of this Treaty under the penalty of forfeiting all
the pecuniary advantages therein held forth.
"‘ And to the purity and sincerity of our intentions in the
mutual. observance of the foregoing articles, we, the Contracting
Parties, call the Omnipotent God of truth and justice to
witness.
“ Signed, sealed, and delivered in the Command ant’s tent on
Lemain Island, in the presence of the witnesses who have here-
unto signed their names, this 14th day of April, in the year of
the Christian era one thousand eight hundred and twenty-
three, and in the fourth year of the reign of our Most Gracious
Sovereign George the Fourth.” ‘
[Here follow signatures and marks]
Cession 0f the River Gambia. to Great Britain.
On the 15th June, 1826,* a Convention was signed between
the Acting Governor of Sierra Leone and the King of Barra
and of the River Gambia, with his Chiefs and headmen, for I
the cession of the Gambia to Great Britain.
It contained the following stipulations :—
a a a a a -
“2nd. The said Brunay, King of Barra, by and With the
advice and. consent of his Chiefs and headmen before named,
cedes, transfers, and makes over to his Honour Kenneth Mac-
aulay, Acting _Governor of Sierra Leone, and his successors,
Governors of Sierra Leone for the time being, on the part and
behalf of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdoms of
Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs, and successors for ever, the '
full, entire, free, and unlimited right, title, sovereignty, and pos-
session of the River Gambia, with all the branches, creeks,
inlets, and waters of the same, as they have been held and pos-
sessed by the Kings of Barra from time immemorial ; and the
said Brunay, King of Barra, with the advice and consent of his
’x‘ S.P., vol. xlviii, p. 882; H.T., vol. xii, p. 5. See also Treaties, 5th
January, 1832, p. 324, and 18th November, 1850, p. 326.
36.7
15 June, 1826.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [NO- 90
[A1breda.]
said Chiefs and headmen as aforesaid, does further cede and for
ever relinquish all and every right, claim, or demand for
customs or duties of any description on British or other vessels
entering or navigating the River Gambia, or any of the waters
thereof (as have been formerly demanded and taken).
French Vessels trading to Albreda.
“It being distinctly understood that this does not apply to
French vessels trading to the factory of Albreda.ale
Cession to Great Britain of Territory on Right Bank of River
Gambia for one mile inland.
“3rd. The said Brunay, King of Barra, by and with the
advice and consent of the Chiefs and headmen aforesaid, cedes,
transfers, and makes over unto his Honour Kenneth Macaulay,
Acting Governor of Sierra Leone, and his successors, the
Governors of Sierra Leone for the time being, on the part and
behalf of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors, for ever, all
that part of the northern or right bank of the River Gambia
for one geographical mile inland, commencing at Bonyadoo
Creekt on the west and extending to Jokadoo Creek on the
east.
Reservation of French Factory of Albreda.
“Reserving only unto the said Brunay, King of Barra, and
his successors, that portion of land at present occupied by the
French at the factory of Albreda, the limits and boundary line
of which is fixed and determined at the signing of this Treaty
by persons duly appointed on the behalf of the Contracting
Parties.”
. 4th—Annual Payment of 400 Spanish Dollars to be made to
the King of Barra and his Successors.
' 5th.—— Prohibition against ‘Transport or Shipment of Slaves.
5" Confirmed 5th January, 1832. See “Report, Africa, Western Coast,
1865, House of Commons Paper, No. 412,” p. 344.
1' Bonyadoo Creek, now called J annak Creek. H. T., vol. xii, p. 7.
368
N0 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [29 May, 1827.
[Brekama.]
Boundaries of French ltctory at Albretlu.
On the 19th June, 1826,“ the following Additional Article
was signed to the Treaty with Barra of l5th June, 1826,
respecting the French Factory at Albreda.
“ BE it known that we, Brunay, King of Rana, did, in pre-
sence of our Chiefs and headmen, proceed from the town of
J illifree to the town of Albreda with his Honour Kenneth
Macaulay, Acting Governor of Sierra Leone, and did then and
there mark out the boundaries of ground now occupied by the
French as their comptoir or factory, and which is reserved to
us in the annexed Treaty, the Said piece of ground extending
from a large tree on the east, named Sangee Baba to and there,
on the west named Santo, being 400 yards in breadth, and 300
yards in depth from the river Side.”
British Protection anal Sovereignty over Breharna.
On the 29th May, 1827,1' a Treaty was signed between Great
Britain and Brekama, for placing the people of Brekama under
British Protection and Sovereignty :—-~
“ THE headmen and other inhabitants of the town and terri-
tory of Brekama, having elected Farrin Tomba Comba, their
King, to rule over them according to their own usages, the
Said King, headmen, and inhabitants knowing their inability
to carry this measure into execution (from their want of money
and numbers in comparison to their extent of territory) hereby
solicit His Majesty the King of Great Britain to take them
under his protection and sovereignty, which application being
made to his Excellency Major-General Sir Neil Campbell,
C.B., &c., Governor-in-Chief of all the British Possessions on
the Western Coast of Africa, Commander of the Forces, &c.,
by King Farrin Tomba Comba, his son, J eno, and the head-
man, Tomba Salang, accompanied by the Moros Berangdarbo
and Carsanessay, both of Kayaye.”
*5 S.P., vol. xlviii, p. 882 ; H.T., vol. xii, p. 5.
1L S.P., vol. xlix, p. 701 ; II.''‘.. we]. xii, p. 10.
369 2 l)
4: June, 1827.] GREAT BRlTAIN (GAMBIA). [N0. 90
[Combo. St. Mary Island.]
His Excellency, in behalf of His Majesty the King of Great
Britain, his heirs and successors, engages to take the people of
Brekama under the protection and sovereignty of Great Britain
on the following conditions :—
1. British Protection to be afi'orclecl by Great Britain. to Bre-
karna People against attacks of N atii'e Powers.
Non-purchase or sale of slaves.
British Trade.
Non-engagement in war without British consent.
. Non-interference of Great Britain with Lands, Houses, Pro-
perty, or Religion of Natii'es, nor with Domestic Serritnde
UMP???"
in Brekama.
6. British confirmation of election of New Chiefs.
British lVIili't-ary Post opposite to Island of Kayaye.
'7. They engage to give possession to the King of Great
Britain of a secure spot to be chosen by the British
Commandant, for a military post opposite to the Island
of Kayaye, and close to the river, with as much terri-
tory adjoining as the artillery can reach from this port
or any other place. On this spot the people of Brekama
will build towns and make farms according to the regu-
lations of the British Commandant, and it will serve to
lodge the troops and stores for their protection in case
of war.
8. Annual Presents to be made to Chiefs and People of
Brehama.
[Herc follow Signatures and Marks]
Uombo. St. Mary Island.
On the 4th June, 1827,* a Treaty was signed between the
Governor of the British Possessions on the West Coast of
Africa, and the King of Cumbo, confirming the Cession to
Great Britain of the Island of St. Mary’s and adjoining
territory, from which the following are extracts :—
"* H.T., vol. xii, p. 11.
3 70
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [ 13 Ann, 1829.
[Fattatenda. Combo. St. Mary Island..]
Banjola and St. Mary Island.
“The Treaty in which the Island of St. Mary’s was formerly
given up to the British Government not being forthcoming, it
is hereby agreed :—-- '
“ I. Abolition of Slave Trading.
“ II. That the Island of St. Mary’s, the Cape, and the
boundary bordering on other States to the southward and cast-
I ward of Coomba shall be open for every branch of commerce
between the subjects of His Majesty, the King of Great Britain,
and the natives of Cumba or any other kingdoms.
“III. That the Island of Banjola, now called St. Mary’s,
and the adjoining territory, may be possessed by the Govern-
ment and subjects of Great Britain for building and making
farms in such places as are not actually possessed by any other
person at the time, arranging the boundaries with the Alcaide
of Baccow.
“ .l V. Annual Presents to be made to the King of Combo.
Fattatenda.
‘On the 13th April, 1829, a Treaty was signed between
Great Britain and the King of Wooli for the cession of
Fattatenda to Great Britain, from which the following is an
extract :—
“2nd. The King of Wooli, in consideration of the sum to
be received by him, hereafter mentioned (200 dollars in kind),
agrees to grant His Britannic Majesty, his heirs and successors,
for ever, full power and sovereignty over the said town of
Fattatenda and 100 acres of land extending north, east, and
west, it being expressly understood by all the parties to these
presents that the said town and lands are to be granted to His
Britannic Majesty, his heirs and successors, to enable His
Britannic Majesty’s subjects to form a settlement and to erect
houses and factories for the purpose of trade; and the King of
Wooli agrees and binds himself to afford protection at all times
to His Britannic Majesty’s subjects, their agents and property,
within his dominions.” '
371 f? n 2
5' 38.11.,1183211 GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). END. 90
[Right Bank of River Gambia..]
River Gambia. Cession 0f Territory on Right Bank for one mile
' inland.
On the 5th January, 1832,* a fresh Convention was concluded
between Great Britain and Barra by which the cession of
territory on the right bank of the River Gambia, by the Treaty
of 15th June, 182-6,]L was thus ratified and confirmed :—
“ Whereas a cruel and unjust War has been waged against
the subjects of His Majesty the King of Great Britain by the
King, Chiefs, and people of Barra, in violation of the Con-
vention of Peace and Amity, signed at Jellifree on the 15th
day of J une, in the year of the Christian era 1826, and the
King, Chiefs, and people of Barra having publicly declared
their sorrow for the outrages they have committed, and given
their solemn promise never to offend again, the Lieutenant-
Governor of Bathurst and its Dependencies agrees, on behalf
of His Britannic Majesty, to grant once more peace and friend-
ship upon the following conditions, viz. :—
“ 1. That the King of Barra, first, shall deliver up to the
Lieutenant-Governor of Bathurst hostages for the good faith
of himself and his people, to be from among the royal families
of Barra.
“2. That the King, Chiefs, and people of Barra shall
again ratify and confirm the fourth clause of the Treaty of
J ellifree, whereby they ceded, transferred, and made over unto
His Majesty the King of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs
and successors, for ever, all that part of the northern or right
bank of the River Gambia for one geographical mile, inland,
commencing at Banjallad or Creek on the west, and extending to
Jacado Creek on the east (reserving only unto the said Brunay,
‘“King of Barra, and his successors, that portion of land at
present occupied by the French as the Factory of Albreda), the
same right being new extended from J ocado Creek to the
Atlantic Ocean”:
if H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1123.
'l‘ Page 367.
I S.l’., vol. xlviii, p. 887.
0 7'"
3n!
No. 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). ‘[13 July, 1840.
[Combo.]
Cession by Combo of certain Territories to Great Britain.
ON the 13th Juiy, 18110, a Convention was signed between
the Lieutenant-Governor of the British Cettlemenls on the
Gambia and Soalong J arta, King of Combo, for the cession of
certain territory to Her Majesty. It ran as follows :-—~
“ Whereas the said Lieutenant-Governor Huntley has
treated with the said King of Combo for the territory herein-
after described, viz., from the north point of the west side of
the Oyster Creek to Cape St. Mary, then south-westerly from
that cape, following the beach five miles, and from the termina-
tion of the said five miles in an east by south (true course)
direction, until entering the River Gambia, then following the
line of the Combo shore until again reaching the north point of
the Oyster Creek aforesaid, including the Whole of the country
within the above-mentioned limits;
“And Whereas all sovereignty of the before-specified ter-
ritory is now vested in the said King of Combo, and has
descended to him from his ancestors, and the said, King of
Combo having full power to dispose of the same, and being
Well assured of the pacific, just, and friendly disposition of the
said Lieutenant-Governor, acting on behalf of Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, and being moreover fully
sensible of the benefits to be derived from the promulgation
of British Christian principles, doth, in furtherance ‘of that
object, and in consideration of the sum of 100 dollars in mer-
chandise, paid to him before the signing and sealing of these
presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, cede and
relinquish to Her Britannic Majesty, her heirs and successors,
for ever, all claim, title, and right to the sovereignty of the ter-
ritory hereinbefore described, as well for himself as for and on
behalf of his heirs and successors: Provided always, that the
difierent individuals at present in possession of property of any
description Within , the limits hereinbefore specificd, shall i n.
nowise be disturbed in the enjoyment of the same by any of the
provisions of this Convention.”
* H.T., v01. xii, p. 29; S.P., v01. xlviii, p. 888; vol. Ivii, p. 334.
"t See also Treaty, 18th November, 1850, p. 374:.
373
23 Apr., 1841.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [NO. 90
LGartabar. Territory near AlbredaJ
This Convention was confirmed on the 9th November, 1840 ;
but it was amended by a Treaty signed on the 26th December,
1850, p. 378.
Gession by Cartabar to Great Britain of one square mile of
Territory.
On the 23rd April, 1841, a Treaty was signed between the
Lieutenant-Governor of the British Settlement on the Gambia
and the King of Cartabar, to which Additional Articles were
attached, whereby he acknowledged Her Majesty to be the pro-
tecting Sovereign of his country in the following terms :-—
“ART. I. The King of Cartabar, seeing that he is unable of
himself to prevent the incursions of neighbouring ill-disposed
Chiefs delighting only in war, and who have heretofore annually
ravaged his country, carrying off his people as slaves, the
cattle and produce, now and for ever places the country of
Cartabar under the sole protection of the Sovereign of England,
and he begs that Her Majesty Victoria 1, Queen of England,
may become, in her own Royal person, and for her heirs and
successors, the protecting Sovereign of the Cartabar country;
and the King of Cartabar freely codes for ever to the Queen of
England, her heirs and successors, one square mile of land in
such part of his country as shall be pointed out by the Lieu-
tenant-Governor ot the British Settlements on the Gambia, or
other officer authorized to do so.
“ 11. The King of Cartabar agrees that he will not enter into
any alliance, negotiation, or communication of any political
nature whatever, with any Power in the world, without the
knowledge and consent of the Queen of England, and the King
of Cartabar declares the whole of the annexed Treaty, and
these two Additional Articles, to be binding equally to himself
as to his heirs and successors for ever.”
Gession to Great Britain of Territory near Albreda.
On the 18th November, 1850,* a Convention was concluded
between the Government of the British Settlements in the
*‘ H.T., vol. xii, p. 44.
374:
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [18 Nov., 1850.
- [Territory near A1breda.]
Gambia and. Dembar Sonko, King of Barra, and others, for the
cession to Great Britain of territory at or near Albreda. It
contained the following stipulations —~
“Whereas, on the 15th day of June, in the year of the
Christian era 1826, a Convention was made between his
Honour Kenneth Macaulay, Acting Governor of Sierra Leone
and its Dependencies, of the one part; and Brunay, King of
Barra, and his Chiefs and headmen of the other part (p.
367) ; and whereas, by Article III of the said Convention, the
sovereignty of the northern or right bank of the said River
Gambia was ceded to His Majesty the King of Great Britain
and Ireland, his heirs and successors, as in the Convention is
more particularly set forth; and whereas, by the said Conven_
tion, and also by the Additional Article to the said Convention,
there was excepted from the territory, whereof the sovereignty
had been ceded to His Majesty the King of Great Britain and
Ireland as aforesaid, a piece of ground near Albreda, on the
banks of the said River Gambia, which said piece of ground
then supposed to be occupied by French subjects, and to
extend 4100 yards in breadth and 300 yards in depth, from the
north bank of the said River Gambia. And whereas a Conven-
tion was made on the 5th day of January, in the year of
the Christian era 1832, between his Excellency George
Rendell, on behalf of His Majesty the King of Great Britain,
his heirs and successors, of the one part; and Brunay, King of
Barra, his Chiefs, and people, of the other part (p. 372); and
whereas by Article II of the said last-recited Convention, the
Sovereignty of the right bank of the River Gambia was con-
firmed to the King of Great Britain, his heirs and successors,
with the exception of that portion which was then occupied by
the French as the factory of Albreda; and whereas doubts have
arisen as to the extent of ground which French subjects are
entitled to occupy at Albreda; and whereas no provision has
hitherto been made as to the right of sovereignty over any
portion of the said hereinbefore-mentioned space of 4100 yards
by 300 yards, in the event of any portion of the said space not
being occupied by French subjects, or being occupied by French
375
18 Nov., 1850.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [Na 90
{Territory near Albreiad
subjects wrongfully. N ow, therefore, this Convention wit-
nesscth, that in consideration of his friendship for the Queen
of Great Britain, her heirs and successors, and also in con-
sideration of the sum of 5l. paid before the signing and delivery
of these presents, the said Dembar Sonko, for himself, his
heirs and. successors, and the said Amodo Talli, the said Era
Sonko, and Mahmoudi Sankoora cede and quit claim to all
right of sovereignty, and all right of property and claims what-
soever in and to any portion of the hereinbefore-mentioned
space of 400 yards by 300 yards, and in all ground heretofore
occupied or claimed by any French subjects or citizens, in or
near to Albreda as aforesaid; and the said Dembar Sonko doth
for himself, his heirs and successors, absolutely cede and relin-
quish to the said Queen of England, her heirs and successors,
all right and claim of sovereignty of himself the said Dembar
Sonko, his heirs and successors, over the said reserved space of
400 yards by 300 yards in the said hereinbefore-recited Con-
ventions more particularly mentioned and described. Provided
nevertheless that no just rights of French subjects oricitizens,
or of the French Government, in or to any portion of the said
reserved space of 400 yards by 300, shall be in any manner
ceded or diminished by this Convention, or any part thereof.
Cession to Great Britain of Territory near Albreda.
The following Deed of Cession and Conveyance was at the
same time (18th November, 1850) signed by the King of Barra
and the Alcade of Jillifree :—
To all to whom these presents shall come, I, Dembar Sonko,
King of Barra, and I, Amodo Talli, Alcade of Jillifree, send
greeting :
Whereas with the advice and consent of the Chiefs and
headmen of Barra, we have agreed respectively with Richard
Graves MacDonnell, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the
British Settlements in the Gambia, and his successors, acting
for and on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain
and Ireland, and her heirs and successors, to convey, bargain,
and sell give and grant, on the part of ourselves and our suc-
376
No. 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [18 N0v,,1850,
[Territory near AlbredaJ
cessors, and of the Chiefs and headmen. of the said Kingdom of
Barra, to the said Richard Graves MacDonnell, and his succes-
sors, for and to the sole use of her said Majesty, her heirs,
successors, and assigns, all right, property, and title in or to the
hereditaments and lands hereinafter more particularly de-
scribed; now, therefore, in pursuance of the said Agreement,
and in consideration of the sum of 100 dollars paid to me the
above-mentioned Dembar Sonko, and of the further sum of 200
dollars paid to me the above-mentioned Amodo Talli, Alcade of
J illifree, the receipt of which several sums immediately before
the sealing and delivery of these presents is hereby acknow-
ledged, and in consideration of the further sum of lOZ. sterling
to be paid to us at or immediately after the signing and
delivery of these presents, I, the said Dembar Sonko, and the
said Amodo Talli, do hereby convey, bargain and sell, give and
grant to the said Richard Graves MacDonnell and his succes-
sors, all that piece of land immediately adjoining the western
boundary ofthe French factory at Albreda, and bounded on the
east (as shown in the Plan marked A hereunto annexed’‘) by a line
400 yards in length, and drawn north by south, through a point
six toises west of the western extremity of the southern wall of
the house formerly occupied by the French Resident of
Albreda, and bounded on the west by a line 400 yards in length,
and drawn parallel to the aforesaid line, running north and
south as hereinbefore' more particularly set forth, and distant
1,000 yards from the said line so running as aforesaid north
and south, and bounded on the north by a line connecting the
northern extremities of the eastern and western boundaries
respectively, that is to say, of the northern extremities of the
two parallel lines aforesaid, and bounded on the south by low-
water mark, on the beach of the River Gambia, to have and to
hold the said piece or parcel of land, and the said heredita-
ments, with their appurtenances, to the use of Her Majesty the
said Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs, successors,
and assigns for ever; and we, ‘the said Dembar Sonko, and the
said Amodo Talli, Alcade of J illifree, for ourselves, our heirs,
and successors, and on the part of the headmen and Chiefs of
* Not given.
377
26 D60‘, 1850.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [NO. 90
[Combo.] _
Barra respectively, the parcels, lands, and hereditaments, with
their appurtenances, hereby bargained and sold, given and
granted, will for ever warrant and defend against all persons
whomsoever.
In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and
seals, this 18th day of November, in the year of the Christian
era, 1850, at Government House, in the British Settlements of
Bath urst.
(Signature in Arabic) KING OF BARRA.
,, ,, ALCADE OF JILLIFREE.
RICHARD GRAVES MACDONNELL,
Governor and O'ornmanolenin-Ghief.
And several other signatures.
This Convention was confirmed on the 20th March, 1851.
Territory ceded by Goinbo to Great Britain.
On the 26th December, 1850,* a Convention containing the
following stipulation was concluded between the Governor of
the British Settlement in the Gambia and the King and Chiefs
of Combo and the Headmen of Baccon, in the Kingdom of Combo,
making the following arrangements with regard to the cession
of certain lands and territories in lieu of those made by the
Convention of 13th July, 1840 (p. 373) :—
“Whereas the aforesaid Contracting Parties hereto have
agreed for the considerations hereinafter mentioned to make
this Convention ; and whereas the sovereignty of certain lands
and territories in the Kingdom of Combo were ceded to the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland by a Convention or deed in
writing, dated 13th July, 1840, and made between Henry
Vere Huntley, then Lieutenant-Governor of the British settle-
ments in the River Gambia, and Soulong Jarta, King of Combo
(p. 373), and whereas the fee-simple and property in certain of
the lands in the neighbourhood of Baccon aforesaid was con-
veyed to the use of her said Majesty by an indenture, bearing
5* S.P., vol. xlviii, p. 894; H.T., vol.'xii, p. 47.
378
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [DQQI 26, 1850,
[Combo.]
date the 244th day of July, in the year 1840, and made between
Mujabo Seesse and Amadee Banjole, both of Baccon, of the
first part, and the said Henry Vere Huntley of the second part;
and whereas doubts have arisen as to the extent of territory
granted to her said Majesty by the said Convention, and by the
said indenture ; and whereas the several parties to this Con-
vention being desirous of terminating all such doubts, and
defining more accurately the ground and territory intended to
be ceded to her said Majesty, appointed Commissioners on the
part of her said Majesty, Daniel Robertson, Esq., Colonial Secre-
tary; William Bage, Esq., Colonel, Engineers ; and Thomas
Kehoe, Staff Surgeon, 2nd Class ; and on the part of the King
of Combo, and the people of Combo, John James Staples
Finden, Esq., Major Commanding the Royal Gambia Militia;
Majabo Cesey, Ansumarna Cesey (Aleade of Mandinary), Fody
Ansumarna Munang, and the said Commissioners proceeded on
the 26th of the present month to view the ground and territory
hereby intended to be ceded as aforesaid, and did mark out and
designate accurately the said ground and territory. Now, there-
fore, it is agreed between the several parties to this Conven-
tion ; first, that in lieu of and instead of any ground heretofore
ceded by the Convention and by the indenture hereinbefore
recited, the absolute sovereignty and entire property, and the
fee-simple of the ground and territory marked out by the Com-
missioners aforesaid, shall be hereby given, granted, and ceded
to her said Majesty, her heirs and successors, for ever, saving
and excepting any right of property acquired by any parties
in any portion of the said ground or territory previous to the
signing of this Convention.
Limits of ceded Territory to be defined.
“ 2ndly. That the said Richard Graves MacDonnell, or the
oflicer administering the Government of the British Settlements
in the Gambia, shall appoint one or more competent persons to
make a map of the said ground and territory hereby intended
to be given, granted, and ceded, as aforesaid, and shall cause
proper land-marks to be fired on the said ground the better to
3'79
24 May, 1853.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [110. 90
[Combo.]
define its limits, and shall give to the said Ansumarna Jarta-
copies of any maps so made as aforesaid, and the said- land-
marks so erected as aforesaid shall be on all occasions referred
to for the purpose of determining all disputes which may arise in
reference to the said ground or territory hereby intended to be
ceded as aforesaid.
Road may be made from Ferry at Sarah to Territory ceded.
“ 3rdly. That the said Richard Graves MacDonnell, or the
officer administering the Government for the time being of the
said British Settlements in the Gambia, may at any time after
the signing of this Convention make, or cause to be made, a
road, not exceeding 20 yards in breadth, from the ferry at
Sarah, opposite the Island of St. Mary’s, to any part of the
said ground or territory hereby intended to be ceded as afore-
said; provided that the said road shall not encroach on any
dwelling-house erected in any part of the Combo territory pre-
vious to the signing of this Convention.
4thly. 30l. to be paid to King and owners of ground ceded, as
' well as merchandise of value of IOl.
5thly. lOl. to be paid annually to King of Combo, and lOl. to
headmen of Baccon.
6thly. Customs and rents due to King of Combo to be paid in
future to Governor of British Settlements in the Gambia.
This Convention was confirmed on the 25th February, 1851.*
Cession of British Combo to Great Britain.
On the 24th May, 1853,1' another Convention was concluded
between the Governor of the British Settlements on the
Gambia and King Salatti and the Chiefs of Combo, by which
a further tract of country of considerable extent adjoining
Cape St. Mary, and now known as British Combo, was ceded
_ to Great Britain. The following are extracts from that Con-
vent-ion :—
“ WHEREAS disturbances have occurred in the said Kingdom
of Combo, and continued therein for several years, by reason of
if S.P., vol. xlviii, p. 894.
‘I’ S.P., vol. xlviii,p. 899; H.T,, vol. xii, 80.
380
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [2'7 July, 1887,
[Gambia]
which the said kingdom as well as Her Majesty’s said settle-
ment have sustained much injury, and a portion of the said
kingdom has been withdrawn from the allegiance to the said
King. _ -
“And whereas the said King has offered to cede to Her
Majesty the Queen of England that portion of his said Kingdom
to Combo from the mouth of Sabijee Creek in a straight line to
a point situated 1 mile south of Sabijee, and extending to
a point situated on the. seashore 2 miles north of the town of
Bijulo, and bounded on the other sides by the sea, in considera
tion of his receiving the aid of the Governor of the said settle-
ment to effect on his behalf a termination of‘ those disturbances
at Sabijee.
“ It is agreed upon as follows :
“ 1st. The King ‘of Combo shall, upon a day to be fixed and
appointed for that purpose by the said Governor, cede and
deliver up to the said Governor, or his accredited agent, for and
on behalf of the Queen of England, the aforesaid portion of his
territory to hold to her said Majesty, her heirs and successors
for ever.”
Portendz'c and Albrcda.
On the 7th March, 1857, a Convention was concluded be=
tween Great Britain and France relative to Portendic and
Albreda. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANGE, p. 544.)
Union of the Gambia. with Sierra Leone.
On the 19th February, 1866, Letters Patent were issued for
uniting the Colony of Sierra Leone together with the forts and
settlements on the West Coast of Africa (Gambia, Gold Coast,
and Lagos) under one Commander-in-Chief, and for providing
for the government thereof 5* but these Letters Patent were
revoked on the 17th December, 1874.1" v(See GREAT.‘ BRITAIN
(SIERRA LEONE), p. 513.)
Beten-te.
On the 25th July, 1887, the Emir of Betente ceded to Her
Britannic Majesty the full sovereignty and possession. of all such
*3‘ S.P., vol, lix, p. 1194. I
1" H.T., vol, xv, p. 531. See also Letters Patent, l'Zt-h June, 1885,p. 525.
381
17 Sept, 1887.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [NO- 90
[Gambia.]
parts of his kingdom and territories as might not already have
been by Treaty or otherwise acquired by Great Britain. A
This Treaty was acquiesced in by Chiefs subordinate to the
Emir who were not present when the Deed of Cession was
signed.
Jolah.
On the 15th September, 1887, the Kings of sixteen towns
and districts in the Jolah Country went to Kansallah to meet
the Governor of the West Africa Settlements, when they signed
a document in which they repeated their request to Her
Britannic Majesty to accept the sovereignty of the whole Jolah
country, and to take the Jolah people under her protection, and
begged the Governor not to leave without hoisting the British
flag at Kansallah that day, stating that they desired to receive
it, and that Kansallah was on their own ground in the Jolah
Country, and belonged to the Woorambang, and that no one had
any’ right there but themselves.
Fogni.
On the same day, these same Kings signed a Treaty with the
Governor of the West Africa Settlements, at Kansallah, “in the
Fogni Country,” by which they engaged, among other things,
not to cede any of their territory to any other Power than
‘ England, or enter into any Agreement, Treaty, or Arrangement
with any foreign Government except through and with the
consent of the British Government.
Vintang District.
On the 17th September, 1887, the Chief and Almany of
Vintang, in Fogni, signed a Treaty with the Government of
West Africa Settlements to the same effect; and by another
document the Chief requested Her Majesty the Queen to accept
the sovereignty of the whole Vintang District and to take it under
her protection, and the Governor was earnestly begged not to
leave Vintang until he had hoisted the British flag there that
day.
382
N0, 90] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [28 N0v,,1838_
[Gambia.]
Central Kiang.
On the 19th September, 1887, a similar Treaty was signed at
Quinalla, in Central Kiang Country, and a similar document
signed by the King of Central Kiang and others, requesting
Her Majesty the Queen to accept the sovereignty of the whole
Central Kiang Country and to take it under her protection, and
earnestly requesting the Governor not to leave without hoisting
the British flag at Tendabar, Bambako, and Mandina that day,
stating that these places were all on ground in the Central
Kiang Country.
Jarra.
On the 11th October, 1887, a similar Treaty was entered into
with the King of J arra, and a similar document was signed by
the King, his Headmen and people requesting Her Majesty to
accept the sovereignty of the whole J arry Country, and to take
it under her protection, and‘ earnestly requesting the Governor
not to leave without hoisting the British flag that day at Ba'i,
in the J arra Country.
Central Kiang (Batelling).
On the 14th October, 1888, a Treaty was signed by Prince
Mansah Cotto, of Batelling, Independent Chief of a portion of
Central Kiang, accepting the provisions of the Treaty made
with the King of Central Kiang on the 19th September, 1887 .7
Colony of the Gambia.
On the 28th November, 1888;’? Letters Patent were issued
revoking the Letters Patent of 17th June, 1885, and 11th
October, 1887', and declaring the Settlement of the Gambia
to be erected into a separate Colony, to be called the Colony
of the Gambia, and announcing that the Colony comprised all
places, settlements, or territories which might at any time
belong to Her Majesty in WVestern Africa between 12° and
15° of north latitude and lying to the westward of the 10° of
west longitude.
4" H.T., vol. xviii, p. 168.
383
10th Aug., 1889.] GREAT BRITAIN (GAMBIA). [M0, 90
[Gambia.]
British and F ranch Limits.
On the 10th August, 1889, an Arrangement was concluded
between the British and French Governments, by Articles I and
II of which the limits of the British Possessions in Senegambia
were defined. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE, p. 558.)
Panchang and N z'ambzmtcmg.
On the 8th May, 1893, a Joint Report was made by British
and French Commissioners as to the position of Panchang and
Niambuntang. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE, p. 588.)
Foreign Combo.
In April, 1894, a Proclamation was issued announcing the
annexation of Foreign Combo to the Gambia.
3844
GREAT BRITAIN
(IMPERIAL BRITISH EAsT AFRICA COMPANY
(“ IBEA ").)
(SEE BRITISH EAST AFRICA COMPANY.)
2n
GREAT BRITAIN
(GOLD coAsT).
2R2
GREAT BRITAIN (GoLo CoAsT).
LIST OF TREATIES, &C.
No. Page
91, 1831—1893....... NotesontheGoldCoast...................... 388

—- 27 April, 1831. . . . . Treaty . . . e . . . Kings of Ashantee, 8w. Renun-
ciation of Tribute from Kings
of Daikara and others . . . . . . . 388
-—- 30 March, 1850. . . . Oath . . . . . . . . Akropong. Fealty to British
Crown..................... 388
~— 17 Aug, 1850 . . . . . Convention . . . Great Britain and Denmark.
Cession of Danish Forts on
Gold Coast. (See Denmark.) 388
-— 17 June, 1858 . . . . . Oath . . . . . . . . Krepee. British Allegiance . . . . 388-
—- N ov., 1864. . . . . . . . Oath . . . . . . . . Accoonfee. British Allegiance. . 388
——-~ 19 Feb., 1866 . . . . . Letters Patent Union with Sierra Leone of Forts
and Settlements on West Coast
of Africa. (See Great Britain
and Sierra Leone.) [Altered
by Letters Patent of 17th Dec.,
1874.
—— 5 March, 1867 . . . . Convention . . . Great Britain and Netherlands.
Interchange of Territory on
the Gold Coast. (See Great
Britain and Netherlands). . . . 389
-— 30 Nov., 1868 . . . . . Treaty . . . . . . . Awoonah and Addah. Volta
River.. 389
-— 25 Feb., 1871 . . . . . Convention . . . Great Britain and Netherlands.
Sale and Transfer to Great
Britain of Dutch Possessions
on the Gold Coast. (See
Great Britain and Nether-
lands):
—- 13—14 Feb., 1874. Treaty .. . . . . . Ashantee. Renunciation of Sn-
premacy over Elmina, &c.. . . . 390
—— March, 1874. . . . . . Engagements. . Appolonia, &c._ Obedience to
British Laws, &c.. . . . . . . . . . . 390
-— 22 June, 1874 . . . Treaty . . . .. . . Awoonah, Jellah-Cofiee, Quittah,
&0. British Occupation . . . . . 391
- 24 July, 187 '1 I 1. . Letters Patent. Gold Coast and Lagos one Colony 391
385
GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST).
6 Aug., 1874. . . . . .
24 Sept, 1879. . . . .
1 Dec., 1879......
2Dee.,18'79......
6Dee., 1879......
25 Sept., 1884. . . . .
April—June, 1885.
12 Nov., 1885 . . . . .
13 Jan., 1886 . . . . .
27 July, 1886 . . . . .
12 Aug., 1886 .. . ..
J uly—Aug., 1886. .
4 Sept., 1886. . . . . .
7 Oct., 1886 .. .. ..
30 Oct., 1886 .. . ..
8 Nov., 1886. . . . . .
18 Feb., 1887 . . . . .
9 May,‘1887000000
30 July, 1887.. . . . .
29 Dec., 1887. . . . . .
18880‘IC00.
2June,1888......
(List of Treaties, 8:0.)
Order in C.. .. British Jurisdiction in adjacent
Territories.. .. .. .. .. .. . ....
Katanu. British Protection . . . .
Provisional
Agreement.
Provisional Aifiowhoo. Cession to Great Bri-
Agreement tain of Seaboard with 1 mile
inland..... .. .. .. ..
Agbosomé. British Jurisdiction
over Seaboard, 8:0. . . . . . . . . . .
British Jurisdiction
Agreement. . . .
Agreement. . . . Aftlowhoo.
over Seaboard, &c . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary Little Popo. British Protection.
Treaty. (See Great Britain and Ger-
many) Exchange of Great Britain and Germany.
Notes. Spheres of Action. Rio del
Rey,
Treaty . . . . . . . Krikor. Cession to Great Britain.
Order in C. . . . Gold Coast Settlements. Separate
Colony . . . . . . . Treaty . . .. . . . Aquamoo (Volta District). In-
corporation with Gold Coast
Colony..... . . . . Treaty . . . . . . . Aggravie. (Left bank of Vol
River). Cession to Great
Britain,. .. .. ..
Exchange of Great Britain and Germany.
Notes. Spheres of Action. Rio del
Rey, &c.. ..
Treaty . . . . . . . Batter, 8:0. (Left bank of Volta
River). Cession to Great
Britain . . . . .
Coast. British Protection. . . .
}Tmaty . . . 0 . . {Groped Incorporation with Gold
Schwhi. British Protection . . . .
Aquamoo. (Volta. District).
British Protection . . . . . . . . . . .
Gama and Bontuku. Allegiance
to British Crown. . . . . . . . . . . .
British Jurisdiction in Terri-
tories adjacent to Gold Coast
Colony.. .. .. .. ..
Quahoo. British Protection . . .
Kotoku. Insuaim Ferry. Berim
River. Cession to Great Bri-
taiHIQIIIIOOOOIOO"IIOIIOOOI
Treaty .. .. . ..
Declaration. . .
Declaration. . .
Order in C.. . .
Treaty.... . ..
Declaration. . .
Page
392
392
394-
394
395
396
396
396
397
398
398
398
398
386
GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST).
'(List of Treaties, &c.)
Page
Agotine (Crepee). Allegiancejbto
3 July, 1888. . . . . . . Declaration. . .
British Crown.............. 399
3 July, 1888. . . . . . . Declaration. . . Anum and Buem. Fealty to
BritishCrown.............. 399
3 July, 1888. . . . . . .. Declaration. . . Crepee. British Protection . . . . 399.
3 July, 1888. . . . . . . Declaration. . . Adaklu, &c. (Crepee). Allegiance
toHeadKing.............. 400
Great Britain and France.
Spheres of Influence. (See
Great Britain and France.)
Great Britain and Germany.
Spheres of Influence. (See
Great Britain and Germany.)
Great Britain and France.
Spheres of Influence. (See
Great Britain and France.)
Boundary. British and French
Possessions on the Gold Coast.
(See Great Britain and.
France.)
10 Aug, 1889 . . . . . Arrangement.
1 July, 1890. . . . . . . Arrangement.
26 June, 1891 . . . ..
Arrangement.
12 July, 1893. . . . . . Arrangement.
387
1831-1864.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [N0. 91
[Ashantee. Danish Possessions.]
‘NO. 91.-.N0tes on the GOLD COAST. 1831-1891.
Ashantee.
A state of war existed with the Ashantees from 1824 to 1831.
‘On the 27th April, 1831, a Treaty of Peace was signed between
the Governor of Cape Coast Castle and British Settlements, on
the part of His Britannic Majesty, and the Kings of Ashantee,
Cape Coast, Fantee, Annamaboe, Dinkara, Tufel, Wassaw, and
Assin, and the Chiefs of Adjumacon and Essacoomah, and the
other Chiefs in alliance with Great Britain, by which the King
of Ashantee renounced “all right or title to any tribute or
homage from the Kings of Dinkara (Denkera), Assin, and
others formerly his subjects.“ (See also Treaty of 3th Feb-
ruary, 1874, p. 390.)
Akropong.
On the 30th March, 1850, the Chief and Headmen of Akro-
pong swore fealty to Her Britannic Majesty according to the
fashion of their country.
Danish Forts and Possessions.
On the 17th August, 1850, a Convention was concluded ‘be-
tween Great Britain and Denmark, for the cession to Great
Britain of the Danish Forts and Possessions on the Gold
Coast? (See DENMARK, p. 256.)
Krepee.
On the 17th June, 1858, the Chiefs of Krepee swore allegi-
ance to Her Britannia Majesty according to the custom of their
country, and engaged to pay an annual tax of £600.
Accoonfee District.
In November, 1864, King Akinney of the Accoonfee District,
' S.P., vol. xlviii, p. 887; H.T., vol. xii, p. 13.
1' Accra, Fingo, Addah, Quittah, 8:0.
388
no. 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [1365-1363,
[Netherland Possessions, 8:0,]
with a large body of men numbering 2,000 or 3,000, swore
allegiance to Her Majesty at Cape Coast Castle in a similar
manner.
Union of the Gold Coast with Sierra Leone.
On the 19th February, 1866, Letters Patent were issued
uniting the Colony of Sierra Leone, together with the Forts and
Settlements on the West Coast of Africa under the Governor-
in-Chief, but this arrangement was altered by Letters Patent
issued on the 24th July, 1874M‘
Interchange of Territory between Great Britain and the
Netherlands.
On the 5th March, 1867,? a Convention was concluded be-
tween Great Britain and the Netherlands for an interchange of
territory on the Gold Coast. In this Convention the boundary
between the possessions of Her Britannic Majesty and those of
the King of the Netherlands was defined as being a line drawn
true north from the centre of the mouth of the Sweet River as
far as the boundary of the then existing Ashantee kingdom,
but with such deviations within three English miles of the
coast as should be necessary to retain within British territory
any villages which had been in habitual dependence on the
British Government at Cape Coast, and within N etherland
territory any villages which had been in habitual dependence
on the Netherland Government at St. George of Elmina.
Transfer to Great Britain of Netherland Possessions.
On the 25th February, 1871,I another Convention was signed
for the sale and transfer to Great Britain of the Dutch posses-
sions on the Gold Coast or Coast of Guinea. (See GREAT BRI-
TAIN AND NETHERLANDS, p. 662.)
Ahwoonah and Addah. Volta River.
In March, 1865, war broke out between Ahwoonah and
Addah, which lasted until the 30th November, 1868, when a
i‘ S.P., vol. lix, p. 12045; H.T., vol. xiii, p. 26.
1' H.T., vol. xii, p. 1194:.
.1.‘ H.T., vol. xiii, p. 656.
389
1872-1874.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [Na 91
[Ashantee. Appotonia, &c.]
Treaty of Peace was signed, by which it was agreed, among
other things, that the River Volta should be kept open for all
lawful. traders, and that, should any dispute thereafter arise be-
tween those two nations, or between either of them and any
other tribe or nation, it should be submitted to the Governor-
in-Chief of Her Majesty’s West Africa Settlements, whose de-
cision, after full hearing, should be final and binding upon both
parties. Other Chiefs subsequently acceded to this Treaty.
Ashantee.
From December, 1872, till February, 1874, a state of war
again existed between Great Britain and Ashantee. On the
i-ith February, 1874,* a Treaty of Peace was concluded, by
Art. 111 of which the King again renounced “all right or title
to any tribute or homage from the Kings of Denkera, Assin,
Akim, Adansi, and the other allies of Her Majesty formerly
subject to the Kingdom of Ashantee.”
Elmina.
By Art. IV the King also renounced for ever all pretensions
to supremacy over Elmina, or over any of the tribes formerly
connected with the Dutch Government, and to any tribute or
homage from such tribes, as well as to any payment or acknow-
ledgment of any kind by the British Government in respect of
Elmina or any other of the British Forts and Possessions on the
' Appolonia, Anion, Diceeoee, Secomlee, anel Ghama.
Coast. The King further engaged, among other things, to
withdraw all his troops from Appolonia and its vicinity, and
from the neighbourhood of Dixcove, Secondee, and the adjoin-
ing Coast line.
In March, 1874,t the Kings and Chiefs of Western Appo-
lonia, Axim, Aquidah, Bossuah and Ahanta (DiXcove),
Tacorady (Secondee), Dutch Secondee, and Chama entered
*'= S.P., vol. lxv, p. 471.
1‘ S.P., vol. lxv, p. 473.
390
N0. 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). ‘[1874,
. [Awoonah, J ellah-Cofi‘ee, &c.]
into engagements with the British ‘Government that they
would not again make war on any of the allies of England;
that they would not combine at any time for purposes of
offence or defence with any of the enemies of Her Majesty
Queen Victoria, her heirs, or successors; that for the future
they would obey the orders of the English Government; and
that they would use every efiort to maintain peace and quiet-
ness on the Coast.
Awoonah, Jellah-Cofl'ec, Qaiz‘tah, so.
On the 22nd June, 1874, a Treaty was concluded with the
Chiefs of Awoonah, Accra, Addah, and J ellah-Cofifee, by Art.
III of which it was agreed that “ with the view to remove, any
doubts which the natives might entertain as to the right of Her
Majesty the Queen of England to occupy J ellah-Coffee, Quittah,
and any other places deemed necessary to be held, in order to
place the Awoonah country, or any portion of it, under the same
jurisdiction as was exercised by Her Majesty over the other
portions of the Gold Coast; that, should it seem fit to Her.
Majesty’s Government, they should occupy any such place as
might appear to them expedient for and 011 behalf of Her
Majesty the Queen of England.”
Gold Coast and Lagos one Colony.
On the 24th July, 1874, Letters Patent were issued separat-
ing the Settlements of the Gold Coast and Lagos from the
Government of the West African Settlementsj" and erecting
them into one colony under the title of the Gold Coast Colonyft
but this arrangement was altered by Letters Patent issued on
the 17th June, 1885, and again by other Letters Patent issued
on the 28th November, 1888.
It may here be mentioned that on the 6th March, 1844,
Fantee Chiefs, namely, the King of Denkira and Chiefs of
Abrah, Assin, Donadie, Domonassie, Annamboe, and Cape
Coast signed a Declaration in which they acknowledged that
Her Majesty the Queen exercised power and jurisdiction within
’* S.P., vol. lxvi, p. 942.
"t H.T., vol. xv, p. 519.
391
1879.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [NO. 91
[Katanu, &c.] .
divers countries and places adjacent to Her Majesty’s Forts and
Settlements on the Gold Coast, and that they were the “ Chiefs
of countries and places so referred to.” Similar Treaties
were signed between the 12th March and 2nd December, 1844,
by the various other Chiefs of the countries and places.
British Jurisdiction in Adjacent Territories.
On the 6th August, 1874,* an Order in Council was passed
for determining the mode of exercising the power and jurisdic-
tionacquired by Her Majesty within divers countries on the
West Coast of Africa, near or adjacent to the Gold Coast
Colony; but this Order was amended by another Order in
Council issued on the 29th December, 1887.“?
Katami.
On the 24th September, 1879, a Provisional Agreement was
entered into between the Governor of the Gold Coast and the
King and Chiefs of the territory of Katanu, by which it was
agreed, among other things, as follows :— '
“1. The King, Chiefs, and territory of Katanu are for the
present taken under the protection of Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment, pending the final decision and approval of the said
Government. ’
“ 2. The King and Chiefs agree to abide by such decision,
Which will be communicated to them without loss of time.
“4. The King and Chiefs of Katanu are hereby allowed to
impose upon imports and exports passing through their waters
reasonable dues, as is their right, according to native custom,
and to submit the same to the officer administering the Govern-
ment of Lagos for approval.
“ 5. They further engage to enter into no disputes or war-
fare with any neighbouring tribes, but to refer such matters
without delay to the Government of Lagos ; any encroachments
or violation of their rights or territory they agree to refer in
the same manner.
'1" H.T., vol. xv, p. 525 ; S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 957.
'I' H.T., vol. xvii, p. 127.
392
N0, 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [1879,
[Afiowhoo, Agbosomé.]
“6. They shall fly the British flag in conjunction With their
own in the town of Katanu and at their toll-house, until further
arrangements are made.
“ 10. The King and Chiefs of Katanu engage not to enter
into negotiations with any Foreign State except under the ex-
press permission of Her Majesty’s Government.
“ 11. They further bind themselves to enter into such
further arrangements for the Government of such territory as
may seem fit to Her Majesty’s Government at any future
period”?
Afiio'whoo.
On the 1st December, 1879, a Provisional Agreement was
entered into between the Governor of the Gold Coast and the
Chiefs and Headmen of Afflowhoo, whereby they agreed, in con-
sideration of a yearly payment of 500 dollars in advance, and
permission to land yearly, free of duty, 12 puncheons of rum, to
hand over to the Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Gold
Coast Colony, for and on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty, the
sea-board of their territory extending from high-water mark to
one mile inland, and engage to sign a more formal agreement
at a future convenient time; which was done on the 6th of the
same month. (See p. 394:.)
Agbosomé.
On the 2nd December, 1879, a final Agreement was entered
into between the Governor of the Gold Coast Colony, acting
for and on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty, and the King and
Chiefs of Agbosomé, which contained (among others) the
following articles relating to cession, territory, &0. :—
“ l. The King and Chiefs of Agbosom'é finally acknowledge
the territorial jurisdiction of Her Majesty the Queen of, Great
Britain and Ireland over the seaboard of Agbosomé for two
miles from the high-water mark inland. ,
“2 They acknowledge the right of Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment of the Gold Coast Colony to impose such duties and taxes
‘ on the above territory as to them shall seem fit.
* See also Agreement, Great Britain and France, 10th August, 1889,
Art. 4, § 3, p. 562.
393
1879-1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [No 91
[Afflowhoo, Little Popo, &c.]
“3. They formally deny having at any time ceded any
sovereign rights to any power other than Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland aforesaid.”
Afii’owhoo.
On the 6th December, 1879, a final Agreement was entered
into between the Governor of the Gold Coast Colony, acting for
and on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty, and the Chiefs and
Headmen of Affiowhoo, which contained the following articles
( among others) relating to cession, territory, &c. :—
“ l. The Chiefs and Headmen of Affiowhoo finally acknow-
ledge the territorial jurisdiction of Her Majesty the Queen of
Great Britain and Ireland, over the seaboard of Afflowhoo for
‘one mile from high-water mark inland.
“ 2. They acknowledge the right of Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment of the Gold Coast Colony, to impose such duties and taxes
on the above territory as to them shall seem fit. '
“ They formally deny having at any time ceded any
sovereign rights to any power other than Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland aforesaid.”
Little Popo.
On the 25th September, 1884:, a Preliminary Treaty was
signed by Lieutenant A. Furlonger, R.N., on behalf of Her
Majesty, with the King and Chiefs of Little Popo, by which
they and their territories Were placed under British protection,
and they on their part engaged not to enter into any cor-
respondence or Treaty engagements with any other foreign
nation without Her Majesty’s knowledge and sanction ; but this
territory is now included Within the German sphere and in-
fluence. ( See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 646.)
British (and German Spheres of Lzfluence.
' In April—June, 1885, an Exchange of notes took place
between Great Britain and Germany, relative to their respec-
tive spheres of action in portions of Africa.
IVith regard to the Gold Coast, or Gulf of Guinea, the
following Agreement was entered into :—
394
NO, 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD coAsT). [1885,
[British and. German Spheres of Influence, &c.]
“ Great Britain engages not to make acquisitions of territory,
accept Protectorates, or interfere with the extension of German
influences in that part of the coast of the Gulf of Guinea, or in
the interior districts to the east of the following line : that is, on
the coast, the right river bank of the Rio del Rey entering the
sea between 8° 42' and 8° 4.6’ longitude east of Greenwich; in
' the interior a line following the right river bank of the Rio del
Rey from the said mouth to its source, thence striking direct
to the left river bank of the Old Calabar or Cross River, and
terminating after crossing that river at the point about 9° 8' of
longitude east of Greenwich, marked “ Rapids ” on the English
Admiralty Chart.
“ Germany engages not to make acquisitions, accept Pro-
tectorates, or interfere with the extension of British influence
in the coast of the Gulf of Guinea lying between the right
river bank of the mouth of the Rio del Rey, as above described,
and the British Colony of Lagos; nor in the interior to the
west of the line traced in the preceding paragraph.”
In July—August, 1886, this line was extended into the
interior by an exchange of notes between the British and
German Governments, in which it was agreed that from the
terminal point, indicated in the English Admiralty chart as
“ Rapids,” of the original frontier line, by the 29th April and
7th May, 1885, should be produced a further line, which, start-
ing from the Old Calabar rapids, should pursue a diagonal
direction towards a point on the right bank of the River
Benue, situate to the east, and in the immediate vicinity of
the town of Yola, and which should prove, upon investiga-
tion, to be practically suitable for the determination of this
line. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, pp. 596, 612.)
Krikor.
On the 12th November, 1885, a Treaty was signed between
the King of Krikor and the Governor of the Gold Coast Colony,
for the cession to Great Britain, subject to the approval of the
British Government, of the Krikor country, the boundaries of
which were declared to be as follows :1‘—
395
1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [N O. 91
[Volta River District, 820.]
“ On the north by the independent town of Phenyi, Akiefey
Todjé, and Avey ; on the east by the river Aka and the country
of Affiahoo; on the south by the Quittah lagoon and part of
the kingdom of Agbosomeh ; and on the west by the Awoonah
country, or however otherwise the same may be bounded or
situated.
Gold Coast Colony.
On the 13th January, 1886, an Order in Council was passed
erecting the Gold Coast Settlements into a separate colony.*
The boundary of the Gold Coast Colony was therein defined
as including all British places, settlements, and territories on
the Gold Coast between the 5° of west longitude and the 2° of
east longitude.
Aqnamoo (Volta River District).
On the 27th July, 1886, a Treaty was concluded between
the Governor of the Gold Coast and the King and people of
Aquamoo, for the incorporation of their country with the Gold
Coast Colony, subject to Her Majesty’s approval, in the follow-
ing terms :— -'
“ ART. 1. The country and territory of Aquamoo is hereby
ceded and transferred to Her Britannic Majesty so that the
same shall become and form a part and portion of the Gold
Coast Colony.
“ ART. II. The cession declared in Article I is accepted, and
the said country and territory of Aquamoo is incorporated
within the said Gold Coast Colony subject to Article III.”
A ggra'uie (Volta River District).
On the 12th August, 1886, the Chiefs of the district and
town of Aggravie, in the Volta River District, “ceded to Her
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, her heirs and successors,
for ever, all the lands situated on the left bank of the Volta
River between the lagoon or river called Avoo, and that arm or
crock of the Volta River on which Attetiteh is situated, together
i‘ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 109; S.P., vol. lxxvii, p. 991.. I
396
No. 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [1836-1337,
[Volta River District, Crepee, &c.]
with the rights and appurtenances whatsoever thereunto be-
longing, as well as all profits and revenues, absolute dominion
and sovereignty of the said lands, freely, fully, entirely, and
absolutely.” . '
Battor, do. (Left Bank of Volta River).
On the 44th September, 1886, the Chiefs of the towns and
districts of Battor, Merpe, Mlefi, Blappa, Hume, Tefli, and
Sopey, on behalf of themselves and their people, “ceded to Her
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, her heirs and successors,
for ever, all the lands on the left bank of the Volta River
between the riverine boundary'of Aquamoo and the creek or
lagoon known as Avoo, together with all the rights and ap-
purtenances whatsoever thereunto belonging, as well as all
revenues and profits, absolute dominion and sovereignty of the
said lands, freely, fully, entirely, and absolutely.”
Crepée (Peki).
In October and November, 1886, Treaties were concluded
with the Chiefs of Crépee for the incorporation of their Terri—
tories with the Gold Coast Colony, and, on the 17th December
following, the German Government were informed that Crépee
was under British protection.
On the 18th February, 1887, Schwhi was placed under
British protection.
Aqaamoo.
On the 9th'May, 1887, the Kings and Chiefs of the country
of Aquamoo signed ‘ a declaration acknowledging that they and
their country formed part of the Protectorate of Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland on the Gold Coast, and
that they were subject to the authority and jurisdiction of Her
Majesty, and declaring that they had that belief, inasmuch as
their country of old enjoyed ‘similar protection from His
Majesty the King of Denmark, who, they said, they understood
had ceded his right and title to their country to the British
Crown in 1850. (See DENMARK, p. 253).
397 2 r
1888.) GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [N0. 91
[Quahoo, Kotoku, &c.]
Gama and Bontuku.
On the 30th July, 1887,* the King of Gama and Bontuku
declared that‘ he had been ofiered an English flag by Corporal.
Howard Van Dyke through Captain Lonsdale (the Commis-
sioner Native Affairs), and that he had accepted it with the
consent of his Chiefs and. Headmen. ' ‘
29th December, 1887; an Order in Council was passed
respecting the exercise of British jurisdiction in territories
adjacent to the Gold Coast Colonyhl' '
Qaahoo.
On the 5th May, 1888, a Treaty was signed by the District
Commissioner of Eastern Africa, acting under instructions from
the Governor of the Gold Coast, placing the country of Quahoo
under British protection.
Kotoku. Insuaim Ferry (Berim River).
On the 2nd June, 1888, the King of the Kotoku people
signed an instrument granting and conveying to Her Britannic
Majesty the ferry across the River Berim, commonly known as
the Insuaim Ferry, in the following terms :—
“Now know ye, that I, Attah Fuah, King of the Kotoku
people, for myself and for my heirs and successors, * * if * hereby
. grant and convey unto Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain
and Ireland as aforesaid and her successors, the ferry across
the River Berim commonly known as the Insuaim Ferry, to-
gether with the land abutting on each bank of the said river,
and measuring as follows, that is to say, from the north bank
of the said river two hundred feet extending back in a northerly
direction and along thebank of the said river from east to west
six hundred feet the landing place of the ferry on the said
north bank being the centre of the said six hundred feet from
the south bank of the said river two hundred feet extending
back in a southerly direction and along the bank of the said _
* H.T., vol. xiii, p. 109. S.P., vol. xxvii, p. 991.
1' H.T., vol. xiii, p. 109.
398 .
N0, 91]‘ GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). '[1887-1888,
[Crepee, &o.]
river from east to west six hundred feet the landing place of
the ferry on the said south-bank being the centre of the said
six hundred feet and which said river and land is more particu-
larly described in the plan drawn in the margin* hereof to-
gether with all and singular the rights, claims, profits, and
privileges of whatsoever nature and kind appertaining thereto
which I or my heirs and my successors may have in the said
ferry and land so granted and conveyed.
“ To have and to hold the said ferry and land unto and to
the use of Her Majesty the Queen and her successors for
ever.”
Agot'ine (Grepee).
On the 3rd July, 1888, the Head Chiefs‘and Chiefs of Ago-
tine signed a Declaration, stating that they had signed no
Treaty with any other Foreign Power; that they were a por-
tion of Crepee, acknowledging the Head King of Crepee as
their Head King, that they had always looked upon themselves,
' in common with the rest of Crepee, as English subjects, and that
they thereby wished, voluntarily and freely, to formally ac-
knowledge their fealty to Here Most Gracious Majesty Queen
Victoria.
Anum and Buem.
The same day the Chief of Anum and Head Chief of Buem
signed a Declaration, stating that he had signed no Treaty with
any other Foreign Power; that the people of Buem were his
subjects, and that he, for himself and rtherrOhiefs and people of
Buem, voluntarily and freely acknowledged their fealty to Her
Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria. '
- C'q'epee.
On the same day the Kings and Head Chiefs of Grepee (or
Krepi) signed a Declaration, agreeing, in return for the protec-
tion afforded to them by the British Government, to keep open,
and in good order, the roads in their respective districts, and to
pay a fine if they neglected to do so.
* Not printed. _ _
399 ‘ 2 F 2
1888-1890.] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [HQ 91
[British, French, and German Spheres of Influence]
Adaklu, e0. (Crepea)
On the same day the Head Chief, Chiefs, and people of the
towns of Adaklu, Taviewe, Toyingbie, Avatime, Waya, Jolo,
and Kpeji signed a Declaration acknowledging their fealty to
Her Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria, and agreeing to
look upon Kwadjoe Daye, or anyone else appointed by the
Governor of the Gold Coast, as Head King of Krepe, to obey
him in all things, and to refer all matters in dispute to his
judgment.
British and French Spheres of Influence.
On the 10th August, 1889, an Arrangement was entered into
between the British and French Governments concerningthe
delimitation of their respective possessions on the West Coast
of Africa. With reference to the Gold Coast, it was agreed, by
Art. III, § 1, that the boundary line should start from New-
town, and proceed direct to the Tendo Lagoon; that it should
then follow the left bank of that lagoon and of that of Ahy, and
the left bank of the River Tanoé or Tendo, as far as Nougoua,
and that the line should be prolonged to the 9th degree of
north latitude. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANoE, p. 559.)
British and German Spheres of Influence.
On the 1st July, 1890, an Agreement was entered into between
the British and German Governments with reference to their
respective spheres of influence in East, West, and South
Africa. The line of boundary between the British Gold Coast
Colony and the German Protectorate of Togo, and in the Gulf
of Guinea, was thus defined in Art. IV :—
“ ART. IV. 1. The boundary between the German Protectorate
of Togo and the British Gold Coast Colony commences on the
coast at the marks set up after the negociations between the
Commissioners of the two countries of the 14th and 28th of
July, 1886, and proceeds direct northwards to the 6° 10’
parallel of north latitude; thence it runs along that parallel
400
N0. 91] GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [1891;
[British and French Spheres of Influence]
westward till it reaches the left bank of the River Aka;
ascends the mid-channel of that river to the 6° 20' parallel of
north latitude ; runs along that parallel westwards to the right
bank of the River Dchawe or Shavoe; follows that bank of
the river till it reaches the parallel corresponding with the
point of confluence of the‘ River Deine with the Volta; it runs
along that parallel westward till it reaches the Volta; from
that point it ascends the left bank of the Volta till it arrives
at the neutral zone established by the Agreement of 1888,
which commences at the confluence of the River Dakka with
the Volta.
“Each Power engages to withdraw immediately after the
conclusion of this Agreement all its officials and employés from
territory which is assigned to the other Power by the above
delimitation.
“ Gulf of Guinea. Rio del Rey Creek.
“ 2. It having been proved to the satisfaction of the two
Powers that no river exists on the Gulf of Guinea correspond-
ing with that marked on maps as the Rio del Rey, to which
reference was made in the Agreement of 1885, a provisional
line of demarcation is adopted between the German sphere in
the Cameroons and the adjoining British sphere, which, start-
ing from the head of the Rio del Rey Creek, goes direct to the
point, about 9° 8' of east longitude, marked “ Rapids ” in the
British Admiralty chart.” (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY,‘
p. 647.)
British and French Spheres of Influence.
On the 26th June, 1891, another Agreement was entered
into between the British and French Governments, by which it
was arranged that the boundary line should follow the frontier
of N ougoua on the Tanoé between Sanwi and Broussa, Indenié
and Sahué, leaving Broussa, Aowin, and Sahué to England;
that the line would then intersect the road from Annihilekrou
to Cape Coast Castle, midway between Debison and Atiebende-
krou, and follow the direct road from Annihilekrou to Bondou-
401
1891*1893J GREAT BRITAIN (GOLD COAST). [NO. 91
[British and French Spheres of Influenca]
kou, by Bodomfil and Dadiasi, at a distance of 10 kilom. to the
eastward; that it would then pass Bouko, so as to strike the
Volta at the spot where that river was intersected by the road
from Bandagadi to Kirhindi, and would then follow the river
as far as the 9th degree of north latitude. (See GREAT BRITAIN
AND FRANcE, p. 573.)
On the 12th July, 1893, an Arrangement was entered into
between Great Britain and France, fixing the boundary be-
tween the British and French Possessions on the Gold Coast.
(See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE, p. 589.)
Treaties have recently been concluded, in the name of Her
Britannic Majesty, with the Chiefs of »Bona, Dagarti, Wa, and
Mamprusi, at Gambaga, in the Gold Coast Hinterland, by
which they engaged, among other things, not to conclude
Treaties with any other Power, or to cede territory or accept
Protectorates without the consent of Her Majesty.
402
GREAT BRITAIN
(LAGOS).
N o.
92.
GREAT BRlTAlN (LAGOS).
1851-1893.
Oct., 1851.
1 Mar. , 1852.
28 Sept. , 1854.
22 June, 1861.
e Aug.,1861.
e Aug.,1861.
7 Feb., 1863.
Man, 1863.
27 June, 1863.
29 June, 1863.
4 July, 1863.
7 July, 1863.
17 July, 1863.
19 Feb., 1866.
24. July, 1874.
24 Sept, 1879.
15 Man, 1884.
16 July, 1884.
24 Dec., 1884.
LIST OF TREATIES, (to.
Notes on Lagos.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
British Instructions. Deposition and Expulsion of
Kosoko from Lagos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agreement. Akitoye King of Lagos. Grant of piece of
land to Church Missionary Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agreement. Kosoko, Chief of Epé, not to attempt to
regain possession of Lagos. Palma recognised as
PortofKosoko............ . . . . .......
Decisionof British Government. Lagos to be a British
Dependency...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...............
Treaty. Lagos. Cession to Great Britain of Port and
Island of Lagos. Docemo to retain title of King.
Hisstampandpension . . . . Proclamation. British occupation of Lagos . . . . . . . . .
Declaration. Docemo, ex-Chief of Epé and formerly
King of Lagos. Extent of Lagos Territory. Palma
and Leckie .. . . . . .
Conditions of Peace. Government of Lagos and Possoo
ofEpé.... Agreement. Addo. British Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agreement. Pocral. British Protection . . . . . . . . . .
Agreement. Okeodan. British Protection.. .. . . . . . .
Agreement. Badagry. Cession of Town and Territory
of Badagry to Great Britain. (See also Declaration
15May,1886) . . . . . . . . . . . . Deed. Okeodan. Sale of piece of land to Great
Britain for Government residence . . . . . . . . . . .
Royal Commission. Union of Lagos with Sierra Leone
(Revoked 24 July, 1874) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Letters Patent. Erection of the Settlements of the
Gold Coast and Lagos into one Colony under the
Title of the Gold Coast Colony. (See also Letters
Patent, 13 July, 1886) .. .. .. .. .. ....
Agreement. British Protectorate over Katanu . . . . . .
Proclamation. British Protectorate over Appa . . . . . .
Treaty. J akri (Benin River). British Protection. . ..
Treaty. Ogbo. British Protection . . . . . . . . . .. -. ,,
COBOOQOIOOOIIQIOOO
QOOQOIOOI
.lICOIQQl OUOIIC...‘ O b O O i l II
Page
405
405
405
406
406
409
410
411
411
412
413
413
414
415
416
417
417
417
417
418
403
GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS).
24 00s., 1885.
24 Oct., 1885.
13 Jan., 1886.
5 Feb., 1886.
5 May, 1886.
23 July, 1886.
29 Dec., 1887.
15 May, 1888.
15 May, 1888.
22 May, 1888.
28 May, 1888.
29 May, 1888.
29 May, 1888.
31 May, 1888.
21 July, 1888.
21 July, 1888.
23 July, 1888.
5 Aug., 1891.
8 Aug., 1891.
13 Aug, 1891.
9 Oct., 1888.
20 Feb., 1889.
10 Aug., 1889.
15 Aug, 1893.
[List of Treaties, &c.]
Treaty. Mahin. Cession to Great Britain of Mahin
Beach............... ............
Treaty. lHahin. Atijere. British Protection. . . . . . .
Letters Patent. Erection of Lagos into 2. Separate
BritisliColony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proclamation. British Sovereignty and Protection
over Coast between Odi and the Benin River (J akri,
Ogbo, Mahin, and the Mahin Beach) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Declaration. Badagry. Meaning of term “ Town of
Badagry ” in Treaty of 7 July, 1863 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Declaration. Dckami. Frah, Denham Waters, and
Whemi Order in Council. British Jurisdiction in Territories
adjacent to Colony. S.P., 78, vol. 836.. . . . . . . . . . .
Declaration. Igbessa. Non-cession of Territory.
Boundaries,&c................ . . . . . . . . ........
Proclamation. British Protection over Igbessa . . . . . .
Declaration. Ife. Non-cession of Territory, Boun-
daries, . . . . . . . . . Declaration. Itebu. Non-cession of Territory. Boun-
daries,&c............. . . . . . . . . .
Declaration. Ketu. Non-cession of Territory. Boun-
daries, Treaty. British Protectorate over Ketu. . .
Declaration. Ibu.
Non-cession of Territory. Boun-
daries, &c....... Convention. Ilaro. Non-cession of Territory. Boun-
daries, ..........
Declaration. British Protectorate over Ilaro . . . . . . ..
Treaty. Oyo and Yorubaland. Non-cession of Terri-
tory. Boundaries, &c. . . . .. .. ..
Note. Igbessa addedto Lagos .. .. .. ..
Note. Addo added to Lagos.. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Note. Ilaro added to Lagos . . . . . . . .
Memorandum. Artijere Wharf.
Boundaries..... .. .. .. ................ ....
Treaty. Ondo. N on-cession of Territory. Boun-
daries, &c....... .
Agreement. Great Britain and France. Spheres of
Influence. (See Great Britain and France).
Treaty. Ibadan. Internal Affairs of Zoruba Towns, 8:0.
Itebu and Ibu.
Page
419
421
422
422
424
424
425
426
427
426
427
427
428
429
429
430
425
412
429
431
432
432
$04
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [1 Mar_,185'2,
[Lagos]
NO. 92.—Notes on LAGOS, 1851—1891.
IN October, 1851, the British Government gave instructions
to the British Naval Commander in the Bight of Benin to
expel the Slave Trade Chief, Kosoko, and his people from
Lagos. These instructions were carried out in January follow-
ing, when Kosoko was deposed and expelled from Lagos, his
town destroyed, and the friendly chief, Akitoye, established in
the seat of power at Lagos in his stead.* Kosoko was, how-
ever, allowed to reside at Epé, by permission of the King of
J ebu; but in 1861 he was allowed by the British Government
to return to Lagos.
On the 1st March, 1852, the following Agreement was
signed by Akitoye, King of Lagos, granting pieces of land to
the Church Missionary Society :——-1“
“That Akitoye, King of Lagos, with his Chiefs, has made
over to the Rev. C. A. Gollmer, on behalf of the Church Mis-
sionary Society, the undermentioned pieces of land, for the
purpose of erecting on them churches, schools, and dwelling-
houses for missionaries and native agents whom that society
may employ atthis station, Lagos.
“1st. A piece of land in the district, called Okofagi, being
situated outside the present town, called Brazilian Town, and
nearly opposite to the mouth of the Badagry River Ossa, and
close to the Lagos River, of the following dimensions, viz. :—
“ 200 yards long, from north to south, and 130 yards wide
from east to west.
“2nd. A piece of land known by the bread-fruit trees, on
the north side of Okofagi ; 66 yards long from north to south,
and 41 yards wide from east to west.
“ 8rd. A piece of land known by Limo’s place, not far from
the house of the former Chief, Tapa, 96 yards in length from
east to west, and 415 yards in width from north to south.
”’ S.P., vol. xli, p. 2341.
1“ S.P., vol. xliv, p. 1207.
4:05
28 Sept.,1854.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAeos). [140. 92
[Lagos]
“ 4th. A piece of land near the water-side called Elrite Ero.
70 yards long from north to south, and 23 yards wide from east
to west.
“ 5th. A piece of land on the elevated part of Lagos, behind
the King’s house, and not far from the market, 33 yards long,
from. east to west, and 23 yards wide from north to south,
called Ojogim.
“ That King Akitoye has made over to the Rev. C. A. Goll~
mer the above specified pieces of land for the benefit of the
Church Missionary Society, without any condition, and free of
expense, and without limit of time, he declares by placing his
mark to his name in the presence of his Chief and others.”
This Agreement bore the Mark of King Akitoye and those
of 13 other Chiefs and Elders. .
On the 28th September, 1854, Kosoko, his Caboceers and
Chiefs, entered into an Agreement with the British Govern_
ment, in which they solemnly pledged themselves to make no
attempt to regain possession of Lagos, either by threats, hos-
tilities, or stratagem; and in the same Agreement they stated
that they claimed Palma as their port of trade, which Her
Britannic Majesty’s Consul, and the Commander and Senior
British Naval Officer in the Rights, engaged to recognize as
belonging to them for all purposes of legitimate trade.
Akitoye was succeeded by Docemo as King of Lagos.
On the 22nd June, 1861,* the British Government decided
to take possession of Lagos as a British Dependency for reasons
which were assigned in a despatch addressed by Lord J. Russell
to Consul Foote, and from which the following is an extract :—
“ IN a former despatch I informed you that the question as
to whether the Island of Lagos should be taken possession of as
a British dependency was still under the consideration of Her
Majesty’s Government, and I have now to inform you that
this question has been decided in the aflirmativest
“ It is not without some reluctance that Her Majesty’s
* S.P., vol. lii, p. 175.
‘l’ See Treaty, 6th August, 1861, and Proclamation of same date, pp.
407, 408.
406
No.92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [22 June,1861,
[Lagos]
Government have determined, by the occupation of Lagos, to
extend the number of British Dependencies on the African
coast; but they have been induced to come to this determina-
tion because they are convinced that the permanent occupa-
tion of this important point ill the Bight of Benin is indis-
pensable to the complete suppression of the Slave Trade in
the Bight, whilst it will give great aid and support to the
development of lawful commerce, and will check the aggres-
sive spirit of the King of Dahomey, whose barbarous wars,
and encouragement to slave-trading, are the chief cause of
disorder in that part of Africa.
“But in carrying this determination into effect, there are
several questions of importance which require consideration.
“ Her Majesty’s Government would be most unwilling that
the establishment of British Sovereignty at Lagos should be
attended with any injustice to Docemo)“ the present Chief of
the island; but they conceive that as his tenure of the island
in point of fact depends entirely upon the continuance of the
protection which has been afforded to him and his predecessor
by the British naval authorities since the expulsion of Kosoko,
no injustice will be inflicted upon him by changing this
anomalous protectorate into an avowed occupation, provided
his material interests are secured.
Pension to be granted to King Docemo.
“It will be right, therefore, to assign him an adequate
pension to be paid out of the revenue of the island, unless it
should be advisable to continue him in some situation or
employment under the British ofiicer who may be appointed to
administer the affairs of the island, in which case the remune-
ration for his services may be a sufficient provision for him
without a special compensation.
“ If you should think it advisable at once to take temporary
possession of Lagos pending the final arrangements, you are
authorized to do so; but you will carefully explain to King
Docemo the motives that have induced Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment to take this step. You will inform him that Her
* See Proclamation, 6th August, 1861, p. 408. S.P., vol. lii, p. 182.
407
22 June, 1861.] GREAT BRITAIN (L ieos). [Na 92
[Lagos.]
Majesty’s Government are not actuated by any dissatisfaction
with his conduct, but that, on the contrary, they have every
wish to deal with him in a liberal and friendly spirit; and that
their object in taking this step is to secure for ever the free
population of Lagos from the slave-traders and kidnappers who
formerly oppressed them ; to protect and develop the important
trade of which their town is the seat, and to exercise an
influence on .the surrounding tribes which may, ‘it is to be
hoped, be permanently beneficial to the African‘race. -
“You will not take any__st_eps for establishing British
Sovereignty until you have concerted with the Commodore in
command of Her Majesty’s naval forces on the African station,
or with the senior otfieer of the Bights Division, as to the
measures which may be necessary on the occasion, and it will
be well that, previously to taking possession, you should obtain
from King Docemo and his headmen, a Treaty of Cession, duly
signed and executed.* - ‘
“ But whether you deem it advisable at once-to take posses-
sion of Lagos, or to defer this step until after you have com-
municated further with Her Majesty’s Government on the
subject, ‘you will in either case report to me fully your opinion
asto the‘ amount and nature of the compensation to be awarded
to Docemo, which you will not positively fix until you have
obtained the sanction of Her Majesty’s Government; the
arrangements which you would propose for administering the
Government o'f'the island; the probable expenditure; and the
amount of revenue which may be raised to meet that expendi-
ture; and, generally, as to the effect which the change of
Sovereignty maybe expected to produce on thestate‘ of afiairs
in the island. " ' i ' '
“You will, moreover, report, after consultation with the
senior naval oflicer on the station, as to the amount of force
which will be required for the maintenance of British authority
on the island, and for the protection of the place from attacks
on the part of the neighbouring Chiefs.
“ You will bear in mind, however, that it will be the policy
_ * See Treaty- of Cession, 6th August, 1861, p. 409, and Proclamation
date, p. 410.
" 403
No, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [22 June, 1861.
[Lagos]
of Her Majesty’s Government strictly to avoid all aggression
upon the surrounding Chiefs, and that it is on every account
desirable to keep the expedition for this purpose within the
narrowest limits compatible with the safety of the place.
“ I have requested the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty,
to whom I have transmitted copy of this despatch, to. issue
instructions in conformity therewith to the oflicer commanding
Her Majesty’s naval forces on the West Coast of Africa.”
Cession to Great Britain of Port and Island of Lagos.
On the 6th August, 1861, a Treaty was concluded by the
Senior British Naval Officer on the Bight of Benin Station and
the Acting British Consul, in the name of Her Majesty, with
Docemo, King of Lagos, on the part of himself and his Chiefs,
for the cession to Great ‘Britain of the Port and Island of
Lagos, subject to certain conditions.*
The following is an extract from that Treaty :-—-
“ ART. I. In order that the Queen of England may be better
enabled to assist, defend, and protect the inhabitants of Lagos,
and to put an end to the Slave Trade in this and the neigh-
bouring countries, and to prevent the destructive wars so
frequently undertaken by Dahomey and others ‘for the capture
of slaves, I, Docemo, do, with the consent and advice of my
Council, give, transfer, and by these presents grant and‘con-
firm unto the Queen of ‘Great Britain, her heirs and successors
for ever, the port and island ‘of Lagos, with all the rights,
profits, territories and appurtenances whatsoever thereunto
belonging, and as well the profits and revenue as the direct,
full, and absolute dominion and sovereignty of the said port,
island, and premises, with all the royalties thereof, freely,
fully, entirely, and absolutely. I do also covenant and grant
that the quiet and peaceable possession thereof shall, with all
possible speed, be freely and efiectually delivered to the Queen
of Great Britain, or such person as Her Majesty shall there-
unto appoint, for her use in the performance of this grant; the
inhabitants of the said island and territories, as the Queen’s
1* s.r., vol. Iii, p. 181. '
4609
6 Aug., 1861.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [Na 92
[Lagos.]
subjects, and under her sovereignty, Crown, jurisdiction, and
government, being still suffered to live there.
King Docemo to retain title of King.
“ART. II. Docemo will be allowed the use of the title of
King, in its usual African signification, and will be permitted
to decide disputes between natives of Lagos with their consent,
subject to appeals to British laws.
Stamp of King Docemo.
“ART. 111. In the transfer of lands, the stamp of Docemo
affixed to the document will be proofs that there are no other
native claims upon it, and for this purpose he will be permitted
to use it as hitherto.
Pension to be paid to King Docemo.
“ In consideration of the cession as before mentioned of the
port and island and territories of Lagos, the Representatives
of the Queen of Great Britain do promise, subject to the
approval of Her Majesty, that Docemo shall receive an annual
pension from the Queen of Great Britain equal to the net
revenue hitherto annually received by him; such pension to
be paid at such periods and in such modes as may hereafter be
determined.”
By an Additional Article to the above Treaty, dated
18th February, 1862, it was agreed that King Docemo should
receive as a pension from the British Government 1,200 bags of
cowries yearly, as equal to his net revenue, provided he did not
break any of the Articles of that Treaty, and resigned all claim
upon former farmers of his revenue.
British Occupation of Lagos.
On the same day (6th August, 1861) the following British
Proclamationi“ was issued on the taking possession of Lagos :—
‘ “British Consulate, Lagos, 6th August, 1861.
“ DocEMo, King of Lagos, having ceded the sovereignty of
Lagos to the Queen of Great Britain, her heirs and successors
* S.P., vol. lvii, p. 354.
410
N0. 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [6 Aug,’ 1861,
[Lagos. Palma and Leckie.]
for ever,* we, Norman B. Bedingfeld, Commander of Her
Majesty’s ship “ Prometheus,” and senior officer of the Bights
Division; and William McCoskry, Esquire, Her Britannia
Majesty’s Acting Consul, do this day formally take possession
in the name of Her most gracious Majesty Queen Victoria.
“ God save the Queen! ”
Palma and Lechie.
On the 7th February, 1863,1' a Declaration was signed by
Docemo, ex-Chief of Epé and formerly King of Lagos, respect-
ing the extent of his former possessions. It ran as follows :—
“ BY the present document, I, Kosoko, ex-Chief of Epé, and
formerly King of Lagos, do declare that when King of Lagos,
my territory extended to the eastward as far as Palma and
Leckie, and that when I was expelled from Lagos and settled
at Epé, by the permission of the King of J ebu, I claimed those
parts as my ports of trade, by right of my former ownership,
and they were recognized as such by the British Government.
Right of Lagos Government to Palma and Leckie.
“ Having now left Epé, and returned to Lagos by the kind
permission of Her Britannic Majesty’s Government, I lay no
further claim to the ports of Palma and Leckie, which conse-
quently must revert to the Lagos Government.”
Epé.
The following are the conditions upon which the Govern~
ment of Lagos, on the part of Her Majesty’s Government,
agreed to make peace with Possoo of Epé, in March, 1863 :—
“ ART. 1. Possoo acknowledges that he has no claim to the
Chiefship of Palma and the land lying between it and Lagos
south of the Epé Lagoon.
=ll= >X< =ll= =ll= =i=
‘ See Treaty, 6th August, 1861, p. 410.
1' S.P., vol. lvii, p. 354.
411 2 e
27 June, 1863.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [Na 92
[Addo. Epé.]
“ ART. III. He will not interfere with persons residing
within the Lagos territory who may proeeedvto Epé for trade or
any legal purposes, and will allow them to fix establishments
there and grant them every facility in their business.
Rights of King of Jebu orer E196.
“ ART. VII. It is clearly understood by Possoo and his people
that these conditions are not in the least to be considered as
ignoring or waiving the right of the King of J ebu to the
sovereignty of Epé, which the British Government is aware
forms a part of his territory, but are merely to be held as con-
ditions with Possoo himself so long as he is as now at Epé by
sufferance of the said King.”
British Protectorate over Adele.
0n the 27th June, 1863,* the King and Chiefs of Addo
signed the following Agreement for placing their territory
under British protection :—
“ THE King and Chiefs of Addo having on or about the 1st of
1Vfay, 1863, sent down a message to his Excellency, John
Hawley Glover, the Lieutenant-Governor of Her Britannic
'Majesty’s Settlement of Lagos, requesting him to take upon
himself, on the part of Her Britannic Majesty, the protection of
their town and country, Mr. Thomas Tiekel, Resident Agent
at Badagry, visited Addo on the 16th instant, and having con-
ferred with the King and Chiefs touching the request they
had made to his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, and
..having reported that it was their free and spontaneous wish
‘(that Her Britannic Majesty’s Government should exercise all
ithe rights of a protecting power over them, his Excellency
visited Addo on the 26th June, and having assured himself of
the correctness of the foregoing statement, and the request
being again repeated, his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor
of Lagos, on the part of Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain, has taken upon himself the protection of the King,
4‘ H.T., vol. xii, p. 103. Added to Lagos, 8th August, 1891.
412
NO. 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [29 June, 1863.
[Pocrah 0keodan.]
Chiefs, and people of Addo, and has permitted them to hoist
the (white) English flag with a red border, subject always to
the approval of Her Majesty’s Government.
“ Therefore, his Excellency John Hawley Glover, the Lieu--
tenant-Governor of Lagos and Acting Consul for the Bight of
Benin, &c., on the part of Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain, and the King and Chiefs of Addo on the part of them-
selves and their people, have agreed as is hereinbefore set
forth. And the King and Chiefs further bind themselves to
be guided in their proceedings with all surrounding tribes as
Her Majesty’s Government shall from time to timeldirect.”
British Protectorate over Pocrah.
On the 29th June, 1863f’5 the King and Chiefs of Pocrah
signed the following Agreement for placing their territory
:under British protection :—
“ THE King and Chiefs of Pocrah having sent down repeated
messages to the Governor of Lagos, through Mr. ‘Thomas
'Tickel, Resident Agent at Badagry, requesting him to take
upon himself, on the part of Her Britannic Majesty, the pro-
tection of their town and country, his Excellency John Hawley
Glover, Lieutenant-Governor of Lagos, and Acting Consul for
the Bight of Benin, Visited that place on the 29th June, 1863,
.and having assured himself of the wishes of the King ‘and
Chiefs, and the request being again repeated, his Excellency
the Lieutenant-Governor, on the part of Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain, has taken upon himself the protection
or the King, Chiefs, and people of Pocrah, and has permitted
them to hoist the (white) English flag with a red border,
subject always to the approval of Her Majesty.”
British Protectorate over Okeodan.
On the 43th July, 1863, the King and Chiefs of Okeodan
signed the following Agreement for placing their territory
under British protection :——1”
* H.T., vol. xii, p. 101..
'l' S.P., vol. lvii, p. 357; H.T., vol. xii, p. 105.
413 2 G 2
4 July, 1863.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [N0- 92-
[0keodan. Badagry.]
“THE Chiefs of Okeodan having sent down repeated messages
to the Governor of Lagos, through Mr. Thomas Tickel, Resident
Agent at Badagry, requesting him to take upon himself, on the
part of Her Britannic 1Majesty, the protection of their town
and country, his Excellency John Hawley Glover, Lieutenant-
Governor of Lagos and Acting Consul for the Bight of Benin
visited Shagbo, where he was received by the Chiefs of Okeodan
on the 4th day of July, 1863; and having assured himself of
the wishes of the Chiefs, and the request being again repeated,
his Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, on the part of Her
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain,has taken upon himself the
protection of the Chiefs and people of Okeodan, and has per~
mitted them to hoist the (white)_English flag with a red border,
on the understanding that they receive a representative of Her
Majesty’s Government to reside in their town, subject always
to the approval of Her hIajesty’s Government.”
Cession of Badagry to Great Britain.
On the 7th July, 1863, the Chiefs of Badagry signed the
following Agreement, by which they ceded their territory to
Great Britain :——*
“ HIs Excellency John Hawley Glover, Lieutenant-Governor,
Commander-in-Chief, and Vice-Admiral of Her Britannic
Majesty’s settlement of Lagos, and Acting-Consul for the Bight
of Benin, on the part of Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain, and the Chiefs of Badagry on the part of themselves
and their people, have agreed as follows :
“ART. 1. In order for the better keeping of the peace and
quiet of the Well-disposed persons living in Badagry, and for
the better security of their lives and properties, as also for the-
purpose of setting aside all pretensions on the part of the King
of Porto-Novo and others to the right and royalty of this
district of Badagry ;
“ We, whose names are hereunto subscribed, being Chiefs of
Badagry, have freely and willingly ceded to Her Majesty the
* S.P., vol. lvii, p. 359 ; H.T.,vol. xii,p. 106. See also Treaty, 5th May,
1886, p. 424.
414
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAILT (LAGOS). [17 July, 1863,
[Badagrm Okeodan.)
Queen of Great Britain, her heirs and successors, for ever, the
town of Badagry, and all the rights and territories and appur-
tenances whatsoever thereunto belonging, as well as all profits
and revenues, absolute dominion and sovereignty of the
said town and territory of Badagry, freely, fully, entirely, and
absolutely.*
“And we further declare that our right and property in the
district of Badagry has always and does extend westward to
the village toWitcheree, on the sea-shore, the half of the town
of Quameh, and the eastern side or shore of the Quameh Creek,
on Lagoon.”
Oheodan.
On the 17th July, 1863, the following Indenture was signed
by the Chiefs of Okeodan for the cession of their territory to
Great Britain :—
“ THIS Indenture made the 17th day of July, in the year of
our Lord 1863, in pursuance of an Act to facilitate the convey-
ance of real property between Agro, Kembei, Elucie, Olucade,
Afulu, Eloh, Maroyah, Ojoe, and Fallalah, Chiefs of Okeodan
of the one part ; and Thomas Tickel, Resident Agent and
Acting Vice-Consul of Okeodan, on behalf of Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain, of the other part.
“ Whereas, by a Convention signed by the above-named
Chiefs on the 41th day of July, 1863,1- the said Chiefs did therein
agree to receive a representative of Her Majesty’s Government
to reside in their town ; and whereas it is necessary that a
Government [residence ?] should be erected at Okeodan for
accommodating such representative aforesaid, the said Chiefs
have consented and agreed to the said Thomas Tickel to grant
and convey to Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, her
heirs and successors for ever, the piece or parcel of land herein-
after described at or for the price or sum of 10 bags of cowries
(equal to the sum of W. sterling money) ;
* See also Explanatory Declaration, 5th May, 1886, p. 424.
1' Page 413.
4:15
24 July, 1874.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). END. 92
[Gold Coast 00101137.]
“New, this indenture witnesseth that, in pursuance of the
said agreement, and in consideration of 10 bags of cowries now
paid by the said Thomas Tickel to the said Chiefs hereinafter
named (the receipt whereof the said before-named Chiefs do,
and each of them doth hereby acknowledge) they the said
Chiefs before named do, and each of them, doth hereby grant,
bargain, sell, and assign unto Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain, her heirs and successors, for ever, all that piece or
parcel of land situate and being at Okeodan, measuring 150 feet
on the east, 150 feet on the west, 150 feet on the north, and 150‘
feet on the south, and the said Chiefsihereinbefore named do,
and each of them doth, further convenant with the said Thomas‘
Tickel that they have the right to grant'zand convey the said
land to Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain, her heirs and
successors, notwithstanding any act of ;the said Chiefs done or
committed; and that any of Her Majesty’s representatives, or-
the representatives of her heirs and successors, shall have peace—
able and quiet possession of the said land free from all in-
cumbrances ; and that they will execute such further assurance
of the said land as may be requisite, and that they have done no
act to encumber the said land. And the said hereinbefore-
named Chief releases to Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain, her heirs and successors, for ever, all claims upon the
said land.
“ In witness whereof the said parties to these presents have
hereunto set their hands, and the Great Seal of the Settlement
of Lagos has been hereunto afiixed the day and year above
written.
“ THOMAS TICKEL,
“ Resident Agent.”
[Marks of Chiefs]
Lagos. Gold Coast Colony.
0n the 19th February, 1866*, a Royal Commission was
issued for uniting Lagos, Gambia, and the Gold Coast to Sierra
Leone, but this Commission was subsequently revoked by Royal
Letters Patent of 24th July, 1874, so far as regarded the Gold
if‘ S.P., vol. lix, p. 1194.
416
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [15’ Mar,’ 1884,
[Katanu. Appa. Jakri]
Coast and Lagos, which Settlements were declared to be erected
into a separate Colony under thetitle of the Gold Coast Colony.
On the 24th July, 18745‘ Letters Patent were issued for the
erection of the Settlements of the Gold Coast and of Lagos
into one Colony under the title of the Gold Coast Colony.
It was also declared in those Letters Patent that the British
Settlement on the Gold Coast comprised all places, settlements,
and territories which at any time belong to Her Majesty in
Western Africa between the 5th degree of west longitude and
the 2nd degree of east longitude; and that the British Settle--
ment of Lagos comprised all places, settlements, and territories
which might'at any time belong to Her Majesty in lVestern-
Africa between the 2nd and 5th degrees of east longitude.
But, on the 13th January, 1886, Lagos was erected into a
separate Colonyrl'
British Protectorate over Kata-ma:
On the 24th September, 1879, an Agreement was entered
into in the name of Her Majesty with the King and Chiefs of ’
Kata-nu, by which their territory was placed under British
Protection.
British Protectorate orer Appajj
On the 15th March, 1884, an Agreement was entered into
in the name of Her Majesty with the King, Princes, and Chiefs
of Appa, by which their territory was placed under British
Protection, and on the same day the British flag was hoisted in.-
that territory.
British Protectorate over Jakri.
On the 16th July, 1884, a Treaty was signed betweem
Great Britain and Jakri for placing Jakri under British.
Protection :—-—§
“ART. I. Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and?
Ireland, &c., in compliance with the request of the Chiefs and’
' 3*‘ S.P., vol. lxvi, p. 942.
"l- H.T., vol. xvii, p. 113.
1 See Agreement. Great Britain and France, 10th August, 1889,.
Art. IV, p. 561.
§ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 133.
417
1'24; Oct., 1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [N0. 92
[Ogbo.]
people of Jakri, hereby undertakes to extend to them and to
‘the territory under their authority and jurisdiction Her
gracious favour and ‘protection.
“ ART. II. The Chiefs of J akri agree and promise to refrain
from entering into any correspondence, Agreement, or Treaty
'with any foreign nation or power, except with the knowledge
and sanction of Her Britannic Majesty’s Government.
“ ART. 111. It is agreed that full and exclusive jurisdiction,
(civil and criminal, over British subjects and their property in
--the territory of J akri is reserved to Her Britannic Majesty, to
be exercised by such Consular or other officer as Her Majesty
shall appoint for that purpose. The same jurisdiction is like-
wise reserved to Her Majesty in the said territory of J akri
~over foreign subjects enjoying British protection, who shall be
deemed to be included in the expression ‘ British subject’
throughout this Treaty.”
British Protectorate over Cgbo.
On the 24th December, 1884, the following Treaty was
signed between Great Britain and the Chiefs of Ogbo, for placing
the territory of Ogbo under British Protection :—*
“ART. 1. .Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and
Ireland, &c., hereby undertakes to extend to the said Chiefs
‘and to the territory under their authority Her gracious favour
'and protection. -
“ART. II. The said Chiefs agree and promise to refrain
from entering into any correspondence, Agreement, or Treaty
with any foreign nation or power, except with the knowledge
.and sanction of Her Britannic Majesty’s Government.
“ ART. III. It is agreed that full and exclusive jurisdiction,
civil and criminal, over British subjects and their property in
'the territory of Ogbo is reserved to Her Britannic Majesty, to
"be exercised as Her Majesty shall appoint and direct."
This Treaty was ratified by the British Government, and a
.Proclamation on the subject issued on the 5th February, 1886.1’
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 176.
‘I’ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1132.
418
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [24 Oct,’ 1885,
[Mahin Beach]
Cession to Great Britain of lVIahin Beach.
On the 24th October, 1885, the following Treaty was
signed at Aboto, between Great Britain and the King of
Mahin for the Cession to ‘Great Britain of Mahin Beach :—*
“WHEREAS Arnapetu, King of Mahin, by a deed of sale dated
at Mahin Town on the 29th January, 1885, ceded with all
rights, including the sovereignty, to the German subject Herr
Gottlieb Leonhard Gaiser, a merchant residing in the city of
Hamburg, all that part of the Mahin country which is known
as the Mahin Beach, and is situated in the Gulf of Benin, com-
mencing as far as Abejanure on the west, extending to Abetobo
on the east, and bounded inland by the next lagoon.
“And whereas the said King Amapetu on the 11th March,
1885, entered into a Treaty of friendship and protection
(containing VII Articles) with His Imperial Majesty the
Emperor of Germany, by Dr. N. G. Nachtigal, His Majesty’s
Imperial General Consul and Commissioner for the West Coast
of Africa, endowed with the necessary powers of attorney in
the name of His Majesty the German Emperor, King of
Prussia, Wilhelm I, whereby King Amapetu, in Article I
begged His Majesty the Emperor to take him and his country
under his most gracious protection :
“ And Whereas by the said Treaty, inter alia, the cession of
the sea beach as aforesaid by King Amapetu was incorporated in
the said Treaty under Article IV, and Dr. N achtigal on behalf
of His Majesty the German Emperor acknowledged this assign-
ment of country and the conditions connected therewith, put
the concerned part of the Mahin country under the immediate
protection of the German Empire, and took the sovereignty
over it :
“ And whereas it was provided by Article VII of the afore-
said Treaty of friendship and protection that it should be ‘in
force and legacy’ from the date on which it was signed, with
the reservation that it should become invalid in case of the
*‘ H.T., vol. xi, p. 178. Referred to in Proclamation of 5th February,
1886, p. 422. H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1132.
419
24 Oct.,1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [1%. 92-
[Mahin Beach]
non-ratification thereof on the part of the Imperial German
Government within 18 months of the date on which the said
Treaty was signed :
“And whereas the before-mentioned Treaty was done and
signed at Mahin in the residence of King Ainapetu, on the 11th.
March, 1885 :
“And whereas it has been notified by the‘ Consul at Lagos
for the German Empire to King Amapetu of Mahin, that His
Imperial Majesty the Emperor of Germany had declined to
ratify and confirm the before mentioned Treaty of friendship
and protection, whereby the same became null and void, leaving
King Amapetu free to enter into a Treaty with Her Majesty
Queen Victoria :
llfahin Beach.
“ N ow, therefore, be it known to all whom it may concerm
that King Amapetu, King of Mahin, by this Treaty entered
into between himself as King of Mahin, and Her Most Gracious
Majesty Victoria, of Great Britain and Ireland Queen, Empress
of India, by Wiilliam Brandford Grifiith, Esquire, Companion of
the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and St. George,
Lieutenant-Governor Administering the Government of Her
Majesty’s Gold Coast Colony, duly authorized for the said pur-
pose, doth hereby for himself and his lawful successors, cede
unto Her Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria, her heirs and
successors, all. that part of the Mahin country which is known
as the Mahin Beach, wheresoever the Mahin country is bounded
by the sea, the whole of such coast line being hereby ceded to
Her Majesty, such cession being without prejudice to the rights
of the said Gottlieb Leonhard Gaiser, as set forth in the deed
of sale to him of the 29th January, 1885, hereinbefore referred
to, the grant to him of such land rights extending on the sea
beach in the Gulf of Benin, from Abejamure on the west to
Abetobo on the east, and being bounded inland by the next
lagoon. And Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen accepts
the cession of the Mahin Beach in its entirety; and, as respects
the portion granted to Mr. G. L. Gaiser, and described in the
deed of sale, hereby acknowledges the assignment of country
made therein, and the conditions connected therewith, to
4:20
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [24 Oct., 1885,.
[Mahin . 1
Gottlieb Leonhard Gaiser, places the concerned part of the
Mahin country under the protection of Great Britain, and takes
the sovereignty over it.
“ This Treaty shall take effect from the day of the date‘
hereof.”
British Protection orer lllahiri.
On the 24th October, 1885, the following Treaty was signed
between Great Britain and Mahin for placing Mahin Territory
under British Protection :——*
“ VVHEREAS Amapetu, King of Mahin, on the 11th March,
1885, entered into a Treaty of friendship and protection with
His Imperial Majesty the Emperor of Germany, by Doctor N.
G. Nachtigal, His Majesty’s Imperial Consul General and
Commissioner for the West Coast of Africa, endowed with the
necessary powers of attorney in the name of His Majesty the
German Emperor, King of Prussia, Wilhelm I, whereby King
Amapetu, in Article I, begged His Majesty the Emperor to
take his country under His most gracious protection.
“And whereas it was provided by Article VII of the aforej-
said Treaty of friendship and protection, that it should be ‘in
force and legacy ’ from the date on which it was signed, with
the reservation that it should become invalid in the case of the
non-ratification thereof on the part of the Imperial German
Government within eighteen months of the date on which the
said Treaty was signed.
“And whereas the before-mentioned Treaty was done and
signed at Mahin, in the residence of King Amapetu, on the
11th March, 1885; and whereas it has since been officially’
notified by the Consul at Lagos for the German Empire, to
King Amapetu, that His Imperial Majesty the Emperor of"
Germany had declined to ratify and confirm the before-men-
tioned Treaty of friendship and protection, whereby the same
became null and void, leaving King Amapetu free to enter into-
a Treaty with Her Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria.
“ Now, therefore, be it known to all whom it may concern,
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 180. Referred to in Proclamation of 5th F ebruary,-
1886, p. 422. H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1132.
4:21
13 Jan., 1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAeos). [No.92
[Mahin Lagos.] ‘
that the hereinbefore mentioned parties of the first and second
parts of this Treaty of friendship and protection have agreed
to the following Articles constituting the same :—
‘“ ART. 1. King Amapetu, of Mahin, led by the desire to
strengthen and enlarge the relations, commercial and other-
wise, maintained by the trading and mercantile community of
Lagos with him and his country, to protect the independence
-of the latter, to fortify his Government, to procure to his sub-
jects the advantages of civilization, and to secure to strangers
the due protection of life and property, begs Her Majesty the
Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, to take
Atijere.
him and his country, including the island or land called Atijere,
and all portions of his country bounded by the sea, under Her
most gracious protection.
“ Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland,
Empress of India, by Her Lieut.-Governor hereinbefore men- ‘
tioned, accepts the olfer of King Amapetu, and will afford
Her most gracious protection to him and his country.
“ART. 11. King Amapetu hereby engages not to cede his
country nor any parts of it to any other Power, nor to con-
clude treaties with other Governments without the special con-
sent of Her Majesty the Queen.”
Lagos a Separate Colony.
On the 13th January, 1886, Letters Patent were issued
erecting Lagos into a separate Colonyfl's
Coast between Odi and the Benin Riser.
On the 5th February, 1886;!" the following Proclamation
was issued by the Governor of the Gold Coast, declaring the
whole of the coast line between Odi and the Benin River
including J akri, Ogbo, Mahin, and the Mahin Beach, to be
under British Sovereignty and Protection :—
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 113.
‘l’ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 1132.
422
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [5 Feb,’ 1886,
[Coast between Odi and Benin River; J akri, Ogbo, Mahin, and.
Mahin Beach.]
“ PROCLAMATION by HE. Brandford Griffith, Esq., C.M.G.,
Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Gold Coast
Colony, &c., &c., &c.
“W. BRANDFORD GRIFFITH, Governor.
“WHEREAS, by a, Treaty made the 16th day of July, 1884.
(page 417), and ratified by Her Majesty’s Government, Her
Majesty extended to the Chiefs of J akri and the territory under
their authority and jurisdiction her gracious favour and protec-
tion.
“And whereas, by a Treaty made the 24th day of December,
1884 (page 418), and ratified by Her Majesty’s Government, Her
Majesty extended to the Chiefs of Ogbo and the territory under-
their authority her gracious favour and protection.
“ And whereas, by a Treaty made the 24th day of October,
1885 (page 421), the King of Mahin ceded unto Her Majesty all
that part of the Mahin country which is known as the Mahin
Beach.
“ Now, therefore, I, William Brandford Griffith, Companion
of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint
George, Governor of the Gold Coast Colony, do hereby pro-i
claim as follows :-
“1. That the whole of the coast-line between Odi and the
Benin River, including the above-named territories and the
Mahin Beach, is now under the sovereignty and protection of
Her Majesty.
“ 2. That the above-mentioned coast~line has been attached
to and forms part of the Protectorate of Lagos, and that the
Custom Laws of Lagos will, from the date of this Proclamation,-
be in force therein. I
“ Given under my hand and the public seal of the Gold Coast
Colony, at the Government House, at Christiansborg, in the
said Colony, this 5th day of February, in the year of our Lord
1886, and of Her Majesty’s reign the forty-ninth.
“ By his Excellency’s command,
“ KNAPP BARROW,
“ Colonial Secretary.
“ God save the Queen.”
423
1883—1888] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [No 92
[Fra11, Denham Waters, Whemi, Igbessa.]
Badag'r-y.
On the 5th May, 1886,* a Declaration was signed by the
Chiefs of Badagry in explanation of the meaning of “Town of
Badagry and all its rights and territories and appurtenances
whatsoever thereunto belonging,” mentioned in the Treaty of
July, 1863. The definition was given thus :——-“ To the north-
ward, or inland, and inclusive thereof, Ragbo, Kogga, Ille, and
a line through them to the Ologe waters; to the west, the
Aado River continued to the sea by a line passing through and
inclusive of Quameh; to the eastward, Ologe waters, and a line
thence to Okogbo, across lagoon to sea. To the southward, the
sea. Further—that its furthest inland town of Kogga Ille was
the late Chief Akrauh’s, who signed the Treaty, and was in-
cluded in the cession.”
On the 23rd July, 1886, the following Declaration was
signed by certain Chiefs and Elders respecting Dekami, the
Kingdom of Frah, the Denham \Vaters, and the Kingdom of
Whemi.
DECLARATION of Plevekrunu, Vudunu Toso, Vudunu Toti,
Vudunu Gbehi, Vudunu Menu, Headmen, and Kumano,
Kokodi, Attu, Vrenh, Agrangbo, Edeinde, Elders, made at
‘Dekami, this 23rd day of July, 1886.
Defiant/t and the Kingdom of Frah.
“ WE, the undersigned, solemnly declare that Dekami is and
always has been part of the Kingdom of Frah.‘
“Shortly before the union of the Kingdom of Frah to Her
Majesty the Queen of England in the year 1879,? the Chiefs and
Elders of Dekami attended at Katanu and did homage to the
King of F rah.
“ They have since frequently and notably (some two months
ago) attended at Katanu and done homage to their lawful
King the King of Frah.
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 230.
1' S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 615.
4124.‘
N0, 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [22 May, 1888,
[Igbessa. Ife.)
Denham T'Vaters.
“ Owing to the hostile acts and threatening attitude of Tofa,
King of Porto Novo, they have been lately much hindered in
the discharge of their duties as liege of the King of Frah, but
they still recognize, as they have always recognized, as right to
settle their palavers in any one else than the King of Frah.
All the land south of Dekami on the Denham Waters, and
indeed all the land abutting on the Denham Waters, is or, until
recently, was part of the Kingdom of Frah.
lVhem 'i.
g “ The Kingdom of Whemi never has extended to the Denham
lVaters or to the Zunu (Kanji Agege) Creek.”
Igbessa.
On the 15th May, 1888,;re a Treaty was signed between Great
Britain and the Chiefs, Elders, and people of the Kingdom of
Igbessa, which contained the following Articles :—
IQZJQSSCL. Non-cession of Territory, Bomzdao'z'es, ém.
“2. The kingdom of Igbessa, which includes the towns of
A gbara, Ckegere, Ishon, Idologbo, Idoye, Agau, Ewutagbe,
Imuta, Epatira, Igbodo,iEkogbo, Moshi, and Itebu, is perfectly
independent, and pays tribute to no other Power, and territorially
is bounded on the north by the Ilubi and Ctta kingdoms, on
the south by the Oloje waters and the degree of latitude repre-
sented by such to the west, on the east by the Colony of Lagos
and the Itele creek, and on the west by the kingdom of Addo.
“ 6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of territory
and no other Treaty or Agreement shall be made by the King
or authorities of Igbessa than the one they have now made,
without the full understanding and consent of the Governor of
the Colony of Lagos on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen.”
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 188; S.P., vo'Llxxix, p. 615. Added to Lagos, 5th
August, 1891.
425
29 May, 1888.] GREAT BRITAIN (Lieos). [Na 92
[Itebu. Ketu.]
A Declaration, was signed by the Chiefs, Elders, and people
of Igbessa on the same day, in which the boundary of that
kingdom was similarly defined.
On the 15th May, 1888, a Proclamationwas issued announcing
the establishment of a British Protectorate over Igbessa.
Ife. Non-cession of Territory, Boundaries, 8m.
On the 22nd May, 1888,* the following Declaration was
signed by the King, Chiefs, and others of Ife :—
“ 2. The kingdom of Ife is perfectly independent and
pays tribute to no other Power, and territorially is bounded on
the north by Ibadan territory (by Oshun River) and on the south
by Ondo and J ebu territories, on the east by Ijesha and Ondo
territories, and on the west by the Oshun River.
“ 6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of territory
and no other Treaty or Agreement shall be made by the King
or authorities of Ife than the one they have now made, without
the full understanding and consent of the Governor of the
Colony of Lagos on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen.”
Itebu. N on-cession of Territory, Boundaries, 8'0.
On the 28th May, 1888A” the following Declaration was
signed by the King, Chiefs, and others of the kingdom of
Itebu :—
“ 2. The kingdom of Itebu is perfectly independent and pays
tribute to no other Power, and territorially is bounded on the
north by Oketoro and Akimana territories, on the south by the
Atijere market, on the east by Oketero territory, and on the
west by the Ofara River.
a a a a a
“ 6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of territory
and that no other Treaty or Agreement shall be made by the
King or authorities of Itebu than the one they have now made,
* S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 619. H.T., vol. xviii, p. 192.
~I" S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 620. H.T., vol. xviii, p. 192.
426
No. 921 ~GREAT BRITAIN (LAG-OS)- [29 May, 1888.
' [Ketu.]
without the full understanding and consent of the Governor
of the Colony of Lagos on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen.”
Ketu. Non-cession of Territory, Boundaries, &c.
On the 29th May, 1888;“ the following Declaration was signed
‘ by the King-designate, Chiefs, and others of the kingdom of
Ketu :——-
“ 2. The kingdom of Ketu is perfectly independent, and pays
tribute to no other Power, and territorially is bounded on the
north by the country of Barba, on the east by the territory of
the Alafin of Oyo (Yoruba), from which we are divided by the
Awyun arm of the Ogun River, on the west by Dahomey, and
' on the south by Egba, Ilaro, Okeodan, and Porto Novo.
=19 >1? =3? 3% =1?
“ 6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of. territory
and no other Treaty or Agreement shall be made by the King
or authorities of Ketu than the one they have now made, with-
out the full understanding and consent of the Governor of the
Colony of Lagos, on behalf of Her Majesty the. Queen.” I
On the same day, the following I Treaty was signed between
Great Britain and the Chiefs and people of Ketu for placing
their territory under British Protection :—
British Protectorate over Ketart
“ WE, the King-designate, Chiefs, Elders, and people of the
kingdom of Ketu, hereby offer ourselves and our territory to be
included within the protectorate of Her Majesty’s Government
of Lagos, and we do hereby declare that our rights and pro-
perty in the kingdom of Ketu comprise all that territory
bounded on the north by the country of Barba, on the east by
the territory of the Alafin of Oyo (Yoruba), from which we are
divided by the Awyun arm of the Ogun River, on the west by
Dahomey, and on the south, by Egba, Ilaro, Okeodan, and
Porto Novo. ' I
* S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 622. H.T., vol. xviii, p. 193.
rt 8.7)., vol. lxxix, p. 620.‘ H.T., vol. xviii, p. 194.
427 211
'21 July-,1888J GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [H0592
[rpm 11am]
“ ‘2. We engage to enter into no dispute or warfare with any
neighbouring tribe, but to refer such matters to the Government
of Lagos ; any encroachment or violation of our rights of terri-
tory we agree to refer in the same manner.
‘‘ 3. We engage not to enter into any negotiations with any
foreign State without the express permission of Her Majesty’s
Government.
“ 4.‘. We further engage to make no cession of territory, and
no Treaty or Agreement other than the one we now have
made, without the full understanding and consent of the
Governor .for the time being of the Colony of Lagos on behalf
of Her Majesty. _
“ 5. We further engage to enter into such further arrange-
ments for the government of our territory as'may seem fit to
Herv Majesty’s Government at any future period, and we
solemnly declare that we have full right to dispose of our
kingdom as we propose, that we have made already no such
oifer'to any other Power, and that we are on friendly terms
with all our neighbours, and that open communication exists
to all.” ‘
Ibu. Non-cession of Territory. Boundaries, do.
On the 3151'’ May’ 18885“: the following Declaration was
signed by the Chiefs of Ibn :—- '
“ 2. The Ibu towns near and around the kingdom of Itebu
are perfectly independent and pay tribute to no other Power,
and territorially are bounded on the north by Obu and Ikale
land, on the south by the Lagoon, on the east by Ikonya (a
section of the Ikale tribe) land, and on the west by Ofara
River, near Makun and Ibigi (Ijebu villages). ‘
a a: a a a
“ 6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of territory,
and that no other Treaty or Agreement shall be made by the
Chief and authorities of the Ibu towns than the onel'they have.
now made, without the full understanding and consent of
* H.T., vol. xviii, p.195. s.r._, vol‘. 1mg, 624.
428
N0. 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAG'OS). [23 July, 1888,
[Oyo and Yorubaland.)
the Governor of the Colony of Lagos on behalf of Her Majesty
the Queen.”
Ilaro. Xon-(i-ession Territory. Bomzdartes, L'C.
On the 21st July, 1888, a Convention was signed between
the Governor of Lagos and the People of Ilaro, which contained
the following clause
“ CONVENTION made on the 21st day of July, 1888, between the
Governor of Lagos and Olugbenle the Oba, or King Taiwo,
the Elemo Oshagna, the Apena Bankole, Ashipa and Odu,
the Balogun of the kingdom of Ilaro, on behalf of themselves
and the people of the said kingdom. of the other part.
“6. The Ilaros shall not make any cession of territory,
Treaty, or Agreement, to or with any foreign State, or enter
into negotiations with any foreign State, without the full
knowledge, understanding, and consent of the Governor of
,,
Lagos.
British Protectorate over Hero.
On the same day, the following Declaration was made by
the authorities of the Kingdom of llaro :—
“DECLARATION made on the 21st day of July, 1888, by the
Authorities of the kingdom of IlaroqL
“ ‘IVE, the undersigned, Olugbenla, the Obba (King), Taiwo,
the Elemo, Oshagua, the Apena, Bankole, the Ashipa, and Odu,
the Balogun of the kingdom of Ilaro, declare as follows :—-
“ 1. Ilaro is an independent kingdom. It does not pay
tribute to any other Power. Nor is it under the protection of
any other Power. '
“2. We and the rest of the people of Ilaro earnestly solicit
Her Britannic Majesty to accord to ourselves and our country
her gracious protection; and we entreat Her said Majesty to
take our territory under her gracious protection ; accord-
ingly, and to include it in the protectorate of her Colony of
Lagos.
3* H.T., T01. xviii, p. 196. S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 625.
'l' S.P., v01. lxxix, p. 627. Added to Lagos 13th August, 1891.
429 2112
23 July, 1888.] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [N0. 92
[Oyo, Yorubaland, and. Ibadan.]
“ 3. Our said territory is bounded on the west by Dahomey
and Porto Novo, on the north by Ketu, Ineko, Iboro, Shawonpa,
and Okele, on the east by Otta and the Egba country, and on
the south by Ipokia (Pokra), Addo, and Igbessa.
“ 4. The following are our principal towns, viz., Ilaro, Ajilete,
Pahai, Ijalo, Itolu, Gbotodu, Epoto, Igbogu, Ilugboro, Igbin,
Iwoye, Ibeshe, Ijana, Ipake, Idode, Ilobinuwa, Ikernon, Ilobi,
Palaka, Shasha, Mori, Akaba, Eredo, Ologuntaba, Pakoso, and
Inonkere.
“5. To show our sincerity we are ready to forthwith enter
into any agreement into which the Governor of Her Majesty’s
Colony of Lagos may reasonably require us to enter.”
Oyo and Yorubaland. Non-cession of Territory. Boundaries, .g-c.
On the 23rd July, 1888, the following Treaty was signed
between Great Britain and Oyo and Yorubaland :—*
“1. Adeyemi, Alafin of Oyo and Head of Yorubaland, the
four corners of which are and have been from time immemorial'
known as Egba, Katu, Jebu, and Oyo, embracing within its
area that inhabited by all Yoruba-speaking peoples . . . have
declared my intention of abiding by the following Articles :—
“7. It is hereby agreed that no cession of territory, and
no other Treaty or Agreement, shall be made by me other
than the one I have now made, without the full understanding
and consent of the Governor for the time being of the said
Colony of Lagos.”
a s a a
To this Treaty the following certificate was added by the
accredited messengers from the Ibadan Authorities :—
“ Oyo is commonly known as the Yoruba Kingdom, and
embraces the towns of Oyo, Awe, Akinmarin, Ilora, Iseyin,
Papa, Tede, also Sabe country.
“We hereby further certify that the towns named in the
marginj' are under the direct influence of the Balogun and
if H.T., vol. xviii, p. 198. S.P., vol. lxxix, p. 628. See also Treaties, 3rd
February and 15th August, 1893, p. 432.
1‘ H.T., vol. xviii, p. 200.
- 430
N0. 92] GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). [1888—1889,
[Artijere Wharf. Ondo.]
authorities of Ibadan, and that the above enumerated towns
and country of Sabe, with their territories, also the towns de-
tailed in the margin, represent now Yoruba proper, of which
the capital is Oyo, with Adeyemi as the acknowledged Alafin or
King over the whole.”
Ibadan Jurisdiction. (Towns mentioned in margin of above
Certificate.)
Ibadan to Olowa, 1 mile off the River Ona, is the boundary
now on the south between Ibadan and J ebu Ode. (We may go
on farming through as further on as we like to J ebu Ode.)
Boundary between Egba and Ibadan is the farm village of
Ilugun on the west.
Chief towns are Lalupou, Sukuru, Ile Olugbon, Ejioku,
Ofa II, Iwo, Ile Igbo, Kuta, Ede, Osogbo, Ikirun, Oguro,
Lagunmesin, Ipetu, Modu, Odunabon, Moro, Modakeke (end of
Ibadan territory, with Ife).
Gbangan, Ikire, Yakoyo, Apomyu, Ikoyi, Erunmu, Owobale,
Ire, Otan, Igbajo, Iba, J abe, Oyon, Iresi, Erin, Offa (near Ede),
Okinni, Ilobu, Egigbo, Ido, Ara, Ola, Ogbomoso, Iragberi,
Ogbagba, Telemu, Isundurin (Ironwork), Otarnokun, Ojo,
Aguodo, Ijaye, Fiditi, Iware, Oroko, Ifan, Iragbiji, Ada, Agba,
Iberekodo, Eruwa, Awaye, Ilebioku, Iganna, Biolorunpelu,Ipapo,
Isehin territory, which is conterminous with Ketu and Mahi.
Art'ijere I'Vharf. Iteba and Ibn. Boundaries.
On the 9th October, 1888, the following Memorandum was
signed by Ladokun, son of King Manuah, and two accredited
messengers :—
“ We are authorized to state that the land from and inclusive
of Artijere landing and island to a point half-way between
Ayesau and Araromi is under the jurisdiction of Manuwah,
King of Itebu, and of the Odele, Akagun and other authorities
of the Ibu (Ubu) towns and villages.
“That the jurisdiction of the King of Itebu and of the
authorities of the Ubu towns and villages is separate and dis-
tinct, and that territorially it is embraced within the area
occupied by the Mahin (commonly and generally known as Ilaje)
speaking tribes.
431
1888.1 GREAT BRITAIN (LAGOS). IND. 92
[0ndo. Ibadan.]
“That both territories are conterminous on the west with
the kingdom of Jebu.”
Undo. AIon-cesst'onof Territory. Bomzdurics.
On the 20th February, 1889, the following Treaty was
signed between Great Britain and the King and people of
011(10 :——’3"‘ I
“2. The kingdom of Uncle is perfectly independent and
pays tribute to no other Power, and territorially is bounded
on the north by the lfe kingdom, on the south by the Ikale
territory, on the east by Ijesa and Ekiti territories, and on the
west by the Ijebu territory.
“6. It is hereby further agreed that no cession of territory,
and that no other Treaty or Agreement, shall be made by the
King or authorities of Ondo than the one they have now made,
without the full understandin g and consent of the Governor of
the Colony of Lagos on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen.”
Britt's-h and French Spheres of Influence.
On the 10th August, 1889, an Agreement was entered into
between the British and French Governments defining their
respective spheres of influence in Africa. (See GREAT BRITAIN
Axe FRANCE, p. 558.)
.Ihctdan.
On the 15th August, 1893, a Treaty was signed between
Great Britain and lbadan. It was declared therein that the
general administration of the internal affairs of the Yoruba
towns of Iwo, Edo, Osogbo, Ikirun, Ogbomoso, Ejigbo, and
Isein, as well as in all countries in the so-called Ekun Otun,
Ekun Osi, were to be vested in the Government of Ibadan, and
that the local authorities of the said towns acted in harmony
with and were subject to Ibadan, notwithstanding that the
Alafin was recognized as the King and head of Yoruba Land.
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 201.
432
GREAT BRITAIN
(NATAL).
No.
93
GREAT BRITAIN (NATAL).
1843-1885.
12 May, 1843.
5 Oct., 1843.
31 May, 1844.
21 Aug, 1884.
11 April, 1850.
12 July, 1856.
3 Feb., 1858.
5 June, 1858.
9 Dec., 1863.
7 Sept, 1865.
10 Dec., 1875.
NotesonNatal-0.00.0‘...OOOOIIIIIOIO'OII.0‘.I.
District of Port Natal. British
Protectorate .. . . . . . . . .
Treaty. Zoolah. Cession. Boundary . . . . . . . . . .
Letters Patent. Annexation. Natal District to
Cape Colony .. .. ........ .. ..
Proclamation. Boundaries of District of Natal. . .
Treaty. Amapondas. Cession. Boundary . . . . . .
Proclamation. Natal a Separate C‘olony . . . . . . . . . .
Order in Council. Boundaries of Natal. . . . . . . . 00
Proclamation. Boundaries of District of Natal . . .
Letters Patent. Annexation of Nomansland to
Natal ...... ................
Proclamation. Boundaries of District of Natal . . .
British Protection. Amaquatis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proclamation.
Page
434
434
434
435
435
435
435
436
436
436
437
437
433
1843*1885] GREAT BRITAIN (NATAL). [N0. 93
[Natal and Zu1u1and.]
N0. 93.——-N0tcs on NATAL. 1843—1885.
District of Port N ataZ. British Protectorate.
On the 12th May, l8413, a Proclamation was issued by the
Governor of the Cape of Good Hope, which contained the
following Declaration :—~
“III.——'l‘hat the district of Port Natal, according to such
convenient limits as shall hereafter be fixed upon and defined,
will be recognized and adopted by Her Majesty the Queen as a
British Colony, and that the Inhabitants thereof shall, so long
as they conduct themselves in an orderly and peaceable manner,
be taken under the protection of the British Crown.”
Cession to Great Britain of ZooZah Territory including St.
, Lucia Bay.
On the 5th October, 1843,’''‘ a Treaty was concluded between
Panda, King of the Zoolah nation, and the Hon. Henry Cloete,
Esq., LL.D., Her Britannic Majesty’s Commissioner for the
territory of Natal, by which that King and Chief ceded to Her
Majesty his territories and possessions, the boundaries of which
were defined to be as follows :—
I “ I, the Undersigned, Chief and. King of the Zoolali nation,
do hereby declare to cede all right and title which I heretofore
had to the mouth of the River Umvaloosi, and to the bay there
situateq‘ to and in favour of Her Majesty Queen Victoria, or
the lawful Sovereign of Great Britain for the time being, for
ever, with full liberty to visit, land upon, and occupy the
shores along the said bay and mouth of the said River
Umvaloosi, the Undersigned hereby agreeing and consenting to
appoint, whenever he shall be thereto requested, two Indunas
or Commissioners, for the purpose of defining and proving the
limits and extent of the sea shore so ceded and given up to Her
Majesty Queen Victoria, or the lawful Sovereign of Great
Britain, for the time being.”
3* H.T., vol. Xv, p. 848; S.P., vol. xxxiii, p. 1075.
1' St. Lucia Bay. See Great Britain (Zululand).
' 434
No. 93] GREAT BRITAIN (Mum. [1843-1885.
[Natal and Zulu1and.]
Boundary between Natal and Zalnlancl.
To this Treaty the following Declaration was attached :—
“ART. II.——It is hereby agreed between the Undersigned
that the respective boundaries between the territory of Natal
and the Zoolah nation, shall be defined at the sea line by the
mouth of the River Tugela, and from thence upwards until the
junction of that stream with the junction with the Umsinyaatee
(or Buffels River), from thence upwards by the said River
Umsinyaatee (or Buffels River), or such other boundary line,
along or near its banks, as may at any time hereafter be fixed
upon by the Undersigned, Her Majesty’s Commissioner for the
territory of Natal, or such other Commissioner as Her Majesty
may appoint, and by any two Indunas or Commissioners whom
the undersigned Panda, King of the Zoolah nation, may appoint
for that purpose ; and from thence northward to the foot of the
Quathlamba (or Draaksberg) mountains.”
Annexation of Natal District to Cape Colony.
On the 31st May, 184.41,‘)? LettersPatent were issued for
the annexation of the district of Natal to the settlement of the
Cape of Good Hope; and, on the 21st of August of the same
year, a Proclamation was ‘issued defining the territories which
constituted the said district and the boundaries thereof.
South-western Boundary.
On the 11th April, 1850,“? a Treaty was concluded between
Faku, Chief of the Amapondas, and Walter Harding, Esq., on
behalf of Her Britannic Majesty, by which the said Faku ceded
to’ Her Majesty all the territory therein mentioned lying
between the Umtamfuna and Umzimkulu Rivers, and between
the Quamlamba Mountains and the sea.
Natal a Separate Colony.
On the 12th July, 1856, Natal was declared to be a- separate
colony.
‘1* Natal Ordinances, vol. ii, 1870-1878.
‘I’ H.T., vol. xviii, p. 665.
435
1843-1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (NATAL). [N0. 93
[Nomans1and.]
Boundaries of Natal.
On the 3rd February, 1858,* an Order in Council was
issued defining the boundaries of the Colony of Natal to be as
follows :—
“ Within a line on the north-east from the mouth of the
River Tugola, along the right bank of that river to the junction
of the said river with the River Umzinyati, otherwise Buffalo;
from thence along the right bank of the said Umzinyati, other-
wise Bufialo River, to the source of the first aflluent, which it
receives from the Drakensberg, or Quahlamba Mountains,
issuing from the point where these mountains cease to be a con-
tinuous chain, and which is now known as Division Stream;
from thence along the crest or watershed of the said mountains
to the source of the principal western branch of the Umzimkulu
River; from thence along the said branch to its junction with
the other branch, or branches, of the said last-mentioned river;
from thence along the last-mentioned river to where it empties
itself into the sea ; and from thence along the sea to the mouth
of the Tugela River aforesaid.”
A Proclamation to this efiect was issued on the 5th June
1858.
N omansland. Annexation to Natal.
On the 9th December, 1863,? Royal Letters Patent were
issued for the annexation to the Colony of Natal of the terri-
tory lying between the Rivers Umzimkulu and Umtamfuna, the
boundary of which was declared to be as follows :—
“ On the north-east, by the Umzimkulu River, from the
mouth of the said river to its junction with the Ibisi; on the
north and north-west by a line drawn from the said junction to
the nearest point of the ridge or watershed, dividing the waters
of the Ibisi from those of the Umzimkuliwana; thence along the
said ridge to the Ingela range; thence along the Ingela range,
keeping the watershed to a large beacon recently erected by the
Surveyor-General of the said Colony of Natal, and Sir Walter
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 661. x
1' H.T., vol. xviii, p. 665.
436
No. 93] GREAT BRITAIN (NAM-L)’ [1843-1885.
[Amaquatis.]
Currie, at the western extremity of the said range; and thence
straight to the nearest source of the Umtamfuna; on the south-
west of the Umtamfuna River from the said source thereof to
the sea; and on the south-east by the sea, from the mouth of
the Umtamfuna to that of the Umzimkulu River.”
On the 7th September, 1865, a Proclamation was issued,
fixing the 13th of that month as the day from and after which
the territory in question should be annexed to, and form part
of, the Colony of Natal.
Amagaatis. British Protection.
On the 10th December, 1875, the Chief of the Amaquatis
placed his country and his tribe under British protection.*
‘I’ H.T., v01. xv, p. 86.
437
GREAT BRITAIN
(NIGER).
No.
94
95
96
97
98
99
GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER).
NIGER DISTRICTS AND
1882-1893.
26 Feb., 1885.
April—June, 1885.
5 June, 1885.
10 July, 1886.
July, Aug. , 1886.
18 Oct., 1887.
1 July, 1890.
5 Aug., 1890.
1884—1892.
14 April, 1893.
13 May, 1893.
15 N ov., 1893.
NIGER COAST
PROTECTORATES.
Notes on the Niger Districts and Niger Coast Pro-
tectorates....... ...... .. .. ..........
General Act. Berlin Conference. (See Africa
(General) Application to Niger and its Aflluents.
Agreement. Great Britain and Germany. Spheres
of Influence. Gulf of Guinea. (See Great Britain
and Germany.)
Notification. British Protectorate over Niger Districts
Royal Charter. “National African Company ” . . ..
Supplementary Agreement. Great Britain and Ger-
many. Spheres of Action. Gulf of Guinea. Riw er
Benué. (See Great Britain and Germany)
Notification. British Protectorate over Niger Dls-
tricts. “ National African Company,” now called
“ Royal Niger Company ”. . . . . . .
Agreement. Great Britain and Germany. Spheres
of Influence. Gulf of Guinea. (See Great Britain
and Germany.)
Agreement. Great Britain and France.
Influence. (See Great Britain and France.)
List of Treaties. National Africa Company and
Royal Niger Company with Native Chiefs . . . . . . .
Agreement. Great Britain and Germany. Rio
del Rey. (See Great Britain and Germany.)
Notification.
the “ Niger Coast Protectorate” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Agreement. Great Britain and Germany. Bound-
aries. Yola, &c. (See Great Britain and Ger-
many.)
“ Oil Rivers Protectorate ” to be called ''
Page i
445
449
Spheres of -
450
479
439
1882-1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [N0. 94
[Niger Districts and Niger Coast Protectorates.]
No. 94.——NOTES 0n the N 1GER DISTRICTS and NIGER COAST
PROTEGTORATES, 1882—1893.
National A frica Company.
In 1882 a company, entitled the “National African Company
Limited,” was formed to take over the business of the “ United
Africa Company Limited ” in Central Africa and in the Niger
Regions.
Treaties with Native Chiefs.
In October, 1884, the Company purchased the business and
“objects of the “ Compagnie Francaise de l’Afrique Equatoriale.”*
\In the same year various Treaties were concluded between Consul
Hewett and native Chiefs of the Niger Districts, by which these
territories were placed under British protections!" (8% List
page 4150.)
Navigation of the River Niger.
On the 26th February, 1885, the General Act of the Berlin
Conference was signed (N0. 17), chapter V of which contained
an “'Act of Navigation for the Niger,” which applied, generally,
to the Niger and its affluents the free navigation articles of the
Final Act of the Congress of Vienna of 1815.1‘
British and German Spheres of Influence.
In April—June,1885, the British and German Governments
‘entered into an Agreement, by an exchange of Notes, defining
.their respective spheres of action in the Gulf of Guinea. By
this Agreement Germany engaged not to make acquisition,
accept Protectorates, or interfere with the extension of British
influence in that part of the Gulf of Guinea lying between the
right river bank of the mouth of the Rio del Rey entering the
sea between 8° 42' and 8° 46' long. east of Greenwich and
the British colony of Lagos, nor in the interior, to west of a line
following the right river bank of the Rio del Rey from the said
mouth to its source, thence striking direct to the left river bank
* “ Burdett’s Of‘ficia-l Intelligence," 1893.
1" H.T., vol. xvii, p. 130.
I Arts. 108-117. Hertslet’s “Map of Europe by Treaty,” vol. i,
pp. 269-27 2.
440
N0, 94] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). $1885,
[Niger Districts and. Niger Coast Protectorates.)
of the Old Calabar or Cross River, and terminating, after crossing
that river, at the point about 9° 8' of long. east of Greenwich,
marked “ Rapids ” on the English Admiralty chart. (See
GREAT BRITAIN and GERMANY, p. 596.)
British Protectorate. Niger Districts.
On the 5th June, 1885,* a Notification was inserted in the
“ London Gazette ” to the effect that a British Protectorate had
been established over the Niger Districts; the territories com-
prised within the Protectorate were defined to be—the line of
coast between the British Protectorate of Lagos, and the right
or western bank of the mouth of the Rio del Rey; and also the
territories on both banks of the Niger, from its confluence with
the River Benué at Lukoja to the sea, as well as the territories
on both banks of the River Benué, from the confluence up to
and including Ibi (page 4415).
Lakoja.
LUKOJA. On the 26th June, 1866, Mr. John Lyons McLeod
was appointed Consul for the districts bordering on the
Rivers Niger and Chadda (or Benne), to reside at Lukoja,
Where he arrived on the 23rd of August, 1867.1‘
On the 19th of the following month Bishop Crowther and
others were seized at Oko‘ Okein by Abbokkai and Mr. William
Fell was sent. by Consul McLeod to procure their release; but
the boat in which they were being conveyed down the river was
fired upon by the natives, and Mr. Fell was killed (28th Sep-
tember, 1867).§ \ » I
On the 30th July, 1868, Lieut. Sandys, R.N., entered the
Niger with H.M. ships “Pioneer” and “Investigator.” He
ascended the Benne as far as the Atip'o, which village he
destroyed (22nd August); he then went up the Niger to
Wanangi, the nearest town to Bidda, the residence of King
Massamba, and left on the 9th of September. On the 13th of
September he arrived at Lukoja and destroyed the village on
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 108.
'i' S.P., vol. lviii, p. 932.
I 8.1)., vol. lxviii, p. 937.
§ S.P., vol. lviii, p. 940.
44,1 2 12
1886—1890.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [No. 94
[Niger Districts and Niger Coast Protectorates.]
Beaufort Island (16th of September). The cause of the
destruction of these villages was that their kings demanded
that 200 of the Lukoja people should be sold into slavery, or
the sum of £1,000 paid as the ransom for Bishop Crowther, and
an attack on Lukoja was threatened unless these demands were
complied with.* The Lukoja Consulate was abolished on the
13th of May, 1869, and Lieut. Dixon, R.N., then Acting Consul,
left Lukoja on the 16th September, 1869.
Royal Charter, N aticnal Africa Company.
On the 10th July, 1886, a Royal Charter was granted to the
“ National African Company, Limited ” (page 4416).
British and German Spheres of Influence.
In July, August, 1886, a Supplementary Agreement was
entered into between the British and German Governments
defining their respective spheres of action in the Gulf of
Guinea from the Rio del Rey to a point to the east and near to
Yola. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 612.) I
British Protectorate. Niger Districts.
On the 18th October, 1887;!’ another Notification was in.
serted- in the “London Gazette,” in which it was stated that
the British Protectorate of the Niger Districts then comprised
the following territories :—On the line of coast between the
British Protectorate of Lagos and the right or western river
bank of the mouth of the Rio del Rey, and all territories in the
basin of the Niger and its afiiuents, which were or might be for
the time being subject to the government of the “National
African Company, Limited ” (then called the “Royal Niger
Company), in accordance with the provisions of the Charter of
the said Company, dated 10th July, 1886 (see page 4.49).
British and French Spheres of Influence.
On the 5th August, 1890, a Declaration was signed by-
the British and French Governments, which contained the-
following clause :—~ 7
* S.P., vol. lix, pp. 986-1017.
‘I’ H.T., vol. xvii, p. 126. S.P. vol. lxxviii, p. 42.
41412
No, 94,] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [18904893,
[Niger Districts and Niger Coast Protectorates]
“ The Government of Her Britannic Majesty recognises the
sphere of influence of France to the south of her Mediterranean
Possessions ~up to a line from Say on the Niger to Barrawa on
Lake Tchad, drawn in such manner as to comprise in the
sphere of action of the Niger Company all that fairly belongs
to the kingdom of Sokoto : the line to be determined by Commis-
sioners to be appointed.”* (See GREAT BRITAIN and FRANCE,
p. 571.) I
British and German Spheres of Influence. _
On the 1st July, 1890, another Agreement was entered into
between the British and German Governments defining their
Spheres of iniluence in the Gulf of Guinea and in other parts
of Africa. (See GREAT BRITAIN and GERMANY, p. 6442.)
Prohibition against Alcoholic Liquors.
On the 18th June, 1892, that portion of the Niger Protec-
torate which lies on, or to the north of, the 7-clegree of north
latitude was, by notification to the Signatory Powers of the
Brussels Act, placed under the terms of Art. 91 of that Act,
within the zone of prohibition of alcoholic liquors.
British and German Spheres of Influence. Rio del Rey.
On the 14th April, 1893, an Agreement was signed be-
tween the British and German Governments, in which it was
.declared that the right bank of the Rio del Rey waterway should-
be the boundary between the Oil Rivers Protectorate and the
Colony of the Cameroons. (See GREAT BRITAIN and GERMANY,
p. 654.)
Niger Coast Protectorate.
On the 13th May, 1893, a Notification was inserted in
‘the “London Gazette,” announcing that the portion of the
British Protectorate of the Niger Districts which was under
:the administration of Her Majesty’s Commissioner and Consul
would, from the date of that Notification, be administered under
the name of the “Niger Coast Protectorate,” and would cease
.to be known as the “Oil Rivers Protectorate.” (Page 4180). .
* H.T., vol. xvii, p. 118.
443
1893.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [N(), 94:
[Niger Districts and. Niger Coast Protectorates.]
And on the 15th November, 1893, a further Agreement was
signed between the British and German Governments defining
the boundary between their respective spheres of influence in
the region extending from the Rio de Rey to “a point to the
east of and close to, Yola,” and on Lake Chad. (See GREAT
BRITAIN and GERMANY, p. 658.)
Treaties with N ati've Chiefs.
Between 1884: and 1893 numerous Treaties were concluded
by the National Africa Company and by the Royal Niger
Company with native Chiefs and others possessing territories
in the basin of the Niger districts, by which they engaged to
make no cession of territory or to enter into any Treaty nego-
tiations with Foreign States without the previous consent of
the British Government, and in return for which they were
placed under British protection. A list of these Treaties is.
given at page 450.
4144
N0, 95] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [5 June,1885,,
[British Prstectorate. Niger Districts.]
N 0. 95.—NOTIFI (7A TI ON of the British Protectorate of.
the Niger Districts. Foreign Ofiice, 5th June, 1885.
It is hereby notified for public information that, under and’.
by virtue of certain Treaties concluded between the month of'
July last and the present date,* and by other lawful means, the
territories on the West Coast of Africa, hereinafter referred to
as the Niger Districts, were placed under the Protectorate of
Her Majesty the Queen from the date of the said Treaties re-
1 spectively.
The British Protectorate of the Niger Districts comprises the
territories on the line of coast between the British Protectorate
of Lagos and the right or western bank of the mouth of the
Rio del Rey.’[ It further comprises the territories on both
banks of the Niger, from its confluence with the ltiver Benué at
Lukoja to the sea, as well as the territories on both banks of
the River Benué, from the confluence up to and including Ibi.
The measures in course of preparation for the administration
of justice and the maintenance of peace and good order in the.
Niger Districts will be duly notified and published.
[This notification was inserted in the “ London Gazette ” of ‘
5th June, 1885.]
* See pages 450-457.
1' S.P., vol. lxxvi, p. 978. See also Notifications of 18th October, 1887,“
and 13th May, 1893, pp. 449, 479.
10 July, 1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). END. 96
[Char-tar. National African 00.]
N0. 96.——ROYAL CHARTER granted to the National
African Company.* 10th July, 1886.
ABSTRACT.
Preamble.
Petition.
Incorporation of Company in 1882.
Its Objects.
Trading Stations. Acquisition of Property, ‘Soc.
Acquisition of Charters, Concessions, and other Rights.
Acquisition of Mines, Quarries, Fisheries, the.
Treaties of Cession with Native Chiefs.
AND whereas the Petition further states, that the Kings,
Chiefs, and peoples of various territories in the basin of the
River Niger, in Africa,j' fully recognizing, after many years’
experience, the benefits accorded to their countries by their
intercourse with the Company and their predecessors, have
ceded the whole of their respective territories to the Company
by various Acts of Cession specified in the schedule hereto.
N on-interference with Native Laws or Private Property.
Purchase of Business of all European Traders.
Large Sums of Money expended in acquiring Cessions of
Territory from Native Chiefs.
Improvement of Condition of Natives.
Commercial Prosperity, (Sta, of British Subjects.
Authorization to Company. Acts of Cession by Native Chiefs.
1. The said National African Company Limited (in this our .
Charter referred to as the Company), is hereby authorized and
empowered to hold and retain the full benefit of the several
cessions aforesaid, or any of them, and all rights, interests,
"' H.T., vol. xvii, p. 118. S.P., vol lxxvii, p. 1022. Now called the
“ Royal Niger Company." See Notification, 18th October, 1837, p. 419.
1' See List, 1:. 450.
446
N0, 96] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [10 July, 1886-
[Charten National Afi'ican 00.]
authorities, and powers for the purposes of government, pre-
servation of public order, protection of the said territories, or
otherwise of what nature or kind soever, under or by virtue
thereof, or resulting therefrom, and ceded to or vested in the
Company in, over, or affecting the territories, lands, and
property comprised in those several cessions, or in, over, or
:affecting any territories, lands, or property in the neighbour-
hood of the same, and to hold, use, enjoy, and exercise the
same territories, lands, property, rights, interests, authorities,
and powers respectively for the purposes of the Company, and
on the terms of this our Charter. '
2. Fulfilment by Company of Promises given.
3. British Character of the Company.
4. Restriction of Transfer by Company.
Foreign Powers.
5. If at any time our Secretary of State thinks fit to dissent
“from or object to any of the dealings of the Company with any
foreign Power, and to make to the Company any suggestion
founded on that dissent or objection, the Company shall act in
accordance therewith.
6. Slavery.
7. Religions of Inhabitants.
8. Administration of Justice to Inhabitants.
9. Treatment of Inhabitants generally.
10. Facilities for British National Ships.
11. Flag.
General Powers of Company.
12. The Company is hereby further authorized and em-
powered, subject to the approval of our Secretary of State, to
acquire and take by purchase, cession, or other lawful means,
other rights, interests, authorities, or powers of any kind or
nature whatever, in, over, or affecting the territories, lands, or
properties comprised in the several treaties aforesaid, or any
rights, interests, authorities, or powers of any kind or nature
whatever in, over, or afiecting other territories, lands, or pro-
perty in the region aforesaid, and to hold, use, enjoy, and
44:7
10 July, 1886.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). END. 96
[Gharter. National African (30.1
exercise the same for the purposes of the Company and on the
terms of this our Charter.
13. Questions of Title.
14. Prohibition of Monopoly.
Conformity to Treaties.
15. The Company shall be subject to and shall perform,
observe, and undertake all the observations and stipulations
relating to the River Niger, its afiiuents, branches, and outlets,
or the territories neighbouring thereto, or situate in Africa,
contained in and undertaken by ourselves under the General
Act of the Con f'ereuce of the Great Powers at Berlin, dated the
26th February, 1885 (N0. 17), or in any other Treaty, Agree-
ment, or Arrangement between ourselves and any other State
or Power, whether already made or hereafter to be made.
Foreign Jurisdiction.
16. In all matters relating to the observance of the last
preceding Article or to the exercise within the Company’s
territories for the time being of any jurisdiction exercisable by
us under the Foreign J urisdictiou Acts, or the said General Act
of the 26th February, 1885 (N0. 17), the Company shall con-
form to and observe and carry out all such directions as may
from time to time be given in that behalf by our Secretary of
State, and the Company shall, at their own expense, appoint
all such officers to perform such duties and provide such Courts
and other requisites for the administration of justice as he
directs.
General .P’I‘OU’LS’LO’IZS.
SCHEDULE or 29 TREATIES, dated between 3lst January and 2nd
November, 1884:, but without the names being given of any of
the Contracting Parties?
In witness whereof we have caused these Our Letters to be
made Patent.
Witness Ourself at Westminster, the lOth day of July, in
the 50th year of Our reign.
By Warrant under the Queen’s Sign Manual,
(LS) MUIR MACKENZIE.
* See pp. 450- 4156.
44:8
N0. 97] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [18 Oct., 1887,,
[British Protectorate. Niger Districts]

N0. 97. NOTIFIUA TION of the British Protectorate of
the Niger Districts. The National A frican Company now
caiieol the Royal Niger Company. Foreign Ojtce, 18th
October, 1887.”6
IT is hereby notified for public information that, under an d
by virtue of certain Treaties concluded between the month of
July, 1884, and the present date (NO. 98), and by other lawful
means, the territories in West Africa hereinafter referred to
as the Niger Districts are under the Protectorate of H( r
Majesty the Queen.
The British Protectorate of the Niger Districts comprises
the territories on the line of coast between the British Protec-
torate of Lagos and the right or western river bank of the
mouth of the Rio del Rey. It further comprises all territories
in the basin of the Niger and its afiiluents, which are or may be
for the time being subject to the government of the National
African Company Limited (now called the Royal Niger Coni-
pany), in accordance with the provisions of the Charter of the
said Company, dated the 10th July, 1886 (NO. 96).
The measures in course of preparation for the administra-
tion of justice and the maintenance of peace and good order in
the Niger Districts will be duly notified and published.
[This Notification appeared in the “London Gazette” of
18th October, 1887.]
‘1* See also Notifications of 5th June, 1885, p. 445, and 13th May, 1893,
p. 479.
449
1884-1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [110. 98
[Treaties with Native OhiefsJ
NO. 98.—LIST of Treaties concluded between the Royal
Niger Company and Native Chiefs. 1884—1892.
ALPHABETICAL LIST or TREATIES. (See Note, p. 4177.)


Name. N 0. Form.
Abarra . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 5
Abinsi .. .. .. .. .. .. 182 41
Aboh’x‘ .. .. .. .. .. .. 76 1
Abojaga. . . . . . . . . . . . 149 5
Abragada . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 5
Ablltslli. O 0 o o a o 0 I o O Q ~ 0 5
Achiagi . . . . . . . . . 208 6
Adagua . . . . . . . . . . 143 5
Adanapa . . . . . . . . 298 5
Addaw .. .. .. .. .. 219 6
Adiawazi . . . . . . . . 71 5
Adigbo . . . . . . . . . . . 1641 4
Adjarra. . . . . . . . . . . 144 5
Afior . . . . . . . . . . 65 5
Agagba.. .. .. .. .. .. 58 5
on 00 a. o. 0 no 5
Agberi* (Azama) . . . . . . . . 51 5
Agegba .. .. .. .. .. .. 147 5
Agesa (Agu) . . . . . . . . . . . 216 6
Agezeh (or Ageyeh) . . . . . . . . . . 304 Various
gita 00 on a. no 00 to o. 4.‘
Agodamah . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 5
Agoubiri . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 5
Agooron . . . . . . . . . . 29 5
Agwehiri (or Agwehhibi) . . . . . . . 289 9
Agwey’l“ .. .. .. .. .. .. 89 1
Agwobhiri . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 9
Agwey.. .. H .. .. .. .. 206 4
Ajuberi. O u o a . o a o a o 0 u 5
Akaboh.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 325 10
Akabri.. .. .. H .. .. .. 15 5
Akapotshi . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 10
Akassa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Various
Akaw Q q o o 0 O 0 0 0 0 a o o a 6 5
Akedda.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 267 5
Akoumbri . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 5
Akow*.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 52 1
Akpa .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 180 4
Akpama and Omoluku . . . . . . . . 173 4
Akpeh .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 57 5
Akpoko. . . . . . . . . . . .. 168 4
AkriUgidP“ .. .. .. .. .. .. 95 1
Akri“ .. .. .. .. 00 .. .. 105 3
Akuroe.. .. .. .. 00 .. .. 148 5

=1‘ Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 4146. See Note, p. 477.
4:50
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884—1892,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.)

Name. No. Form.

Alatubeni . . .
. . . . . 278
Alenso’x‘. . . . . . . . . . . . ' 104
Allah .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 134
Amakofia Ubi . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 1
Amara... .. .. .. .. .. . 166
Amassama (Moasamah Creek) . . . . . . 23
Amassamali (Ayakruamak to Baccabo) . . . . 240
AmOW&.. .. _ a. no no 00 00 Anamobe . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Angalabiri . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0
Angiama (next higher to Angalabiri) . . . . 34
Angiama (Angiama to Akakoraga) . . . . . . 9
Anyama (Great) 0 o I a o a o o 0 o o 0 o o o o o 0 0 o o Anyappa . . .0 . . . . . . . . 211
Appelebiri . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Arago (see Channa) .
ArOua a. on 00 00 00 00 on Asaba*.. .. no .. .. .. on 130
Ase (./.issay)"‘= . . . . . . . . . . .. 54


Ashakall o a a o o 0 0 o e o
Q. Q. O. O. G. I. I. O. Q. I. O. I. O. Ataya and Atakapari . . . . . . . . . . 169
Atehaka (see Opai Atshaka) .
Atflhara. a o o o o o a r o o o o o
QIQQQ‘UHQU‘MWQQRCBO‘U‘QIPQ‘WWNGB season-‘wen QIQQUIQTUIUIO‘QQ‘Q‘iPQCROOUI
Allpananf' o a o o o o e o a o e 0 Awakoraga (or Awakorogar) . . . . . . . . 11
Ayakruama . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Ayama (or Azama) . . . . . . . . . . 10
a. .0 o. 00 on 00 cc“ Ayinshi.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 205
Azenueh 6. 00 a. 00 as 00 Azebobiri 00 Q0 00 to 00 00 45
Babalabri . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Baccabo . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Bagumar . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Bajembor . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Bakepike .. .. .. .. .. .. 13
Bakundi .. .. .. .. .. .. 310
Bakurana . . .. . . . . . . . . 181
Balabri.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 277
Balagola . . . . . . . . . 243
Bapassa . . . . . . . . 188
Bassa (Ayelli) . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
’, O O U Q Q Q O O O O I O Bassama . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Various
Batoro .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 18 5
Batsunor . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Various
Bautshi. . no 00 o o u o 00 o ”
Bttwuru“ a. 00 00 no no a. 4
Bazeni 00 on 00 00 no on 00 4
vfi
it Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 446.
4151
1884—1892.]
[Na 98
GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER).
[Treaties with Native ChiefsJ

Name. No. Form.
Beaufort Island . . . . . . . . . o 295 5
BGTIWOOSOO o 0 o o c a o o o 0 c o 6
Boawi .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 215 6
Bomodija .. .. . . .. .. . 2411 5
Bomodigi . . . . . . . . . 17 5
Borgu (Boussa) . . . . . . . . . . 303 Various
Borotu.. .. .. .. .. . .. 244 5
Boulallu a. 00 00 00 a .-
4!
Brahmio . . . . . . . . . . . . 234: 4:
Buruhu. . . . . . . . . . H . . 1941 8
Byonga.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 186 4.‘
Chagabo . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 4,
Channa and Arago . . . . . . 0 . . . 306 4!
Chomul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 44
011058111 .0 00’ 00 a. co 0. 00 6
I O C O O. O Q Q. Q. C. 6
Dampala . .- . . . . . . . . . . 309 Various
Demsa go on 00 no 00 oo 00 ,,
Doma .. .. .. .. .. H .. 305 4
Donga . . . .r . . . . . . . . . . 320 Various
.Eberede. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 5
Eberedene . . . . . . . . . . . 55 5
Eboo .. .. .. .. . .. .. 139 5
Ecebri . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 9
o o i‘r‘ o o o o o o 0 5
Eifeku .. e. .. .. .. .. .. 146 5
Efieta .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 126 Egbador mo‘ 0 o O l O O o c o o 5
Egbanatoro ...“ . . . . . . . . . 281 9
Egbeddi . . . Q . . . . . . . 22 5
Egbuku .. .1 . . . . . . . . . 62 5
Egbu-ku . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 10
Egbu-n-ta . . . . . . . . . . . 329 10
Egovi (or Egorie) . . . . . . . . 156 Various
EgWell'. 00 0o 00 a. 00 u 5
Q. I. O. .. O. O. I 5
O. O. O. O C. O. 9
Ekebri . . . ... . . . . . . . 12 5
Ekperiwari o o a o o o o o u o o o 5
O O O I O O Q O O O O O O Emblama . . . . . . . . . . . 419 5
Enowarri . . . . . . . . . . 285 9
Epedeh . . . . . . . . . . 4,4, 5
ESajOtO - 0 o I o q o o o o a a 5
Esangama . . . . . . . . . . . 24.15
Evorogbo . . . . . . . . . ca 56
Fincllah 0 o o o o o c o o o c 0 Foonoweh . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 3 5
Foropah . . . . . . . . . . . 275 5
Froukuma . . . . . . . .' . . . . 246 5
Gana; Gan-av co on 00. co 0. .0 5
(11111610 0 a a o c o o c 0 Various
' i” so on 00 00 On 60' " f,’ '
Gandy co no 00 oo- 00 no 40 ”
Gashaka O . c o c a 0 0 0 0 0 o
452
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). {1834-1391
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]


Name. No. Form.
Gbebi (or Ghebe) . . . . . . . . . . 296 9
Gloria Ibu . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 5
Gongomo . . . . . . . . . . . 312 10
O O O O O C O Q O O O 0 Q i 5
Huboru‘x‘ . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 2
Ibatsha.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 85 5
Ibo (see Gloria Ibo).
Ibouza.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 294 9
Idu (see Okaba Idu).
Igaf“ .. .. .. .. . . .. 127 1
Igabo .. .. .. .. .. .. 73 5
Igara (Ogardoo)”e . . . . . . . . 158 1
Igbaku (or Ibaku)* . . . . . . . . . . 125 1
Igbokeyen . . . . . . . . . 136 5
Igi .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 185 4
Ikambri .. .. .. .. .. .. 5 5
Ikolo .. .. . .. .. .. .. 14 5
Ikarawa . . . . . . . . . . 198 8
i. . O I. Q . O. Q C Q Q 4
Illushi 0 o o o a o o c c o u 0 o o 5
Ilorin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Various
Imgboro . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 8
Imputa... 00 no 00 0 no .0 5
Imusu (see Ckija Imusu).
Inde-Akakwa . . . . . . . . 331 10
Inishi (see Ganapura). -
Inyehreh . . . . . . . . . . 151 5
Isara .. .. .. .. .. .. 260 5
Ishara . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 8
Ishequa and Assay* . . . . . . . . . . 91 1
Isi Amudirossa . . . . . . . . . . 342 10
Itshicke (see Ckija Itshicke).
Itshicke and Umuneosa . . . . . . 332 10
IZin 00 00 00 00 a; ‘o 00 5
Jachan.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 228 5
Jangan.. .. .. .. .. .. 231 4
Jibu . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Various
Kabrania . . . . . . . . . . . 28 5
Kanzu .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 203 4
Katishi (see Ojo).
Kai'Sel‘a. c o a o o o 0 o 0 0 u o 8
Kiama.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 47 5
Kobama . . . . . . . . . 250 5
Kolama.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 1 1
Korokorossi . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 9
KWaHBJQ. o. 00 I. a. 00 00 I O . C O O O I C O Q C O U 4
Laffiagi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Various
Lapai .. .. . .. .. .. .. 300 ,,
LObm, l. o. .0 an no on on 5
Mamimquassa . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 6
Mamondo a o o 0 Fr 0 o 0 0 a o 6
Mafiulll" \c 00 0. no 00 0 5

r’
* Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 446.
453
1884-1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [NO. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]

Name. N 0. Form.

Ogardoo (see Igara).
Ogbakuma* . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
MaVeO .. 00 00 no no on 00 6
Mpoh .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 115 5
Munakor (see Osomari).
liiungornor . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 8
Mungova . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 8
liluri .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 321 7
Neawe .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 177 4
N’doni’fl. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77 1
Nsube .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 118 5
Ntegi .. .. .. .. .. .. 116 5
Nufali .. .. .. .. .. .. 226 6
Nuhar . . . . . . . . . . . 202 4:
Numan.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 232 4
Nupé (1st) . . . . . . . . . . - . 322 Various
,, (2nd) . . . . . . . . . . 323 ,,
N’yamchadda . . . . . . . . . . . 225 6
Obagwa. . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 5
Obba .. . .. .. .. .. 293 5
Obeallah . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 5
Obcze (see Opai Obezi).
Obiagwey . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 5
ObIlfWere o a o o o 0 o 0 o o o o 5
Obilako.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 333 5
Obiodiobiri . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5
Obirikom . . . . . . . . . . 82 5
Obokeno . . . . . . . . . . 251 5
Obohiki.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 291 5
Oboro (Obokino to Orudda) . . . . . . . . 253 5
,, (from the sea to Forobeni) . . . . . . 280 5
Oburoto .. .. .. .. .. 84 5
Ode .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 135 5
Odekwe* . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 3
Odeleque . . . . . . . 138 5
Odogoberi . . . . . . . . . . . 254 5
Odoni .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 50 5
Odugiri* . . . . . . . . . . 90 1
Ofinama . . . . . . . . . . . 48 5
Ofonibahan . . . . . . . . . . . 70 5
Ofunobiri . . . . . . . . . . . 284 5
Ogalay (Great) . . . . . . . . 37 5
,, (Small) . . . . . . 36 5
5
0
5
5
1
1
5
4
1
4
4

on on 00 no 00 no on 1
Ogoh .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 255
Ogollama . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Ogrugu’l“ . . . . . . . . . . 129
Ogu (or Ogoo)* . . . . .. . . . . 94
Ogu Anotsha . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Ojo and Kateshi . . . . . . . . . 160
Ojo’l“ .. .. .. . .. .. 128
Ojogo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 174
n e g o o o o o o 0 o o u

* Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 446.
454
N0, 93] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884-1892,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]

Name. No. Form.


Ojorrnahig . . . . . . . . . . . 112 2
O O I I O O O O I O O Q I O 5
Okaba Idu . . . . . . . . . . 81 5
,, Omuku.. .. .. .. e0 .. 80 5
Okija Imusu . . . . . . . . . . 264 5
,, 1tshicke .. .. . .. .. .. 78 5
” Umudara o o o o c o o o 0 a 5
Okka . . . . . . . . . . 324 10
Oko Amakon* . . . . . . . . . 110 3
,, Anara* . . . . . . . . . . . 109 3
,, Onono* . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 2
Okobeni . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 5
Okoloba. . . . . . . . . . . 252 5
Okomedu . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 5
OkOI’O 0 0 o o o o 0 a : o o a o . '1'
Okortundor . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 . 8
Oliodiama . . . . . . . . - . . . , 38 . 5
Ologbobiri o 0 o o v o o o o o o 0 5
Omoku (see Okaba Omoku).
Omou (Anambarra)* . . . . . . . . . . 123 1
Dmourum . . . . . . . . 122 5
Ondawarri . . . . . . . . . . 269 5
01113:)‘: on 00 .0 o. be a. o. 1
Onimasha . . . . . . . 165 4
Onitsha’t . . . . . . . 114 2
0110110 (see Oko Onono).
Onougu. . . . . . . . . . . 124 5
Opai* .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 92 1
” Atshaka o o o o c o 0 I o 0 o 0 5
,, Obeze .. .. .. _ .. .. .. 93 5
Opal a. 00 00 00 no 00 o 4
Opehamah . . . . . . . . . . . 257 5
Opokoni . . . . . . . . . . 154 5
Opokuma . . . . . . . . . . . 46 5
Oporo (or Oporano) . . . . . .. . 8 5
Oputuwarri . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 5
Orea .. .. .. .. .. . .. 145 5
Oreilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 10
Orjie .. .. .. .. .. .. 234. 10
Oruddit c on 00 on II 0. 0o .5
Osebitfi a o o o o o n o o 0 o o 3
Osepi, &o. . . . . . . . . . 171 4
Osiamah . . . . . . . . . . . 271 5
Osomari and Munakor* . . . . . . . 99 1
Osutshi Ane Otsha . . . . . . . . . . 102 5
Otagba.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 64 5
.0 .- -. no 00 00 no , 5
Otuwa .. .. . .. . , 272 5
Outshi (see Utshi) .
()Wel‘e .0 .0 .- 00 co 0. o. Ozara .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 336 10
Ozormor (or Orgomor) . . . . . . . . 7 5
Pakiama . . . . . . . . . . 39 5

3* Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 446.
455 2 K
1884-1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [N0. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]


Name. No. Form.
Palava . . . . . . . . . . 191 8
Pampam . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 6
Pataui (Big Patzani)*.. . . . . . . . . 42 1
Permobri (or Perenobri) . . . . . . . . 4 5
Poulabouga . . .. . . . . . . . . 282 9
Quanati. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 6
Qué .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 224 6
Rebohu, 8w. . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 4
Sabagrea (or Sabagregor)* . . . . . . . . 21 1
Sagbama . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 5
Samabri .. .. .. .. .. .. 67 5
Sansagi.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 199 8
Scllaipian c o o 0 o I c o o o o 0 o 6
Sengana.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 5
Shonga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Various
Sinbuko (or Sintako) . . . . . . . . . . 297 9
Sokoto (1st) . . .. . . . . . . . . 237 Various
,, co 00 a. o. 0 0 Q. ,,
Takum.. 00 00 00 O. 00 00 9
Tigga .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 197 8
Temboh . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5
Todama. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 5
Tombiah . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5
Torofani (or Torro Tanni) . . . . . . . . 43 l
Ubi (see Amakofia Ubi).
Ubcesui. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 10
Udo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 338 10
Ugi .. _.. .. .. . .. .. 142 5
Ukukwa (see Indc Ukukwa) .
Ulllaal'i no .0 00 .0 o o o o o o 5
Umoru.. .. .. .. .. 00 .. 72 5
Umotshi . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 5
Umuazu . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 5
Umaba.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 339 10
Umudara (see Okija Umudara).
Umudirossa (see Ibi Umudirossa).
Unluetshi 0 o 0 c o o o o 0 o o o Umugor . . . . . . . . . . 265 5
Umuneosa (see Itshicke).
Umuadu . . . . . . . o . . . . 340 10
Umuogi. . . . co . . . . . . . . 117 5
Unkwllell c 0 0 o o o I 0 o o o o Utoku .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 69 5
Utshi Obonu (or Oboma, Utshi Owere and Obatsha)* 97 1
Utu . . . . .. . . . . . . 7 4 5
Uta Rupari (see Abaga).
Yanapura or Inishi .. . . . . . . . . 176 4
Zll‘flgwali o 0 00 o o o o o o o o 4:
ZuWO 00 co 00 on 00 00 o. 45


if‘ Referred to in Charter of 10th July, 1886, p. 446.
456
N0. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884—1892
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
TREATIES under Form No. 1.



Territory. E Index No. Date.
Aboh“ . . . . . . . . . . 76 October 2, 1884.
Agwey’i . . .. . . . . . .i 89 ,, , ,,
Akow* .. . . . . . . . . 52 ,, 26, ,,
Akri Ugidi* . . . . .. . . 95 ,, 11, ,,
Ase (Assay)* (Wari Branch) . . . . l 54 January 31, ,,
Igafi's . . . . . . . . . . i 127 October 31, ,,
I ara . . . . . . . . . . 158 September 23, ,,
Igbaku (or Ibaku)*" l 125 October 23, ,,
Ishequa and Assay* . . ' 91 ,, 10, ,,
Kolama . . . . . . . . I 1 December 18, ,,
Munakor (see Osomari).
N’donfit . . . . . . 7 7 October 9, ,,
Cdugiri . . . . . . . . 90 ,, 10, ,,
Ogbnkumasi‘ .. . . . . . . 101 ,, 15, ,,
Ogu (or Ogoofi“ . . . . . . . . 4 ,, 11, ,,
Ogrugu‘t" . . . . . . . . . . 129 November 1, ,,
Ojo* .. . . . . . . . . 128 ,, 2, ,,
Omon (Anambarrafi . . . . . 123 October, 23, ,,
Onia* .. . . .. .. .. 53 ,, 21, ,,
Opaiii . . . . . . . . . . 92 ,, 27, ,,
Osomari and Munakor* . . . . 99 ,, 16, ,,
Patani (Big Patani)* . . . . . . 42 ,, 22, ,,
Sabagrea (or Sabagregor)* . . . . 21 ,, 29, ,,
Torofani (Terro Tanni)* . . . . 43 ,, 21, ,,
Utshi, Oboma, Utshi Owere, and
Obatsha’te . . . . . . . . 97 ,, 13, ,,
Form No. 1.
After the years’ experience, we, the undersigned
, fully recognize the benefit
accorded to our country and people by our intercourse with the
National African Company (Limited), and, in recognition of
this, we now cede the whole of our territory to the National
African Company (Limited), and their administrators, for ever.
In consideration of this, the National African Company
(Limited) will not interfere with any of the native laws, and
also not encroach on any private property unless the value is
1greed upon by the owner and the said Company.
The National African Company (Limited) will reserve to
themselves the right of excluding foreign settlers.
Any palaver that may exist with any other tribe at any
' it The Treaties marked thus it are those referred to in the Charter of
10th July, 1886, p. 446, and are all included within the proclaimed Pro-
tectorate.
457 2 K 2
1884—1892] GREAT BRITAIN (menu). [No.98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
time, or, in the event of any dispute arising between the
and territory, shall at once he
referred to the National African Company (Limited) or their
representative at the time.
We, the _ - and district, do hereby
agree to aiiord assistance at any time for the protection of the
said Company’s property and people.
As per mutual consent of the
of the foregoing Agreement, the National African Company
(Limited) agreed to pay
Pro the National African Company (Limited),
DAVID MGINTOSH.
In approval of the foregoing Agreement, we, the
, do herewith affix our names as under.
We, the Undersigned, are witnesses to the marks of the
, and also vouch for their understanding
what they have signed.
I do hereby declare that the foregoing Agreement was duly
and correctly explained to the above
and they fully understood it.
Declared before me at ' , this
day of , 18 .
EDWARD HYDE HEWETT,
Her Britannic Majesty’s Consul-
(Consular seal affixed here.)
T
TREATIES under Form N o. 2.

Territory. Index N 0. Date-
Asaba . . . . . . . . . . 130 August 28, 1884:.
Anpanam . . .. . . . . 132 October 22, ,,
g 0 a o I 0 l o 0 Q n 25) J)
o o 0 0 0 l o 0 q o 3O) 7)
Oko Onono . . . . . . . . 113 ,, 29, ”
Omtsha . . . . - . . . . . 114 ,, 20, n
Onono (see Oko Onono).


458
No.98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1384-1892_
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Form N o. 2.
We, the , after years’
experience, fully recognize the benefit accorded to our country
and people by their intercourse with the National African
Company (Limited), and in recognition of this we now cede
the whole of our territory to the National African Company
(Limited), and their admisistrators for ever.
In consideration of this, the National African Company
(Limited) agree :—
1. The said Company will not interfere with any of the
native laws, and will not encroach on any private property un-
less the value is agreed upon by the owner and the said Com-
pany.
2. The said Company will not interfere with any of the
ground now occupied by the natives of the country unless
agreed to by both sides.
3. The said Company reserve to themselves the right of
excluding foreign settlers other than those now settled in the
country.
4. The said Company agree to respect the rights of the native
land-owners, and the said Company will not take possession of
their land without payment of the same.
Done in triplicate, this day of , 188 ,
at .
Pro the National African Company (Limited),
DAVID MGINTOSH.
Witness to the above mark signatures :
I, the Undersigned, do hereby declare this Agreement was
correctly interpreted, and the natives fully understood what
they signed. '
N . ROBERT TAYLOR.
Thus declared by N. Robert Taylor, before me, this
day of , 188 , at‘
EDWARD HYDE HEWETT,
Her Britannia .Majesty’s Consul.
(Consular seal atfixed here.)
459
1884—1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [No as
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
TREATIES under Form No. 3.

Territory. Index No.

Date.
Akri . . . . .. . . . . 105 i September 29, 1884.‘
Q o o o o o 0 o 0 O i 7) 7) 3) ‘.
Atani . . . . . . . . . . 106 1 ,, 20, ,,
Odekwe .. .. .. .. .. 108 , ,, 24, n
Olco Amakom . . . . . . . . 110 ‘ October 10, 7:
Oko Anara . . .. . . . . 109 ‘I ,, 9, >>
Osebiti . . . . . . . . . . 107 ; September 25, ,,
Form N o. 3.
\Ve, the Undersigned
in consideration of the benefit that is done to our country by
their establishing factories in it, do hereby cede the whole of
our country to the National African Company (Limited), and
their administrators, for ever, and do hereby undertake not to
allow any other persons to settle in it without the National
African Company’s consent.
In consideration of such privilege being granted to them,
the National African Company (Limited) do hereby on their
part undertake :——
Firstly—To respect all native laws and customs of the
country, and not to interfere with the existing rights of any of
the natives without first obtaining their consent.
Secondly—To assist the
in everything that may conducc to the welfare of the country
and to the promotion of trade.
Should the National African Company (Limited) require
land at any place in the country coded to them for any purpose
whatever, they, the National African Company (Limited), will
compensate the owner or owners thereof. '
The National African Company (Limited) reserve to them-
selves the right of excluding any foreigners from the country
should they think fit.
In consideration of the foregoing privilege accorded the
National African Company (Limited), the National African
460
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [18844891
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Company (Limited) agrees to pay a yearly duty of
measures, local value, to I
Pro the National African Company (Limited),
D. MeINTOSH.
We, the Undersigned, are witnesses to‘ the marks of the'
, and also vouch for their understand-
ing what they have signed.
Done in triplicate, this day of , 188 .
I certify the signatures of as being
those of the persons themselves, and, further, that a copy of
this Agreement has been handed to me for registry in my
Consulate.
EDWARD HYDE HEWETT,
Her Britannic Majesty’s Consul.
(Consular seal affixed here.)

,—
TREATIES under Form N o. 4.

l
Territory. Index No. | Date.


Abinsi o o ' o o o o o o o o March 3, 0 o 0 o o o 0 o o 0 May 16, ”
Agita . . . . . . . . . . 183 April 27, ,,
Ahwey . . . . . . . . . . 206 December 25, ,,
Akpa . . . . . . . . . . 180 March 16, ,,
Akpama and Omoluku . . . . . . 173 ,, 18, ,,
Akpoko . . . . . . . . . . 168 April - 30, ,,
Amara . . . . . . . . . . 166 May 5, ,,
Amowa . . . . ‘ . . . . . . 178 March 16, ,,
Arago (see Channa).
Ashiku . . . . . . . . . . 204 April 10, ,,
Ataya and Utukupari . . . . . . 169 May 26, ,,
Ayelli . . . . . . . . . . 17 2 March 17, ,,
Ayinshi . . . . . . . . . . 205 > April 9, ,,
Bakurana . . . . . . . . 181 ,, 25, ,,
Bassa (Ayelli) . . . . . . . 162 May 27, ,,
Bassa (Abaji) . . . . . . . . 163 ,, 21, ,,
Bawul'll o o o o o 0 o o 0 o ” 5, ”
Bazeni . . . . . . . . . . 207 April 10, ,,
Beulah . . . . . . . . . . 233 October 3, 1886.
Brahmio . . . . . . . . . . 234 ,, 3, ,,
Byonga . . . . . . . . .I 186 April 18, 1885.
Chagabo . . . . . . . . . . 184 ,, 11, ~,,
‘ Channa and Arago . . . . . . 306 March 7, ,,
Chomul . . . . . . . . . . 229 July ' 18, ,,
Donia . . . . . . . . 305 May 22, ,,
it]
1884-1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [110. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]



Territory. Index No. Date.
Gashaka . . . . . . . . . . 317 April 20, 1885.
Igi . . . . . . . . . . 185 ,, 11, ,,
Illah . . . . . . . . . . 179 ,, 18, ,,
Inishi (see Yanapura) .
Jangan . . . . . . . . . . 231 July 19, ,,
Kanza . . . . . . . . . . 203 April 10, ,,
Kateshi (see Ojo).
Laffia . . . . . . . . . . 307 December 16, ,,
Neawe . . . . . . . . . . 177 April 18, ,,
Nullar a O - 0 on o o 0 o ,, ”
Numan . . . . . . . . . . 232 July 19, ,,
Ojo and Kateshi . . .. 160 May 13, ,,
Ojogo . . . . . . . . . . 174 March 18, ,,
Ojogo (Upper) . . . . . . . . 175 April 13, ,,
Okoro . . . . . . . . . . 227 ,, 9, ,,
Onimasha . . . . . . . . 165 May 7, ,,
Omoloku (see Akpama).
Opal . . . . . . . . . . 230 August 14, ,,
Osepi, 8.50. . . . . . . . . 171 April 29, ,,
Ribohn, &c. . . . . . . . . 161 May 7, ,,
Utukupari (see Ataya) .
Yanapura or Inishi . . . . . . 17 6 April 16, ,,
Zungwali. . . . . . . . . . 235 October 3, 1886.
Zuwo . . . . . . . . . . 170 March 19, 1885.
Form No. 4.
AGREEMENT made on the day of , 1885, between
on the one hand, and the ‘National African
Company (Limited) on the other hand.
We, the undersigned King and Chiefs of ,
with the view to the bettering of the condition of our country
and people, do this day cede to the National African Company
(Limited); their heirs and assigns, for ever, the whole of our
territory extending from
D
We also give to the said National African Company
(Limited) full power to settle all native disputes arising from
any cause whatever, and. we pledge ourselves not to enter into
any war with other tribes without the sanction of the said
National African Company (Limited).
We also understand that the said National African Com-
pany (Limited) have full power to mine, farm, and build in
any portion of our
We bind ourselves not to have any intercourse with any
strangers or foreigners except through the said National African
462
N0. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884-1392
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
Company (Limited), and we give the said National African
Company (Limited) full power to exclude all other strangers
and foreigners from their territory at their discretion.
In consideration of the foregoing, the said National African
Company (Limited) bind themselves not to interfere with any
of the native laws or customs of the country, consistently with
the maintenance of order and good government.
The said National African Company (Limited) agree to
pay native owners of land a reasonable amount for any portion
they may require.
The said National African Company (Limited) bind them-
selves to protect the said King and Chiefs from the attacks of
any neighbouring aggressive tribes.
In consideration of the above, the said National African
Company (Limited) have this day paid the said King and
Chiefs of goods to the value of , receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged.
This Agreement having been interpreted to us, the above-
mentioned King and Chiefs of , we hereby approve
and accept it for ourselves and for our people with their con-
sent, and in testimony of this, having no knowledge of writing,
do affix our marks below it, and I, Egbert Dangerfield, for and
on behalf of the said National African Company (Limited), do
hereby affix my hand.
(For David McIntosh),
' EGBERT DANGERFIELD.
We, the undersigned witnesses, do hereby solemnly declare
that the King and Chiefs whose names are placed their
respective have in our presence affixed their
of their own free will and consent, and the said has
in our presence affixed his signature.
f
Declaration by Interpreter.
I, native of , do hereby solemnly declare
that I am well acquainted with the language, and
that on the day of , 1885, I truly and
faithfully explained the above Agreement to all the Chiefs pre-
sent, and that they understood its meaning.
463
1884—1892.]
[Na 98
GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER).
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
TREAIIES under Form No. 5.

Territory. Index No. Date.
Abarra . . . . . . . . . . 103 November 11, 1884.
Aboj aga . . . . . . . . 149 March 11, 1885.
Abragada . . . . . . . 88 ,, 31, ,,
Abutshi . , . . . . . . 111 February 24, ,,
Adagua . . . . . . . . 143 March 7, ',,
Adanapa . . . . . . . 298 February 4, ,,
Adiawayi . . . . . . . 71 ,, 23, ,,
Adjarra . . . . . . . . . 144 March 7, ,,
Atfor . . . . . . . . . 65 December 5, 1884.
Agagba . . . . . . . . . 58 ,, , ,,
Agbeni . . . . . . . 25 October 26, 1885.
Agberi . . . . . . . 51 April 16, 1884.
Agegba . . . . . . 147 March 7, 1885.
Agodamah . . . . . . . . 20 June 12, ,,
Agoubiri . . . . . . . 24 October 26, ,,
Agoorou . . . . . . . . 29 ,, 27, ,,
Ajuberi . . . . . . . . . 238 June 18, 1888.
Alcabri . . . . . . . 15 ,, 12, 1885.
Akaw . . . . . . . . - 6 ,, 10, .,
Akcdda . . . . . 267 November 13, 1886.
Akoumbri . . . . . . . 26 October 27, 1885.
Akpeh . . . . . . . 57 December 10, 1884.
Akuroe . . . . . . . 148 March 10, 1885.
Alatubeni . . . . . . . 27 8 September 8, 1888.
Allah . . ' . . . . . . . . 134 December 20, 1884.
Amassama (Moasamah Creek). . . . 23 October 26, 1885.
Amassamah (Ayakruamah to Baccabo 240 June 14, 1888.,
Anamobo . . . . . . . 131 December 24, 1884.
Angalabiri . . . . - . . . 40 ,, 27, ,,
Angiama (next higher to Angalabiri) . . 34 ,, 27, ,,
Angiama (Angiama to Awakoraga) . . 9, June 10, 1885.
Anyama (Great) . . . . . . 59 December 9, 1884.
Anyama (Small) . . . . . . 60 ,, 9, ,,
Appelebiri . . . . . . 33 February 17, 1885.
Aroua . . . . . . . . . . 30 October 27, ,,
Ashakah . . . . . . . . . . 63 December 6, 1884.
Atshaka (see Op 1 Atshalia).
Atshara . . . . .. . . . . 121 ,, 4, 1885.
Awakoraga . . . . . . . 11 J une 11, ,,
Ayakruama . . - - - - - 239 ,, 13, 1888.
Ayalna . . . . . . . . . 10 ,, 11, 1885.
Ayenneh . . . . . . . . 150 March 12, ,,
Avebobiri . . . . . 45 April 24, 1884.
Bvabalabri . - . . . 16 J 11110 12, 1885.
Baccabo . . . . . . . . 242 ,, 16, 1888.
Bakepipe, , , , , . . . . 13 ,, 11, 1885.
Bakundi . . . . . . . . 310 February 18, ,,
Balabri . . . . . . . . . 277 September 7 , 1888.
Baragola . . . . . . . . 243 June 12, ,,
Batoro . . . . . - . 18 n 12, 1885-
Beaufort Island. . . - . . . 295 February 18, ,,
Bomodija . . . . . 241 J une 12, 1888.
Bomodigi . . - ~ - 17 n 12; 1885-


4.61
N0. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884—1892,



[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Territory. Index No. Date.
Borotu . . . . . . . . . . 244 June 16, 1888.
Eberede . . . . . . . . . 61 December 9, 1884.
Eberedeno . . . . . . . 55 ,, 10, ,.
Eboo . . . . . . . . . 139 ,, 22, ,,
Edoni . . . . . . . . . . 279 September 7, 1888.
Eifeku . . . . . . . . . . 146 February 25, 1885.
Eifeta . . . . . . . . . . 126 March 26, ,,
Egbador . . . . . . . . . . 137‘ ,, 6, ,,
Egbeddi . . . . . . . . . 22 October 26, ,,
Egbuku . . . . . . . . . . 62 December 8, 1884.
Egweh . . . . . . . . . . 155 March 17, 1885.
Ejoda . . . . . . . . . . 157 ,, 26, 1885.
Ekebri . . . . . . . . . . 12 June 11, ,,
Ekperiwari . . . . . . . . 68 February 23, ,,
Emblama . . . . . . . 49 April 23, 1884.
Epedeh . . . . . . . . . . 44 ,, 9, ,,
Esajoto . . . . . . . . . 274 September 5, 1888.
Esangama . . . . . . . 245 June , ,,
Evorogbo . . . . . . . . 56 December 10, 1884.
Finebah . . . . . . . . . . 247 June 16, 1888.
Foonoweh . . . . . . . . 27 3 September 12, ,,
Foropah . . . . . . . . . 275 ,, , ,,
F roukama . . . . . . . . 246 June 17, ,,
Gana Gana . . . . . . . . 249 ,, 16, ,,
Gloria Ibo . . . . . . . . 120 April 12, 1885.
Goolah . . . . . . . . 248 August 28, 1888.
Ibatsha . . . . . . . . . . 83 ,, 16, 1885.
Ibo (see Gloria Ibo).
Idu (see Okaba Idn).
Igabo . . . . . . . . . 73 February 21, ,,
Igbokeyen . . . . . . . 136 March 3, ,,
Ikambri . . . . . . . 5 J une 10, ,,
Ikolo . . . . . . . . . 14 ,, 11, ,,
Illushi . . . . . . . . . . 140 February 28, ,,
o o o o o o o o a March- 28, ,7
Imusu (see Okija Imusu). ‘ -
Inyehreh . . . . . . . . 151 August 20, ,,
Isara . . . . . . . . . . 260 February 24, ,,
Itshicke (see Okija Itshicke).
Izin . . '. . '. . . . . 262 December 19, 1884.
J ackan . . . . . . . . . . 228 A ugnst 12, 1885.
Kabiama. . . . . . . . . . 28 October 27, ,,
Kiama . . . . . . . . . 47 April 23, 1884.
Kobama . . . . . . . . . . 250 June 13, 1888.
Lobia . . . . . . . . . . 276 September 5, ,,
Matulu . . . . . . . . . . 27 October 27, 1885.
Mpoh .. .. .. .. 00 115 June , ,,
Nsube . . . . . . . . . . 118 February 27, ,,
Ntegi . . . . . . . . . . 116 May 23, ,,
Obagwa . . . . . . . . . 259 April 4, 1886.
Ob'callah . . . . . . . . . . 141 March 7, 1885.
Obeze (see Opai Obeze).
Obiagwey . . . . . . . . 96 February 28, ,,
Obikwere . . . . . . . . 66 January 5, ,,
Ob‘iOCiiObil’l 0 0 o 0 o 0 o u DecenlbCl’ 27, 1884.‘.
Obirikoni . . .. . . 82 i September 21, 1886,
18841892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [No.98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]


Territory. Index No. Date.
Obokeno . . . . . . . . . . 251 June 18, 1888.
Oboro (Obokeno to Orudda) . . . . 253 ,, 18, ,,
,, (from the sea to F orobeni) . . 280 September 7, ,,
Oburoto . . . . . . . . . . 84 August 16, 1885.
Ode . . . . . . . . . . 135 December 23, 1884.
Odeleque . . . . . . . . 138 ,, 22, 1885.
Odogoberi . . . . . . . . 254 June 18, 1888.
Odoni . . . . . . . . . . 50 April 15, 1884.
Ofinama .. .. .. .. .. 48 ',, 24, ,,
Ofonibahan . . . . . . 70 February 23, 1885.
Ogalay (Great) . . . . . . . . 37 June 15, 1886.
,, (Small) . . . . . . . . 36 December 27, 1884.
Ogoh . . . . . . . . . . 255 June 18, 1888.
Ogollama . . . . . . . . 32 December 27, 1884.
Ogu Anotsha . . . . . . . 86 April 28, 1886.
Oguta . . . . . . . . . . 85 March 23, 1885.
Okaba . . . . . . . . . 75 February 21, ,,
,, Idu . . . . . . . . 81 October 16, 1886.
,, Omoku . . . . . . . . 80 ,, 15, ,,
Okija Imusu . . . . . . . . 264 November 4, ,,
,, IlSlllCliC . . . . . . . . 78 September 26, 1885.
,, Umudara. . . . . . . . 79 ,, 27, _.,
Okobeni . . . . . . . . . . 256 June 18, 1888.
Okoloba . . . . . . . . . 252 ,, 18, ,,
Okomedu . . - . . . . . 100 March 4, 1885.
Olodiama . . . . . . . . 38 June 15, 1886.
Ologbobiri . . . . . . . 268 November 11, ,,
Omoku (see Okaba Omoku).
Omourum . . . . . . . . 122 September 9, 1885.
Ondawarri . . . . . . . . 269 November 11, 1886.
Onougu . . . . . . . . . . 124 March 27, 1885.
Opai Atshaka . . . . . . . . 261 December 12, 1884.
Opai Obcze . . . . . . . . 93 March 29, 1885.
Opokoni . . . . . . . . . . 154 l ,, 16, ,,
Opehnmah . . . . . . 257 June 18, 1888.
Opokuma . . . . . . . . 46 April 24, 1884.
Oporo . . . . . . . . . . 8 June 10, 1885.
Oputuwarri . . . . . . . . 270 November 11, 1886.
Orea . . . . . . . . . . 145 February 27, 1885.
Orudda . . . . . . . . . . 258 June 18, 1888.
Osiamah . . . . . . . . . . 271 November 11, 1886.
Osutshi Ane Otsha . . . . . . 102 ,, 17, 1884.
Ota-gba . . . . . . . . . . 64 July 29, 1885.
o 0 0 o o o o o o o Lltll'cll 13, ,,
Otuwa . . . . . . . . . . 272 November 6, 1886.
Oyormor . . r . . . . - . . 7 l J unc 10, 1885.
Pakiama . . a . . . . . . 39 l October 17, 1886.
Permobri . . . . . . . . 4 June 9, 1885.
Sagbama . . . . . . . . . . 41 December 29, 1884.
Samabri . . . . . . . . . . 67 February 23, 1885.
Sengana . . . . . . . . . . 2 December 17, 1884.
Timboh . . . . . . . . . . 31 October 28, 1885.
Todama . . . . . . . . . . 152 March 12, ,,
Tombiah . . . . . . . . . . 19 June 12, ,,
Ugi . . . . . . . . . . 142 December 27, 1884.
Umari . . . . .. . .0 119 February 27 , 1885.
4'86
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884—1892,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]



Territory. Index N 0. Date.
Umuogi . . . . . . . . . . 117 June 4, 1885.
Umoru . . . . . . . . . . 72 February 23,
Umotshi . . . . . . . . . . 98 March 4, ,,
Umuazu . . . . . . - . . . 266 December 19, 1884.
Umudara (see Okija Umudara).
Umuetshi . . . . . .. 263 ,, 19, ,,
Umugor . . . . . . . . . . 265 ,, 19, ,,
Utoku . . . . . . . . . . 69 February 23, 1885.
oo o. 00 It I o n 22’ ,,
Form N 0. 5.
We, the undersigned Chiefs of , with the view to‘
the bettering of the condition of our country and people, do this
day cede to the Royal Niger Company (Chartered and Limited),
for ever, the whole of our territory extending from .
We also give to the said Royal Niger Company (Chartered
and Limited) full power to settle all native disputes arising
from any cause whatever, and we pledge ourselves not to enter
into any war with other tribes without the sanction of the said
Royal Niger Company (Chartered and Limited).
We understand that the said Royal Niger Company (Char-
tered and Limited) have full power to mine, farm, and build in
any portion of our country.
We bind ourselves not to have any intercourse with any
strangers or foreigners except through the said Royal Niger
Company (Chartered and Limited).
In consideration of the foregoing, the said Royal Niger Com-
pany (Chartered and Limited) bind themselves not to interfere
with any of the native laws or customs of the country,
consistently with the maintenance of order and good
government.
The said Royal Niger Company (Chartered and Limited)
agree to pay native owners of land a reasonable amount for
any portion they may require. _
The said Royal Niger Company (Chartered and Limited)
bind themselves to protect the said Chiefs from the attacks of
any neighbouring aggressive tribes.
467
1884‘1892] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [NO. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
The said Royal Niger Company (Chartered and Limited)
also agree to pay the said Chiefs measures native
value.
\Ve, the undersigned Witnesses, do hereby solemnly declare
that the Chiefs whose names are placed opposite
their respective crosses have in our presence affixed their
crosses of their own free will and consent, and that the said
has in our presence affixed his signature.
Done in triplicate at , this day of ,
188

Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , of , do hereby solemnly
declare that I am well acquainted with the language of the
country, and that on the day of , 188 ,
I truly and faithfully explained the above Agreement to all the
Chiefs present, and that they understood its meaning.
TREATIES under Form No. 6.


Territory. Index No. Date.
Achiagi . . . . . . . 208 August 16, 1885.
Addaw . . . . 219 April 27, ,,
Agesa (Agu) . . . , ' . . 216 ,, 17, ,,
Ajincoo . . . . . . 213 ,, 15, ,,
Anyappa . . . . . . . . . . 211 ,, l4, ,,
Bagumar. . . . . . 217 ,, 17, ,,
Beriwoosoo . . . . . . . . 209 ,, 16, ,,
Boawi . . . . . . . . . . 215 ,, 16, ,,
Chosah . . . . .. . . 220 ,, 27, ,,
Condra . . . . . . . . . o 221 ,, 27, ,,
)Iamimquassa . . . . . . . 222 ,, 27, ,,
Mamondo . . . . . . . . 212 ,, 14, ,,
Maveo . . . . .. . . . . 218 ,, 18, ,,
Nufali . . . . . . . . 226 ,, 29, ,,
N’yamchadda . . .. . . . . 225 ,, 28, ,,
Pampain . . . . . . . . . . 223 ,, 27, ,,
Quanati . . . . . . . . . . 214 ,, 15, ,,
Qué . . . . . . . . . . 224 ,, 27, ,,
Schapia . . . . .. . . . . 210 November 16, ,,


468
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [18844392,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Form No. 6.
\Ve, the King and Chiefs of , in Council assembled,
do cede to the National African Company (Limited), of London,
their heirs and assigns, for ever, all our territory extending
from , with all sovereign rights.
We also agree that no one shall have a right to mine in
our country (either foreigner or native) without the sanction
of the National African Company, their heirs or assigns.
We also give to the National African Company, their heirs
or assigns, the power to exclude all or any foreigners from
our country.
The National African Company agree to govern on the
basis of the native laws as among the natives themselves, and
not to interfere with the rights of private property.
The National African Company agree to pay, as Sovereign,
a subsidy of six pieces of cloth per annum to the former
Rulers of the country.
Signatures :

Witness:
Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , , native of , do hereby declare
that I am well acquainted with the language, and
have interpreted the foregoing to the King and Chiefs, and
they understand its meaning.

TREATY under Form No. '7.




Territory. Index No. Date.
00 .0 _ 0. no no 30, Form N o. 7.
AGREEMENT made on the day of , 188 , between
Head Chief of the country of , and
his or Council of Chiefs and their people on
469
1884—1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [No.98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
the one hand, and the National African Company (Limited)
on the other hand.
As in past times, disputes and palavers have arisen among
the various European and other strangers and foreigners in
the River Niger, and between these and the natives, and, as
it is desirable to prevent such disputes and palavers again
occurring by making a perpetual settlement, placing under one
supreme authority all relations and affairs between the natives
of and all strangers and foreigners: Therefore
we, the Head Chief and Chiefs, and people of , being
assembled in , and acting in accordance with
the laws of our country, do (in consideration of the
in goods, receipt of which we hereby acknowledge, and in con’
sideration of the further annual payment mentioned below),
hereby promise and bind ourselves and our successors to keep
and fulfil the following Articles of this Agreement :—
1. We give and grant to the National African Company
(Limited) the entire and sole authority to grant, on such'
terms as that Company may think fit, to European or other
strangers and foreigners, the right to trade, to work mines,
to cultivate ground, to gather produce of any kind, or to
carry on any other occupations in our country; and we agree
that we will not grant such rights to, nor deal in any way
with, any strangers and foreigners, nor enter into any Treaties
whatever with them, without the consent and authority of the
National African Company (Limited).
2. We promise full liberty and protection to the National
African Company (Limited) in carrying on its various trades,
mining operations, and all other occupations, and we give and-
grant to that Company complete freedom and immunity from
or other taxes of any kind whatever.
3. We agree that the National African Company (Limited)
shall have the sole right to supply all other strangers and-
foreigners with wood and other fuel.
4. We agree that the National African Company (Limited)
shall have the sole and exclusive right to impose, farm, and
retain for its own benefit, all and any duties it may think
proper on goods lauded by any strangers or foreigners from
470
No. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER-)- [1884—1892.
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
the river, or on native produce shipped by any strangers ‘or
foreigners from the land, and that we will not at any time
interfere with that Company in so doing, but will give it every
assistance to enforce such duties as acting on our behalf, and
with the full authority of the laws of our country.
And I, , on behalf of the National African
Company (Limited), having paid to the Chiefs of
the above-mentioned in goods, do hereby promise
to the Head Chief, , Chiefs, and people of
, that, in further consideration of this Agreement,
that Company will pay them annually .
And I further agree, on behalf of the National African
Company (Limited), that nothing in this Agreement shall be
allowed to interfere with the present rights of the natives 'of
the country of amongst themselves, nor shall it
give any authority or right to that Company, or to any person
on its behalf, to occupy land, to fell trees, or in any other way
to interfere with private property, without due permission or
purchase of the same from the owner, as heretofore.
This Agreement having been interpreted to us, the above-
mentioned Chiefs in , we hereby approve and
accept it, for ourselves and for our people, and with their
consent, and in testimony of this, having no knowledge of
writing, do affix our marks below it ; and I, , for
and on behalf of the National African Company (Limited), do
hereby afiix my hand.
\Ve, the undersigned witnesses, do hereby solemnly declare
‘that the Chiefs whose names are placed opposite
their respective crosses, have, in our presence, affixed their
crosses of their own free will and consent, and that the said
has in our presence atfixed his signature.

Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , native of , do hereby solemnly
declare that I am well acquainted with the language of the
country, and that, on the day of . ,
at a Council held at , , I truly and faithfully
471 2 r.
1884—1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (mean). [110. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.)
explained the above Agreement to all the Chiefs present, and
that they understood its meaning.

TREATIES under Form No. 8.



Territory. Index No. Date.
Baj embor . . .. . . . . z 195 June 13, 1885.
Bapaasa . . . . .. . . . . 1 188 a: 15’ >>
Buruhu . . . . . . . . . . 194‘ >7 14': a,
Ikurawa - . . . . . . . . . n 12: 7)
Imgboro - . . . . . . . . . n 15: >7
Ishara . . . . .. . . . .,. 196 ,, 14, n
Jimetchu . s . . - - . . >7 15! 7)
Katsena Alla . . .. . . . . 200 ,, 8, n
Mungornor . . . . . . . . 193 ,, 14, n
Mungova . . . . . . . c n 151 a’
Okortundor ' . . .. . . . . 201 ,, 11, n
_ P313372, . . . . - . o - - - 19]- ” 15, a:
Sausagi . . . . . . . - . . a) 12) n
0 c . 0 e o o o o 0 77 6) 3’
Form No. 8.
AGREEMENT made on the day of , 188 ,
between the King and Chiefs of and the
National African Company (Limited) of London.
We, the Undersigned King and Chiefs of ,
witha view to the bettering of the condition of our country
and people, do this day cede, with all sovereign rights, to the
National African Company (Limited), for ever, the whole of
our territory extending from .
We also agree that all disputes arising between British or
foreign traders or neighbouring tribes shall be submitted to
the said National African Company (Limited) for settlement.
We also understand that the National African Company
have sole power to mine, farm, and build in any portion of our
territory.
We also give the National African Company the power to
exclude all or any foreigners from our country.
In consideration of the foregoing, the said National African
Company bind themselves not to interfere with any native laws
or customs of the country consistently with the maintenance
of order and good government. '
472
No. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [12384-1892,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs] .
The National African Company agree to pay native owners
of land a reasonable amount for any portion they may require.
The National African Company also agree to pay the said
King and Chiefs the value of per annum.
This Agreement having been interpreted to us, the above-
mentioned King and Chiefs of , we hereby approve
and accept it for ourselves, and for our people with their con-
sent, and in testimony of this, having no knowledge of writing,
do affix our marks below it; and I, on behalf of the National
African Company (Limited), do hereby afiix my hand.
We, the Undersigned witnesses, do hereby solemnly declare
that the Chiefs whose names are placed against their respective
crosses have, in our presence, affixed their crosses of their own
free will and consent, and the said has, in our
presence, affixed his signature.

Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , native of , do hereby
solemnly declare that I am well acquainted with the
language, and hafre interpreted the foregoing to the said. King
and Chiefs, and they understand its meaning.

TREA'J‘IES under Form No. 9.



1
Territory. Index No. Date.
Agwebiri (or Agwehhiri) . . . . 289 July 26, 1889.
Agwohbiri . . . . . . . . 288 ,, 26, ,,
Ecebri . . . . . . . ._ . . 283 ,, 6, ,,
Egbanatoro . . . . . . . . .281 ,, 30, ,,
Ekebiri . . . . . . . . . . 286 ,, 19, ,,
Enowarri . . . . . . . . 285 ,, 5, ,, '~
Gbebi . . . . . . . . . . 296 September 13, ,,
Ibouza . . . . . . . . . . 294 May 17, ,,
Korokorossi . . . . . . . . 287 July 10, ,,
Ofunobiri . . . . . . . . 284 ,, 8, ,,
Poulabouga . . . . . . . . 282 April 13, ,,
Sintako . . . . . . . . . . 297 October 14, ,,
Takum . . . . . . . . . . 313 January 4, 1890.
473 _ * 2 L 2
1884—1892.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [110. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
Form No. 9.
TREATY made'on the day .of , 18 , between
the Chiefs of ' on the one hand, and the Royal
Niger Company (Chartered and Limited), hereinafter called
“the Company,” on the other hand.
1. We, the Undersigned Chiefs of , with the
consent of our people, and with the view of bettering their con-
dition, do this day cede to the Company, and to their assigns,
for ever, the whole of our territory; but the Company shall
pay private owners a reasonable amount for any portion of
land that the Company may require from time to time. I
2. We hereby give to the Company and their assigns, for
ever, full jurisdiction of every kind; and we pledge ourselves
not to enter into any war with other tribes without the sanc-
tion of the Company.
'3. We also give to the Company and their assigns, for ever,
the sole right to mine in our territory.
4. In’ consideration” of the foregoing, the Company bind
themselves not to interfere with any of the native laws or
customs of the country, except so far as may be necessary for
good government and the maintenance of order.
5. The Company bind themselves to protect, as far as
practicable, the said Chiefs from the attacks of any neigh-
-bouring aggressive tribes.
6. In consideration of the above, the Company have this.
day paid the said Chiefs of ' goods to the value
of , receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.
This Agreement having been interpreted to us, the above-
mentioned Chiefs of , we hereby approve, and
accept it for ourselves and for our' people with their consent,
and, in testimany of this, having no knowledge of writing, do
affix our marks below it, and I, , for and on
behalf of the Company, do hereby aflix my hand. _
We, the Undersigned witnesses, ‘do hereby solemnly declare
that the Chiefs whose names are placed opposite their respective
marks have in our presence aifixed their marks of their own
474
,
N0, 93] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1884,1891
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
free will and consent, and the said has, in our
presence, afiixed his signature.
For the Royal Niger Company (Chartered and
Limited),

Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , native of do hereby
solemnly declare that I am well acquainted with the
language, and that on the day of 18 ,
I truly and faithfully explained the above Agreement to all the
native signatories whose marks are affixed to this Treaty, and
that they understood its meaning.
Witnesses to the above mark signature :
Done in triplicate at this day of
18

TREATIEs under Form No. 10.


Territory. Index No. Date. v
Akaboh . . . . . . . . . . 325 March 14, 1892.
Akapotshi . . . . . . . . 326 ,, 14, ,,
Amakofia Ubi . . . . . . . . 327 ,, 14, ,,
Egbu-ku . . . . . . . . . . 328 ,, 14, ,,
Egbu-n-ta . . . . . . . . 329 ,, 14, ,,
Eknalo . . . . . . . . . . 330 ,, 14, ,,
Gongomo . . . . . . . . 312 ,, 17, 1890.
Inde Ukukwa . . . . . . . . 331 ,, 14, 1892.
Isi Umudirossa . . . . . . . . 342 May 10, ,,
1tshicke and Umuneosa . . . . 332 March 14, ,,
Kwana . . . . . . . . . . 311 ,, 3] , 1890.
Obba . . . . . . . . . . 293 September 3, ,,
Obilako . . .. . . . . . . - 333 March 14, 1892. .
Oboniki . . . . . . . . . 291 May 27, 1890.
Ogidi . . . . . . . . . . 290 ,, , ,,
Okka . . . . . . . . . . 324 November 16, ,,
Oreilla . . . . . . . . . 341 May 4, 1892.
Orjie . . . . . . . . . . 33 1: March 14, ,,
Owere . . . . . . ' . . . . 335 ( ,, 14, ,,
Ozara . . . . . . . . . 836 ,, ~14, ,,
its s
188448925 ’ GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [Na 98, ~'-_.
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Territory. Index No. Date.

Ubi (see Amalzofia Ubi).
Uburin . . . . 337 March 14, 1892.


Udo . . .. . . . . . . 338 ,, 14, ,,
Ukukwa (see Inde-Ukukwa). ,
Umuba . . .. . . . . . . 339 ,, 14, ,,
Umudirossa (see Ibi Umudirossa).
Um uneosa (see .ltshicke) .
Umuodu . . . . . . . . . . 340 ,, 14, ,,
Unkwereh . . . . . . . . 292 May 21, 1890.
Form No. 10.
'
TREA'I Y made on the day of , 18 , between:
on the one hand, and the Royal Niger Company
(Chartered and Limited), for themselves and their assigns,
for ever, hereinafter called “The Company,” on the other
hand.
1. We, the undersigned King and Chiefs of , with
the view of bettering the condition of our country and people,
do this day cede to‘ the Company, including as above their
assigns, for ever, the whole of our territory, but the Company
shall pay private landowners a reasonable amount for any
portion of land that the Company may require from time to
time. "
2. We thereby give to the Company and their assigns, for
ever, full jurisdiction of every kind, and we pledge ourselves ‘
not to enter into any War with other tribes without the sanc-
tion of the Company.
3. We give to the Company and their assigns, for ever,
the sole right to mine in any portion of our territory.
4:. We bind ourselves not to have any intercourse as
representing our tribe or state, on tribal or state affairs, with
any person or persons other than the Company, who are here-
by' recognized as the authorized Government of our territories :
but this provision shall in no way authorize any monopoly of
trade, direct or indirect, by the Company or others, nor any
restriction of private or commercial intercourse with any
person or personv 0F any nation whatsoever, subject, chowever,
‘ 476
N0. 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [11884-1892.
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
to administrative dispositions in the interest of commerce and
of order.
“5. In consideration of the foregoing, the Company bind
themselves not to interfere, with any of the native laws or
customs of the country, consistently with the maintenance of
order and good government, and the progress of civilization.
6. The Company bind themselves‘ to protect, as far as‘
practicable, the said King and Chiefs from the attacks of any
neighbouring aggressive tribes.
7. In consideration of the above, the Company have this
day. paid the said King and Chiefs of goods to the
value of , receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.
This Treaty having been interpreted to us, the above-
mentioned King and Chiefs of , we hereby ap-
prove and accept it for ourselves and for our people, and in
testimony of this, having no knowledge of writing, do affix our
marks below it.
vW'e, the undersigned witnesses, do hereby solemnly declare
that the King and Chiefs whose names are placed opposite
their respective marks have, in our presence, affixed their
marks of their own free will and consent, and that ,
on behalf of the Company, has, in our presence, affixed his
signature.
I, , for and ém behalf of the Company, do here
by approve and accept the above Treaty, and hereby affix my
hand.

Declaration by Interpreter.
I, , native of , do hereby solemnly
declare that I am well acquainted with the language,
and that on the day of , 18 , I truly and
faithfully explained the above Treaty to all the native signa-
tories, and that they understood its meaning.
Witnesses to the above ' mark or signature:
Done in triplicate at ‘ , this day of
, 18 .
477
1887-1894.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIG'ER). [N0. 98
[Treaties with Native Chiefs.]
TREA'IIES under Various Forms.

Territory. Index N o. ‘‘ Date.
Ageyeh . . . . . . . . . . 304 April 8, 1885.
Akassa . . . . . . . - . . 3 November 20, 1884.
Bassama . . . . . . . . . . 314 February 3, 1890.
Batsurror . . . . . . . . 187 ! May 30, 1885.
Bautshi . . . . . . . . . . 316 April 1, 1888.
Borgu (Boussa). . .. . . .. 303 1 January 20, 1890.
Dampara . . . . . . . . 309 _ October 16, 1889.
Demsa . . . . . . . . . . . 315 ! January 5, 1890.
Donga . . . . . . . . . 320 , ,, 2, 1885.
Egori . . . . . . . . . . 156 November 13, 1884.
Gando (lst) . . . . . . . . 236 1 June 13, 1885.
Gando (Zzzdl . . . . . . . . 318 I April 7, 1890.
Gandy . . . . . . . . . . 159 ' June 4:, 1885.
Ilorin . . . . . . . . . 302 August 9, 1890.
Jibu . . . . . . . . . . 308 October 15, 1889.
Lafiagi . . . . . . . . . . 301 March 31, 1885.
Lapai . . . . . . . . . . 300 ,, 28, ,,
Nupé (let) . . . . . . . . 322 ,, 19, ,,
,, (2nd) . . . . . . . . 323 December 26, 1889.
Shonga . . . . . . . . . . 299 April 15, 1885.
Sokoto (1st) . . . . . . . . 237 June 1, ,,
,, (2nd) . . . . . . . . 319 April 15, 1890.


On the 21st March, 1887, the Royal Niger Company
forwarded to the Foreign Office a List of the Treaties of the
Company, showing :—
1. Which Treaties were inside of the British Protectorate as
then already proclaimed, and which partly inside and partly
outside; and
2. Which Treaties were included in the 37 referred to in
the Charter of 10th July, 1886, and which, on the other hand,
required the assent of the Secretary of State, under § 12 of the
Charter.
The 37 Treaties referred to in the Charter are marked with
an asterisk. (See pp. ALSO—4:57.)
On the 10th April, 1894:, the Royal Niger Company sub-
mittedto the Secretary of State (the Earl of Kimberley), for
approval, a revised and completed List of 306 Treaties, which
had been concluded by the Company with the Kings, Chiefs,
and Peoples of various territories in the basin of the River
478
N0, 98] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [1894,
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
Niger, in addition to the 37 Treaties enumerated in the Schedule
to the Charter. With few exceptions, all these Treaties had
been duly communicated by the Company to the Secretary of
State in previous letters. On the 23rd of April the general
approval of these Treaties by the Secretary of State was con-
veyed to the Company, subject to certain specified conditions,
all of which were-accepted by the Company on the 27th of the
same month.
13 May, 1893.] GREAT BRITAIN (NIGER). [Na 99
[Niger Coast Protectorata]
N0. 99.-—NOTIFICATION of the British Protectorate of
_ the Niger Coast ; to be known as the “ Niger Coast .Prote -
torate,” and no longer as the “Oil Rivers Protectorate.”
Foreign Ofiee, 13th May, 1893.
“WITH reference to the Notification in the ‘London
Gazette ’ of the 18th October, 1887 (N0. 97), respecting the
British Protectorate of the Niger Districts, and to certain
agreements entered into between the British and German
Governmentsfx‘ it is hereby notified, for (public information,
that the portion of the Protectorate under the administration
of Her Majesty’s Commissioner and Consul-General will, from
the date of this notification, form a separate Protectorate,
under the name of the “Niger Coast Protectorate,” and will
cease to be known as the “ Oil Rivers Protectorate.”
The eastern limit of the line of coast of the Niger Coast
Protectorate is defined in the Agreement between the British
and German Governments of the 14th April, 1893.”

On the 5th June, 1885, a Notification was published in the
“London Gazette” of the establishment of the British Pro-
tectorate of the “Niger Districts,” but no allusion was made
to the “Oil Rivers” (N0. 95M’ but on the 1st January,
1891, Major (now Sir Claude Maxwell) Macdonald, who, in
June, 1889, was sent on a Special Mission to the Niger Dis-
tricts, and in the following year to Berlin, with reference to
the delimitation of the boundary between the Oil Rivers Pro-
tectorate and the German Colony of Cameroons, was gazetted
as Her Majesty’s Commissioner and Consul-General in the Oil
Rivers Protectorate and adjoining native territories, &c. The
term “Oil Rivers Protectorate” was also employed in the
Instructions issued by the Secretary of State on the 22nd
February, 1890, under the Order in Council of 15th October,
1889, and in the Agreement between Great Britain and Germany
of 14th April, 1893 (See GREAT BRITAIN AND GERMANY, p. 654.)
The Oil Rivers are the Benin, Escarvos, Warri, Forcados,
Brass, St. Nicholas, St. Barbara, St. Bartholomew, Sombrero,
New Calabar, Bonny, Andorio (St. Antonio), Opobo, Quo Ibo,
Akpayafi, Qua, Cross, and Old Calabar.
* See page 593. 1' See Return, page 47.
4:80
GREAT BRITAIN.
(SIERRA LEONE.)
GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE).
109 17 88—1892.
22 Aug, 1788.
10 July, 1807.
6 July, 1818.
25 May, 1819.
21 July, 1820.
20 Oct., 1820.
7 May, 1821.
l.
5 June, 1821.
2 Aug, 1824.
24. Sep., 1825. '
3 Oct., 1825.
12 Dec., 1825.
80 Dec., 1825.
18 Apr., 1826.
8-10 Man, 1827.
LlST OE TREATIES, (to.
Notes........
Declaration . . .
Treaty . . . . . . . .
Treaty.. .. .. ..
Convention. . . .
Convention. . . .
Convention. . . .
Act of Parl. . . .
Treaty........
Convention. . . .
Convention. . . .
Proclamation . .
Convention. . . .
Agreement . . . .
Treaty........
Treaty........
Respecting Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sierra Leone. Cession of certain terri-
’
tones to Great Britain. . . . . .
Sierra Leone.
Further c‘essions to
Great Britain. Bance Island
Bago country. Cession to Great
Britain of the “ Isles de Los ” . . . . .
Timmannees. Cession of the Banana
Islands to Great Britain '. . . . . . . . . .
Timmannees of the Quia. Cession of
the Banana Islands to Great Britain
Chiefs of the Bananas. Cession of the
Banana Islands to Great Britain. . .
Abolition of Africa Company. Terri-
tories, 820., between 20° N. lat. and
20° S. lat. annexed to Sierra Leone .
North Bulloms. Cession of Tombo
Island to Great Britain. . . . . . . . . . .
North Bulloms. Cession of Bance,
Tasso, Tombo, and other islands to
Great Britain .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Sherbro, &c. Cession of Sherbro,
Sherbro Island, Tasso, ‘Ya Comba,
Plantain Islands, 850., to Great
Britain .. . Sherbro and Ya Comba. Territories
annexed to Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . .
Barra. Cession of Bacca Loco to Great
Britain.. .. .. .. .. .... .. ..
Mandingo. Cession of Island of
Matacong to Great Britain. Note. .
Soombia 8008008, and Tura Family.
Cession of their territories to Great
Britain. 1 mile ceded inland; also
the Island of Matacong.* (See also
Declaration, August, 1867) . . . . . . .
Kafu-Bulloms. Cession of their terri-
tories to Great Britain. . . .' . . . . . . . .
0.000.000‘... I.
Page
484
484
485
485
486
487
487
488
488
489
491
493
494
496
495
496
‘I’ See note, page 496.
481
GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEON
No.
100 24 June, 1827.
29 Nov., 1847.
29 Nov., 1847.
4——-7 July,
1849.
13 July, 1850.
21 Man, 1851.
2 Aug., 1851.
23 Dec., 1851.
26 Dec., 1851.
26 Dec., 1851.
17 Jan., 1852.
29 Jan., 1852.
26 Aug. 1852.
p.
2 Apr., 1861.
11 June,‘1861.
9 Nov., 1861.
9 Nov., 1861.
9 Nov., 1861.
1 Feb., 1862.
19 Feb., 1866.
LIST OF TREATIES, &c.
Agreement . . . .
Treaty...‘ on 00
Treaty... .. ..
Treaty.... .. ..
Order in C... ..
Treaty.... .. .-
Treaty... 0000
Treaty.. . . .. ..
Treaty.... .. ..
Treaty‘... ee 00
Treaty... .. ..
Tl‘BiLtyuu on on
Treaty.. . . .. ..
Treaty.. .. .. ..
Treatyu. .. .. ..
Treaty.. .. ....
Troaty.. .. ....
Treaty“ 1 e 0e '0
Letters Patent .
Biafra. Cession of Island of Bulama,
8m, to Great Britain... .. .. .. .. ..
(See also Great Britain and Portu-
gal.)
Locco Marsannna. Cession to Great
Britain of territory on north bank
of Sierra Leone River, nith a
quarter of a mile inland . . . . . .
Kafu-Bulloms. Cession to Great Britain
of territory on north bank of Sierra
Leone River, with a quarter of a
mile inland . . . . . .
Bompey Plantain Islands.
Boundary .. .............. ..
Jurisdiction in vicinity of Sierra
Leone .. .. .. .......... ....
Naloes. Boundaries . . . . . r . . . . . . . .
Fouricaria. Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . .
Small Scarcies River. Boundaries . . .
Kambia. (Great Scarcies River.)
Boundaries . . . . . .9. . . .
Macbatees.
Boundaries .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Wonkafong. Boundaries . . . . . . . . . .
Kafiu-Bulloms. Confirmation of. Ces-
sion on north bank of the Sierra
Leone River .. .. .. .. ..
Quiah. Cession of portion to Great
Britain. » “ British Quiah ” . . . . . . .
Ma Bwetie and R0 Wollah. Kambia.
Boundaries (Great Scarcies River.)
Sherbro. Cession of Turtle and Sherbro
Islands.... .. .. .. .. ..
Bend'oo and Chah. Cession of portion
of Bendoo and Chah to Great
Britain. (Sherbro Country.) . . . . . .
Bagroo. Cession to Great Britain of
Bagroo, Mana Bagroo, and Belley.
(Sherbro Country.) . . . . . .
Quiah. Right of Her Maj esty’s Govern-
ment to British Quiah. (A portion of
the territory was retroceded to
Quiah, 29 Jan., 1872.). . . . . . .. . . ..
Union of Sierra Leone with the
Gambia, Gold Coast, and Logos
(altered 17th Dec., 1874)
and
(Great Scarcies River.)
....‘OOO...
Page
498
500
501
502
502
502
502
503
503
507
508
509
510
511
482
GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE).
No.
100 29 Jan., 1872.
17 Dec., 1874.
21 Dec.,1875.
30 Dec., 1875.
10 June, 187 6.
2 May, 187 7 .
30 Mar. , 1882.
28 June, 1882.
18 Nov., 1882.
5 June, 1883.
21 Oct., 1883.
18 May, 1885.
17 June, 1885.
28 Nov., 1888.
10 Aug., 1889.
1885—1891.
LIsT or TREATIES, 8:0.
Treaty.. .. .. ..
Letters Patent.
Treaty...... ..
Treaty.. .. .. ..
Treaty........
Treaty. . .. .. . .
Agreement . . . .
Convention . . . .
Agreement . . . .
Agreement . . . .
Agreement . . ..
Agreement . . . .
Letters Patent .
Letters Patent .
Arrangement. . .
LiStQOQOOIOOIOOO
Pa ge
Quiah. Retrocession of portion of
British Quiah. Boundaries. . . . . .
West Africa Settlements. . . . . . . . . . .
Sherbro and Mendi. Cession by
certain chiefs to Great Britain of
right to collect Customs dues . . . . . .
Sherbro and Mendi. Similar Cession
by other chiefs of Cockboro . . . . . .
R0 Wollah, Ma Buet'ie, Kambia.
Great and Small Scarcies. British
Sovereignty over waters . . . . . . . . . . .
Samoo Bulloms. Cession of Country
to Great Britain.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Gallinas. Cession of Territory to Great
Britain .. .. .. ..
Great Britain and F ranee. Bound-
aries between British and F rcnch
Possessions north of Sierra Leone.
Scarcies and Mellicourie Rivers.
(See Great Britain and France.)
Bullom and Shebar. Reassertion of
British Sovereign rights over Terri-
tories ceded in 1825 . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Offer of Massah and Krim Country,
820., to cede their Territories to
GreatBritain .. .. Offer of other Chiefs of Krim Country
to cede their Territories to Great
Britain . . . . . . Gallinas. Boundaries of Territories
ceded to Great Britain in 1882 . . .
Government of Sierra Leone, 820.
British West African Settlements. .
Separation of Sierra Leone from the
Gambia. “Colony of Sierra Leone ”
Great Britain and France. Delimita-
tion on English and F reneh Posses-
sions on West Coast of Africa,
north of Sierra Leone, &c. (See
Great Britain and France.)
Treaties with Native Chiefs . . . . . .
512
513
514
514
01
N
O
522
523
524
525
526
526
483
22 Aug.,1788,] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [NO. 100
[Sierra Leone.]
N0. 100.—Notes on SIERRA LEONE, 1788-1892.
Sierra Leone.
ON the 22nd August, 1788,* the following Declaration was
signed by the King and Chiefs of Sierra Leone for the cession
of certain territories to His Majesty King George III :—
“ Know all men by these presents that I, King Nambaner,
Chief of Sierra Leone, on the Grain Coast of Africa, by and
with the consent of the other Kings, Princes, Chiefs, and
potentates subscribing hereto, in consideration of the presents,
as by a list annexed, now made me by Captain John Taylor, of
His Britannic Majesty’s brig “ Miro,” in behalf of and for the
sole benefit of the free community of settlers, their heirs and
successors, lately arrived from England, and under the pro-_
tection of the British Government, have granted, and by these
presents do grant and for ever quit claim to a certain district
of land for the settling of the said free community to be theirs,
their heirs and successors, for ever; that is to say, all the land,
wood, water, &c., which are now contained from the bay com-
monly called Frenchman’s Bay, but by these presents changed
to that of St. George’s Bay, coastwise up the River Sierra
Leone to Gambia Island, and southerly or inland from the river
side, 20 miles. And further, be it known unto all men that I,
King N ambaner, do faithfully promise and swear for my Chiefs,
gentlemen, and people, likewise my heirs and successors, that I
will bear true allegiance to His Most Gracious Majesty
George III, King of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, 850.,
and protect the said free settlers, His subjects, to the utmost
of my power against the insurrections and attacks of all
nations or people whatever. And I do hereby bind myself, my
heirs and successors, to grant the said free settlers a con-
tinuance of a quiet and peaceable possession of the land granted,
. their heirs and successors, for ever. In witness whereof, I and
my Chiefs have set our hands and seals this 22nd day of
August, 1788.”
[Here follow the Signatures and Seals and List of Presents]
* H.T., vol. xiv, p. 927. S.P., v01. 11m, p. 1091.
484
R0100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [10 “1551807,
[Sierra Leone. Bance Island. Isles de Los.]
Sierra Leone.
On the 10th July, 1807,* certain other territories at Sierra
Leone were ceded to His Majesty by a Treaty with the local
Chiefs, from which the following are extracts :—
“ 1. It is agreed that there shall henceforth be peace and
friendship between the British Colony of Sierra Leone and
King Firama and King Tom, and all the Princes, Headmen,
and people subject.
“ 2. King Firama and King Tom, with the consent of all the
Headmen at this time assembled, do hereby surrender to His
Majesty the King of Great Britain, for the use and benefit of
the Sierra Leone Company, all the right, power, and possessions
of every sort and kind in the peninsula of Sierra Leone and
its dependencies which they or either of them formerly had to
the westward of the colony of Sierra Leone or any part
thereof.
Bance Island.
“ 3. It is nevertheless agreed that the claim of the proprietors
of Bance Island? to the possession of Cape Sierra Leone and the
adjacent land shall not be altered or afiected by this Treaty,
neither shall the claims of any other person or persons to the
same or any part thereof be afi'ected or altered by it; but all
such claims shall remain the same as if this Treaty had never
been made.”
Isles de Los.
On the 6th July, 1818,}: the following Treaty was concluded
between the Governor of Sierra Leone and the Chief of the
Bago country, by which the Isles de Los were ceded to Great
Britain, subject to certain annual payments being made :——-
“ 1st. The said Mungo Demba, King of the Bago country,.and
his Chieftains Alimamce Dalla Mohammadu, Secca, Amurah,
Salea, and Ali, have for themselves and their successors ceded,
trans Ferred, and given over to his Excellency Lieutenant-
Coionel Charles McCarthy, Governor of the Colony of Sierra
3* H.T., "01. xiv., p. 929. S.P., vol. lxiii, p. 1092.
“I” See Convention with North Bulloms of 2nd August, 1821', p. 489.
I SP, vol. lxiii, p. 1096..
485 2 M
2 Jul ,1818.
gm?” 1819:! GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No. 100
[Banana Islands]
Leone, and the Governors of the said colony for the time being,
for the use of and on behalf of His Majesty the King of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and his suc-
cessors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited possession and
sovereignty of the islands constituting the Isles de Los, viz ,
Factory, Crawforcls, Jamara, Whites, and Coral Islands, toge-
ther with all and every right and title to the navigation,
anchorage, waterage, fishing, and other revenue and maritime
claims in and over all the harbours, bays, creeks, roads, and
roadsteads and waters in and round the said islands.”
Banana Islands.
On the 25th May, 1819,* a Convention was concluded be-
tween the Governor of Sierra Leone and the Timmanees for
the cession of the Islands of Bananas to Great Britain, from
which the following are extracts :—
“ The said Pa London, commonly called Ka Conko, his Chief-
tains, Headmen, and gentlemen, have for themselves and their
successors ceded, transferred, and given to his said Excellency
Governor McCarthy, as Governor for the time being, for the use
and on the behalf of His Majesty the King of the United King-
dom of Great Britain and Ireland and his successors, the full,
entire, free, and unlimited possession and sovereignty of the
territory and lands commonly known under the name of Mar
Porto and R0 Bomp, situated on the banks of the Bunch River,
and extending from to
with all right and title to the navigation
of the same river, water, or rivulet, situated on the left side as
aforesaid.
“ The extent and limits of the afore-mentioned lands of Mar
Porto and R0 Bomp shall be duly. established in the presence
and with the consent of Pa London, commonly called Ka Oonko,
or a person or persons duly authorised by him to that effect, and
no alteration in said limits shall hereafter under any pretence
or plea be permitted under the authority or sanction of his
said Excellency the Governor or his successors, without the con-
* 3.1)., vol. lxiii, p. 1098.
486 '
No. 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [3,1] {as ., 18m
[Banana Islands.]
currence of the said Pa London ‘or his successors, it being fully
understood that within the extent of those limits only British
subjects shall have a right to occupy lands in those districts.”
Banana Islands.
On the 21st July and 20th October, 1820;)‘: similar Conven-
tions were concluded with the Timmanees of the Qu'ia and with
the Chiefs of the Bananas, from which the following are
extracts :—
C'on'vention with the Timmanees of the Qai'a. 21.92% July, 1820.
“ 1. The said Pa London, commonly called Ka Conko, has
for himself and his successors, and for and in the name of
Thomas Caulker and his successors, ceded, transferred, and
given to his said Excellency Governor McCarthy or Governor
for the time being on the behalf of His Majesty George the
Fourth of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland,
King, and his successors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited
possession and sovereignty of the Islands of Bananas, situated
near and opposite to Cape Shilling, with all and every right
and title to the navigation, anchorage, waterage, ‘fishing, and
other revenue and maritime claims in and over the harbours,
bays, creeks, roads, roadsteads, waters, in and around the said
islands.”
Convention with the Chiefs of the Bananas. 20th October, 1820.
“The said Contracting Parties have agreed and‘ do agree as
follows :—
“ 1st. That the said Thomas Caulker and George Stephen
Caulker for and on the part and behalf of themselves and their
successors, and all and every other person or persons having or
pretending to have any right, title, or interest in the Isles
known by the name of the Bannanoes, situate opposite to and
lying antiguous to Cape Shilling on the Western Coast of
Africa, and also all lands in the immediate vicinity thereof, have
this‘ day ceded, transferred, and given to his said Honour Acting
* S.P., vol. lxiii, P. 1100.
4:87 2 M 2
5 June, 1821.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [NO. 100’
[Iombo Is1and..]
Governor Grant, or Governor for the time being, on the part
and behalf of His Majesty George the Fourth of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, King, and his suc-
cessors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited possession and
sovereignty of the said islands of Bannanoes and lands in their
immediate vicinity, with all and every right and title to the
navigation, anchorage, waterage, fishing, and other revenue
and maritime claims in and over the harbours, bays, creeks,
roads, roadsteads, and Waters in and around the said islands, 8220-.
“ 3rd. His said Honour the Acting Governor for himself and
his successors on the part and behalf of His Britannic Majesty,
guarantees to Thomas Caulker and George Stephen Caulker,
their Chieftains and respective successors, the full, certain, and
free possession of the lands, houses or property of whatsoever-
kind which they do now or may possess on the said islands.”
Abolition of Africa Company.
On the 7th May, 1821, an Act of Parliament was passed for
abolishing the Africa Company and transferring to, and vesting
in, His Majesty all the Forts, Possessions, and property then
belonging to or held by them. ,
By this Act, power was given to His Majesty to order and}
direct that all or any of the said Forts and Possessions, as also
any Territories, islands, or Possessions on the West Coast of‘
Africa, between the 20th degree of north latitude and the 20th
degree of south. latitude which did then, or which might there-
after, belong to His Majesty, should be annexed to, and made‘
Dependencies on, the Colony of Sierra Leone.*
Cession of Tombo Island to Great Britain.
On the 5th June, 1821,? the following Declaration was
signed by the King and Chiefs of the North Bulloms, ceding
Iombo Island to Great Britain z---- _
i “ Now know ye that I, the aforesaid Ba Samma, commonly
known. by the style and title of Ba Mano, King or principal
Chief of the North Bulloms and districts of Loco Ma Samma,.
* H.T., vol. xviii, p. 172. ‘
'I' S.P., vol. lxiii, p. 1104. See also Convention, 2nd August, 1824:, p.489’
488
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [2 Aug,’ 1824.
[Bance, Tasso, Iom'bo, and other Islands]
isles of Bance, Tasso, Tombo, &c., together with the Chieftains
and Headmen now assembled with me at Iombo, having first
declared that we possess the full authority, absolute dominion,
and undisputed territorial right to this eifect, do by these pre-
sents grant, surrender, make over, and resign’ unto him, the
said John McCormaek, his heirs and assigns, all our right, title,
and interest in the said point of the isle or island of Iombo;
that is to say, from the western extremity of the said isles until
when the same is bounded by the salt-water creek intersecting
said isle to the east, the same being the boundary of old between
Iombo, so called, and Iama, to have, hold, possess, and enjoy
the same, with all privileges in and around the same, and
emoluments, advantages, and uses, absolutely and for ever
without hin'drance from us or our successors henceforth and for
ever; hereby reserving, notwithstanding, unto us and our suc-
cessors, being Kings or principal Chiefs of North Bullom, Loco
Ma Samma, &c., the yearly rent, custom, or subsidiary gift of
100 bars, to be paid to us and our successors yearly and every
year by the said John McCormaek, his heirs and assigns, for
ever, and payable in every year on the 25th day of December,
commencing from that day and month, in the year 1820.
“ And in default of the said John McCormaek, his heirs or
assigns, so paying or causing to be paid the aforesaid yearly
rent, custom, or subsidiary gift, then this instrument and Treaty
shall become null and of no eifect, and all advantage, &c.,
derived thereby thenceforward cease.”
This Agreement was replaced by the following Conven-
tion :—
Cession by North Balloms 0f Bance, Tasso, Tombo, ancl other
' Islands to Great Britain.
A Convention which was signed between the Acting
Governor of Sierra Leone and King of North Bulloms, on
the 2nd August, 18243‘ for the cession to Great Britain of
certain Islands, 850., on northern side of the River Sierra
Leone.
By this Convention it was mutually agreed as follows :—
“ 1st. Ba Mauro, King of the North Bulloms, by the advice
* H. T., vol. xiv., p. 943. S. P., vol. lxiii, p. 1108.
4:89
2 Aug.,18'24.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No. 100
[Bance, Tasso, Iom‘bo, and other Islands.]
and consent of his Chiefs and Headmen, signified by their
signature hereto, has for them and himself, and their and his
successors, ceded, transferred, and given over to his Honour
Daniel Molloy Hamilton, Acting Governor of the colony of
Sierra Leone, and the Governors of the said colony for the
time being, for the use and on behalf of His Majesty the
King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland,
and his successors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited right,
possession, and sovereignty of the islands of Bance, Tasso,
Tombo, Bob’s, Caffoo,Yellway, Kropillar, Yeama, Papill, Mara-
bump, Callum Bay, Balt, Pentillar, and all the other islands
and islets lying, situate, and being upon the northern side of
the River Sierra Leone, between J agreen Point on the west, and
the creek Ka Gupper, above .h/Iafarree, which divides the terrié
tories of the said Ba Mauro from those of Al Karlie, King of
Port Logo, on the east, by whatever name or names the same,
may be known,
One mile ceded to Great Britain inland on Northern Bank of
Sierra Leone River.
and also the northern bank of the said river on the main land,
for one mile inland from the River Comso Bay on the west, to
the said creek above Mafarree on the east, together with all
and every right and title to the navigation, anchorage, water-
age, fishing, and other revenue and maritime claims in and
over the said River Sierra Leone, and all the bays, creeks,
inlets, and waters of the same.
“ 2nd. The said Ba Mauro, King of the North Bulloms, with
the advice and consent of his Headmen, in manner aforesaid,
further cedes, grants, and transfers over to the said Daniel
Molloy Hamilton, Acting Governor of the colony of Sierra
Leone, for the use of his said Majesty, all the right and title to
the rent or customs due or payable to him for the places named
in the schedule annexed to this Treaty, together'with all the
obligations of lessees thereof, and which places are the only
ones he acknowledges as having been leased, let, or given away
by him’ or on his account, or by his consent, or that of his
Chieftains, no other person having any right, claim, or title
490
No, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [24 Sept., 1825.
[Sherbro Island. Sherbro. Tasso and Plantain Is1ands.]
whatsoever to the use, possession, or occupation of any part of
the islands, lands, or territories hereby ceded and transferred
over.”
It was further agreed that the Governor of the colony of
Sierra Leone should make an annual payment of a stipulated
amount to the King of North Bulloms, and that the natives
should retain full possession of their lands.
Cession to Great Britain of Sherbro, Ya Comba, and Sherbro,
Tasso, and Plantain Islands.
On the 24th September, 1825,* a Convention was signed at
the Plantain Islands between Sir Charles Turner, K.C.B., Cap-
tain-General and Governor-in-Chief of the Colony of Sierra
Leone and its Dependencies, the Forts and Settlements in the
River Gambia, Cape Coast Castle, and the Forts on the Gold
Coast, the Isles de Loss, and the islands, Territories, and
factories to His Majesty belonging, on the Western Coast of
Africa, from the 20th degree of north latitude to the 20th degree
of south latitude; and Banka, King of Sherbro, on the part and
behalf of his Tributary Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen, Kong
Cuba, Prince of Sherbro, Sumana, King of Bendoo, Ta Bompay,
King of Bullom, Soloccoo, King of Bagroo, Suwarrow, King of
Char, Kenefarree, Chief of Sherbro Island, Will Adoo, Chief of
Jenkins; and Ya Comba, by her lawful representatives and
next of kin; Thomas Caulker, Chief of Bompey; and George
Caulker, Chief of Tasso and the Plaintain Isles; on behalf of
themselves, their Tributary Chiefs, Headmen, and People: by
the following clauses of which they ceded their Territory to
the British Crown :
Boundaries.
“ 1st. Banka, King of Sherbro, by the advice and consent of I
his said Tributary Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen, and the said
Thomas Caulker, and George Caulker, Representatives of the
said Ya Comba, Queen of Ya Comba, have, for themselves, their
*2 S. B, vol. lxiii, p. 1111.
4:91
24 Sep., 1825.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No. 100
[Sherbro Island. Sherbro. Tasso and Plantain Islands]
Tributary Kings, Chiefs, Headmen and People, for them, their
heirs and successors for ever, ceded, transferred, and given over,
unto his said Excellency Charles Turner, Governor of the said
Colony of Sierra Leone, and his successors, the Governors of
the said Colony for the time being, for the use and on the
behalf of His Majesty the King of Great Britain and Ireland,
and his successors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited right,
title, possession, and sovereigntyiof all the Territories and Do-
minions to them respectively belonging, being situate between
the southern bank of the Camaranca River, on the north, and
the town of Camala and the line which separates the Terri-
tories of King Sherbro from those of the Queen of the Gal-
linas, on the south ; together with all and every right and title
to the navigation, anchorage, waterage, fishing, and other
revenue 'and maritime claims in and over the said Territories,
and the rivers, harbours, bays, creeks, inlets, and waters of the
same.
“ 2nd. The said Charles Turner, for himself and his successors
the Governors of the said Colony of Sierra Leone for the time
being, on the part and behalf of His said Britannic Majesty,
agrees to accept the cession of the aforesaid Territories and
Dominions from the said Banka, King of Sherbro, and the said
Ya Comba, Queen of Ya Comba, their Tributary Kings, Chiefs,
and Headmen ; giving and granting to the said Banka, King of
Sherbro, and Ya Comba, Queen of Ya Comba, their Tributary
Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen, and the other native inhabitants
of the said Territories and Dominions, the protection of the
British Government, the rights and privileges of British sub-
jects, and guaranteeing to the said Banka, King of Sherbro,
his Tributary Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen, namely, Sumana,
King of Bendoo, Suwarrow, King of Char, Kong Cuba, Prince
of Sherbro, Ta Bompay, King of Bullom, Soloccoo, King of
Bagroo, Kenefarree, Chief of Sherbro Island, Will Adoo, Chief
of Jenkins, and the said Ya Comba, Queen of Ya Comba, and
her representatives, and to the said Thomas Caulker, Chief of
Bompey, and George Caulker, Chief of Tasso and the Plantain
Isles, and the other native inhabitants of the aforesaid Terri-
tories and Dominions, and to their heirs and successors for ever,
492
N0, 100] _GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [3 Oct,’ 1825,
. [Sherbro Island. Sherbro. Tasso and Plantain Islands]
the full, free, and undisturbed possession and enjoyment of the
lands they now hold and occupy.”
Annexation of Sherbro and Ya Comba Territories to Sierra
Leone. ‘
On the 3rd October, 1825,’? the following Proclamation was
issued by the Governor of Sierra Leone respecting the above
cession, and announcing the accession of the said territory to
the Colony of Sierra Leone :—
“ WHEREAS by a Convention entered into at the Plaintain'
Islands on the 241th day of September last, and ratified at Yoni,
on Sherbro Island, on the first day of this instant month of
October, Banks, King of Sherbro, and Ya Comba, Queen of Ya
Comba, did, by and with the advice and consent of their several
tributary Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen, cede, transfer, and make
over to us, for and on behalf of His Majesty, the full, entire,
free, and unlimited right, title, possession, and sovereignty of
all the territories and dominions of the Sherbro Bulloms situate
between the southern bank of the Camaranca River in lati-
tude 7° 54' N. on the north, and the town of Camala and the
boundary line which separates the dominions of King Sherbro
from those of the Gallinas, in or about latitude 7° N. on the
south, extending eastward to the acknowledged boundaries of
the Sherbro and Ya Comba kingdoms, together with all and
every right and title to the navigation, anchorage, waterage,
fishing, and other revenue and maritime claims in and over the
said territories, and the rivers, harbours, bays, creeks, inlets,
and waters of the same.
“ Now therefore be it known to all whom it may concern, that
possession of the said kingdoms have been by us taken in the
name and on the behalf of His Majesty, and that the same, by
virtue of the powers in us vested, are constituted an integral
part of the colony of Sierra Leone, and are thereby become
subject to the navigation and other laws of the mother country
and of the said colony.
* S. P., vol. lxiii, p. 1114!. H. T., vol. xiv., p. 950.
493
l
12 Dec., 1825.] GREAT BRITAIN (sIERRA LEONE). [No. 100
[Bacca 13000.]
“ Given at Yoni, on Sherbro Island, the 3rd day of October,
1825.
“ By his Excellency’s command.
“ GEORGE RENDELL, A.C.J.
“ God save the King.”
Cession of Bacca Loco to Great Britain.
On the 12th December, 1825,* the following Convention was
concluded between Great Britain and the Chiefs of the Barra
and Sancong families for the cession of Bacca Loco to Great
Britain :—
“ Whereas, by the decease of Pa Moribah, Ali Karlie, the
territories of Bacca Loco are left without a Chief to govern
and protect the same: ' And whereas it belongs to Caremo,
Senior and Chief of the Barra family, Santigge, his younger
brother, and N amina Lahi and Brahima Kayelle, heads of the
Sancong family, as lawful proprietors and possessors of the
said territories of Bacca Loco, to nominate and appoint a suc-
' cessor to the said Pa Moribah, Ali, &c. ;
=3? =1? *- =l€ =1?
“ Wherefore the said Contracting Parties have mutually
agreed as follows :—
“ 1st. Caremo, Senior and Chief of the Barra family, San-
tigge, his younger brother, and Namina Lahi and Brahima
Kayelle, heads of the Sancong family, the lawful proprietors and
possessors of the territories of Bacca Loco, have, for themselves,
their heirs and successors, for ever ceded, transferred, and
given over unto his Excellency Charles Turner, C.B., Captain-
General and Governor-in-Chief of the Colony of Sierra Leone
and its Dependencies, and his successors, the Governors of the
said colony, for ever, for and on behalf of His Majesty the King J
of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the full,
entire, free, and unlimited right, title, and sovereignty into and
over the territories and dominions of Bacca Loco, situate and
bounded as follows : on the north by the River Mungo, or Small
Scarcies, from the line of the Ka Kupper Creek on the west to
i‘ S. P., vol. lxiii, p. 1115.
4:94!
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [18 Apr,’ 1826,
[Bacca Loco. Soombia Soosoos, and Tura.)
Kassa on the east; on the east by the line from Kassa to the
Sabouney River, which separates the said territories from the
Maccama country; on the south by the boundary line of Pa
Cobulo’s territory, from thence through the Plains of Lallitoboo
to Kasanko Point, at the conflux of the Rivers Rokelle and
Port Logo; and on the west from Kasanko, up the River Port
Logo, to the Ka Kupper Creek, and from thence along the said
creek, and the line thereof, to the River Mungo or Small
Scarcies; together with all the rivers, inlets, and waters of the
same.
“ 2nd. His Excellency Major-General Charles Turner, C.B.,
Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief of the Colony of Sierra
Leone and its Dependencies, for himself and his successors, the
Governors of the said colony, on the part and behalf of His
said Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland, his heirs and successors for ever, has agreed to
accept the said sovereignty of the territories of Bacca Loco, and
guarantees to the said families of Barra and Sancong, and to
the inhabitants of the same, the continued and unmolested en-
joyment of such lands and other property as they now possess.”
Cession by Soornbia Soosoos and Tara. of certain Territories to
Great Britain.
On the 18th April, 1826,* a Treaty was signed between
the Governor of Sierra Leone and the Chiefs of the Soombia
Soosoos and Tura Family by the following clauses of which
they ceded certain territories to the British Crown :—
“ ART. V. For the purpose of rendering the provisions of this
Treaty more efi'ectual, the said Soumbuya Chiefs and the Tura
family give, grant, and cede over to his‘ Honour the Acting
Governor of Sierra Leone and his successors, for and on behalf
of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland and his successors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited
sovereignty, right, title, and possession in and over all the seas,
rivers, harbours, creeks, inlets, and waters of their respective
territories from Conta (the town where Mr. Rosenbush’s factory
has been established) in the south to Ferighna in the north,
* See note next page.
4195
8-10 May,’ 1827,] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). ENG. 100
[Island of Matacong. Kafu Bulloms.]
One mile inland also ceded to Great Britain.
‘ And in and over one mile inland from the seaboard of the
same.”
“ ART. VII. The said‘ Chiefs and Headmen further engage,
that should the Governor of the colony of Sierra Leone for the
time being, for and on the part of His Majesty the King of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and
successors, require the cession of any tract or parcel of land
within their respective territories, they will at all times be
ready and willing to treat for the cession of the same on fair
and equitable terms.
One mile inland ceded to Great Britain.
“ART. VIII. His Honour the said Kenneth Macaulay, for
himself and his successors, Governors of the said colony,
on the part and on behalf of His Majesty the King of
Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors, agrees
to accept the sovereignty of one mile inland from the seaboard,
and of all the seas, rivers, harbours, creeks, inlets, and waters
of the Mandingo and Soumbuya countries from Conta in the
south to Ferighna in the north, for the more effectual perform-
ance of the obligations of this Treaty,
\
Island of M atacong,
and also to accept the sovereignty and possession of the island
of Matacongfi“ and to preserve the same as a neutral and free
resting-place for the craft and canoes of all the surrounding
tribes whilst in amity and friendship with His Britannic
Majesty.”
Gession of Kafa Balloni (or Loco Marsaninra) Territories to Great
Britain.
On the 8—10th March, 1827,? the following Treaty was
3* An Agreement was also signed with the Chiefs of Mandingo, on the
30th December, 1825, for the cession of the Island of Matacong to Great
Britain (S. B, vol. lxiii, p. 1117) ; but Agreements were signed between
Great Britain and France, 28th June, 1882, Art. 2, p. 555, and 10th August,
1889, Art. 2, p. 559, by which the Island of Matacong and other territories
were recognized as now belonging to France.
"I" S. P., vol. lxiii, p. 1122. - '
496
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [8—10 Man, 1827.
[Kafu Bulloms.]
signed between Great Britain and the Ruler and Chief and
other Chiefs of the Kafu Bulloms, by which they ceded their
territories to Great Britain :—
“ Whereas by the decease of Bey Sherbro, alias King
George, the Sovereignty of the Territories of the Kafu Bulloms
has become vacant:
“ And whereas by the unanimous voice of the people given
according to the custom and usage of the country in such case,
the succession to the said sovereignty has devolved upon John
Macaulay Wilson, eldest son of the deceased, and Chief of the
Kafu family, by the style and title of Boy Sherbro :
“ Wherefore the said Contracting Parties have mutually
agreed as follows :
“1st. That he the said Bey Sherbro, the Ruler and Chief
aforesaid, Pa N ain Banna, Pa Forie, Ka Mott, and Pa Moriba,
commonly called Allimamee of Mambole, and the other Chiefs
who have hereunto set their hands, being the lawful proprietors
and possessors of the territories of the Kafu Bulloms, have for
themselves, their heirs and successors, for ever ceded, trans-
ferred, and given over unto his Excellency Major-General Sir
Neil Campbell, Knight, C.B., Captain-General and Governor-
in-Chief in and over the Colony of Sierra Leone and Depen-
dencies, and his successors the Governors of the said colony for
and on behalf of His Majesty the King of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Ireland, the full, entire, free, and un-
limited right, title, and sovereignty into and over the terri-
tories and dominions of the Kafu Bulloms, for ever, situate and
bounded as follows: On the north by the Atlantic Ocean and
the Small Scarcies, on the south by the River Sierra Leone, on
the east by the country of the North Bulloms or Loco Mar-
samma, and by a line drawn from the head of the R-obarna
Creek, which runs from the Sierra Leone River to the head of
the Creek Shal-neppa-took, which runs from the aforesaid
River Scarcies. and on the west by the Atlantic Ocean (and the
entrance of the River Sierra Leone), together with all the
islands, rivers, inlets, and waters of the same.
“2nd. His Excellency Major-General Sir Neil Campbell,
Knight, C.B., Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in and
497
24 June, 1827. r‘ ' I ~ .
29 Nov” 1874] GREAI BRIPAIA (bIERRA LEONE). [N0, 100
[Island of Bulama. Sierra Leone Riven]
over the Colony of Sierra Leone and its Dependencies for him-
self and 1118 successors the Governors of the said colony, on the
part and behalf of His said Majesty the King of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, his heirs and suc-
cessors, for ever, has agreed to accept the said severeignty of
the terrltories of the Kafu Bulloms, and guarantees to the Kafu
family and to the inhabitants of the same, the continued and
unmolested enjoyment of such lands and other property as they
now possess, together with all their rights, usages, and customs
with respect to domestic servitude, at the same time it being
clearly understood that no ruler, Headman, Chief, or head of a
family, or any other being a subject of the said Bey Sherbro,
shall attempt to remove any of his, her, or their domestics, or
their children, male or female, from the territories of the Kafu'
Bulloms, for the purpose of being carried into bondage or made
use of for any purposes‘ of traffic.”
Island of B'alama.*
On the 24th June, 1827;!’ a Treaty was concluded between
Great Britain and the King of Biafra, which contained the
following Article ceding the Island of Bulama, with the ad-
jacent islands,- to Great Britain.
“ ART. ‘7. The sovereignty of the island of Bulama, with the
adjacent islands, and of a line from Ghinala to the sea west-
north-west, is for ever ceded to His Majesty the King of Great
Britain and Ireland, his heirs and successors, with power and
right to establish villages, forts, to cultivate farms, and every
other establishment, public or private, which the Governor of
Sierra Leone or any other competent British authority within
the territory of Ghinala may deem fit.
“ ART. VI. The deed of cession of Ghinala and the adjacent
islands of the island of Bulama, which was made by the Kings
Niobana and Matchora to Captain Beaver, R.N., for His
Majesty the King of Great Britain, upon the 3rd day of August,
1792, is hereby acknowledged and confirmed.” '
* Awarded to Portugal 21st April, 1870. See Great Britain and
Portugal, p. 688.
1' H. T., vol. xi, p. 7. A Treaty to the same effect was signed with the
Kafu Bulloms on the same day.
4:98
-No. 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEoNE). [29 Nov.,1847.
[Sierra Leone River.]
The right of Great Britain to these Islands was, however,
disputed by Portugal, and the question in dispute was re-
ferred to the arbitration of the President of the United States,
who gave his award (21st April, 1870) in favour of the
Portuguese claim, and possession was thereupon given up to
Portugal on the 1st October, 1870 (N0. 141). (See GREAT
BRITAIN and PORTUGAL (p. 691).)
Cession by Locco Marsamrna to Great Britain of portion of Territory
on North Bank of the Sierra Leone River.
. On the 29th November, 1847)‘ a Treaty was concluded
between Great Britain and the King and Chiefs of Locco
Marsamma, by the following Articles of which a portion of his
territory on the north bank of the Sierra Leone River, as well
as a portion of territory on the south bank of the Small Scarcies
River, and certain islands were ceded to Great Britain :—
“ ART. XIV. Notwithstanding that the right of the British
Government to the sovereignty over the whole of the waters of
Sierra Leone River is ancient and valid, certain parties have
nevertheless brought that right into question for the purpose of
defrauding the revenue of the said colony, alleging, as the
grounds for so doing, that no formal cession of any portion of
the north bank of the said Sierra Leone River has ever been
made to the British Government. 'In order to remove the
ground for such allegation for the future, the Governor of the
said colony has requested the King [Ba Mauro], party to this
Treaty, to cede unto him and his successors in oflice, for and
on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of England, for ever,
such portion of his territory as is hereinafter mentioned.
Cession of Territory for a quarter of a mile inland.
“ ART. XV. And the said King and Chief, in proof of his
friendship for Her Majesty the Queen of England, and to testify
his‘ confidence in the British Government, hereby consents to
cede, and by these presents doth for himself and his successors
in office for ever cede and transfer, unto the Governor aforesaid
and his successors, Governors of the said colony, for and on
* A Treaty to the same effect was signed with the Kafu Bulloms on the
same day.
499
29 NOV., 1847 GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). ENG. 100
[Kafu Bulloms. Sierra Leone Riven]
behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, the right, title, and sovereignty in and
over that portion of his territory extending from the point on
the eastern shore of the Cum-ro-bey Creek, where the cession
of the territory on the mainland to Acting Governor Hamilton
in the year 1824 commencesfi“ round the head of that creek
leading up to the town of Cum-ro-bey, and thence round the
western shore of the said creek by Tagarene Point to the R0-
Ma-Kbog-Boh Creek, the boundary of the Locco Marsamma
and Kafiu Bullom countries, and extending in depth inland one
quarter of a mile from high-water mark, and from the Key
Sullong Creek, which also separates the territory of the King
of the Locco Marsamma from the territories of the King of
the Kaifu Bulloms on the west, round Baloh Point and along
the south bank of the Small Scarcies or Ro-Boorey River to
the creek or brook which runs past the town of Rokon and
empties itself into the Ro-Boorey River, being the eastern
boundary between the Locco Marsamma and Bacca Locco
countries, also extending inland for the depth of one quarter of
a mile from high-water mark, and including in the foregoing
cession the islands of Yellow-o-Boyah, Certimo, and Ki-Kon-
Keh.”
Cession by Kafa Balloms to Great Britain of portion of Territory
on North Bank of the Sierra Leone River.
On the same day (29th November, 1847) a Treaty was
concluded between Great Britain and the King and Chief of
Kafu Bulloms for the cession to Great Britain of a certain
portion of territory on the north bank of the Sierra Leone Riv er.
The Articles ran as follows :——
29th November, 1847.1’ '
“ ART. XIV. Notwithstanding that the right of the British
Government to the sovereignty over the whole of. the waters of
the Sierra Leone River is ancient and valid,I certain parties
have nevertheless brought that right into question, for the pur-
* See Treaty, 2nd August, 1824, p. 489. '
1' Confirmed by Treaty, 26th August, 1852, p. 503.
I See Treaty, 2nd August, 1824, p. 489.
500
No.100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEoNE). [1394,1850.
[Kafu Bulloms. Sierra Leone Riven]
pose of defrauding the revenue of the said colony, alleging as
the grounds for so doing that no formal cession of any portion of
the north bank of the Sierra Leone River has ever been made
to the British Government. In order to remove the ground
for such allegation for the future, the Governor of the said
colony has requested the King party to this Treaty to cede
unto him and his successors in office for and on behalf of Her
Majesty the Queen of England for ever such portion of his
territory as is hereafter mentioned.
Cession of Territory for a quarter of a mile inland.
“ART. XV. And the said King and Chief, in proof of his
friendship for Her Majesty the Queen of England, and to testify
his confidence in the British Government, hereby consents to
cede, and by these presents doth for himself and his successors
in office for ever cede and transfer, unto the Governor afore-
said and his successors, Governors of the said colony, for and
on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, the right, title, and sovereignty in
and over that portion of his territory (extending along the
north bank of the Sierra Leone, from Ro-Ma-Kbog-Boh Creek
on the east to Key Polong Creek on the west, and extending
inland one quarter of a mile in depth from high~water mark.”
Bompey and Plantain Islands. Limits.
In a Treaty with the Chiefs of Bompey and the Plantain
Islands, of the 4th--—7th July, 1849, it was agreed that the terri-
tories of Careybah Caulker, Chief of Bompey, should extend from
limits of the Colony of Sierra Leone to the Creek called the
Bago, and the territories of Thomas Stephen Caulker, Chief of
the Plantain Islands, should extend from the Bago Creek to
the River Yaltueka; the village of Tasso being the burial place
of the Caulker family, belonging equally to all the members
thereof.
British Jurisdiction in Countries adjacent to Sierra Leone.
On the 13th July, 1850,* an Order in Council was passed,
* S B, vol. xlviii, p. 1292.
' 501 2 N
1851.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [N0. 100
[Scarcies Rivers, 820.]
“extending British jurisdiction over British subjects residing
in countries under the dominion of Native Princes adjacent to
‘Sierra Leone; and another Order on the same subject on the
125th November, 1858*
N aloes. Boundary.
In a Treaty with the Naloes, of 21st March, 1851, the
territories of the Chiefs were recognized as extending “from
the mouth or entrance of the Rio Nunez to the town of
Ropass.”
Fouricaria. Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King or Chief of the Fouricaria
Country, of 2nd August, 1851, the territories belonging to him
"were recognized as extending “from the entrance of the
Fouricaria River on the south side and the entrance of the
LBereira River, on the ‘north side, to the town of Dahree, in the
interior.” This territory is now included within. the French
sphere of influence. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE (pp. 554,
558).)
Small Scarcies River. Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King of the Small Scarcies River, of
'23rd December, 1851,1' the Territories of that King were re-
cognized as extending “from the source of the Small Scarcies
‘River to Alligator Creek, on the south side, to Coutrc Creek,
~on the north, including the banks of the river on both sides.”
Kamhia (Great Scarcies River). Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King of Kambia, of 26th December,
1851,11 it was agrced that his territories extended “from the
town of Kambia, including the south bank of the Great
Scarcies River in the front of the town, to Fouta in the in-
terior, including the paths from and to the above-named
places called Kasse, Moonoo, Masamballa, Kotonko, Rosoosoo,
Tambacca, and Tamisso.”
if H.T., vcl. ix, p. 62.
‘I’ S.P., vol. xlv, p. 890.
I S.P., vol. 1, p. 816.
502
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [ 26 Aug,’ 1852.
[Sierra Leone River (North Bank).]
.Macbatees (Great Scarcies River). Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King of the Macbatees, on the Great
' ' 2W 1851» * his territories were re-
Scarcies Rlver’ of I'Ith.lanuary,1852,
- :cognized as extending “from the town of Rosinoe on the north
and Rocooper on the south bank of the River Great Scarcies to
the town of Billah inclusive, and the farthest limits of the west
suburbs of the town of Kambia at the head of the river, in-
cluding both banks and the towns between the above-named
places.”
Rio Pongas. Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King of the Rio Pongas, on the 17th
January, 1852,? the territories belonging to the King were re-
.cognized as extending “ from the sand and mud bars on the sea;
board to the town of Soomboorie, in the interior, including all
the tributary streams leading from and to the Rio Pongas;
Tarboreah, an outlet to the southward, only excepted.”
This territory is now within the French sphere of influence.
(See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANcE (pp. 5541, 558).)
lVonlcafo-ng. Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the King of Wonkafong, Soombooyer, of
29th January, 1852, the territories belonging to the King were
recognized as extending from the seaboard of the River
Maneah to its source in the interior, including the River
Toogroon, or Toogamy, with the Sarinka Branch leading to
Maneah.”
This territory is now within the French sphere of influence.
‘(See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANcE (pp. 554, 558).)
Confirmation of Cession of Territory on North Bank of the Sierra
Leone River.
On the 26th August, 1852,1t another Treaty was concluded
between Great Britain and the King of the Kafu Bulloms,
confirming the cession of territory on the north bank of the
.Sierra Leone River which had been made in 18417.
* S.P., vol., 1, p. 812.
1‘ S.P., vol. xlv, p. 804.
I See Treaty, 29th November 1847. p. 500.
503 2 N 2
26 Aug.,1852.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No.100
[Sierra Leone River (North Bank).]
“ART. XIX. And whereas a Treaty was, on the 29th day
of November, in the year of our Lord 1847,* concluded between
the aforesaid Governor of Sierra Leone and the late Bey
Sherbro, King of the Kafu Bulloms, the immediate sovereign
predecessor of the present King of the Kafu Bulloms [Nain
Sugo, the Bey Sherbro], party hereto, in Clause XV of which
Treaty the said late Bey Sherbro did, for divers good and suffi-
cient reasons therein set forth, cede and transfer to the said
Governor, for and on behalf of the Queen of England, the
right, title, and sovereignty in and over that portion of his
territory extending along the north bank of the River Sierra
Leone, from Ro-Ma-Kbog-Boh Creek on the east to Key Pelong
Creek on the west, and extending inland one quarter of a mile
in depth from high-water mark. The said Bey Sheroro, party
hereto, doth hereby ratify and confirm for himself, his sue-
cessors, his Headmen, and Chiefs, the said cession of territory
as aforesaid to all intents and purposes for ever, as well as all
and singular the several other covenants and stipulations in the
said before-recited Treaty contained.
Territory ceded.
“ ART. XX. This Treaty shall be forthwith proclaimed
according to the usual and solemn country customs on like
occasions, and made law throughout the ~territories of the said
King, which territories, for the better maintenance of peace
and the avoidance of all causes of differences and disputes, are
hereby fixed and declared to be as follows; that is to say, from
the Ro-Ma-Kbong-Boh Creek, which runs into the Sierra
Leone River to the westward of Tagrin Point on the east to
Key Pelong Creek, which empties itself into the sea on the
west; and from the north bank of the Sierra Leone, lying
between the two before-mentioned creeks, northerly to the
town of Rokassy, and including within the said boundaries
all roads, footpaths,
creeks, and navigable rivers which may exist within the same.
‘i S.P., vol. l, p. 817. H.T., vol. xii, p. 55.
504
N0. 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [2 April, 1861.
[British Quiah]
Cession of a portion of Quiah to Great Britain (British Quiah).
On the 2nd April, 1861)‘ a Treaty was concluded between
Great Britain and the King, Chiefs, and Headmen of Quiah,
for the cession of a portion of Quiah to Great Britain.
Boundaries.
The following were declared to be the boundaries of the
territory so ceded :—
“ART. I. King Alexander Bey Cantah and the Chiefs and
Headmen above mentioned do hereby cede, surrender, give
over, and transfer from henceforth for ever unto Her Majesty
the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs and succes-
sors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited right, possession,
and sovereignty in and over all that piece or portion of the
Quiah Country, measuring 10 miles in width, from Waterloo
and Calmunt Creeks to the Quiah River or Creek, and 16 miles
in length from the River Sierra Leone to the Ribbie River or
thereabouts, and bounded on the west by Waterloo Creek and
Calmunt Creek; on the east by the Quiah River or Creek
(which empties itself into the Rokelle River at B0 Benkeah),
by the creek known as Ma Sungoh Creek, and by a direct line
running from the head of the southern branch of the said
Quiah River or Creek, to the head of the said Ma Sungoh
Creek; on the north by the Sierra Leone River; and on the
south by the River Ribbie or Dibbie round to the entrance of
Calmunt Creek, together with all and every right and title to
the navigation, anchorage, waterage, bays, waters, rivers, sea-
coasts, shores, creeks, and inlets, fishing and other revenues,
and maritime claims, and all privileges appertaining to the
same, which portion of the Quiah land hereby ceded shall
henceforth be annexed to and be a Dependency of this Colony,
and be subject to the laws now in force and hereafter to be
enforced in this Colony.”
This Treaty was confirmed by a Proclamation issued by the
Governor of Sierra Leone, &c., on the 19th August, 1861; but
a portion of the country hereby ceded, known as British Quiah,
‘3* S.P., vol. lvii, p. 34.0.
505
$1,135; 1861.] GREAT BRITAIN (sIERRA LEONE). [R0, 100
[Ma IBwetie, Ro Woollah, and. Kambia.]
was retroceded to the King, Chiefs, and people of Quiah, upon
certain conditions, on the 29th January, 1872*
llIa Bwetie,'R0 Woollah, and Kambia. Boundaries.
In a Treaty with the Kings of R0 Woollah, and of Ma Bwetic
and Kambia, on the 10th June, 1861, the territories of those
Kings were recognized as being included within the following
boundaries :—“ On the west ‘by Bongkome Creek, running into
the Kankana, a few miles above R0 Singbwe; on the east by
the Creel: Koonkorah, emptying itself into the Small Scarcies
at about 3 miles above Rochin, the late Kanloo Cappa’s place,
and on the south by the town Kayomboh.”
This Treaty was revoked on the 11th June, 1861,1' by a
Treaty which contained the_following article.
Great Scarcies River.
“ART. XVIII. This Treaty shall revoke and annul all previous
Treaties made between Her Majesty the Queen of England
and the late King Farama, as the King of Ma Bwetie, and with
the present Sattan Lahia, King of R0 Woollah, as the King of
Kambia, and shall be proclaimed immediately on its being
concluded and signed, and be made law throughout the terri-
tories of the said Bey Farama, which for the better maintenance
of peace and the avoidance of all causes of differences and dis-
putes hereafter are hereby fixed, with the consent of Bey '
Farama and his Chiefs, and with the consent of the Kings and
Chiefs parties to this Treaty, to be as follows, viz. :-—On the
south side of the great Scarcies River, commencing on the
west at Marinjah Creek, which runs inland a little to the west-
ward of the village of Ro-ta-Buncle, and running eastward
along the south bank of the said river to a brook or creek
called ‘ Bongkome,’ which runs into the River Kankana, a
little above the town of R0 Singbwe, the said River Kankana
em ptying itself a little further on into the Collantine, or Great
Scarcies River, about 2%— or 3 miles to the eastward of ‘ Pint-a-
Killie,’ a little to the eastward of Kambia, this is the eastern
* See p. 512.
‘l’ S.P., vol. 1xiii, p. 1133.
506
N0. 100] GREAT ‘BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [9 Nov., 1861..
[Sherbro and Turtle Is1ands.]
boundary; and on the south the said territory between Ro-
Marinjah Creek on the west and R0 Bong Konney Creek and
River; Kankana on the east is bounded by the Small Scarcies-
or lto Bury River.”*
Sherbro'and Turtle Islands.
On the 9th November, 1861,? a Treaty was concluded between":-
Great Britain and the King and Chiefs of Sherbro, by the
following Articles of which the Sherbro and Turtle Islands-
were ceded to Great Britain :—
“ l’VlIereas the said Banah Boom, King of Shey or Sherbro--
countr , and the Chiefs and Headmen aforesaid [Chiefs of the“
Sherbro and Turtle Islands], are desirous that that portion of
the Shey or Sherbro Islands should be ceded, surrendered,
given over, and transferred from henceforth for ever unto Her’-
Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs and .
SllCCGSSOl'S I
“ The said Banah Boom and the Chiefs and Headmen afore- -
said, do hereby cede,- surrender, give over, and transfer from‘
henceforth for ever unto Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain and Ireland, her heirs and successors, the full, entire,.
free, and unlimited right, possession, dominion, and sovereignty,
in and over that piece or portion of Sherbro country commonly
known as the Turtle and Sherbro Islands, viz., on the west from.
the ‘southernmost and westernmost island commonly called and’
known by the name of the Turtle Islands called Hoom, round
to the south-east by Moote, Fete,’ Kellebagey, Shey, Yelle-a-
Byah, and all the other islands commonly known as ‘the Turtle-
Islands, together with the whole of the island known among
the natives as the Island of Shey, or Sherbro Island, together
with all the islands and creeks belonging to the same, together
with all and every right and title to the navigation, anchorage,
waterage, bays, waters, rivers, sea-coasts, shores, creeks, and
inlets, fishing and other revenues, and maritime claims, and
all privileges appertaining to the same, which portion of the
*i A further Treaty on the same subject was signed with the same Kings
'on the 16th December, 1861.
1' SR, vol. lvii, p. 348.
007
I’
9 NOW, 1861.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). ' ENG. 100
' [Bendoo and. Chah (Sherbro Gountry).]
Shey or Sherbro Islands hereby ceded shall henceforth be
annexed to, and be a dependency of, this colony, and be
subject to the laws now in force and hereafter to be in force
in this colony.”
Bendoo and Chah (Sherbro Country).
On the same day (9th November, 1861) a Treaty was con-
cluded between Great Britain and the Chiefs of Bendoo and
Chah, by the following clauses of which a certain portion of
this territory was ceded to Great Britain :—
“ Whereas the said Thomas Stephen Caulker and the Chiefs
and Headmen aforesaid [of Bendoo and Chah] are desirous
that that portion of the Sherbro country called Bendoo and
Chah, situated at the mouth of the Boom Kittam, and Jong
Rivers, should be ceded, surrendered, given over, and trans-
ferred, from henceforth for ever, unto Her Majesty the Queen
of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs and successors:
“The said Thomas Stephen Caulker and the Chiefs and
Headmen aforesaid do hereby cede, surrender, give over, and
transfer from henceforth for ever unto Her Majesty the Queen
of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs and successors, the full,
entire, free, and unlimited right, possession, dominion,
sovereignty, in and over that piece or portion of the Sherbro
country called Bendoo and Chah, bounded on the north and
west by the Sherbro Estuary, and the J ong River from Harry
Tucker’s Island to Parrot’s Point, being a distance of about
15 miles; on the north and east by the Paypan branch of the
Jong River and the Bayamoh River from Parrott’s Point to
the confluence of the Canuwoh Creek and Bayamoh River,
distance about 13 miles; on the south and east by the Canuwoh
Creek to its source, thence by a line to the source of the
Fanemah Creek, and by said creek to the Boom Kittam River,
distance about 18 miles; and by the south and west by the
Boom Kittam River from Fanemah Creek to Harry Tucker’s
Island, the place first started from, distance about 13 miles
together with all the islands thereunto belonging, together
with all and every right and title to the navigation, anchorage,
waterage, bays, waters, rivers, sea-coasts, shores, creeks, and
508
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [9 NOV-, 1861-
[Bagroo, Mana Bagroo, and Belley (Sherbro Country).]
inlets, fishing and other revenues, and maritime claims, and all
privileges appertaining to the same, which portion of the
Sherbro country hereby ceded shall henceforth be annexed to
and be a dependency of this colony, and be subject to the laws
now in force and hereafter to be in force in this colony.”
Cession to Great Britain of Bagroo, Mana Bagroo, and Belley
(Sherbro Country).
On the 9th November, 1861,* the following Treaty was
concluded between Great Britain and the Kings and Chiefs
of Bagroo, for the cession to Great Britain of Bagroo, Mana
Bagroo, and Belley, in the Sherbro Country :—
“ Whereas the said Se Loko, King of Bagroo, and the Chiefs
and Headmen aforesaid, are desirous that that portion of the
Sherbro Country called Bagroo, Mana Bagroo, and Belley,
should be ceded, surrendered, given over, and transferred from
henceforth for ever unto Her Majesty the Queen of Great
Britain and Ireland, her heirs and successors.
“The said Se Loko, King of Bagroo, and the Chiefs and
Headmen aforesaid, do hereby cede, surrender, give over, and
transfer from henceforth for ever unto Her Majesty the Queen
-of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs, and successors, the
full, entire, free, and unlimited right, possession, dominion, and
sovereignty in and over that piece or portion of Sherbro called
Bagroo and Mana Bagroo and Belley, extending from the Yall
Tucker River on the north to the Bagroo and Balley Rivers on
the south, and extending about 30 miles inland from Sherbro
River, which bounds it on the west; together with all and
‘every right and title to the navigation, anchorage, waterage,
bays, waters, rivers, sea-coasts, shores, creeks, and inlets,
fishing and other revenues, and maritime claims and all privi-
leges appertaining to the same, which portion of the Sherbro
'Country hereby ceded shall henceforth be annexed to and be a
Dependency of this Colony, and be subject to the laws now in
force and hereafter to be in force in this Colony.”
if S.P., vol. lvii, p. 346.
509
1Feb., 1862.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No. 100
[British Quiah.]
British Quiah.
About this time hostilities broke out in Quiah, and the
following were among the terms of peace submitted, on the 1st
February 1862, to the King and Chiefs- by the Governor of
Sierra Leone :——*
“ 2. The Queen’s right to British Quiah must be fully
acknowledged, agreeably to the Treatyrt
“ 3. All persons who may not Wish to live under and render
obedience to British law must leave the Queen’s land in
Quiah. . v
“ 4. Those settlers who may remain in British Quiah must
not build towns or houses in any place without the consent of
this Government.
“ 5. All those who wish to remain under obedience to British
rule and law shall be protected.
“ 6. Kabannah Burreh, or Songo, and his people, are under
the protection of British laws, and any person or persons offer-
ing violence to himself or any of his people will be considered
enemies to the Government of the Queen.
“ 7. To avoid anyfurther disputes, the King Alexander Bey
Cantah should not reside in British Quiah, but live in some
other part of his dominions; his towns Robaga and Blobany,
having been taken by British troops, now belong to the colony
of Sierra Leone.”
These conditions were accepted by the King and Chiefs in
the following terms :—
“ We, the undersigned, King, Chiefs, and Headmen of
Quiah, having begged for peace, agree to all the terms proposed
by the Governor of Sierra Leone ; and we promise for ourselves
and on behalf of our people, that we will faithfully abstain from
any hostile act against the Government of Sierra Leone, and
should any of our people be guilty of any act of aggression on'
British territory, we will deliver them up to be dealt with
according to the laws of the colony. WVe also promise to pro-
tect all British subjects that visit, or reside, or trade in our
own country, and‘ should any British subject break any country
* S.P., vol. lvii, p. 351; H.T., vol. xii, p. 91.
1' See Treaty with Quiah, 2nd April, 1861, p. 505.
510
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [19 Feb., 1866r
[Sierra Leone, Gambia, Gold Coast, and Lagos.]
law, we will send him to the Governor of Sierra Leone for trial
and punishment. I ~
“ Given under our hands and seals at Freetown, Sierra
Leone, this 1st day of February, 1862.”
[Here follow Signatures]
A portion of this territory was retroceded to Quiah on the
29th January, 1872 (see p. 512).
Union of Sierra Leone with the Gambia, Gold Coast, and Lagos.
On the 19th February, 1866,* Letters Patent were issued
for uniting the Colony of Sierra Leone, together with the forts-
and settlements on the 'West Coast of Africa (Gambia, Gold‘
Coast, and Lagos), under one Governor-in-Chief, and for pro-
viding for the government thereof.
It contained the following clause :—
“We do hereby constitute on the said West Coast of
Africa one Government-in-Chief, which shall be called
the Government of our West Africa Settlements, and shall,
until otherwise provided by us, comprise our f our Colonies or
Governments aforesaid [Sierra Leone, Gambia, Gold Coast,
and Lagos] under the respective designations, and with the
limits hereinafter expressed, that is to say, our Settlement of
Sierra Leone, comprising all places, settlements, and territories
which may at any time belong to us in Western Africa between
the 5th and 12th degrees of north latitude, and lying to the
westward of the 10th ‘degree of west longitude; our Settlement
on the Gambia, comprising all places, settlements. and terri'
tories which may at any time belong to us in l/Vestern Africa
between the 12th and 15th degrees of north latitude, and lying
to the Westward of the 10th degree of west longitude; our'
Settlement on the Gold Coast, comprising all places, settle-
ments, and territories which may at any time belong to us in
Western Africa between the 5th degree of west longitude and
the 2nd degree of east longitude; our Settlement of Lagos,
comprising all places, settlements, and territories which may at-
* S.P., vol. lix, p. 1194; H.T., vol. xii, p. 26.
511
29 Jan, 1872.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No.100
[Ceded Quiah. British Quiah.]
any time belong to us in Western Africa between the 2nd and
5th degrees of east longitude.”
These Letters were, however, altered by others which were
issued on the 17th December, 1874.
Retrocession of Portion of British Qniah.
On the 29th January, 1872,* the following Treaty was
signed by the Government of the West Africa Settlements in
the name of Her Britannic Majesty with the King, Chiefs, and
people of Quiah.
“ Whereas by Treaty dated the 2nd April, 1861,‘? and made
between his Excellency Stephen John Hill, C.B., on behalf of
Her said Majesty, of the one part, and the said Alexander Bey
Cantah and the Chiefs and Headmen of the Quiah country, of
the other part, all that territory now known as British Quiah
‘was ceded, surrendered, and transferred to Her said Majesty,
;her heirs and successors, and was annexed to the Settlement
of Sierra Leone, and made subject to the laws then and there-
after in force in the said Settlement:
Retrocession to Quiah of a Portion of British Qaiah.
“ And whereas Her Majesty the Queen has been graciously
pleased as a proof of her goodwill and favour to the King,
'Chiefs, and people of Quiah to cede and give back again a
portion of the said country known as British Quiah upon the
I conditions following; namely:
Maintenance of British Sovereignty over British Qaiah.
“ 1. The right, title, and sovereignty of Her Majesty Queen
Victoria and her successors in, to, and over the whole of the
country now known as British Quiah is hereby declared and
:shall be for ever maintained. '
Boundary of British Quiah.
“ 2. That pcirtion of British Quiah bounded as follows : com-
mencing at the entrance of Bance Creek, thence following the
1‘ S.P., vol. lxiii, p. 1146.
‘I’ See p. 505.
512
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [17 Dec,’ 1874,
[British Quiah. Bonkia. West Afirica Settlements.]
creek at R0 Bruce River to the north of the town of Madonkia,
thence in a straight line along the proposed road marked A B
by Songo Town to the point marked C on Songo Town Creek,
thence following the original boundary to a point marked D on
Quiah Creek and thence following the course of the creek and
the banks of Sierra Leone River to the point of commencement
(except, however, as next hereinafter mentioned), and on the
plan hereunto annexed coloured red, is hereby ceded by Her-
Majesty Queen Victoria to Bey Cantah and his successors the
Kings of Quiah, subject, nevertheless, as aforesaid, and to the
conditions herein contained ; and he and all his people are per-
mitted to return to their country and reside within the afore-~
said boundaries. '
Bonkia.
“3. The house of Bonkia, together with a piece of land
included within a radius of one quarter of a mile, shall be and
is hereby excepted out of the territory now ceded ; but no
persons shall be disturbed in the occupation of their houses
and lands within this radius as long as the terms of this Treaty
are faithfully observed and performed.
“ 4.‘. The remaining portion of British Quiah, and on the said
plan coloured green, shall remain andv for ever hereafter form
a portion of the Settlement of Sierra Leone, and all residents.
therein are and shall be subject to the laws for the time being
in force in the said Settlement.
. “ 5. The territory now ceded shall be liable to be resumed
by Her Majesty Queen Victoria and her successors whenever
she or they shall think fit.”
West Africa Settlements.
On the 17th December, 1874, Letters Patent were issued,
revoking so much of the Letters Patent of 19th February,
1866,* as provided for the government of Her Majesty’s Settle-
ments at Sierra Leone and on the Gambia; and constituting-
those Settlements into one Government, to be called the West
Africa Settlements; and providing for the government
* See p. 511.
513
187 5~187 6.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [N0. 100
[Great and Small Scarcies Rivers, &c.]
thereof}f but this was altered by Letters Patent issued on the
17th June, 1885, and 28th November, 1888 (see page 526).
Sherbro and Zllendi. British Right to collect Customs Dues.
On the 21st December, 1875;? an Agreement was signed with
the Chiefs of the Sherbro and Mendi people (Bompeh, Ribbee,
Mahmoo, and Dodo), in which it was recorded that the Chiefs
of Bompeh and Ribbee ceded to Her Majesty the right to
collect the Customs dues over the seaboard over which they
had authority ,j' which Agreement was approved on the 22nd
February, 1876.
On the 30th December, 1875, another Agreement was entered
into with other Chiefs of the Sherbro and Mendi people (Tasso,
Bendo-Thumba, Thumloa, Mannoh, Bompehtook, and Cockboro),
in which it was recorded that the Chiefs of Cockboro made a
similar cession to Her Majesty 311 which Agreement was also
approved on the 22nd February, 187 6.
Great and Small Scarcies Rivers. British Sovereignty over
Waters.
On the 10th June, 1876,§ the following offer of sovereignty
was made to Her Majesty over the waters bordering their
‘territories, as well as over the islands and places in the Great
and Small Scarcies Rivers, by the Chiefs of R0 \Voolah, Mag-
batie and Kambia, Mombolo, North Bulloms, and others, which
was accepted.
“ WE, the undersigned Chiefs [of R0 Woolah, of Magbatie
and Kambia, of Mombolo (all on the Great Scarcies River) ; of
Roumangay (Small Scarcies River) ; of Digsing, of North
Bullom or Locco Marsamah, and of Tawouyat], whose terri-
tories border the Scarcies Rivers, being desirous to increase the
friendship which has existed for so many years between our-
selves, our people, and the British Government, and being
grateful to the British Government for the help which has been
given by them to our country on so many occasions, and
‘4* S. P., vol. lxvi, p. 948.
'l' S. 1)., vol. lxv, p. 655.
I S. P., vol. lxv, p. 657.
§ H. T., vol. viii, p. 174. Ratified, and. Acceptance proclaimed 25th
February, 1879. H. T., vol. xviii, 173.
514
110.100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [10 June, 1375.
[Great and Small Scarcies Rivera]
specially in consideration of the interference at this time of the
Governor of Sierra Leone in the war between ourselves and
Alimamy Boecary, of the Moriah country, do hereby solemnly
bind ourselves to the following conditions ; that is to say :—
S'overeignty over Waters bordering Territory ceded by Treaty of
29th November, 1847.
“1st. We offer to the Governor of Sierra Leone for the
acceptance of Her Majesty the Queen of England if‘ it shall
please Her to take the same the free, entire, and unlimited
right, possession, and sovereignty of the waters bordering those
portions of territory which were ceded by Bey Mauro to the
British Government in Treaty of 29th November, 184:7,‘5
that is to say, Yellboyah, Gorteemo, Kikonheh, and other lands
and places not here mentioned, in the same manner and to the
same extent as is given over the Sierra Leone River to Her
Majesty by the Treaty of cession of that river, of 2nd
August, 1824.1‘
Sovereignty over Islands named in Treaty of 29th November, 1847.
“2nd. We offer to Her Majesty the free, entire, and un-
limited right, sovereignty, and possession of any islands at the
mouth of tho Scarcies Rivers, and in the neighbourhood of
them, not set forth in the Treaty of 29th November, 1847,
above quoted, over which we have sovereignty,'which Her
Majesty may be pleased to require.
Sovereignty over Territory bordering the Scarcies Rivers.
And also the Territory bordering the Scarcies Rivers, com-
mencing at a point in Small Scarcies River, opposite the
Roboorey River, passing down the northern bank, then along
the margin bordering the sea and passing up the Great Scarcies
River on the left or southern bank, and down the northern
bank of the same river one quarter of a mile in depth from the
shore island, so as she may require the same for the purpose of
the collection of revenue or for such other purposes as to her
shall seem good.
*2 See page 499.
“t See page 489.
_ 515
10 June, 1876. i .
zmay, 1877.] GREAT[ BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [N0_100
[Scarcies Rivers. Samoo Bullom.]
Non~eession of Sovereign Rights over Territory, or Authority to
levy Taxes to any Enropean Power.
And further we hereby pledge ourselves not to code to any
European Power any right of sovereignty or authority to levy
taxes or imposts of any kind in any part of the countries over
which we have jurisdiction, without the consent first obtained
of the Government of Her Majesty the Queen of England, and
we pledge ourselves that the refusal to grant this consent shall
be prohibitory of our right to make such Agreement, and we
agree that the attempt to make such an Agreement shall be con‘
sidered a desire to break off our friendship with the British
Government, and to have rendered us liable to all the conse--
quences which would follow our having made war on British
Possessions.
Annual Allowances to be made to Chiefs.
In consideration of the concessions herein made the Lieuten-
ant-Governor of Sierra Leone promises for Her Majesty’s
Government that if it shall seem good to Her Majesty
to accept any part of the offers herein made, or the whole of
them, that Her Majesty will make such annual allowances to
the Chiefs (whose names are hereunto attached) as annual
stipends as is proportionate to the authority exercised by each
Chief over the surrounding country, and as is the custom of
Her Majesty to make towards Chiefs with whom Her Govern-
ment is on terms of friendly relationship similar to those which
are herein set forth, and also that the native inhabitants of the
portions of land ceded by this Concession shall, if the Conces-
sion be accepted, have the free use of their land and Possessions
without prejudice to the rights of sovereignty acquired by Her
Majesty the Queen.”*
Cession of Samoo Bullom Country to Great Britain.
On the 2nd May, 1877, a Treaty was signed by the King of
the Samoo Bullom country ceding his country to Her Majesty,
in the following terms :—
* Acceptance proclaimed 25th February, 1879. H. T., vol. xviii, p. 173.
516
N0, 100] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [2 May, 1877.
[Samoo Bullom.]
“ THE King, Chiefs, and people of the Samoo Bullom
country, having derived great benefit from a former Treaty*
between Her Majesty Queen Victoria and their forefathers the
Chiefs of Samoo and Moricaniah, and being anxious to draw _
closer the ties of friendship between themselves and Her
Majesty, and to promote commerce and civilization, and to
extend the trade of their country, have proposed to make the
cession to Her Majesty of the rights of sovereignty hereinafter
mentioned, which the said Horatio James Huggins, Adminis—
trator of the Government of the “Test Africa Settlements, has
agreed to accept on behalf of Her Majesty.
It is therefore agreed as follows :—-1"
Great Scarcz'es and ltlellicom'i Rivers and Islands.
ART. I. The Kings and Chiefs aforesaid, and other the
Chiefs and Headmen of the Samoo and Moricaniah country
signing this Treaty, do hereby for and on behalf of themselves
and the people of the Samoo Bullom country give, grant, and.
cede over to the said Horatio James Huggins, Administrator of
the Government of the West Africa Settlements, for and on
behalf of Her Majesty Queen Victoria and her successors, all
the seas, harbours, rivers, creeks, and inlets of the said Samoo
Bullom country, from Massebbeh Creek which lies on the north
bank of the Great Scarcies River, down that bank on to and
round Sallatook Point on the south bank of the Mellicourie
River, on and up that river to a place called Kargbang, a town
opposite to Contah on the north bank of the said Mellicourie
River, including the waters of the said Mellicourie River, to-
gether with the Islands Karkootoolah, Tombo, Bannardtiah,
and all other the islands on the seas so ceded between the said
Great Scarcies and Mellicourie Rivers and at their mouths, and
the seas and waters surrounding the said islands, with all rights
of navigation, trade, commerce, and imposts, and also half a
mile of land from high-water mark inland along the seashore
* 20th May, 1845, relating to Commerce, the Slave Trade, &c. v
~l- A. portion of this Territory is now included within the French Sphere
of Influence. (See Agreements between Great Britain and France of 28th
June, 1882, and 10th August, 1889, pp. 554, 558.
517 2 o
BQIMGL, 1882.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [R0, 1(j() ,
[Gallinas Territory.]
extending from the Great Scarcies River to the said Mellicourio
River.
Acceptance by Her Majesty of Proposed Oessions of Seas, $0.,
and Territories with half a mile inland.
ART. II. The Administrator of the Government of the ‘V est
Africa Settlements for himself and his successors for and on-
‘behalf of Her Majesty Queen Victoria and her successors
agrees to accept the sovereignty. of the seas, harbours, rivers,
creeks, inlets, islands, and half a mile of land from high-water
mark inland, and all other the premises coded as aforesaid,
together with the rights of navigation, commerce, and imposts;
:reserving and guaranteeing, however, to the native inhabitants
of the said islands and lands so ceded. as aforesaid and to their
heirs and assigns the full, free, and entire possession of so much
'of the said lands as is now held and occupied by them, save and
except such sovereignty as aforesaid.
Cession by the Gallinas to Great Britain of Territory on, the
Coast and half a mile inland. ,-
On the 30th March, 1882,’)? the following offer of cession
pf a portion of this territory to Her Majesty was made by
the King Jaiah of Gallinas and the Chiefs of Gallinas, Gbemah
and Manna, which was accepted.
Sulymah River.
“ART. 1. The undersigned King of Gallinas, and Chiefs of
'"Gallinas, Gbemah and Manna, parties hereto, offer to cede,
‘surrender, give over, and transfer for ever unto Her Majesty
=~the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, her heirs and suc-
cessors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited right, possession,
dominion and sovereignty in and over all that portion of our
territories which adjoins and borders on the Atlantic Ocean, for
the distance inland of half a mile from high-water mark; to-
gether with all the islands and sand-banks adjacent thereto;
*‘ See Treaty 18th May, 1885, p. 524.
518
119, 10%)] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [2'8 June,1882,
[Gallinas Territory.]
and together with all and every right and title to the naviga-
tion, anchorage, Waterage, bays, waters, rivers, creeks, and
inlets, fishing and other revenues and maritime claims, and all
privileges appertaining to the same. The said portions of
territory, if accepted by Her Majesty, will become part of Her
Majesty’s Settlement of Sierra Leone. -
Boundaries.
“ The said portions of territory are more particularly described
as follows :——In the Gallinas country the seashore starting from
‘the north-western boundary of the Gallinas territory as far as the
mouth of the Gallinas River, both banks of the Gallinas River,
from the mouth of that river as faras the town of Minah, the sea-
shore of Dibiah from the mouth of the Gallinas River as far as
“the mouth of the Sulymah River, and the right bank of the
Sulymah River as far as a point opposite the town of Juring,
which is situated on the left bank of the Sulymah River. 111
the Gbemah and Manna country the left bank of the Sulymah
River starting from the town of Juring and as far as the mouth
‘of that river, the seashore from the mouth of that river as
far as the mouth of the Mannah River, and the right bank of
the Mannah River from its mouth as far as the town of
Ngaringa. '
“The above'mentioned territory,lwhether bordering on the
sea or on a river, to have a depth of half a mile from the
highest water-level. With the above seashore and river banks
are included all the islands and sand-banks adjacent to such
seashore and river banks.” '
A further Agreement was entered into upon this subject on’ -
the 18th May, 1885 (p. 524).
Territorial Arrangements between Great Britain and France to the
north of Sierra Leone.
On the 28th June, 1882, a Convention was concluded be-
tween Great Britain and France for the settlement of territorial
limits for the north of Sierra Leone.
By this Convention it was agreed that the line of demarka-
tion between the territories occupied or claimed by Great
519 2 o 2
18 Nov.,1882.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [No.100
[Bullom and. Shebar.]
Britain and France respectively to the north of Sierra Leone,
should be drawn between the basins of the Rivers Scarcies and
Mellicourie, in such a manner as to insure to Great Britain the;
complete control of the Scarcies Rivers, and to France the
complete control of the Mellicourie River.
A further Convention on this subject was concluded between
the two countries of the 10th August, 1889. (See GREAT
BRITAIN and France, p. 558.)
Bullom and Shebar.
On the 18th November, 1882, an Agreement was entered‘
into between the Governor of the West Africa Settlements and-
the Chiefs and sub-Chiefs of Bullom and Shebar, for the con-
firmation of the Sovereign rights ceded to Her Britannic
Majesty by the Treaty of 24th September, 1825, from which
the following are extracts :—
“Whereas by a Convention signed at the Plantain Isles on
the 241th day of September, 182-5,if and ratified in the presence
of all the Kinge, Chiefs, and Headmen of the Sherbro Bulloms-
at Yoni, on Sherbro Island, on the 1st day of October, 1825 ;»
Banka, King of Sherbro, on the part of his tributary Kings,
Chiefs, and Headmen ; Kong Cuba, Prince of Sherbro; Sumana,
King of Bendoo; Ta Bompay, King of Bullom; Soloccoo, King.‘
of Bargroo ; Suwarrow, King of Char; Kenefarre, Chief of
Sherbro Island; Will Adoo, Chief of Jenkins; and Ya Comba,-
Queen of Ya Comba, by her lawful representatives and next-of-
kin; Thomas Caulker, Chief of Bompeh, and George Caulker,
Chief of Tasso and the Plantain Isles, on behalf of themselves,
their tributary Chiefs, Headmen, and people, for them, their
heirs and successors for ever, ceded, transferred, and gave over‘
to His Excellency Charles Turner, Companion of the Most
Honourable the Military Order of the Bath, Captain-General‘
and Governor-in-Cllief of the Colony of Sierra Leone and its
Dependencies, &c., &c., &c., and his successors the Governors of
the said Colony for the time being, for the use and. on behalf of
His Majesty the King of Great Britain and Ireland and his sue-r
cessors, the full, entire, free and unlimited right, title, possession,
. Page 491.
520
No. 1001 GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [18 N0v,,1832.
[Bullom and Sheban]
and sovereignty of all the territories and dominions to them
respectively belonging, being situate between the southern
bank of the Camaranka River on the north, and the town of
Camala, and the line which separates the territories of King
Sherbro from those of the Queen of the Gallinas on the south,
together with all and every right and title to the navigation,
anchorage, waterage, fishing, and other revenue and maritime
claims in and over the said territories, and the rivers, harbours,
bays, creeks, inlets, and waters of the same.
“And whereas the said Charles Turner, for himself and his
successors the Governors of the said Colony of Sierra Leone
for the time being, on the part and on behalf of His said
Britannic Majesty, agreed to accept the cession of the aforesaid
territories and dominions from the said Banka, King of Sherbro,
and the said Ya Comba, Queen of Ya Comba, their tributary
Kings, Chiefs, and Headmen.
“ And whereas it is expedient that the sovereignty and rights
belonging to Her Majesty Queen Victoria, her heirs and suc-
cessors, under and by virtue of the aforesaid Convention should
‘be re-asserted, acknowledged, and publicly made known.
“Now, therefore, we the Undersigned William E. Tucker,
Chief of Bullom and Shebar, James Beah Yeamie Tucker, Chief
of Rontooke, Shebar, James Cabba Cabba Tucker, sub-Chief of
Gbapp, on the part of our relative and predecessor Ta Bompay,
'King of Bullom, who was a party to the Convention aforesaid,
and ‘on our own part as well as on the part of our Chiefs and
Headmen, do formally and fully acknowledge and recognize the
sovereignty and rights of Her Majesty Queen Victoria, her
heirs and successors, under and by virtue of the aforesaid Con-
vention.
“ And furtherfwe admit and assert that all Treaties, Conven_
tions, or Agreements which have been entered into between our
predecessors and Her Majesty’s Government as represented by
the Governor of Sierra Leone since the date of the aforesaid
Convention are, in all points in which they are inconsistent
with or in contradiction to the aforesaid Convention, invalid
and of no effect whatsoever. .
“ And whereas Her Majesty’s Government deem it expedient
521
5 June, 1883.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [Na 1001
[Mass-ah and. Krim Country.]
‘to continue the payment of a stipend to the Chief of Bullour
and Shebar.
“ N ow, therefore, I, Arthur Elibank Havelock, Companion of
the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint
George, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the West Africa:
Settlements, agree for myself and my successors, on the part of
Her Majesty, to pay or to cause to be paid annually out of the
revenues of the Settlement of Sierra Leone to the person for
the time being holding during Her Majesty’s pleasure the office-
of Chief of Bullom and Shebar, the sum of sixty pounds."
Massah and Ifrz'm- Country.
On the 5th June, 1883, an Agreement was entered into
between the Chief Justice and Administrator-in-Chief of the
West Africa Settlements and the Queen of Massah and the
Chiefs of the Kri-m Country, in which they offered to cede a»-
portion of their Territory to Her Majesty. The following is an‘.
extract from that Agreement :-—— j
"‘ ART. I. The Undersigned Queen Messee, of Massah, and
Chiefs [of Topan, Byama, Carleh, Kereh, Tay, and Fahn—~
Koondoo] of the Krim Country, parties hereto, offer to cede,
surrender, give over, and transfer for ever unto Her Majesty
the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland, Her heirs and sucees--
sors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited right, possession,
dominion, and sovereignty in and over all that portion of our-
territories which adjoins and borders on the Atlantic Ocean,
‘ together with all the islands and sand-banks adjacent thereto,
and together with all and every right and title to the naviga-e
tion, anchorage, waterage, bays, waters, rivers, creeks, and
inlets, fishing and other revenues and maritime claims, and all
privileges appertaining to the same. The said portions of terri-
tory, if accepted by Her Majesty, will become part of Her
Majesty's Settlement of Sierra Leone.
Boundaries.
“The said portions of territory are more particularly de'
scribed as follows :--The whole of that portion of the Krim
522
No.100] GREAT, BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [21 Oct,’ 13833,-
[Krim Countnn] '
country now held by Queen Messee and others her sub-Chief's
lying within the following boundaries: on the north-west the-
territory vformerly known as “ Tucker’s Territory,” already
ceded to the British Government; on the north-east the River-
Kittam, on the south-east by a creek running inland from the
~Kittam River to the town of Ghagbah and by a line extending '
‘from the town of Ghagbah in a south-westerly direction to the-
seashore, and dividing the-territories of Queen Messee from
those held by Chief Fahwoondoo, and on the south west by the ~
Atlantic Ocean. On the. right or north~eastern bank of the-
-Kittan1 River, from the point where the territory of Queen
Messee borders on “ Tucker’s Territory,” as aforesaid, to a
point opposite the entrance to the creek on the left bank lead»
ing to the town of Ghagbah, the above-mentioned territory on
the right bank of the Kittam River to have a depth inland of
half a mile from the highest Water-level. With the above sea.-
shore and river banks are ‘included all the islands and sand .
banks adjacent to such sea-shore and river banks.”
Krim Country.
On the 21st October, 1883f"F an Agreement was entered into--
between the Government of West Africa Settlements and other '
Chiefs of the Krim Country.
“ ART. I. The undersigned Chiefs [Messmah (Pookoomoo), ..
Manoh (Kehmoh), Tobandah (Bahgoray), Lah (Sehywoh),.
Gomboo (Dassoe), Casseh (Manjahgbay), Mendi (Mahgpondoh),,.
Bahfeh (Bahpooree), Gbomkoh (So-Gbomatay), Mahseebeh-
(Seetah), Ghagbah (Pembarrahfl of the Krim country, parties »
hereto, offer to cede, surrender, and give over and transfer for-
ever, unto Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and Ireland,-
her heirs and successors, the full, entire, free, and unlimited.
right, possession, dominion, and sovereignty in and over all
that portion of our territories which adjoins and borders on the--
Atlantic Ocean, together with all the islands and sandbanks
adjacent thereto, and together with all and every rightvancl
title to the navigation, anchorage, waterage, bays, waters, rivers,
ii See also Treaty 18 May, 1885, p. 524:.
' 523
.18 May, 1885.] GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [N0. 100
[Krim Country. Gallinas Territory. Sulymah Riven]
creeks, and inlets, fishing and other revenues and maritime
claims, and all privileges appertaining to the same.’ The said
portions of territory, if accepted by Her Majesty, will become
part of Her Majesty’s Settlement of Sierra Leone. The said
portions of territory are more particularly described as follows :
The whole of that portion ofthe Krim Country now held by
Zorokong and Fahwoondoo and others, their sub-Chiefs, lying
within the following boundaries :—
Boundaries.
“ On the north-west Ghagbah Creek and the territory lately
‘ceded by Queen Messee to the British Government; on the
north-east the River Kittam and Casseh Lake; and on the
south-east that portion of the Gallinas country already ceded to
the British Government; and on the south-west the Atlantic
Ocean.
“ ART. VIII. This Agreement shall have no effect whatever
until Her Majesty’s approval of and ratification of the same
shall have been given and published by Proclamation under the
hand of the Governor of the West Africa Settlements. In the
event of the Agreement being approved and ratified by Her
hIajesty. all stipends mentioned herein will become payable
from this date.”
Boundaries of Gallinas Territory ceded to Great Britain.
On the 18th May, 1885, the boundaries of the portions of
‘the Gallinas Territory which were ceded to Her Majesty in
1882 was thus defined:—
WHEREAS it appears advisable that the boundaries of those
portions of the Gallinas Territory which were ceded to Her
Majesty by the Agreement of Cession signed at Sulymah on
the 30th day of March, 1882* should be more clearly defined,
we, the undersigned Chief and Headmen, parties to that Agree-
ment, wish it to be placed on record that the boundaries of the
territory so ceded are as follows :——- j
a. The seashore from the north-western boundary of the
Gallinas territory, which boundary is at and includes the
it See page 518.
524
N0, 100]. GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [17 June, 1885,
[Gallinas Territory.)
village of Doymah on the seabeach, a line leading from this
place to and including the village of Casseh on the creek which
opens to the westwards out of the Casseh Lake (and the said
village of Casseh) to the mouth of the Sulymah River.
12. The Bomboteneh Creek from its opening near Casseh
into the Casseh Lake to its opening near Bakanah into the
Kifay River.
0. And a stright line drawn across the country from the
opening of the Bomboteneh Creek opposite Bandy to Lattoo on
the Sulymah River including these two places, viz., Bandy and
Lattoo.
The undermentioned places are within the limits of the
“district ceded to Her Majesty. _ ,
The creek-known as the Bomboteneh and the land lying
between the Bomboteneh and the seashore. Among other
villages situated on this land are Cassen, Sebengo, and
Bakanah.
The right branch of the Gallinas or Kifay River from the
,places where the Bomboteneh opens into that river to the mouth
of that river at its junction with the sea.
The villages situated on the land lying between this branch
of the Kifay River and the seashore.
The left branch of the Gallinas or Kifay River from the
village of Tombodondo to the sea.
The land situated between the line before mentioned drawn
from Bandy to Latto and the seashore.
Among other villages in this district‘ are Bandy, Minah,
Tombodondo, Tambyah, Dibdiah, Gahmahcoomah, and Lattoo.
British West Africa Settlements (Sierra Leone and the Gambia).
On the 17th June, 1885, Letters Patent were issued con-
stituting the office of Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the
British West Africa Settlements, then comprising the settle-
ment of Sierra Leone, and the settlement on the Gambia, and
"for providing for the government thereof.
Gambia.
On the 11th October, 1887, Letters Patent were issued
525
10 Aug.,1889.] ennrr BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE). [R0, 100
[British and French Spheres of Influence.]
making provision for the appointment of a deputy or deputies
to the Governor, the, of the British West Africa Settlement in
the settlement on the Gambia.
Sierra Leone a Separate Colony.
But it was subsequently determined to separate the Govern»
ment of the Gambia from the Government of Sierra Leone; and
on the 28th November, 1888, Letters Patent were issued revol<~
ing those of the 17th June, 1885, and 11th October, 1887, and
declaring the settlement of Sierra Leone to be erected into a
separate Colony, to be called the “Colony of Sierra Leone,”
which was stated to comprise all places, settlements, and terri-
tories which might at any time belong to Her Majesty in
vWestern Africa between the 5th and 12th degrees of north
latitude, and laying to the westward of the 10th degree of
West longitude?
_Bomzdary between British and French Spheres of Territories
North of Sierra Leone. .
On the 10th August, 1889, an Arrangement was concluded
between the British and French Governments for the delimita-
tion of their respective Possessions on the West Coast of Africa,
by which it was agreed, with regard to the territory to the
north of Sierra Leone that the line of demarkation, in accord-
ance with the provisions of the Treaty of 1882 (after having
divided the basin of the Mellicourie from that of the Great
Scarcies, should pass between Bennah and Tambakka, leaving
Talla to England and Tamisco to France, and should approach
the 10th degree of north latitude, including in the French zone
the country of the Houbbons, and in the English zone Souli-
maniah and Falabah: and that the line should stop at the inter-
section of the 13th degree of longitude west of Paris (10° 40' of
Greenwich) as marked on the French map, and of the 10th
degree of latitude. (See GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE, p. 558.)
Treaties with Native Chiefs, 1885~—1891.
The followingis a list of some of the countries and places which
'i' H. T., vol. xviii, p. 723.
526
No. 100]
I1885—1891-
GREAT BRITAIN (SIERRA LEONE).
[Treaties with Native Chiefs]
have entered into Treaties with Her Majesty engaging, among
other things, not to cede any portion of their territory to any
other Power, or to enter into any Agreement or Treaty with
any foreign Government, except with the consent of the British
Government—1885—— 1891.
1885.
,, last May.
1889.
6th February.
18th February.
23rd April.
25th May.
2lst October.
1st November.
1890.
11th March.
11th March.
16th March.
19th March.
26th March.
30th March.
1st April.
7th April.
12th April.
15th April.
17 th April.
1 7th April.
20th April.
2211 d April.

Bandasumah (Bar-
rie Country and
others).
VVarra Warra Lim-
bah.
Say unyah , Tamisoe,
Konimackah,
Kukuna.
Tambacca.
Bambara.
Foulioh Limbah.
Kayimbo.
Juru.
Gorahun.
Tonchia.
Poohwahboo.
Jawveh.
Mando.
Bambara.
Luahwah, Pk ambai,
Gissi, and Bandi.
Sinkunia.
Damah.
Sangara.
Mafindeh Kabia
(Korankoh) .
Koya.
Korankoh.

1890.
29th April.
27th June.
29th June.
18th December.
18th December.
18th December.
18th December.
22nd December.
23rd December.
1891 .
3rd January.
14th February.
14th February.
17 th February.
21st February.
1st March.
10th March.
10th March.
11th March.
12th March.
16th March.
17th March.
17th March.
25th March.
30th March.
30th March.
[This is not a complete Listj
Kaliehreh.
Kahrena.
Medina.
Jama.
Bowo.
Mattru.
Bandy, Dambarah.
Sahu, and Xcug-
bemah.
Bompeh Mendi.
Bowmah (Faray
Hamebay).
Taiama
Mendi).
Lokkoh.
Upper Sanda.
Tunke.
Vassa.
Bande.
Lokkoh.
Lower Lokkoh.
Malall.
Mangch.
Kolifa (two).
Mayosso.
Contah.
Malcma.
Tani.
Bongkanlenlicn.
(Tiawa
5'27
GREAT BRITAIN.
(TONGALAND)
No. 101] GREAT BRITAIN (TONGALAND). [6 Ju1y,1887,
[Amatonga]
N0- ].OL—AGREEJIENT between Great Britain and the
Tonga Country, relative to Boundaries, Non-cession of
Territory to Foreign Powers, (to. July 6, 1887.
On the 6th July, l887, an Agreement was entered into bc~
tween Sir Arthur Elibank Havelock, K.C.M.G., Governor of
the Colony of Natal and of Zululand, of the one part, and
“Masololo” and “ Umkonka,” Messengers of “ Zambile,” the
Regent and Paramount Chief of the Tonga country, who were
accompanied by a German resident of that country, viz., Mr.
‘G. Bziiheim, of the other part, which contained the following
stip ulations :—
Boandary of the Tonga Country.
“ Whereas “ Zambile,” Regent and Paramount Chief, during
the minority of her son “ Ungwanase,” in and over the country
known as the Tonga country, which lies to the north of Zulu-
land and is bounded by the Indian Ocean on the east, by the
Portuguese territory of Lorenco Marques on the north, and by
the Swazi country on the west, has frequently sent, by and with
the advice and consent of her headmen and indunas, to request
that she and her people may be acknowledged as British
subjects, and that their said country may be taken under the
dominion of Her Majesty the Queen of Great Britain and
Ireland:
a a a a a
“\Vc, the undersigned, now hereby agree to the following
Articles and conditions :—
“ That ‘peace and amity shall continue for ever between Her
Britannic Majesty, her subjects, and the Tonga people, and the
contracting Paramount Chief engages to use her utmost
endeavours to prevent any rupture of the same, and to cause
the strict observance of this Treaty.
N on-conol asion of Treaties with Foreign States.
“It is hereby further agreed that “ Zambile,” Regent and
529
6 July, 1887.] GREAT BRITAIN (TONGALAND). [No. 101
[Amatong'a and South African Republic.]
Paramount Chief in and over the Tonga country as aforesaid,
on behalf of herself and people, will refrain from entering into
any correspondence or Treaty with any foreign State or Power
to sell, alienate, or cede, or permit or countenance any sale,
alienation, or cession of the whole or any part of the aforesaid
Tonga country under her Paramount Chieftainship, or upon
any other subject, without the previous knowledge and sanction
of Her Majesty’s High Commissioner for South Africa.”
This Agreement, after having been approved by the Regent
“Zambile” and her principal indunas and headmen on the
13th of October, 1887, was approved and ratified by Sir
Hercules Robinson as Her Majesty’s High Commissioner for
South Africa on the 29th November, 1887, and proclaimed on
the 3rd December, 1887.
‘ 24a J l .
On the z—fiw—uu—s-tx, 1893;‘? a Convention was concluded between
D
Great Britain and the South African Republic, in which it was
recorded (Art. XII) that Her Majesty agreed to recognise con‘
ditionally the sovereignty of the South African Republic over a.
strip of land to be acquired from Amatongaland for the con_
struction of a railway, or for other purposes. This Convention,
with the exception of Articles X and XXIV, was determined
by a Convention signed on the 8th November, 1893, but which
has not yet been ratified (June, 1894!).
* H .T., vol. xviii, p. 165.
530
GREATIHUTAIM
(ZULULANDJ
GREAT BRITAIN (ZULULAND).
No
102 1843—1888.
5 Oct., 1843.
August, 1882.
18 Dec., 1884.
April—June,
1885.
22 Oct., 1886.
14, May, 1887 .
19 May, 1887.
8 July, 1887.
11
2—6 June, 1888.
9 Dec., 1888.
25 July, 1885.
LIST OF TREATIES, die.
Treaty with Zoolah.
Conditions. . . . . . . .
NotesonZululand........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Boundaries. St. Lucia Bay, &0.
Restoration of Cetewayo. . . . . . . .
British Occupation. St. Lucia
Notification . . . . . .
Arrangement .. . . .
Proclamation . . . . .
Agreement . . . . . . .
Proclamation . . . . .
Royal Commission
Notification . . . . . .
Convention . . . . . . .
Notification . . . . . .
Great Britain and Germany, St.
Lucia Bay, &c.
Britain and Germany.)
Ratification of Notification of
18th December, 1884. St.
LuciaBay......
Boundaries. New Republic (see
South African Republic).
Zululand a British Possession . . .
Governor of Natal appointed Go-
vernor of Zululand . . . . . . . . . .
Zululand a British Possession.
Boundaries . . . .
Great Britain and South Africa
Republic. Union. South Afri-
can Republic and New Re’
public.. .. .... .. .. .. .. ..
Extension of Boundaries of Zulu-
land . . . . . . .
‘I.’
.....-......I
GOQOOOIQIIQII...
(See Great-
Page
532
532
532
533
534:
534:
534'.‘
535
535
3l
2P2
1843-1888.] GREAT BRITAIN (ZULULAND). [N0. 102
[Boundaries]
N0. 102—Notes on Z UL ULAND. 1843-1888.
Boundary between Zoolah and Natal.
On the 5th October, 1843, a Treaty was concluded between
the British Commissioner for the Territory of Natal and Panda,
King of the Zoolah nation, in which the boundary between
Natal and the Zulu territory was declared to be as follows :—
“ II. It is hereby agreed between the Undersigned that the
. respective boundaries between the territory of Natal and the
Zoolah nation shall be defined, at the sea line, by the mouth of
the river Tugela, and from thence upwards until the junction
of that stream with the river Umsinyaatee (or Bufiels River),
from thence upwards by the said river Umsinyaatee (or Buffels
River), or such other boundary line, along or near its banks, as
may, at any time hereafter, be fixed upon by the Undersigned,
Her Majesty’s Commissioner for the territory of Natal, or such
other Commissioner as Her Majesty may appoint, and by. any-
two Indunas or Commissioners whom the Undersigned Panda,
King of the Zoolah nation, may appoint for that purpose, and
from thence northward to the foot of the Quathlamba (or
Draaksberg) mountains.” (See also GREAT BRITAIN (NA'I‘AL),-
p. 434..)
Conditions for Restoration of Cetewayo.
In 1879 war ensued between Great Britain and Cetewayo '
King of the Zulus, which ended in his defeat. In August,
1882,* it was agreed that he should be restored to Zululand on
certain specified conditions, one of which was (§ 6) that he
would not make any Treaty or Agreement with any chief,
people, or government outside his territory without the consent
and approval of the British Government; and another (§ 8)
that he would not sell, or in any way alienate, or permit, or
countenance any sale or alienation of any part of the land in
his territoryht
* H. T., vol. xv, p. 847.
1' S. B, vol. xxxiii, p. 1075.
532
N0. 102] GREAT BRlTAIN (ZULULAND). [1843-1888,
[St. Lucia Bay.]
Reserved Territory.
As an additional condition, Cetewayo declared that he
would observe and respect the boundaries of the territory
placed under the appointed Chief Usibedu, as also those of the
territory which Her Majesty’s Government had decided should
be set apart as reserved territory, with a British Resident
Commissioner.
He was accordingly reinstated in his former dominions, with
the exception of the territory between the Umlatoosi and the
Natal frontier, which was constituted a native reserve,
under the superintendence of a British Commissioner, on the
29th January, 1883.
St. Lucia. Bay.
On the 18th December, 1884,* the following Notification was
issued of the hoisting of the British flag, and the taking
possession, in the name of Her Majesty, of St. Lucia Bay :—
“ I, William John Moore, Lieutenant and Commander of
Her Britannic Majesty’s ship ‘ Goshawk,’ have this day hoisted
the British flag on the shores of St. Lucia Bay, in right of the
Treaty made by Pondo, Chief and King of the Zulu nation, on
the 5th day of October, in the year of our Lord, 1843; and I
have this day taken possession of the said territory in the name
of Her Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, &c.
“ Given under my hand, on board Her Britannic Majesty’s
ship ‘ Goshawk,’ at anchor in St. Lucia Bay, this 18th day of
December, in the year of our Lord, 1884.‘.
“W. J. MOORE.”
On the 7th February, 1885, the German Government pro-
tested against this Act of annexation; but by an Arrange-
ment, which was subsequently entered into between the British
and German Governments (April—June, 1885) for defining
their respective spheres of action in certain portions of Africa,
the German Protest was declared to be withdrawn, and Germany
engaged to refrain from making acquisition of territory or
‘I’ H. T., vol. xvii, p. 1127.
533
1843-1888.] GREAT BRITAIN (ZULULAND). [No. 102
[Boundaries.]
establishing Protectorates on the coast between the Colony of
Natal and Delagoa Bay. (See GREAT BRlTAIN AND GERMANY,
p. 596.) .
On the 25th July, 1885,at the Notification of 18th December,
1884, was published by the High Commissioner of South Africa
in a Notification from Cape Town, in which it was stated that
Lieutenant-Commander Moore’s action was authorized, and that
it had been ratified by Her Majesty’s Government.
Boundaries. Zululand and New Republic.
On the 22nd October, 1886,# an Agreement Was entered into
between Great Britain and the New Republic, in Zululand,
respecting the boundaries between that Republic and the Zulu
nation. (See SOUTH AFRICAN REPUBLIC, p. 860.)
Zululand declared a British Possession.
On the 14th May, 1887,: a Proclamation was issued by the
Governor of Natal and Special Commissioner for Zulu afiairs,
declaring Zululand to be a British possession, in the following
words (after Preamble) :—
“ I do hereby proclaim, declare, and make known, that from
and after the 19th day of May next the whole of Zululand,
including the territory known as the Zulu Reserve Territory,
but excluding the territory known as the New Republic, and
bounded as follows :-—On the south. and south-west by‘ the
Colony of Natal ; on the west and north-west by the New
Republic; on the north by Amatongaland ; and on the east by
the Indian Ocean—shall be, and shall be taken to be, a British
possession, under the name of Zululand.”
This was notified to the Powers’ Signatories to the Berlin
Act, on the 8th of July following.
On the 19th May, 1887, a Royal Commission was issued
appointing the Governor, or the ofiicer administering the
Government of the Colony of Natal, to be Governor of the
* H. T., vol. xvii, p. 1128.
1‘ H. T., vol. xviii, p. 869.
H. T., vol. xvii, p. 1221; S.P., vol. lxxviii, p. 758.
534:
N0. 102] GREAT BRITAIN (ZULULAND). [1843*1838.
[Boundaries.]
British Possession of Zululand, and providing for the govern-
ment thereof.
The territory to be so administered was therein described as
being “the territory of Zululand, in South Africa, including
the territory heretofore known as the Zulu Native Reserve, but
excluding the territory styled the New Republic.*
Boundaries.
On the 8th July, 1887, it was notified to the Powers parties
to the “Berlin Act” (No. 17) that the whole of Zululand,
including the territory known as the Zulu Reserve Territory,
but excluding the territory known as the New Republic, and
bounded as follows :—On the south and south-west by the
Colony of Natal; on the west and north-west by the New
Republic; on the north by Amatongaland; and on the east
by the Indian Ocean—was a British possession, under the
name of Zululand-l’
South African Republic and the N ew'Republic.
On the 14th September, 1887, a Treaty of Union, under the
name of the “South African Republic,” was signed between
the South African Republic and the New Republic, and, as the
former Republic had engaged, by Article IV of the Convention
concluded with Her Majesty, on the 27th February, 1884!, not
to conclude any Treaty or engagement with any State or
Nation other than the Orange Free State, until the same had
been approved by Her Majesty the Queen, a Convention was
signed between Her Majesty and the South African Republic,
on the -;—%th June, 1888,11 conveying Her Majesty’s consent to
the above mentioned Treaty of Union. (See SOUTH AFRICAN
REPUBLIC, p. 862.)
Extension of Boundaries of Zululand.
On the 9th December, 1888, a notification was issued from
Pietermaritzburg, of the inclusion within the boundaries of
* H. T., vol. xvii, p. 671.
'I' S. P., vol. lxxviji, p. 759.
I H. T., vol. xviii, pp. 110 and 113
535
1843—1888,] GREAT BRITAIN (ZULULAND). [Na 93'
[Boundariea]
Zululand of the territories of the Chiefs Deamana (Umeamana)
and Sibanda.
After alluding to the boundaries defined in the Proclama-
tion of 14th May, 1887 (p. 5341), the Notification proceeded
thus :—
“ And whereas the tribes now under the Chiefs Deama-na
(Umeamana) and Sibenda, and the lands conquered by them
have for many years been under the Zulu Kings and Chiefs,
and, therefore, formed part of the Zulu Sovereignty now under
Her Majesty’s Sovereignty.
“ The territories occupied by those Chiefs, and by their
people are included within the boundaries of Her Majesty’s
territory of Zululand.
“ Sibonda’s territory thus included in Zululand lies on the
north side of the Umkuzi River, extends 45 miles, more or less,
in a northerly direction along the coast from St. Lucia Bay, or
Lake, towards the southern limits of Tongaland; and com-
prises the locality known as Sordwana Point, together with the
lands and waters adjacent thereto.
“ Deamana’s (Umcamana’s) territory, thus included in Her
Majesty’s territory of. Zululand, adjoins Sibonda’s territory on
the south-west, and extends 10 miles, more or less, in a nbrtherly
direction beyond the Umkugi River, towards the southern limit
of Tongaland.”*
* H. T., vol. xviii, p. 789.
536

z , . . , ., . . ~ . . . . , v. i .. .. . V .. . . ., . . antenna“?
. ‘so . l . . .7 ._ . . I . .. . .. . . . .H . . . _. . U a. 12s... TEFL;
J

J 3.... . V 4b rm” . illivlli All’!
_
Will
1
E
a I ll
0733831815 '
‘II
I

UNl-VEHSITYQF
v ,. .uwhl?“ V . . f ... , , ,‘ a c. 7 , . , if .. 1, ‘ , > v‘ , > . .K‘ . ;...
, ,
- . I ‘$5.1.
, v v t‘ in
, . .. 1 .7 ‘ . . , ‘ Z . 5 VJQIQMWMWH'Q .v
¥Q$nv v. , v _‘.‘..J v. . l... , A‘ f I. ,Q. . ‘ v . ‘ ‘. , J ‘V .
< .'
V 323...: ,
JAF.
:as.m~ , .
4. LL.» .. .
1..‘ r 3
i, in.
mm?
. . ‘ ltc 9 .
, . ‘ \éflflmv,
, A
A 1. Q ‘Mrliizbv.
.‘ _ V :Jm ‘ . . A». > z A,» ,
> w
*
a
. > “M '
’~ 'vZ'v-‘L 4- ‘r 1‘ ,
’
., ‘ w. ‘$21.4
MAM...‘ .